diff options
Diffstat (limited to '28510-0.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 28510-0.txt | 13499 |
1 files changed, 13499 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/28510-0.txt b/28510-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e2edc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/28510-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13499 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Rambles in the Islands of Corsica and +Sardinia, by Thomas Forester + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Rambles in the Islands of Corsica and Sardinia + with Notices of their History, Antiquities, and Present Condition. + +Author: Thomas Forester + +Release Date: April 6, 2009 [EBook #28510] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK RAMBLES *** + + + + +Produced by Carlo Traverso, Barbara Magni and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://dp.rastko.net (This +file was produced from images generously made available +by the Bibliothèque nationale de France (BnF/Gallica) at +http://gallica.bnf.fr) + + + + + + + + + + +RAMBLES + +IN + +CORSICA AND SARDINIA. + + + + WORKS BY THE SAME AUTHOR. + + I. + + RAMBLES IN NORWAY, 1848-1849; including Remarks on its Political, + Military, Ecclesiastical, and Social Organization. With a Map, + Wood Engravings, and Lithographic Illustrations. 1 vol. 8vo. + Longman and Co., 1860. + + * * A few copies only of this Edition are on hand. + * + + II. + + THE SAME, in 1 vol. post 8vo. without the Illustrations. + (_Traveller's Library._) Longman and Co., 1855. + + III. + + EVERARD TUNSTALL: A South-African Tale. Bentley, 1851. + + * * A New Edition is in preparation. + * + + IV. + + THE DANUBE AND THE BLACK SEA. A Memoir on their Junction by a + Railway and Port; with Remarks on the Navigation of the Danube, + the Danubian Provinces, the Corn Trade, the Antient and Present + Commerce of the Euxine; and Notices of History, Antiquities, + &c. With a Map and Sketch of the Town and Harbour of + Kustendjie. 1 vol. 8vo. E. Stanford, 6 Charing Cross, 1857. + + + LONDON: + PRINTED BY SPOTTISWOODE AND CO. + NEW-STREET SQUARE. + + + + +[Illustration] + + + + + RAMBLES + + IN THE ISLANDS OF + + CORSICA AND SARDINIA. + + + WITH + +NOTICES OF THEIR HISTORY, ANTIQUITIES, AND PRESENT CONDITION. + + + BY THOMAS FORESTER + + AUTHOR OF “NORWAY IN 1818-1819,” ETC. + + + + + LONDON + + LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, LONGMANS, AND ROBERTS. + + 1858 + + + + +PREFACE + + +Nearly a century ago, James Boswell made an expedition to Corsica, and +was entertained with distinction by Pascal Paoli. Next to conducting +Samuel Johnson to the Hebrides, the exploit of penetrating to what was +then considered a sort of _Ultima Thule_ in southern Europe, was the +greatest event in the famous biographer's life; and, next to his +devotion to the English sage, was the homage he paid to the Corsican +chief. + +Soon after his return from this expedition, in 1767, Boswell printed his +Journal, with a valuable account of the island; but from that time to +the present, no Englishman has written on Corsica except Mr. Robert +Benson, who published some short “Sketches” of its history, scenery, and +people in 1825. During the war of the revolution, Nelson's squadron hung +like a thunder-cloud round the coast, and for some time an +expeditionary force of British troops held possession of the island. Our +George the Third accepted the Corsican crown, but his reign was as +ephemeral as that of King Theodore, the aspiring adventurer, who ended +his days in the Fleet Prison. + +These occurrences, with any knowledge of the country and people arising +out of them, have passed from the memory of the present generation; and +it may be affirmed, without exaggeration, that when the tour forming the +subject of the present work was projected and carried out, Corsica was +less known in England than New Zealand. The general impression +concerning it was tolerably correct. Imagination painted it as a wild +and romantic country,—romantic in its scenery and the character of its +inhabitants; a very region of romance and sentiment; a fine field for +the novelist and the dramatist; and to that class of writers it was +abandoned. + +Corsica had yet to be faithfully pictured to the just apprehension of +the discerning inquirer. Naturally therefore the author, whose +narratives of his wanderings in more than one quarter of the globe had +been favourably received, was not indisposed to commit to the press the +result of his observations during his Corsican rambles. Just then, +translations of an account of a Tour in the island by a German +traveller, appeared in England, and being written in an attractive +style, the work commanded considerable attention. It seemed to fill the +gap in English literature on the subject of Corsica; and though the +writer of these pages felt that M. Gregorovius' pictures of Corsican +life were too highly coloured, he was inclined to leave the field in the +hands which had cultivated it with talent and success. Eventually, +however, being led to think that Corsica was still open to survey from +an English point of view, and that it possessed sufficient legitimate +attractions to sustain the interest of such a work as he had designed, +the author was induced to undertake it. + +If the field of literature connected with Corsica was found barren when +examined in prospect of this expedition, that of Sardinia presented an +_embarras de richesses_. The works of La Marmora, Captain, now Admiral, +Smyth, and Mr. Warre Tyndale, had seemingly exhausted the subject, with +a success the mere Rambler can make no pretensions to rival; but the +former being a foreign work, and the two latter out of print, neither of +them is easily accessible. They have been sometimes used, in the +following pages, to throw light on subjects which came under the +author's own observation. He has also consulted a valuable work, +recently published at Naples, by F. Antonio Bresciani, of the Society +of Jesus[1], on the manners and habits of the Sardes compared with those +of the oldest Oriental nations. The comparisons are chiefly gathered +from scenes and usages depicted in the narratives of Homer and the +Bible, still singularly reflected in the habits and traditions of the +primitive and insular people of Sardinia. + +Some of these are noticed in the present volume, and the author intended +to draw more largely on the rich stores accumulated by the researches of +the learned Jesuit; but time and space failed. Like truant boys, the +Ramblers had loitered on their early path, idly amusing themselves with +very trifles, or stopping to gather the wild flowers that fell in their +way, till the harvest-field was reached too late to be carefully +gleaned. For a work, however, of this description, attention enough has +perhaps been paid to the subject of Sarde antiquities; it being intended +to be amusing as well as instructive, to convey information on the +character of the people on whom it treats, as well as on their +institutions and monuments. + +If, in conclusion, it be mentioned that the delay in bringing out the +volume, long since announced, has been caused by ill health and other +painful circumstances, the Author is only anxious that it should not be +misinterpreted, as attaching to the work an importance to which it does +not pretend. But there is the less reason for regretting this delay, as +it has afforded him another opportunity of visiting Sardinia, as well as +of witnessing the operation of laying down the submarine electric +telegraph cable between Cagliari and the African coast; an event in +Sardinian history, some notice of which, with the accompanying trip to +Algeria, may form a not uninteresting episode to the Rambles in that +island. + + May, 1858. + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +CHAPTER I. + + Inducements to the Expedition.—Early impressions concerning + Corsica.—Plan of the Tour.—Routes to Marseilles.—Meeting + there Page 1 + + +CHAP. II. + + Marseilles.—Cafe de l'Orient.—Cannebière and Port.—Sail to the + Islands in the Gulf.—The Château-d'If and Count de + Monte-Cristo.—A sudden Squall 8 + + +CHAP. III. + + Embark for Corsica.—Coast of France and Italy.—Toulon.—Hyères + Islands, Frejus, &c.—A stormy Night.—Crossing the Tuscan Sea + 21 + + +CHAP. IV. + + Coast of Capo Corso.—Peculiarity of Scenery.—Verdure, and + Mountain Villages.—Il Torre di Seneca.—Land at Bastia 28 + + +CHAP. V. + + Bastia.—Territorial Divisions.—Plan of the Rambles.—Hiring + Mules.—The Start 38 + + +CHAP. VI. + + Leave Bastia.—The Road.—View of Elba, Pianosa, and + Monte-Cristo.—The Littorale.—An Adventure.—The Stagna di + Biguglia 44 + + +CHAP. VII. + + Evergreen Thickets.—Their remarkable Character.—A fortunate + Rencontre.—Moonlight in the Mountains.—Cross a high + Col.—Corsican Shepherds.—The Vendetta.—Village Quarters 53 + + +CHAP. VIII. + + The Littorale.—Corsican Agriculture.—Greek and Roman + Colonies.—Sketch of Mediæval and Modern History.—Memoirs of + King Theodore de Neuhoff 65 + + +CHAP. IX. + + Environs of Olmeta.—Bandit-Life and the Vendetta.—Its + Atrocities.—The Population disarmed.—The Bandits exterminated + 77 + + +CHAP. X. + + The Basin of Oletta.—The Olive.—Corsican Tales.—The Heroine of + Oletta.—Zones of Climate and Vegetation 90 + + +CHAP. XI. + + Pisan Church at Murato.—Chestnut Woods.—Gulf of San + Fiorenzo.—Nelson's Exploit there.—He conducts the Siege of + Bastia.—Ilex Woods.—Mountain Pastures.—The Corsican Shepherd + 102 + + +CHAP. XII. + + Chain of the Serra di Tenda.—A Night at Bigorno.—A hospitable + Priest.—Descent to the Golo 117 + + +CHAP. XIII. + + Ponte Nuovo.—The Battle-field.—Antoine's Story 129 + + +CHAP. XIV. + + Filial Duty, Love, and Revenge: a Corsican Tale 134 + + +CHAP. XV. + + Morosaglia, Seat of the Paolis.—Higher Valley of the + Golo.—Orography of Corsica.—Its Geology 145 + + +CHAP. XVI. + + Approach to Corte.—Our “Man of the Woods.”—Casa Paoli.—The + Gaffori.—Citadel.—An Evening Stroll 156 + + +CHAP. XVII. + + Pascal Paoli more honoured than Napoleon Buonaparte.—His + Memoirs.—George III. King of Corsica.—Remarks on the + Union.—Paoli's Death and Tomb 164 + + +CHAP. XVIII. + + Excursion to a Forest.—Borders of the + Niolo.—Adventures.—Corsican Pines.—The Pinus Maritima and + Pinus Lariccio.—Government Forests 179 + + +CHAP. XIX. + + The Forest of Asco.—Corsican Beasts of Chase.—The + Moufflon.—Increase of Wild Animals.—The last of the Banditti + 191 + + +CHAP. XX. + + Leave Corte for Ajaccio.—A Legend of Venaco.—Arrival at + Vivario 200 + + +CHAP. XXI. + + Leave Vivario.—Forest of Vizzavona.—A roadside + Adventure.—Bocagnono.—Arrive late at Ajaccio 205 + + +CHAP. XXII. + + Ajaccio.—Collège-Fesch.—Reminiscences of the Buonaparte + Family.—Excursion in the Gulf.—Chapel of the Greeks.—Evening + Scenes.—Council-General of the Department.—Statistics.—State + of Agriculture in Corsica.—Her Prospects 213 + + +CHAP. XXIII. + + Leave Ajaccio.—Neighbourhood of Olmeto.—Sollacaró.—James + Boswell's Residence there.—Scene in the “Corsican Brothers” + laid there.—Quarrel of the Vincenti and Grimaldi.—Road to + Sartene.—Corsican Marbles.—Arrive at Bonifacio 227 + + +CHAP. XXIV. + + Bonifacio.—Foundation and History.—Besieged by Alfonso of + Arragon.—By Dragut and the Turks.—Singularity of the + Place.—Its Medieval Aspect.—The + Post-office.—Passports.—Detention.—Marine Grottoes.—Ruined + Convent of St. Julian 242 + + +CHAP. XXV. + + ISLAND OF SARDINIA.—Cross the Straits of Bonifacio.—The + Town and Harbour of La Madelena.—Agincourt Sound, the Station + of the British Fleet in 1803.—Anecdotes of Nelson.—Napoleon + Bonaparte repulsed at La Madelena 258 + + +CHAP. XXVI. + + Ferried over to the Main Island.—Start for the Mountain Passes + of the Gallura.—Sarde Horses and Cavallante.—Valley of the + Liscia.—Pass some Holy Places on the Hills.—Festivals held + there.—Usages of the Sardes indicating their Eastern Origin + 272 + + +CHAP. XXVII. + + The Valley narrows.—Romantic Glen.—Al fresco Meal.—Forest of + Cork Trees.—Salvator Rosa Scenery.—Haunts of Outlaws.—Their + Atrocities.—Anecdotes of them in a better Spirit.—The Defile + in the Mountains.—Elevated Plateau.—A Night March.—Arrival + at Tempio, the Capital of Gallura.—Our Reception 280 + + +CHAP. XXVIII. + + Tempio.—The Town and Environs.—The Limbara + Mountains.—Vineyards.—The Governor or Intendente of the + Province.—Deadly Feuds.—Sarde Girls at the + Fountains.—Hunting in Sardinia.—Singular Conference with the + Tempiese Hunters.—Society at the Casino.—Description of a + Boar Hunt 295 + + +CHAP. XXIX. + + Leave Tempio.—Sunrise.—Light Wreaths of Mist across the + Valley.—A Pass of the Limbara.—View from the Summit.—Dense + Vapour over the Plain beneath.—The Lowlands unhealthy.—The + deadly Intempérie.—It recently carried off an English + Traveller.—Descend a romantic Glen to the Level of the + Campidano.—Its peculiar Character.—Gallop over it.—Reach + Ozieri 310 + + +CHAP. XXX. + + Effects of vast Levels as compared with Mountain + Scenery.—Sketches of Sardinian Geology.—The primitive Chains + and other Formations.—Traces of extensive Volcanic + action.—The “Campidani,” or Plains.—Mineral Products 320 + + +CHAP. XXXI. + + Ozieri.—A Refugee Colonel turned Cook and Traiteur.—Traces of + Phenician Superstitions in Sarde Usages.—The Rites of + Adonis.—Passing through the Fire to Moloch 331 + + +CHAP. XXXII. + + Expedition to the Mountains.—Environs of Ozieri.—First View of + the Peaks of Genargentu.—Forests.—Value of the Oak + Timber.—Cork Trees; their Produce, and Statistics of the + Trade.—Hunting the Wild Boar, &c.—The Hunters' Feast.—A + Bivouac in the Woods.—Notices of the Province of + Barbagia.—Independence of the Mountaineers 344 + + +CHAP. XXXIII. + + Leave Ozieri.—The New Road, and Travelling in the + Campagna.—Monte Santo.—Scenes at the Halfway House.—Volcanic + Hills.—Sassari; its History.—Liberal Opinions of the + Sassarese.—Constitutional Government.—Reforms wanted in + Sardinia.—Means for its Improvement 358 + + +CHAP. XXXIV. + + Alghero—Notice of.—The Cathedral of + Sassari.—University.—Museum.—A Student's private + Cabinet.—Excursion to a Nuraghe.—Description of.—Remarks on + the Origin and Design of these Structures 376 + + +CHAP. XXXV. + + Sardinian Monoliths.—The Sepolture, or “Tombs of the + Giants.”—Traditions regarding Giant Races.—The Anakim, &c., + of Canaan.—Their supposed Migration to Sardinia.—Remarks on + Aboriginal Races.—Antiquity of the Nuraghe and + Sepolture.—Their Founders unknown 389 + + +CHAP. XXXVI. + + Oristano.—Orange-groves of Milis.—Cagliari.—Description + of.—The Cathedral and Churches.—Religious + Laxity.—Ecclesiastical Statistics.—Vegetable and Fruit + Market.—Royal Museum.—Antiquities.—Coins found in + Sardinia.—Phenician Remains.—The Sarde Idols 407 + + +CHAP. XXXVII. + + Porto-Torres.—Another Italian Refugee.—Embark for Genoa.—West + Coast of Corsica.—Turin.—The Sardinian Electric + Telegraph.—The Wires laid to Cagliari 422 + + +CHAP. XXXVIII. + + Sardinian Electric Telegraph.—The Land Line completed.—Failures + in Attempts to lay a Submarine Cable to Algeria.—The Work + resumed.—A Trip to Bona on the African Coast.—The Cable + laid.—Importance of Cagliari as a Telegraph Station.—Its + Commerce.—The return Voyage.—CONCLUSION 432 + + + + + INDEX TO THE ILLUSTRATIONS. + + + LITHOGRAPHS. + + AJACCIO _frontispiece_ + MAP OF CORSICA AND SARDINIA _facing p._ 1 + ERSA, CAPO CORSO “ 33 + CORTE “ 157 + VIVARIO “ 205 + BONIFACIO “ 242 + VALLEY OF THE LISCIA, SARDINIA “ 275 + THE LIMBARA, FROM TEMPIO “ 296 + THE PLAN OF OZIERI “ 318 + + + WOOD ENGRAVINGS. + + CORSICA. + + MARSEILLES, FROM THE RAILWAY 7 + ISLETS OFF MARSEILLES 12 + CHÂTEAU-D'IF 14 + MARSEILLES, FROM THE CHÂTEAU-D'IF 17 + FRENCH COAST, OFF CIOTAT 23 + OFF TOULON 24 + IL TORRE DI SENECA 34 + ISLE OF MONTE-CRISTO 47 + MEETING OF MOUNTAIN AND PLAIN NEAR BASTIA 48 + OLMETA 77 + ISLE OF MONTE-CRISTO, THROUGH A GORGE 91 + BETWEEN OLMETA AND BIGORNO 95 + PONTE MURATO 103 + CAPO CORSO, FROM CHESTNUT WOODS 107 + NEAR BIGORNO 122 + CITADEL OF CORTE 161 + PINUS MARITIMA 185 + PINUS LARICCIO 185 + CONE OF THE PINUS LARICCIO 186 + BARK OF THE PINUS LARICCIO 186 + BOCAGNONO 209 + HARBOUR OF AJACCIO 217 + BONIFACIO, ON THE SEA-SIDE 240 + OUTLINE OF SARDINIA, FROM BONIFACIO 253 + CAVES UNDER BONIFACIO 255 + BONIFACIO, FROM THE CONVENT IN THE VALLEY 256 + + + SARDINIA. + + LOOKING BACK ON CORSICA 259 + A SALVATOR ROSA SCENE 282 + DESCENT TO THE CAMPIDANO 313 + THE CAMPIDANO 321 + EXTERIOR OF A NURAGHE 379 + ENTRANCE TO A NURAGHE 381 + INTERIOR OF A NURAGHE 381 + SEPOLTURA DE IS GIGANTES 390 + THE SAME 391 + SARDO-ROMAN COIN 417 + CARTHAGINEAN COIN 418 + SARACEN COIN 418 + PORTO-TORRES 425 + + + + +[Illustration: CORSICA AND SARDINIA (MAP)] + + + + +RAMBLES + +IN + +CORSICA AND SARDINIA. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + + _Inducements to the Expedition.—Early impressions concerning + Corsica.—Plan of the Tour.—Routes to Marseilles.—Meeting + there._ + + +It would be difficult to say, and it matters little, what principally +led to the selection of two islands in the Mediterranean, not generally +supposed to possess any particular attractions for the tourist, as the +object for an autumn's expedition with the companion of former rambles. +At any rate, we should break fresh ground; and I imagine the hope of +shooting _moufflons_ was no small inducement to my friend, who had +succeeded in the wild sport of hunting reindeer on the high Fjelds of +Norway. If, too, his comrade should fail in climbing to the vast +solitudes in which the bounding _moufflon_ harbours, there were boar +hunts in the prospect for him; not such courtly pageants as one sees in +the pictures of Velasquez, but more stirring, and in nobler covers. + +Should these prove to be false hopes, the enthusiastic sketcher, and the +lover of the grand and beautiful in nature, must find ample compensation +in the scenery of mountains lifting their snowy peaks from bases washed +by the sunny Mediterranean,—mountain systems of a character yet +unvisited, and with which we could at least compare those of Norway and +Switzerland. This power of comparison is what imparts the most lively +interest to travelling; and thus it becomes, for the time, +all-engrossing, the eyes and the memory alike employed at every turn on +contrasts of form, colour, and clothing. + +Not less attractive, to any one desirous of extending his knowledge of +human kind, would be the prospect of studying the races inhabiting +islands as yet unknown to him. The oldest writer of travels, bringing on +the stage his hero-wanderer along the shores of the Mediterranean, gives +the finishing touch to his character in two significant words, νόον +ἐγνῶ.[2] Not only did he “visit the abodes of many people,” but he +“studied their Νοῦς;” all that the term involves of its impress on +character, habits, and institutions was keenly investigated by the +accomplished navigator. And what studies must be afforded by these +singular islanders, who, we were informed, in the centre of the +Mediterranean, at the very threshold of civilisation, combined many of +the virtues, with more than the ferocity, of barbarous tribes! + +My own impressions regarding Corsica were early received. In my younger +days, there was the same sort of sympathy with the Corsicans which we +now find more noisily, and sometimes absurdly, displayed for the Poles. +I had seen Pascal Paoli, and talked with General Dumouriez about his +first campaign against the Corsican mountaineers, of which his +recollections were by no means agreeable. Pascal Paoli had found an +asylum in England, where he maintained a dignified seclusion, not always +imitated by patriot exiles. His memory has almost passed away, and it is +quite imaginable that some stump orator may reckon him among the exiled +Poles of former days. Pascal Paoli was, however, a truly great man. In +my boyish enthusiasm—all “Grecians” are in the heroics about patriots +who have fought and struggled for their country's liberty—I compared him +with Aristides or Themistocles; the Corsicans were heroes; the country +which rudely nursed those brave mountaineers—I had also a touch of +sentiment for the sublime and beautiful in nature which a schoolboy does +not always get from books,—such a country must be romantic. Should I +ever ramble among its mountains, forests, and sunny valleys? + +At last, long after the chimera, for such it inevitably was, of Corsican +independence had vanished, my cherished hopes have been realised,—with +what success will appear in the following pages. I will only say for +myself, and I believe my fellow-traveller participates the feeling, a +more delightful tour I never made. + +Corsica had an ugly reputation for _banditisme_, and Sardinia for a +deadly _intempérie_; but we did not attach much importance to such +rumours. The enthusiastic traveller disregards danger. If told that +there is “a lion in his path,” he only goes the more resolutely forward. +As for the banditti, we would fraternise with them if they, best knowing +the mountain paths, would track the moufflons for us. + +The true traveller must “become all things to all men,” if he desires to +familiarise himself with the habits and characters of other races. +Without forgetting that he is an Englishman, he will cast off that +self-conceit and cold exclusiveness which make so many of your +countrymen ridiculous in the eyes of foreigners, and, adapting himself +to the situation, become, if needs be, a bandit in Corsica, a bonder in +Norway, drink sour milk without a wry face in a Caffre's kraal, take +snuff with his wives—be any thing except a Turk in Turkey; though even +there, when he comes to talk the language, he will adopt the eastern +custom of taking his pipe, his coffee, and his repose, not chattering, +but sententiously uttering his words between whiffs of smoke, which, +meanwhile, he _drinks_, as the Turks well express it. + +We envy not the man, the T. G. (travelling gent.) of society, whose +principal aim in travelling is to gratify a miserable vanity; to be able +to boast of crossing or climbing such a mountain; to have to say, “I +have been here, I have been there; I have done Bagdad; I have seen the +Nile,” or such and such a place. The true traveller is unselfish. Though +to him it is food, breath, a renewal of life, a fresh existence, to +travel,—half his pleasure is to carry home from his wanderings, to an +English fireside, a tale of other lands. That happy English home is ever +present to his mind, and, with all his enthusiasm, he meets with nothing +in his rambles he would exchange for its blessings. + +Being strongly recommended to defer our visit to Sardinia until the +latest possible period of the autumn, the plan finally laid was to take +Corsica in detail from Capo Corso to Bonifaccio, and then cross the +straits, as best we might, there being no regular communication. Having +landed in Sardinia, we should continue the tour through that island as +long as circumstances permitted; leaving it by one of the Sardinian +government's steam-boats which ply between the island and Genoa and so +take the route by Turin, over the Mont-Cenis, to Lyons, Paris, and +Boulogne. + +As these islands lie on the same parallel of longitude (11° 50' E. +nearly cutting the centre of both), by the route thus chalked out, we +should make a straight course from north to south, with no considerable +deviations, the islands being, as every one knows, in the form of +parallelograms of much greater length than breadth. + +Marseilles was finally arranged to be our port of embarkation, and the +postponement of the visit to Sardinia till November leaving time on our +hands, we had ample leisure for the accomplishment of some secondary +projects, which brought us into training for the _grand coup_. My friend +pushed through the more frequented parts of Switzerland for Zermatt and +the Matterhorn. He was much struck by the remarkable contrast of that +stupendous obelisk of rock, piercing the clouds, with the vast, but +still sublime, expanse of the high Fjelds of snow we had seen in Norway; +and the remark applies generally to the grand distinctive features of +the two countries. Descending the valley of Aosta, my friend travelled +by Genoa and Nice through the Maritime Alps to Marseilles, going on to +Avignon with some friends he happened to fall in with on the way;—such +meetings with those we know, and sometimes with those we do not know, +being among the pleasures of travelling in the more frequented routes. +Agreeable acquaintances are made or renewed; perhaps a day or two is +spent in travelling together, with a charm that is very delightful; and +you part with the hope of meeting again. + +Meanwhile the author, who had been delving in the Norman Chronicles till +every castle and abbey through the length and depth of the old Duchy +were become familiar names, feeling a strong desire to revisit scenes +thus brought fresh to his memory, shouldered his knapsack at Dieppe, and +spent a most delightful fortnight in rambling through that fine +province. + +Many a pleasant story he could tell of wayside greetings and fireside +hospitalities among the Norman peasantry. The old soldier of the empire +stopped his _camarade_, as something in our _tenue_ led him to imagine, +asking eager questions about the coming war and the united service, both +which seemed to be popular; while market and fair, and the communal +school, each in their turn, drew forth amusing companions for the road. +But these episodes, and more serious talk of Norman abbeys buried in the +depths of forests or girded round by the winding Seine—rich in memories +of the past, but ruins all—and of Norman churches and cathedrals, in all +their ancient grandeur, or well restored, are beside the present +purpose. + +Hastening southward by _diligence_ and _chemin-de-fer_, the first +vineyards appeared between Chartres and Orleans, with an effect much +inferior, as it seemed, to that produced by the orchards of Normandy, +loaded as they were with ruddy fruit; but this may be the prejudice of a +native of the West of England. From Lyons, one of the long narrow +steamboats afforded a most agreeable passage down the stream of the +rapid Rhone to Avignon. The autumn rains, which sometimes caused a weary +march through the byroads of Normandy, had cooled the air, freshened +vegetation, and made travelling in the south of France pleasant. While +journeying on, every hour and every league bringing me nearer to the +intended meeting, it was natural to feel some anxiety lest in such great +distances to be traversed, with little or no intermediate communication, +something might go wrong, and our plans, however well laid, be delayed +or frustrated. The last stage of the journey commenced—should I be first +at the rendezvous, or was my companion for the future waiting my +arrival? + + [Illustration: MARSEILLES FROM THE RAILWAY.] + +At last, after spending the warm noon of an unclouded day amongst the +noble ruins of Arles, the train landed me at the station at Marseilles, +and my friend was on the platform. The pleasure of casual meetings _en +route_ has been just adverted to. How joyous was that of two travellers, +wanderers together in times gone by, who now met so far from home, after +their separate courses, with a fresh field opening before them!—the +recognition, doubt and uncertainty vanishing, the glorious chat,—all +this the warm-hearted reader will easily imagine. + + + + +CHAP. II. + + _Marseilles.—Café de l'Orient.—Cannebière and Port.—Sail to the + Islands in the Gulf.—The Château d'If and Count de + Monte-Cristo.—A sudden Squall._ + + +We met then at Marseilles in the second week of October, punctual to the +appointed day. Our several lines of route had well converged. Want of +companionship was the only drawback on the pleasure they had afforded; +but they were only preludes to the joint undertaking on which we now +entered. Each recounted his past adventures, and measures were concerted +for the future. + +Steamboats leave Marseilles three times every week for Corsica;—I like +to be particular, especially when one gets beyond Murray's beat. One of +these boats calls at Bastia on its way to Leghorn; the others make each +a voyage direct to Calvi, or l'Isle de Rousse, and Ajaccio. + +It suited us best to land at Bastia, but we were detained three days at +Marseilles waiting for the boat. That also happened to suit us. We had +hitherto travelled in the lightest possible marching order, and some +heavier baggage, containing equipments for our expedition in the +islands, had not yet turned up. Knapsack tours are not the style beyond +the Alps. In the south and east, all above the lowest grade ride. It is +so in Corsica; still more in Sardinia,—where all is eastern. We trudged +on foot sometimes in Corsica, to get into the country, and should have +been considered mad; but, as Englishmen, we were only eccentric. We +waited then for our baggage, which contained, among other things, +English saddles,—a great luxury. My companion thought it a professional +duty to reconnoitre the fortifications of Toulon. By travelling in the +night, going and returning, he contrived to get a clear day for the +purpose. + +Marseilles had interest enough to occupy my attention during his +absence. Being the great _entrepôt_ of commerce, and centre of +communication, in the Mediterranean, all the races dwelling on its +shores, and many others, are represented there. + +“Let us go to the _Grand Café_,”—I think it is called _Café de +l'Orient_—said my companion, the evening we met. + +Any one who has merely visited Paris may imagine the brilliance of this +vast _salon_, the lights reflected on a hundred mirrors. But where else +than at Marseilles could be found such an assemblage as now crowded it? + +See that Turk, with the magnificent beard. What yards of snowy +gauze-like cambric, with gold-embroidered ends, are wound in graceful +folds round the fez, contrasting with the dark mahogany colour of his +sun-burnt brow. And what a rich crimson caftan! Perhaps he is from Tunis +or Barbary. He sits alone, smoking, with eyes half-closed, grave and +taciturn. + +They must be Greeks,—those two figures in dark-flowing robes. They too +wear the red fez. Mark the neat moustache, the clean chiselled outline +of their features, the active eye. They are eagerly conversing over that +round marble table while they sip their coffee. Their talk must be of +the corn markets. Now is their opportunity, as the harvest in France +has failed. And see that man with the olive complexion, keen features, +and ringlets of black hair and pendent ear-rings under his dark +_barrette_. He may be the _padróne_ of some felucca from Leghorn or +Naples. Beside him is a Spaniard. He, too, seems a seafaring man; and no +felucca-rigged vessels in the Mediterranean are smarter, finer-looking +craft than the Spanish. + +There are plenty of Arabs, swarthy, high-cheeked-boned, keen-eyed +fellows, in snowy bournouses, with hair and moustache of almost +unnatural blackness. French officers of every arm in the service are +grouped round the tables, drinking _eau-sucré_ and playing at dominoes +or cards, or lounge on the sofas reading the gazettes. The _garçons_ in +scarlet tunics, relieved by their white turbans and cambric trowsers, +are hurrying to and fro at the call of the motley guests. + +“Those two gentlemen just entering are Americans, not of the Yankee +type, with free and easy air, and tall lanky forms. I made their +acquaintance in the steam-boat down the Rhone. They are men of great +intelligence, perfect _savoir-vivre_, and calm dignity of manner, +patrician citizens of a republic. One of them wore his plaid as +gracefully as a toga. I set him down for a senator from one of the +Southern states.” + +“I have seen no English here,” said my companion. Next day he met his +friend Captain H—— returning on leave from Malta to England. Marseilles +is on the highway to all the East, and on the arrival or departure of +the packets connected with the “Overland Route” there must be a strong +muster of our countrymen, and women too. + +Turning out of the shady avenue of the Corso on a sultry afternoon, I +sauntered down the _Rue de la Cannebière_ towards the port. It was the +busiest part of the day, for there seemed to be no idle time for the +_siesta_ here. The streets and quays were thronged with people of the +same varieties of race we had seen in the _café_; most of them, of +course, of an inferior class. There can be no mistaking that +wild-looking creature, bare-legged, and in a white bournouse, who is +staring with curious eyes at the splendid array of jewellery and plate +displayed to his eager gaze in that shop window. Again he pauses before +that elegant assortment of silks and shawls. What tales of European +luxury will the child of the desert carry back to the tents of the +Bedouins! + +I found the port crowded with ships of all nations, the quays encumbered +with piles of _barriques_ and mountains of Egyptian wheat discharged in +bulk. What blinding dust as they shovel it up! What a suffocating heat! +What smells in this hollow trough which receives the filth of all the +town! How curiously names on the sterns of vessels, and _annonces_ over +the shops of _traiteurs_ and ship-chandlers, in very readable Greek, +carry the mind back to the Phocæan founders of this great emporium of +commerce! + +It was a cooler walk along the _Rue de Rome_, and by the +_Marché-aux-Capucins_, gay with fruits and flowers, to the Museum +library, in search of books relating to Corsica. There was some +difficulty in discovering it. Literature and science do not appear to be +much in vogue in this seat of commerce. The Museum was closed, the +_custode_ absent, but a good-humoured porter allowed me a stranger's +privilege, and took me into the library; giving me also some details of +Corsican roads from his personal knowledge. The only book I discovered +was Vallery's Travels. I made a few extracts, and found no reason to +desire more. Few foreigners write travels in a style suited to the +English taste. They are at home among cities, and galleries, and works +of art, but have little real feeling for natural objects, and ill +disguise it by pompous phrases, glitter, and sentiment. + +“Let us take a boat and sail over to the islands lying off the harbour,” +said my fellow-traveller one afternoon. + +“With all my heart.” + + [Illustration: ISLETS OFF MARSEILLES.] + +These islets, most of them mere rocks, form a sort of sheltered strait, +or roadstead, of which the island of Rion, with Cape Morgion on the +mainland opposite, are the extreme points. Pomègue and Ratoneau are +connected by a breakwater. + +“_Garçon_, put a roast fowl and some _pâtés_, with a loaf of bread and a +bottle of Bordeaux, into a _corbeille_ and send it down to the port.” + +We bought some grapes as we went along. There are landing-stairs at the +upper end of the harbour, where pleasure-boats lie. We stepped into one, +and were rowed down in a narrow channel between four or five tiers of +ships, loading and unloading at the quays on each side. An arm of the +Mediterranean, a thousand yards long, forms a noble harbour; but, foul, +black, and stagnant, how different were its waters from the bright sea +without! After passing the forts defending the narrow entrance, we +hoisted sail. On the right was the new harbour of _La Joliette_, +connected with the old port by a canal. At present it did not appear to +be much frequented, but, during the war in the East, both scarcely +sufficed for the vast flotilla employed in conveying troops and stores. +It must be difficult for any one who has not witnessed it to conceive +the scene Marseilles then presented. + +We now discussed the contents of our hamper with great _goût_, the +boatman occasionally pulling an oar as the wind was scant. But we had +sufficiently receded from the shore to command a view of the basin in +which Marseilles stands, and the amphitheatre of hills surrounding it, +studded with the country-houses of the citizens; small cottages, called +_bastides_, thousands of which spot the slopes of the hills like white +specks. + +High upon a rocky summit stands the chapel of _Notre-Dame-de-la-Garde_, +held in great reverence, and much resorted to, by mariners and +fishermen; the walls and roof being hung with votive offerings, +commemorating deliverances from shipwreck and other ills to which +mariner-flesh is heir. + +Seaward lay the islands for which we were bound, but without any +immediate prospect of reaching them, as the wind died away. It was +pleasant enough to lie listlessly floating on the blue Mediterranean, +with such charming views of the coast and the islands, and the +picturesque craft in every direction becalmed like our own skiff: but we +had another object in our evening's excursion; so, lowering the lateen +sail, my companion took one of the oars, and the boatman, reinforced by +a strong and steady stroke, pulling with a will, we soon landed at the +foot of the black and frowning rock, crowned on the summit by the square +massive donjon of the _Château d'If_. + + [Illustration: CHÂTEAU D'IF.] + +The whole circuit of the cliffs, containing an area of, perhaps, two +acres, is surrounded by fortifications. Climbing some rocky steps, we +waited in the guardroom till the _concièrge_ brought the keys of the +castle. It was formerly used as a state prison; and the vaulted +passages, echoing to the clang of keys and bolts, and deep and gloomy +dungeons, from which air and light were almost excluded by the thick +walls, reminded one of the unhappy wretches, victims of despotic or +revolutionary tyranny, who had been immured there without trial and +without hope. The island now serves as a depôt for recruits to fill up +the regiments serving in Algiers; and some of the larger apartments of +the château are used as a caserne. + +But the _Château d'If_ is probably best known to many of my readers as +connected with a remarkable incident in the adventures of the Count de +Monte-Cristo, the hero of the celebrated novel of Alexandre Dumas. The +story is shortly this: + +Dantès (the count) being thrown into one of the dungeons, remains in +hopeless captivity for a great number of years. In the end, by working +his way through the massive walls, he establishes a communication with +the cell of another prisoner, who was in a still more deplorable +condition. His fellow-prisoner dies, and Dantès effects his escape by +contriving to insert himself in the sack in which the corpse of his +friend was deposited; having first dressed the body in his own clothes, +and placed it in his bed, to deceive the gaolers. In the dead of the +night the sack is thrown into the sea from the castle walls, and Dantès +sinks with a thirty-two-pound shot fastened to his feet. He cuts the +cord with a knife he had secreted, and, disengaged from the sack, rises +to the surface and swims to a neighbouring island. + +We were looking over the battlements towards these islands. One of them +is covered by a vast lazzeretto,—a place, for the time, only a few +degrees worse than the prison. The isles of Ratoneau and Pomègue lay +nearest. Farther off was Lémaire, to which Dantès is described as +swimming. They are all mere rocky islets washed by the sea, the group +being very picturesque. + +“_Mon ami_,” said I, pointing to the isle of Lémaire, “do you think you +could do what the count is represented to have done.” + +“What! swim from hence to that island? I would try, if I was shut up in +this horrid place, and had the chance.” + +The distance I reckoned to be about three miles; and as my friend has +since swum across the Bosphorus, where the current is strong, he would +probably have found no difficulty in that part of the affair. + +“But how about cutting the cord to get rid of the thirty-two-pound shot, +and extricating yourself from the sack?” + +“_Ça dépend!_ All this is not impossible for a strong man in good +health; for a prisoner, exhausted by fourteen years' captivity in a +dungeon—_c'est autre chose_. Have you read the book?” + +“Not much of it; I tried, but could not get on. That class of works is +by no means to my taste.” + +“French literature of this school is, I admit, bad for the weak: it is +pastime to the strong, and serves to wile away an idle hour. This work +exhibits great genius, and a powerful imagination.” + +“So, indeed, it seems; but may not the _vraisemblable_ be preserved even +in works of fiction? Let us have a story which, _se non è vero, è ben +trovato_. Writers of this school, my dear fellow, create, or pander to, +a vicious taste.” + +“In a play or novel, I grant you, the plot, characters, and incidents, +in order to enlist our sympathies, should be true to nature and real +life. But who looks for this in a romance? such works are not read for +profit, and the boldest nights of fancy, and some extravagance, are +fairly admissible.” + +“_Ah, mon cher_, my age is double yours, and that makes a great +difference in our views on such subjects.” + +The recruits flocked round us, asking for _eau-de-vie_. Many of them +were Italians, deserters from the armies in Lombardy, Piedmont, and +the Papal states, glad to change their service for better pay and +treatment under the French flag, even on the burning plains of Africa. +Perhaps some of them were drafted into that “foreign legion” which +rivalled the Zouaves in the Crimea,—_âmes perdus_, the most reckless +before the enemy, the most licentious in the camp. These were merry +fellows, launching witty shafts against Austrians, Pope, and +Cardinals,—_maladetti tutti_, and good-humoured gibes at their +comrade, who, standing in an embrasure, bent his back with laudable +patience to the right angle for an easel, while my friend was making +sketches of the rocky islets and lateen-sail vessels reflected on the +mirror-like sea, or of the amphitheatre of mountains at the foot of +which Marseilles stands. + + [Illustration: MARSEILLES FROM THE CHÂTEAU D'IF.] + +Others, leaning over the battlements, whiled away the listless evening +hours, watching fishermen drawing the seine at the foot of the rocks. + +We pulled round to the cove and watched them too; a very different set +of fellows from the _malbigatti_ stationed above. Fine, athletic, +muscular men, their heads bare, except that a few wore the red cap so +common in the Mediterranean,—in woollen shirts, with naked feet planted +on the slippery rocks, they were hauling up and coiling the rope, +singing cheerily. + +The wind had shifted some points while we were on the island, and it now +freshened to a stiff breeze,—one of those sudden squalls for which these +seas are remarkable. The craft, which an hour before lay sleeping on the +waters, had caught the breeze. A brigantine came dashing up the straits +under all sail, her topgallants still set, though the poles quivered; +and smaller craft, with their long, pointed sails, like sea-fowl with +expanded wings, were crossing in all directions on their several tacks, +making for the harbour or inlets along the coast. + +The sea was already lashed into foam, and tiny waves broke on the rocks. +Loud and hoarse rung the fishermen's voices as they hauled away to save +their nets. It was time for us to make for the port. A few strokes +shoved the boat from under the lee of the island; the oars were shipped, +and the lateen sail run up by all hands. Hauling close to the wind, my +friend seized the tiller: it was doubtful if we could make the harbour, +which the little craft, struggling with the breeze, just headed; the +towers of St. Victor being the point of sight in the increasing haze. + +“_Comme les Anglais font des braves marins_,” said the _padróne_, as he +stood by the halyards, looking out ahead, after all was made snug. + +We were, indeed, in our element. The sudden squall had stirred our +blood. Many such rough cruises we had shared together in old times. + +The boat flew through the water, which roared and broke over the bows. +“It will be a short run,” said the steersman, “if the wind holds on.” + +“_Port, monsieur, port!_” cried the _padróne_, who had learnt some +English nautical phrases. + +But it would not do. Approaching the land, the wind veered and headed +us. + +“We must make a short tack to gain the harbour.” + +“_Je l'ai prévu_,” said the _padróne_. + +“About” it was. She stayed beautifully, even under the single sail, and +in a trice was lying well upon the other tack, as we stood out to sea. +In five minutes we went about again, fetching under the stern of a +felucca, also beating into the port; perhaps from Algiers or the Spanish +coast. It was now a dead race with the felucca, which had forged ahead +while we were in stays. + +“_Nous gagnerons, j'en gagerais une bouteille de vin!_” cried the +_padróne_, much excited, for he was proud of his boat. + +“_Vous l'aurez, toutefois, pour boire à la santé de vos camarades +Anglais._” + +Again we flew through the water, making a straight course for the +harbour. The felucca had much the advantage of us in breadth of canvas +and her high-peaked sails; but being heavily laden, she was deep in the +water. As it turned out, we did not overhaul her till just before she +lowered her foresail at the _consigne_ office, to wait for her _permis +d'entrer_, when we shot ahead right into the port. + +We made out the evening at the theatre, well entertained by a _petite +comédie_. “One is sure to be amused,” said my companion; “and it is good +practice. It helps to get up one's French.” + +“_Monsieur ne manque que d'être plus habitué_,” as it is politely +suggested when one is at a loss for a phrase. + + + + +CHAP. III. + + _Embark for Corsica—Coast of France and Italy.—Toulon.—Hyères + Islands, Frejus, &c.—A Stormy night.—Crossing the Tuscan Sea._ + + +Once more we are at the water stairs. A stout boat is ready to convey us +with our baggage to _L'Industrie_, one of Messrs. Vallery's fine +steam-boats, in turn for Bastia. Just as we are pushing off, a carriage +drives to the quay, with a niece of General the Count di Rivarola, +formerly in the British service. She is returning to Corsica. We do the +civil, spread plaids, and place her in the stern sheets; and she is very +agreeable. + +It is Sunday morning. The bells of the old church of St. Victor are +ringing at early mass. The ships in the port have hoisted their colours. +There is our dear, time-honoured jack, “the flag that has braved,” &c., +as we say on all occasions; and the stars and stripes, the crescent and +star, and the towers of Castille; with crosses of all shapes and +colours, in as great variety as the costumes we saw in the _café_. The +tricolor floated on the forts of St. Jean and St. Nicholas, as well as +on French craft of all descriptions. + +All was gay, but not more joyous than our own buoyant spirits. Time had +been spent pleasantly enough at Marseilles, but it was a delay; and +there is nothing an Englishman hates more than delays in travelling. +Thwarted in his humour, he becomes quite childish, and frets and chafes +more at having to wait two or three days for a steamboat than at any +other hindrance I know. Now, when _L'Industrie_, with her ensign at the +peak, had, somehow or other, with a din of unutterable cries in maritime +French, been extricated from the dense tiers of vessels along the quay, +and hauling out of the harbour, we were at last fairly on the high road +to Corsica, never did the sun appear to shine more brightly; the +Mediterranean looked more blue than any blue one had seen before, there +was a ripple from the fresh breeze, the waves sparkled, and seemed +positively to laugh and partake of our joy. + +We hardly cared to speculate on our fellow-passengers, as one is apt to +do when there is nothing else to engross the thoughts; and yet there +were some among them we should wish to sketch. Besides French officers +joining their regiments in the island, there was one, a Corsican, who +had served in Algeria, returning home on sick leave. It was to be feared +that it had come too late, for the poor invalid was so feeble, worn, and +emaciated that it seemed his native country could offer him nothing but +a grave. There was a Corsican priest on board, a pleasant, well-informed +man, who met our advances to an acquaintance with great readiness, and +was delighted with our proposed visit to his island. Some Corsican +gentlemen, a lady or two, and commercial men _en route_ for Leghorn, +completed the party. We seemed to be the only English. I was mistaken. + +“After all, there is a countryman of ours on board,” I said, pointing to +a pair of broad shoulders, disappearing under the companion-hatch. I +caught sight of him just now; a fine, hale man, rather advanced in +years, with a fair complexion, ruddy, and a profusion of grey hair. He +wears a suit of drab; very plain, but well turned out. + +“Unmistakeably English, as you say; it may be pleasant. I wonder we did +not make him out before among these sallow-faced and rather +dirty-looking gentry in green and sky-blue trousers.” + +We were soon abreast of the group of rocky islets off the harbour, +passing close under the _Château d'If_. The sea was smooth, the sky +unclouded, but a gentle breeze deliciously tempered the heat, and +vessels of every description—square-rigged ships, and coasting feluccas +and xebecs—on their different courses, gave life to the scene. Thus +pleasantly we ran along the French coast, here much indented and +swelling into rocky hills of considerable elevation. + + [Illustration: FRENCH COAST OFF CIOTAT.] + +We had an excellent _déjeûner_, for which we were quite ready, having +only taken the usual early cup of coffee. The genial influence of this +meal had the effect of putting us on the best footing with our +fellow-voyagers. Pacing the deck afterwards with the Corsican priest, we +were joined by the stout Englishman. Observing our disappointment at +hearing we should be probably baulked of shooting in Corsica, he +expressed a hope that we would extend our excursion to Tuscany, where, +he was good enough to say, he would show us sport. He had been settled +there many years, and was now returning to his family by way of Leghorn. +Under a somewhat homely exterior, which had puzzled us at first as to +his position, we found our new acquaintance to be a man of refined +taste, great simplicity, as well as urbanity, of manners, and keenly +alive to the beautiful in nature and art. Such a specimen of the hearty +old English gentleman, unchanged—I was about to say uncontaminated—by +long residence abroad, it has been rarely my lot to meet with. + +On rounding a projecting headland, we peeped into the mouth of Toulon +harbour, and every eye and glass were directed to the heights crowned +with forts, and the bold mountain masses towering above them. + + [Illustration: OFF TOULON.] + +Presently, we were threading the channel between the main land and the +Hyères Islands. They appeared to us a paradise of verdure, on which the +eye, weary of gazing at the bare and furrowed mountain-sides bounding +this coast, rested with delight. One imagined orange groves and myrtle +bowers, impervious to the summer's sun and sheltered by the lofty ridges +from the northern blasts—all this verdure fringing the edge of a bright +and tideless sea. Elsewhere, except rarely in the hollows, the mountain +ranges extending along this coast exhibit no signs of vegetation; the +whole mass appearing, with the sun full on them, not only scorched but +actually burnt to the colour of kiln-dried bricks. + +All the afternoon we continued running at the steamer's full speed along +the shores of France and Italy. Notwithstanding their arid and sterile +aspect, nothing can be finer than the mountain ranges which bound this +coast, as every one who has crossed them in travelling from Nice well +knows. Glimpses, too, successively of Frejus, Cannes, and Nice, more or +less distant, as, crossing the Gulf of Genoa, we gradually increased our +distance from the shore, together with a capital dinner, were pleasant +interludes to the grand spectacle of Alps piled on Alps in endless +succession, and glowing a fiery red, which all the waters over which we +flew—deep, dark, or azure—could not quench. + +Towards evening there were evident tokens in the sky, on the water, and +in the vessel's motion, of a change of weather. We were threatened with +a stormy night; and as we now began to lose the shelter of the land, +holding a course somewhat to the S.E. in order to round the northern +point of Corsica, there was no reason to regret that the passage across +the Tuscan sea would be performed while we were in our berths. + +However, we walked the deck long after the other passengers had gone +below; enjoying the fresh breeze, though it was no soft zephyr wafting +sweet odours from the Ausonian shore. It is a sublime thing to stand on +the poop of a good ship when she is surging through the waves at ten +knots an hour in utter darkness, whether impelled by wind or steam; +especially when the elements are in strife. Nothing can give a higher +idea of the power of man to control them. With no horizon, not a star +visible in the vault above, and only the white curl on the crest of the +boiling waves, glimmering in our wake, on—on, we rush, the ship dipping +and rising over the long swells, and dashing floods of water and clouds +of spray from her bows. + +But whither are we driving through these dark waters, and this +impenetrable, and seemingly boundless, gloom? The eye rests on the light +in the binnacle. We stoop to examine the compass; the card marks S.S.E. +Imagination expands the dark horizon. It is not boundless: the island +mountain-tops loom in the distance. They beckon us on; we realise them +now; at dawn the grey peaks of Cape Corso will be unveiled; we shall +dream of them to-night. + +One of the watch struck the hour on the bell. “It is ten o'clock; let us +turn in.” There is an inviting glimmer through the cabin skylights. We +are better off in this floating hotel than has often been our lot, +baffling with storm and tempest, benighted, weary, cold and wet, in +rough roads, forest or desert waste, with dubious hopes of shelter and +comfort at the end of our march. + +We paused for a moment, leaning over the brass rail which protected the +quarter deck. Below, on the main deck, a number of French soldiers, +wrapped in their grey coats, were huddled together, cowering under the +bulwarks, or wherever they could find shelter from the bitter night +wind. + +The cabin lamps shed a cheerful light, reflected by the highly-polished +furniture and fittings. All the passengers were in their berths. We had +chosen ours near the door for fresher air. My companion climbed to his +cot in the upper tier, above mine. + +“If you wake first, call me at daylight. We shall be off the coast of +Corsica. _Felicissima notte!_” + + + + +CHAP. IV. + + _Coast of Capo Corso.—Peculiarity of Scenery.—Verdure, and + Mountain Villages.—Il Torre di Seneca.—Land at Bastia._ + + +The voyage from Marseilles to Bastia is performed, under favourable +circumstances, in eighteen hours; but we had only just made the extreme +northern point of Corsica when I was hastily roused, at six o'clock, +from a blissful state of unconsciousness of the gale of wind and rough +sea which had retarded our progress during the night. + +Hurrying on deck, the first objects which met the eye were a rocky islet +with a lighthouse on a projecting point, and then it rested on the +glorious mountains of Capo Corso, lifting their grey summits to the +clouds, and stretching away to the southward in endless variety of +outline. We were abreast of the rocky island of Capraja; on the other +hand lay Elba, with its mountain peaks; Pianosa and Monte-Cristo rose +out of the Tuscan sea further on. Behind these picturesque islands, the +distant range of the Apennines hung like a cloud in the horizon. The sun +rose over them in unclouded glory, no trace being left of the +night-storm, but a fresh breeze, and the heaving and swelling of the +deep waters. + +Banging along the eastern coast of Capo Corso, at a short distance from +the shore, with the early light now thrown upon it, the natural +features of the country—groups of houses, villages, and even single +buildings of a marked character—were distinctly visible. We were not +long in discovering that Corsican scenery is of a peculiar and highly +interesting character. + +The infinite variety existing in all the Creator's works is remarkably +exhibited in the physical aspect of different countries, though the +landscape be formed of the same materials, whether mountains, forests, +wood, water, and extended plains, or a composition of all or any of +these features on a greater or less scale. The change is sometimes very +abrupt. Thus, the character of Sardinian scenery is essentially +different from the Corsican, notwithstanding the two islands are only +separated by a strait twenty miles broad. Climate, atmosphere, +geological formation, and vegetable growth, all contribute to this +variety. The impress given to the face of nature by the hand of man, +whether by cultivation, or in the forms, and, as we shall presently see, +the position, of the various buildings which betoken his presence, give, +of course, in a secondary degree, a difference of character to the +landscape. + +Remarks of this kind occurred in a conversation with our stout English +friend and my fellow-traveller, while they were sketching the coast of +Capo Corso from the deck of the _Industrie_. Trite as they may appear, +it is surprising how little even many persons who have travelled are +alive to such distinctions. What more natural than to say, “I have seen +Alpine scenery in Switzerland; why should I encounter the difficulties +of a northern tour to witness the same thing on a smaller scale in +Norway? What can the islands in the Tuscan sea have to offer +essentially different from Italian scenery with which I am already +familiar?” + +Only a practised eye can make the discrimination, and it requires some +knowledge of physical geography, and the vegetable kingdom, to be able +to analyse causes producing these diversified effects. Every class of +rock, every species of tree, the various elevations of the surface of +the globe, and the plants which clothe its different regions, have each +their own forms and characteristics; and, of course, a landscape, being +an aggregate of these several parts, ought to reflect the varieties of +the materials composing it. An artist must have carefully studied from +nature to have acquired a nice perception of these varied effects, and +even should he be able to grasp the result, he may not succeed in +transferring it to his sketch. Far less can words convey an adequate +idea of the varied effects of natural scenery; so that one does not +wonder when the reader complains of the sameness of the representation. + +In the present instance, were there pictured to his imagination the +distant peaks of Elba on the one hand, and on the other the long +mountain ranges of Capo Corso, bathed in purple light, as the sun rose +in the eastern horizon, the grey cliffs of rocks and promontories +bordering the coast, contrasted with the verdure of the valleys and +lower elevations, vineyards and olive grounds on the hill-sides, and the +landscape dotted with villages, churches, and ancient towers, we should +doubtless have a very charming sketch, but it would not convey a +distinct idea of the peculiarities of Corsican scenery. + +What struck us most, independently of the general effect, was the +extraordinary verdure and exuberance of the vegetation which overspread +the surface of the country far up the mountain sides, not only as +contrasted with the sterile aspect of the coasts of the continent we had +just left, but as being, in itself, different from anything which had +before fallen under our observation in other countries, whether forest, +underwood, or grassy slope. For the moment, we were unable to conjecture +of what it consisted; but we had not long set foot on shore before we +were at no loss to account for our admiration of this singular feature +in Corsican, and in this particular, also, of Sardinian scenery. + +Not to dwell now on the peculiar character of the mountain ranges of +Corsica, I will only mention one other peculiarity in the landscape +which strikes the eye throughout the island, but is nowhere more +remarkable than in the views presented as we ranged along the coast of +Capo Corso. As the former instance belongs to the department of physical +geography, this comes under the class of effects produced by the works +of man. The peculiarity consists in the villages being all placed at +high elevations. They are seen perched far up the mountain sides, +straggling along the scarp of a narrow terrace, or crowded together on +the platform of some projecting spur; churches, convents, towers, and +hamlets crowning the peaked summits of lower eminences almost equally +inaccessible. The only extensive plains in the island are so +insalubrious as to be almost uninhabitable, and this has been their +character from the time the island was first colonised. For this reason, +probably, in some measure, but more especially for defence, in the +hostilities to which the island has been exposed from foreign invaders +during many ages, as well as by internal feuds hardly yet extinct, +nearly the whole population is collected in the elevated villages or +_paese_ forming this singular and picturesque feature in Corsican +scenery. They are visible from a great distance, and sometimes ten or a +dozen of them are in sight at one time. + +Capo Corso is not, as might be supposed, a mere cape or headland, but a +narrow peninsula, containing a number of villages, and washed on both +sides by the Tuscan sea; being about twenty-five miles long, though only +from five to ten miles broad. Nearly the whole area is occupied by a +continuation of the central chain which traverses the island from north +to south. The average height of the range through Capo Corso, where it +is called _La Serra_, does not exceed 1500 feet above the level of the +sea, but it swells into lofty peaks; the highest, _Monte Stella_, +between Brando and Nonza, rising 5180 feet above the shore of the +Mediterranean. + + [Illustration: ERSA, CAPO CORSO.] + +From the central chain spurs branch off to the sea on both coasts, +forming narrow valleys at the base and in the gorges of the mountains, +of which the principal on the eastern side are Lota, Cagnano, and Luri; +the last-named being the most fertile and picturesque, as well as the +largest of these mountain valleys, though only six miles long and three +wide. On the western side lie the valleys of Olmeta, Olcani, and +Ogliastro; Olmeta being the largest. The valleys are watered by mountain +torrents, often diverted to irrigate the lands under tillage, as well as +gardens and vine and olive plantations. Each _paese_ has its small tract +of more fertile land, marked by a deeper verdure, where the valleys open +out and the streams discharge their waters into the Mediterranean. At +this point, called the _Marino_, there is generally a little port, with +a hamlet inhabited by a hardy race of sailors engaged in the traffic +carried on coastwise between the villages of the interior and the +seaports. + +This mountainous district contains a considerable population, and the +inhabitants are distinguished for their industry and economy. They live +in much comfort on the produce obtained by persevering labour from the +small portions of cultivated soil. Numerous flocks of sheep are herded +on the vast wastes overhanging the valleys. The olive and vine flourish, +and extensive chestnut woods supply at some seasons the staple diet of +the poorer classes. The slopes of the hills about the villages are +converted into gardens and orchards, in which we find figs, peaches, +apples, pears,—with oranges and lemons in the more sheltered spots. The +wines are in general sound, and we found them excellent where special +care had been bestowed on the manufacture. + +The Corsicans are generally indolent, but it is said that there are no +less than a hundred families in the mountainous province of Capo Corso +who are considered rich, some of them wealthy; and all these owe their +improved fortunes to the enterprising spirit of some relative who left +it poor, and after years of toil in Mexico, in Brazil, or some other +part of South America, returned with his savings to his native village. + +One valley after another opened as the steamer ran down the coast, each +with its _Marino_ distinguished by a fresher verdure, and its cluster of +white houses on the beach. The night mists still filled the hollows, and +villages and hamlets hung like cloud-wreaths on the mountain-sides and +the summits of the hills; the most inaccessible of which were crowned +with ruins of castles and towers. + +Tradition asserts that one of these towers was the prison of Seneca the +Philosopher. _Il Torre di Seneca_, as it is called, stands on an +escarped pinnacle of rock, terminating one of the loftiest of the +detached sugar-loaf hills. + + [Illustration: IL TORRE DI SENECA.] + +Seneca spent seven years in exile, having been banished to Corsica by +the emperor Claudius, on suspicion of an illicit intercourse with the +profligate Julia. The islands in the Tuscan sea were the Tasmania of the +Roman empire, places of transportation for political offenders, and +those who fell under the imperial frown—which was the same thing. Some +smaller islands off the Italian coast, Procida, Ischia, &c., served the +same purpose. _Relegatio ad insulam_ was the legal phrase for this +punishment. Augustus banished his grandson Agrippa to the desolate +island of _Planosa_, the Pianosa mentioned just before in connection +with Elba. There he was strangled by order of Tiberius. + +In some of his Epigrams, and the Books _de Consolatione_, composed +during his exile, Seneca paints the country and the climate in the +darkest colours. There is no doubt but these islands, though in sight of +the coast of Italy, appeared to the polished Romans as barbarous and +full of horrors as our penal settlements at the antipodes were +considered long after their first occupation; so that the picture of +Corsica, drawn by Seneca, may have been much exaggerated by his +distempered and splenetic state of mind. The probability is, that he +resided during his exile at one of the Roman colonies on the eastern +coast, Aleria or Mariana. What is called the _Torre di Seneca_ is the +ruin of a stronghold or watch-tower of the middle ages; and it is not +likely that the spot was occupied by the Romans at any period of their +dominion in Corsica, their possessions consisting only of the two +colonies, and some harbours on the coast. + +But those lonely towers standing close to the shore, which we see from +time to time as we coast along—massive, round, and grey with lichens as +the rocks at their base; what do their ruins tell of times past? Were +they a chain of forts for the defence of the coast against Saracen, or +other invaders, in the middle ages? They appear too small to hold a +garrison, and too insulated for mutual support. More probably they were +watch-towers, from which signals were made when the vessels of the +corsairs hovered on the coast, that the inhabitants might betake +themselves, with their cattle and goods, to the fortified villages and +castles on the hills. We are told that, at the beginning of the +eighteenth century, there were fifteen of those towers on the north +coast of the island, and eighty-five in its whole circuit; but many of +them are now fallen to ruin. + +At length, Bastia appeared in sight, rising in an amphitheatre to a +ridge studded with villas; the houses of the old town being crowded +about the port. Sweeping round the mole, we found ourselves in a +diminutive harbour, among vessels of small burthen. This basin is +surrounded on three sides by tall gloomy buildings, of the roughest +construction, piled up, tier above tier, to a great height. A +man-of-war's boat shoves off from the shore in good style, and lands the +Count's niece with due honours. Other boats come alongside the steamer, +and all is confusion. + +“Did you see the meeting between the two Corsican brothers—the sallow, +fever-worn soldier from Algiers, our poor fellow-traveller, and the +hearty mountaineer?” + +“No; I was paying my last _devoirs_ to _madame_.” + +“The contrast between the two was striking. I shall never forget the way +they were laced in each other's arms, and the glance of keen anxiety +with which the mountaineer looked into his sick brother's face, marking +the ravages which time and disease had worked on those much-loved +features.” + +In the air of his mountain-village that brother, we would hope, grew +strong again. Perhaps, having rejoined his regiment, his bones are left +in the Crimea; perhaps, he again survives, and breathes once more his +native air. Who can tell? + +Our hale English friend remained on board to pursue the voyage to +Leghorn. What a din, what frantic gestures, what a rush of these +irascible Corsicans at our baggage! It is borne off to the +custom-house, and undergoes an examination far from rigorous. We mount +several flights of steps, leading from one narrow street to another in +this old quarter of the town, and are led to an hotel, which had much +the air of a second or third-rate Italian _locanda_—lofty and spacious +apartments, neither clean nor well arranged; and the _déjeûner_ was a +sorry affair. _N'importe_; we shall not stay longer in Bastia than is +necessary, and we may go further and fare worse. Meanwhile, a battalion +of French infantry were on parade, with the band playing in the +barrack-yard under our windows. We threw them open to enjoy the fresh +breeze and sweeten the room. They commanded a fine view of the coast we +had passed, now seen in profile under the effect of a bright sunshine, +with the waves washing in wreaths of foam on every jutting point and +rock. + + + + +CHAP. V. + + _Bastia.—Territorial Divisions.—Plan of the Rambles.—Hiring + Mules.—The Start._ + + +I cannot imagine any one's loitering in Bastia longer than he can help. +Its only attractions are the sea and the mountain views from the +environs; and those are commanded equally well from many points along +the coast. What the old town is we have already seen—narrow and crooked +streets, with gaunt houses piled up about the port; and there is the old +Genoese fortress frowning over it, and the church of St. John, of Pisan +architecture, the interior rich in marbles and gilding, but the _façade_ +below notice as a work of art. A new quarter has been added to the town, +higher up, in which there are some handsome houses, particularly in the +_Rue de la Traverse_. + +In early times a few poor traders from Cardo, a _paese_ on the heights, +settled at the mouth of a stream which formed here a small harbour. It +was their _Marino_, so that Cardo may be said to be in some sort the +Fiesole of Bastia. About the close of the fourteenth century, the +Genoese built the Donjon, which is still standing, to defend the port, +then becoming of importance. From this _bastióne_, the new town derived +its name. It was the capital of the island during the Pisan and Genoese +occupation, and so continued under the French government till 1811, when +the prefecture and general administration of affairs were transferred +to Ajaccio, where also the Council-general of Corsica, now forming a +department of France, holds its sessions. Bastia, however, is still the +_Quartier-général_ of the military in the island, and the seat of the +_Cour de Cassation_ and _Cour d'Appel_, tribunals exercising superior +jurisdiction over all the other courts. It is also the most populous +town in Corsica (14,000 souls being the return of the last census), and +has by far the largest commerce, exporting olive-oil and wine, fruits +and fish; and importing _corn_, groceries, tobacco, and manufactured +articles of all kinds. + +Bastia was the standing point from which the old division of Corsica +into the _di quà_ and the _di là dei monti_—the country on this side and +the country on the other side of the mountains—was made; the line of +intersection commencing at the point of Gargalo, below Aleria, on the +eastern coast, and following a range of mountains westward to the +_Marino_ of Solenzara. The division was by no means equal; the country +_di quà_, including the present arrondissements of Bastia, Corte, and +Calve, being one-third larger than the _di là_, comprising the +arrondissements of Ajaccio and Sartene. + +Another ancient division of Corsica was into _pieves_, originally +ecclesiastical districts,—and _paeses_, which, I imagine, are equivalent +to parishes, including the village and the hamlets belonging to them. A +detached farm-house, such as are scattered everywhere in England, is +hardly to be seen in Corsica, the inhabitants being gathered in these +villages and hamlets, invariably built, as already observed, on elevated +points. By what corruption these were called _paeses_, _countries_, one +does not understand; but it sounds rather droll to a stranger, when he +is told in Corsica, that he may travel many miles, _senza vedère uno +paése_, without seeing a country. + +Bastia must, doubtless, from the circumstances mentioned, have good +society; but we thought Ajaccio a much pleasanter place, and Corte, in +its rudeness, has a nobler aspect than either, and is associated with +glorious recollections. We were for escaping the _di quà_ of Bastia and +the _littorale_, and getting as soon as possible _di là_ the mountains, +not, however, according to the old political division of the island, but +in the sense of crossing the central chain by one of the nearest passes. + +The plan we sketched, after consulting our maps, was to cross the Serra +by a _col_ leading into the valleys in the south-west of Capo Corso, +and, after rambling through that district, to descend into the upper +valley of the Golo, and pursue it in the direction of Corte, making +Ajaccio our next point. There are good highroads throughout the island, +with regular _diligences_ all the way from Bastia to Bonifaccio; but to +avail ourselves of these, taking up our quarters in the towns and making +excursions in the neighbourhood, was not to our taste. We proposed, +therefore, to hire mules for the expedition, sending our heavier baggage +forward to Ajaccio by _voiture_, and retaining only the indispensables +for a journey of more than 150 miles, in the course of which not a +single decent _albergo_ was to be met with, except at Corte. + +The horses in Corsica are diminutive and of an inferior breed, mules +being almost exclusively employed for draught on the great roads, and as +beasts of burthen in the byways and mountain tracks. In Sardinia, on the +contrary, though lying so much further south, the mules disappeared, and +were replaced by hardy and active horses. + +We inquired for mules. There are generally to be found hanging about +foreign hotels people ready to undertake anything the traveller may +require, little as they may be competent to fulfil their engagements. +One of this class presented himself, his appearance by no means +prepossessing; but the view he took of our present scheme afforded us +some amusement. + +“Are you well acquainted with the roads in Corsica?” + +“I have had the honour to conduct _signore forestiere_ throughout the +island from Bastia to Bonifaccio.” + +“We shall not travel _en voiture_. We require mules for the baggage and +riding. Can you supply them?” + +“_Ça serait possible, mais, à l'improviste, un peu difficile_.” + +“It is indispensable, as we mean to cross the mountains and make a +_détour, en route_ to Corte by slow stages, resting in the villages.” + +The man's countenance assumed a rueful expression. He had probably been +used to make easy work of it from town to town, and there was evidently +a ludicrous struggle between the temptation of a profitable job and his +disinclination for rugged roads and a spare diet. + +“Are _messieurs_ aware that there are no _auberges_ in the villages +offering accommodations fit for them?” + +“It is very possible; that does not occasion us any uneasiness.” + +“_Les chemins sont affreux._” + +“_N'importe_; we have travelled in worse.” + +“In some places they are dangerous, absolutely precipitous.” + +“We shall walk; _en effet_, it is possible we may walk great part of the +journey.” + +That our muleteer could not understand at all: “_la fatigue serait +pénible_;” and with true Corsican indolence, he protested against being +included in that part of our plan. + +“Then you can ride.” + +So far all objections were dismissed. The banditti had not been +mentioned among the lions in our path, but I imagined they were darkly +shadowed forth in the guide's picture of horrors; so I put the question +to him point blank. + +“Are the roads safe in these districts? Are there no bad people +(_mauvais gens_—_cattive genti_) abroad?” + +His only reply was a shrug of the shoulders, the foreign substitute for +a Burleigh shake of the head; leaving us to infer that we must not make +too sure of coming off with a whole skin. Knowing well enough that all +apprehensions of that kind were imaginary, we had been only amusing +ourselves with him. If there had been any danger, he seemed just the +fellow to be in league with the brigands. + +All topics of intimidation being now exhausted, our muleteer, with the +best grace he could, professed himself ready to comply with our wishes. + +The hire demanded for the mules was five francs per day each, exclusive +of their keep; and their return journey was to be paid for at the same +rate. The latter part of the demand was an imposition, but we had only +“Hobson's choice,” and made no difficulties. + +When would it be our pleasure to depart? As early in the afternoon as +possible. “It would be late;” and a last effort was made to induce us to +remain at the hotel till the next morning, but we were inexorable. + +“Would there be time for us to reach the first village on the road +before dark?”—“We might.”—“Then we will go. Our baggage will be ready by +three o'clock. Be punctual.” + +We disliked the man, and determined to discharge him at Corte unless +things turned out better than we expected. As it happened, we were under +his convoy for a much shorter space. We found the Sard _cavallante_, a +much finer race, trudging on foot through all the roughest part of the +tracks, and perching themselves at the top of a much heavier load of +baggage on the pack-horse, when they were tired of walking. + +It was a strange “turn out,” that, by unusual exertions, appeared at the +door within an hour of the time appointed. The mules were no bigger than +donkeys. + +“_Queste bestie non sono muli; sono dei asini._” + +It was vexatious; but we laughed too much to be seriously angry; the +muleteer, too, deprecating our wrath by assuring us that his mules had +first-rate qualities for scrambling up and down precipices. So we took +it all in good part, and, more amused than annoyed, assisted in +contriving to adjust the girths of the English saddles to the poor +beasts' wizened sides; and then, declining a march through Coventry with +such a cavalcade, walked forward, leaving the guide to load the baggage +and follow with the mules. + + + + +CHAP. VI. + + _Leave Bastia.—The Road.—View of Elba, Pianosa, and + Monte-Cristo.—The_ Littorale.—_An Adventure.—The Stagna di + Biguglia._ + + +The Corsicans are apt to say, that the national roads were the only +benefit Napoleon conferred on his native country. Like all his great +works of construction, they are worthy of his genius. One of these +traverses the whole eastern coast of the island from Bastia, by Cervione +and Porto-Vecchio, to Bonifaccio. Another line branches off near +Vescovato, about ten miles from Bastia, and following the valley of the +Golo, is carried among the mountains to Corte, whence it is continued +through a wild and mountainous district to Ajaccio. Similar engineering +skill is displayed in its continuation on the western side of the +mountains to Sartene, and thence to Bonifaccio, where it also +terminates. + +On clearing Bastia, we found ourselves on this high road,—a magnificent +causeway carried nearly in a straight line for many miles through the +plain extending between the sea and the mountains. Orange groves +embowering sheltered nooks in the environs of the town, and hedges of +the Indian fig (_cactus opuntia_), betokened the warmth of this southern +shore; and, as we advanced, the rank growth of vegetation on the flats +realised all we had heard of the teeming richness of the _littorale_. +It was hot walking, and the causeway and flats would have been +monotonous enough but for the glorious views on either hand. + +To the left, the Mediterranean was calmly subsiding from the effects of +the gale, its undulations still sparkling in the sunbeams. Far within +the horizon was the group of islands which lend a charm to all this +coast, and are associated with great historical names. There rises Elba, +with the sharp outline of its lofty peaks and dark shores, too narrow +for the mighty spirit which ere long burst the bounds of his Empire +Island. Far away in the southern hemisphere I had visited that other +island, where the chains were riveted too firmly for release, except by +the grave over which I had pondered. Now we stood on the soil that gave +him birth. Why was not this the “Island Empire?” The Allied Sovereigns +were disposed to be magnanimous. It was offered to him; why did he +refuse it? Was it that, with far-sighted policy, he considered Corsica +too bright a gem in the crown of France for him to pluck, without sooner +or later giving umbrage to the Bourbons? May his refusal be cited as a +further proof of the little love he bore for the land of his birth? Or +was it that, when once hurled from the throne of his creation, the +conqueror of kingdoms could not descend to compare one petty island with +another? “At Elba he found the horizon, the sky, the air, the waves of +his childhood; and the history of his island-state, would be to him a +constant lesson of the mutability of human things.”[3] + +Napoleon emperor in Corsica! On this spot, with Elba in view, one dwells +for a moment on the idea! Then, indeed, Corsica's long-cherished dreams +of national independence—it was her last chance—would have been +strangely realised. But her fate was sealed. She had sunk to the rank of +an outlying department of France, and so remained; with what results we +may perhaps discover. + +Near Elba, and strongly contrasting with its bold outline, lies the +little island of _Pianosa_, the ancient Planosa. Its surface is flat, as +the name indicates. That island, too, has its tale of imperial exile. +The young Agrippa, grandson of Augustus, and heir-presumptive to an +empire wider than that of Napoleon's most ambitious dreams, was banished +to Planosa by his grandfather, at the instance of Livia. Augustus is +said to have visited him there. It was Agrippa's fate to find a grave, +as well as a prison, in the Mediterranean island; the tyrant Tiberius, +with the jealousy of an eastern monarch, having caused his rival to be +strangled on his own accession to the empire. + +Soon after Napoleon's arrival in Elba he sent some troops to take +possession of Pianosa; which, ravaged by the Genoese in the thirteenth +century, had never since flourished. The fallen emperor himself could +not help laughing at this mighty expedition, for which thirty of his +guards, some Elban militia, and six pieces of artillery were detailed; +exclaiming, as he gave orders to erect batteries and fire upon any +enemies who might present themselves, “Europe will say that I have +already made a conquest.” Napoleon partially restored the fortifications +of an old castle, which had been bombarded by an English squadron, +landing the marines, in 1809, during the revolutionary war. The island +now belongs, with Elba, to the Grand-Duke of Tuscany. + +Further to the south appears the rocky island of Monte-Cristo. This, +too, has its tale of exile, insignificant as it looks except for its +sharply serrated outline, and a worldwide fame. The emperor Diocletian +banished here St. Mamilian, Archbishop of Palermo. A convent was +afterwards founded on the site of the Saint's rude cell. The monks of +Monte-Cristo flourished, as they deserved; the worthy fathers having +founded many hospitals in Tuscany and done much good. Saracen corsairs +carried off the monks; the convent was laid in ruins; and the lone +island remained uninhabited for a long course of years, except by wild +goats. It was in this state when Alexandre Dumas made it the scene of +his hero's successful adventure after his escape from the _Château +d'If_, and adopted it as the title of his popular novel. The island +having been recently purchased and colonised by Mr. Watson Taylor, he +has built a house on it for his own residence. + + [Illustration: ISLE OF MONTE-CRISTO.] + +It is about nine miles in circumference, and I should judge from its +appearance that the greatest part of the surface is rocky, though not +without green hollows, dells, and verdant slopes. But the olive and the +vine usually thrive, and are largely cultivated, on such spots; and if, +as I should imagine, the natural vegetation and the climate are similar +to those of the other islands in the Tuscan sea with which we are +acquainted, happy may the lord of Monte-Cristo be; for, in the hands of +a wealthy English gentleman, such a spot may be made an earthly +paradise. + +After about an hour's walk we halted for the muleteer to come up. A +glorious point of view it was, embracing a wide expanse of the bright +sea, with the islands which had supplied so many striking and pleasant +recollections. Looking backward, the purple mountains of Capo Corso now +appeared massed together in endless variety of outline, with Bastia at +their base, the citadel and white houses glowing in the evening +sunshine. Turning to the right, the eye caught the fine effect of the +meeting of the plain and mountains—the interminable level, stretching +far away till it was lost in distance, and teeming with luxuriant +vegetation, but with only here and there a solitary clump of trees,—and +the long mountain-range line after line rising into peaks above the +gracefully rounded hills that swelled up from the level of the plain. +Woods, orchards, vineyards overspread the lower slopes, the hollows were +buried in thickets of evergreen, and picturesque villages and towers +appeared, though rarely, on the summits of the hills. + + [Illustration: MEETING OF MOUNTAIN AND PLAIN, NEAR BASTIA.] + +Who would not linger at the sight of Furiani, the most important of +these villages, its ivy-mantled towers crumbling to ruins?—Furiani, +where the Corsicans, in a national assembly, first organised their +insurrection against the Genoese, and elected the prudent and intrepid +Giaffori one of their leaders; with cries of “_Evviva la libertà! evviva +il popolo!_”—Furiani, where, in almost their last struggle, two hundred +Corsicans held the fortifications long after they were a heap of ruins, +and at length cut their way by night to the shore. + +The muleteer at last made his appearance with his sorry cavalcade, and +my companion having taken advantage of our halt to make the sketch of +the “Meeting of the mountains and plain,” which was not quite finished, +that we might not lose time, as the sun was descending behind the +mountains, one of the mules was tied to a stake, in order that my friend +might overtake us, while we made the best of our way forward. + +I still preferred walking, and pushed on at a pace which suited none of +my company, human or asinine. We had got ahead about a mile, when shouts +from behind opened a scene perfectly ludicrous. There was the little +mule trotting up the road at most unusual speed, impelled by my friend's +shouts and the big stones with which he was pelting the miserable beast. +He too came up at a long trot, rather excited, and calling to the +muleteer, “Catch your mule, Giovanni! I'll have nothing more to do with +the brute.” + +“What is it all about?” + +It appeared that my friend, having finished his sketch, prepared to +mount and push after us. The mule, however, had a design diametrically +opposed to this. No sooner was it loosed from the stake to which it was +tied, than the poor beast very naturally felt a strong impulse to return +to its stable at Bastia. Could instinct have forewarned it what it +would have to encounter before midnight, the retrograde impulse would +have been still stronger. Every one knows how difficult it is to deal +with a mule when it is in the mood either not to go at all, or to go the +wrong way. Having driven a team of these animals—fine Calabrian mules +they were, equal to the best Spanish—all the way from Naples to Dieppe, +I can boast of some experience in the mulish temperament. + +To make matters worse, the English saddle being all too large for its +wizened sides, in spite of all our care in knotting the girths, it +twisted round in the attempt to mount, and my very excellent friend—no +disparagement to his noble horsemanship, for one has no firm seat even +when mounted on a vicious pony—before he could bring the saddle to a +level and gain his equilibrium, was fairly pitched over the side of the +road. Mule having now achieved that glorious _libertà_, the instinctive +aspiration of Corsican existence, whether man, mule, or moufflon, +started forward alone, my friend following, I have no doubt, in rather a +thundering rage. + +“At every attempt I made to take the mule by the head”—such was his +account—“he reversed his position, and launched his heels at me with a +viciousness that rendered the enterprise not a little dangerous, for I +do not know anything so funky as an ass's heels. Had it not been for +saving the saddle, mule might have taken himself off to Bastia, or a +worse place, for any trouble I would have taken to stop him.” + +It may be supposed that this story was not told or listened to without +shouts of laughter, the muleteer being the only one of the party who was +seriously disconcerted. + +“_Andiamo, Giovanni_,” said I, cutting short all discussion, and moved +forward. We had lost time, and the evening was closing in. + +“Won't you ride, then?—try the other mule.” + +“No, I thank you; I am not in the least fatigued, and have no desire to +be pitched into a bush of prickly cactus, or rolled down the bank of the +causeway.” + +“Let us push on, then; if we are belated, we may have worse adventures, +this first day of our rambles in Corsica, before we get to our night's +quarters; and where we are to find them, I am sure I have no idea.” + +We walked on at a smart pace, and gradually drew far ahead of Giovanni +and his mules. They were not to be hurried, and if they had been gifted +like Balaam's ass, I imagine they would have agreed with Giovanni in +wishing _l'Inglesi all'Inferno_. I don't know, speaking from +experience, which is worst, riding, leading, or driving a malcontent +mule. + +The rays of the setting sun were now faintly gleaming on a vast sheet of +shallow stagnant water, the _Stagna di Biguglia_, between the road and +the sea, from which it is only separated by a low strip of alluvial +soil. It was a solitary, a melancholy scene. A luxuriant growth of reeds +fringes the margin of the lagoon, and heat and moisture combine to throw +up a rank vegetation on its marshy banks. The peasants fly from its +pestiferous exhalations, and nothing is heard or seen but the plash of +the fish in the still waters, the sharp cry of the heron and gull, +wheeling and hovering till they dart on their prey, and some rude +fisherman's boat piled with baskets of eels for the market at Bastia. + +This vast sheet of water was formerly open to the sea, forming a noble +harbour, in which floated the galleys of the powerful republics that in +the middle ages disputed the empire of the Mediterranean and the +possession of its islands. On a hill above stood the town of Biguglia, +the capital of the island under the Pisans and Genoese, till in the +fourteenth century Henri della Rocca, with the insurgent Corsicans, +carried it by assault. The Genoese then erected the fortress at Bastia, +which, with the town growing up under its protection, became the chief +seat of their power in the island, and Biguglia fell to decay. + +Mariana, a Roman colony, stood on the coast near the lower extremity of +this present lagoon; and Aleria, another still further south, on the +sea-line of the great plain extending for forty miles below Bastia. Our +proposed route led in another direction, and, not to interrupt the +thread of the narrative, a notice of these colonies is reserved for +another opportunity. + +We had reached the neighbourhood at which, according to calculation, we +ought to strike off from the high-road towards the mountains. Now, if +ever, a guide was needed; but Giovanni and his mules had fallen far in +the rear. A by-road turned to the right, apparently in the desired +direction. At the angle of the roads we took counsel,—should we venture +to take the by-path, or wait till Giovanni came up?—which involved a +loss of time we could ill spare at that period of the day. A mistake +might be awkward, but we had carefully studied the bearings of the +country on our maps, and deciding to risk it, struck boldly into the +lane. For a short distance it led between inclosures, but presently +opened, and we found ourselves on the boundless waste, with only a +narrow track for our guidance through its mazes. We were in the bush, +the _Macchia_ as the natives call it. + + + + +CHAP. VII. + + _Evergreen Thickets.—Their remarkable Character.—A fortunate + Rencontre.—Moonlight in the Mountains.—Cross a high + Col.—Corsican Shepherds.—The Vendetta.—Village Quarters._ + + +A slight ascent over a stony bank landed us at once on the verge of the +thickets. It had been browsed by cattle, and scattered myrtle-bushes, of +low growth, were the first objects that gladdened our eyes. A new +botany, a fresh scenery was before us. The change from the littoral, +with its rank vegetation, close atmosphere, and weary length of +interminable causeway, was so sudden, that it took us by surprise. +Presently we were winding through a dense thicket of arbutus, +tree-heaths, alaternus, daphne, lentiscus, blended with myrtles, cystus, +and other aromatic shrubs, massed and mingled in endless variety—the +splendid arbutus, with its white bell-shaped flowers and pendulous +bunches of red and orange berries, most prevailing. + +The _Macchia_ is, in fact, a natural shrubbery of exquisite beauty. We +travelled through it, in the two islands, for many hundred miles, and I +feel confident that, to English taste, it forms the unique feature in +Corsican and Sardinian scenery. This sort of underwood prevails also, I +understand, in Elba, and, more or less, in the other islands of the +central Mediterranean basin. We now fully comprehended how it was that, +when sailing along the coast, our attention had been so riveted on the +rich verdure clothing the hills and mountain-sides of Capo Corso, +although at the time we were unable to satisfy ourselves in what its +striking peculiarity consisted. + +The air is so perfumed by the aromatic plants, that there was no +exaggeration in Napoleon's language when conversing, at St. Helena, of +the recollections of his youth, he said: + +“_La Corse avait mille charmes; tout y était meilleur jusqu'à l'odeur du +sol même. Elle lui eût suffi pour la deviner, les yeux fermés. Il ne +l'avait retrouvée nulle part._” + +A trifling occurrence in my own travels gives some faint idea of the +sentiment which dictated this remark. At St. Helena the flora of the +North and South singularly meet. Patches of gorse (_Ulex Europæa_)—that +idol of Linnæus and ornament of our English and Cambrian wastes—grow +freely on the higher grounds, rivalling the purple heath in their golden +bloom, and shrubs of warmer climates in their sweet perfume. Returning +to England after lonely wanderings in the southern hemisphere, I well +remember how the sight and the scent of this rude plant, dear in its +very homeliness, recalled former scenes associated with it. I recollect, +too, that the mettlesome barb which bounded over the downs surrounding +Longwood did not partake of my sympathy for the golden bough I had +plucked. The smooth turf and the yellow furze had no charms for the +exile of St. Helena. Never was the “_lasciate ogni speranza_” more +applicable than to his island-prison, and in his melancholy hours his +thoughts naturally reverted, with a gush of fond tenderness, to the land +of his birth, little as he had shown partiality for it in his hour of +prosperity. + +On its picturesque scenes we were now entering, with everything to give +them the highest zest. The autumn rains had refreshed the arid soil, +and the aromatic shrubs filled the air with their richest perfume. +Escaped from cities, and from steam-boats, redolent of far other odours, +and having turned our backs on marsh, and _stagna_, and wearisome +causeway, well strung to our work, and gaining fresh vigour in the +evening breeze, we brushed through the waving thickets with little +thought of Giovanni and his mules, left far behind, and as little +concern whither our path would lead us. It was a beaten track, and must +be our guide to some habitation. A few hours ago we set foot on shore, +and we were already engaged in some sort of adventure—and that, too, in +Corsica, which has an ugly reputation! “_N'importe_; it is our usual +luck; it will turn out right.” But let us push on, for the sun has long +set, and the twilight is fading. + +Fortune favoured us, for the enterprise on which we had stumbled turned +out rather a more serious affair than we anticipated. It was getting +dark, when the footprints of a mule on the sandy path attracted our +notice, the fresh marks pointing in the direction we were taking. Soon +we caught sight of a small party winding through the tall shrubbery. The +turning of a zigzag on a slight rocky ascent brought the party full in +view, and we closed with it. There were two girls riding astride on the +same mule, with a stout peasant trudging behind. It was a pleasant +rencontre. + +“Good evening, friend. How far is it to the next village?” + +“Three hours.” + +“What is it called?” + +“Olmeta.” + +“Is the road good?” + +“Mountainous and very steep.” + +“Allow us to join your party?” + +“By all means.” “_Allons donc_; we shall be late.” + +And the party moved on. Antoine, our new acquaintance, was, like most +Corsicans, of the middle size, with a frame well knit. He had a pleasant +expression of countenance, with a frank and independent air, the very +reverse of our muleteer, Giovanni. We amused ourselves at having given +him the slip, and continued to question our new guide. + +“Shall we be able to procure beds and something to eat at Olmeta?”—the +“_qualche cosa per mangiare_” being always a question of first +importance. + +“Never fear; you will find hospitality?” + +We had no misgivings of any kind. Under Antoine's guidance we could now +proceed boldly, quite at ease to enjoy all the charms of our wild +adventure. + + “E pur per selve oscure e calli obliqui, + Insieme van, senza sospetto aversi.”—ARIOST. Canto I. + + “Together through dark woods and winding ways + They walk, nor on their hearts suspicion preys.” + +In about an hour, the moon, then at her full, rose above the hills on +our left, shedding a soft and silvery light on the mountain-tops; our +narrow path through the thickets being still buried in gloom. Presently +a full tide of lustrous radiance was poured on the waving sea of verdure +and the face of the mountains. We made good speed, for the family mule, +homeward bound, stepped on briskly under its double burden. Sometimes we +kept up with the party, joining in the talk of the good peasants; at +others, falling behind to enjoy the stillness of the scene, and abandon +ourselves to the contemplation of its ever-varying features. Now we +threaded the bank of a mountain torrent far beneath in shade, the depth +of which the eye was unable to penetrate as we plunged downwards through +the thickets; then, crossing the stream and scrambling up the opposite +bank, once more emerged from the gloom, and, standing for a few instants +on the summit we had gained, the grey mountain-tops again showed +themselves touched with the silver light, and the quivering foliage of +the evergreen shrubs, which covered the undulating expanse beneath, +twinkled like diamond sprays. + +In these alternations of light and shade, and precipitous descents which +led on to still increasing altitudes, we followed our rocky path for +about two hours, when Antoine halted his party to prepare for +surmounting the main difficulty of the route, in evident surprise all +the while at finding two Englishmen engaged in an adventure of which he +could not comprehend the motive. And yet Antoine had seen something of +the world beyond the narrow bounds of his native island. He had been a +_matelot_, he said,—made a long voyage, and once touched at an English +port. Antoine seemed to be now leading a vagabond life. He was not +communicative as to why he left his country or why he returned, and was +gay and melancholy by fits. He did not belong to Olmeta, but had friends +there, to whom he was conducting the girls. + +It is not often that the Corsican women ride while the men walk, the +reverse being generally the case. But Antoine was gallant, and, on the +whole, a good fellow. The girls, we have said, rode astride; but now, in +preparation for the ascent, one of them slipped off the mule, over the +crupper, with amusing agility, relieving the poor beast of half its +burden, and they afterwards rode by turns. + +We now began the ascent of the pass, the Col di S.to Leonardo, leading +into the valley of Olmeta. The Col is nearly 3000 feet above the level +of the sea, and the passage proved to be almost as difficult as any I +recollect having encountered. We had no idea, when we left Bastia, of +attempting it that evening, and, had we not parted from Giovanni, should +probably have made for some village near the high-road, and lost the +splendid effects of moonlight on such scenery. The face of the mountain +is scaled either by rocky steps or by terraces cut in the escarped +flanks, with quick returns, in the way such elevations are usually +surmounted. The passing and repassing, as we traversed the successive +stages, brought out the effects of light and shade even better than we +had remarked them below. The path, too, was extremely picturesque. +Masses of grey rock, half in shade, jutted out among the shrubbery with +which the mountain-side was covered; giant heaths, five or six feet +high, hung feathering, and the arbutus threw its broad branches, over +our heads. + +We had made some progress, and stood, as it were, suspended over the +valley, when Antoine's quick ear caught sounds from below. We halted to +take breath and listen. Presently, the sounds became more distinct, and +we made out the tramp of mules coming up the path, but still far +beneath. It was probably Giovanni with his mules, following our steps. +Again we stood and listened, looking over the precipice at an angle +which commanded the descent for many hundred feet beneath. The thicket +shrouding the narrow track was so dense, that nothing could be seen, +even in that bright moonlight, but its glistening slope. The sounds +from below rose more dearly. Thwack, thwack, fell Giovanni's cudgel on +the ribs of his unfortunate mules; and we could hear them scrambling, +and his hoarse voice uttering strange cries, as he urged them on. + +We were too much amused at having given him the slip to think much of +the great tribulation in which he was panting and toiling to overtake +us. Vain hope! “He will be in time for supper; let us push +on;”—beginning to think that the sooner we realised the comforts which +Antoine had encouraged us to expect, the better. + +“Are we near the top of the pass?” + +“Do you see that rock with the bush hanging from it?” pointing to a +huge, insulated mass, its sharp outline clearly defined against the blue +sky; “it is a thousand feet above the spot on which we stand. The path +lies round the base of that rock. In an hour we shall reach it.” + +We climbed on, the ascent becoming steeper and steeper as we mounted +upwards, often casting wistful looks at the beacon rock. Just before we +gained the summit, smoke was seen curling up from the copse at a little +distance from the path. + +“_Ci sono pastori_,” cried Antoine. + +“Perhaps they can give us some milk.” We had need enough of some +refreshment, the breakfast at Bastia having been our only meal. + +“_Vedéremmo_,” said Antoine; and he led the way through the bushes. + +Some rough dogs leapt out, fiercely barking at the approach of +strangers. They were called off by the shepherds, who, wrapped in their +shaggy mantles, the Corsican _pelone_, were sitting and lying round a +fire of blazing logs, under the shelter of a rock. A mixed flock of +sheep and goats lay closely packed round the bivouac. Unfortunately +they had no milk to give us. + +The Corsican shepherds are a singular race. We found them leading a +nomad life in all parts of the island. They wander, as the season +permits, from the highest mountain-ranges to the verge of the cultivated +lands and vineyards, where the goats do infinite mischief; and drive +their flocks in the winter to the vast plains of the littoral, and the +warm and sheltered valleys. Home they have none; the side of a rock, a +cave, a hut of loose stones, lends them temporary shelter. Chestnuts are +their principal food; and their clothing, sheepskins, or the black wool +of their flocks spun and woven by the women of the valleys into the +coarse cloth of the _pelone_. Their greatest luxuries are the immense +fires, for which the materials are boundless, or to bask in the sun, and +tell national tales, and sing their simple _canzone_. But though a rude, +they are not a bad, race; contented, hospitable, tolerably honest, and, +as we found, often intelligent. We were not fortunate in our first +introduction to these people. Antoine exchanged a few words with them; +but they were sullen, and showed no signs of surprise or curiosity on +the sudden appearance of strangers at their fireside. The sample was far +from prepossessing. One of the men, who seemed to eye us with suspicion, +had just the physiognomy one should assign to a bandit. + +It was perhaps this idea which led me to question Antoine on a subject +we had hitherto avoided. + +“Are there any outlaws harboured in these wild mountains?” + +“Not now; they have been hunted out; all that is changed; but blood has +been often spilt in this _maquis_. One terrible _vendetta_ was taken not +far from hence; but that was many years ago. I will show you the spot.” + +Antoine strode rapidly onward; and we overtook the women, who had rode +on. In ten minutes we were rounding the mass of rock crowning the pass. + +“This was the spot,” said Antoine, taking a step towards me, the rest of +the party having passed; and he added calmly, but with decision, and a +slightly triumphant air, “I did it myself.” (“_J'ai donné le coup +moi-même._”) + +It may be well supposed that I stood aghast. We had not then learnt with +what little reserve such deeds of blood are avowed in Corsica; how +thoroughly they are extenuated by the popular code of morals or honour. +Such avowals were afterwards made to us with far less feeling than +Antoine betrayed; indeed, with the utmost levity. “_Je lui ai donné un +coup_,” mentioning the individual and giving the details, was the climax +of a story of some sudden quarrel or long-harboured animosity. It was +uttered with the _sang froid_ with which an Englishman would say, “I +knocked the fellow down;” and it might have been our impression that +nothing more was meant, but for the circumstances related, which left no +doubt on the subject. When a Corsican says that he has given his enemy a +_coup_, the phrase is a decorous ellipse for _coup-de-fusil_. +Occasionally, perhaps, it may mean a _coup-de-poignard_, which amounts +to much the same thing; but since carrying the knife has been rigorously +prohibited by the French Government, stabbing has not been much in vogue +in Corsica. Now, it is to be hoped, the murderous _fusil_ has equally +disappeared. + +There was no time for asking what led to the quarrel or encounter. +Antoine coolly turned away, saying, “The descent is easy; we shall have +a good road now down the hill to Olmeta;” and, most opportunely, the +view which opened from the summit of the pass was calculated to divert +my thoughts from what had just occurred. + +It has been often remarked, that the Corsican villages are most commonly +built on high ground. We now counted, by their cheerful lights, nine or +ten of them dotting the hills in all directions; some perched on the +heights beyond the Bevinco, which wound through the valley beneath, the +moonlight flashing on patches of the stream and faintly revealing a dark +chain of mountains beyond—the Serra di Stella, dividing the valley of +the Bevinco from that of the Golo. + +The descent was easy, according to Antoine's augury. We tear down the +hill, pass the village church at a sharp angle, its white _façade_ +glistening in the moonbeams; and a straight avenue, shaded by trees, +brings us into a labyrinth of narrow lanes, overhung by tall, gaunt +houses of the roughest fabric and materials. Antoine bids us stop before +one of these gloomy abodes; an old woman appears at the door of the +first story with a feeble oil-lamp in her hand. The ground-floor of +these houses, as usual in the South, are all stables or cellars. After a +short conference, Antoine disappears, and we see him no more that night. +We mount a flight of steep, unhewn stone steps, at the risk of breaking +our necks, for there is no rail; the good dame welcomes us to all that +she has, little though it be, and we land in a grim apartment containing +the usual raised hearth for cooking, with a very limited apparatus of +utensils—a few shallow kettles of copper and iron, a table, some +chairs, and a very questionable bed in a corner. + +There were two other apartments, _en suite_, the next being a _salle_, +with a brick floor like the kitchen, tolerably clean. A few Scripture +prints on the walls, a large table, some rickety chairs, and a settee, +convertible, we found, into a very satisfactory shakedown, composed the +furniture. The inner apartment, which contained a really good bed, +seemed to be the widow's wardrobe and storeroom of all her most valuable +effects; being crowded with chests, and tables covered with all sorts of +things, helped out by pegs on the walls. These were ornamented with +little coloured prints of the Virgin, and Saints, and there was a +crucifix at the bed's head. After showing her apartments, the widow +placed the lamp on the table in the _salle_, with the usual _felice +notte_, and there was a running fire of questions and answers between +her and the two hungry travellers about the _qualche cosa per mangiare_. +The larder was of course empty, and the discussion resolved itself into +some rashers of bacon, a loaf of very sweet bread, and a bottle of the +light and excellent wine for which Capo Corso is famous, procured from a +neighbour. + +This was not accomplished without a great deal of bustle and screeching, +and running to and fro of the widow and some female friends, withered +old crones, who had come to her aid on so unexpected an emergency as our +appearance on the scene. This continued after supper till the chests in +the inner apartment had delivered up their stores of sheets, coverlets, +and towels, all as white as the driven snow. How we ate, drank, and +lodged during our rambles is not the most agreeable of our +recollections, and can have little interest except as affording glimpses +of the habits of the people. This first essay of Corsican hospitality +was not amiss. + +Just as we had finished our frugal meal, Giovanni made his appearance. +Wishing to give him his _congé_, we expected a sharp altercation; to +avoid which, and not forfeit our engagement that he should conduct us to +Corte, it was proposed to him to leave the malcontent mule till his +return, procuring at Olmeta a more serviceable beast, or to proceed with +the others only. Giovanni was crestfallen; he had had enough of it, and +did not bluster, as we expected. Though disliking him, we had amused +ourselves at his expence, and could hardly now refrain from laughing at +his piteous aspect. Giovanni, however, was quite as ready to be quit of +us as we were to get rid of him. His reply to our proposal about the +mule was quite touching:— + +“_Je ne veux pas me séparer de mon pauvre âne!_” + +So the inseparables were dismissed to return to Bastia, after an +equitable adjustment, and we parted good friends. Giovanni was no +favourite of ours, but that touch of sentiment for his “_pauvre âne_” +was a redeeming trait. As for ourselves, we were left without a guide, +which did not matter, and without the means of carrying forward our +baggage, which did. This dilemma did not spoil our rest; it was such as +weary travellers earn. + + + + +CHAP. VIII. + + _The_ Littorale.—_Corsican Agriculture.—Greek and Roman + Colonies.—Sketch of Mediæval and Modern History.—Memoirs of + King Theodore de Neuhoff._ + + +Let us now return for a short space to the point at which we quitted the +high-road from Bastia. More attractive metal drew us off to the +mountain-paths; but the _Littorale_ is not without interest, especially +as the seat of the earliest and most thriving colonies in the island. +These and its subsequent fortunes claim a passing notice. + +It may be recollected that our road lay for some miles through the plain +between the mountains and the Mediterranean. This level is between fifty +and sixty miles long. Intersected by the rivers flowing from the central +chain, alluvial marshes are formed at their mouths, and there are also, +from similar causes, several lagoons on the coast, of which the Stagna +di Biguglia, near which we turned off into the _maquis_, is the largest. +The exhalations from these marshes and waters render the climate so +pestiferous, that the _littorale_ is almost uninhabited. The soil is +extremely fertile, producing large crops where it is cultivated, and +affording pasturage to immense herds of cattle, sheep, and goats. The +country people inhabit villages on the neighbouring hills, descending +into the plains at the seasons when their labour is required for +tilling and sowing the land, and harvesting the crops; and but too +frequently carrying back the seeds of wasting or fatal diseases. + +Even under the double disadvantages of exposure to malaria, and the +natural indolence of the Corsican peasant, this district supplies a very +large proportion of the corn consumed in the island. So great is this +indolence, that not more than three-tenths of the surface of Corsica is +brought under cultivation, although it is calculated that double that +area is capable of it. I was unable to ascertain the number of acres +under tillage, planted with vines and olive-trees, or otherwise +requiring agricultural labour; but it might have been supposed that a +population of 230,000 souls would at least have met the demand for +labour on the portion of the surface thus occupied. So far, however, +from this being the case, it is a curious fact that from 2000 to 3000 +labourers come into the island every year from Lucca, Modena, and Parma, +to engage in agricultural employment. They generally arrive about the +middle of April, and take their departure in November. They are an +intelligent, laborious, and frugal class; and as the savings of each +individual are calculated at 100 or 110 francs, no less a sum than +200,000 francs is thus annually carried to the Continent instead of +being earned by native industry. The climate of Corsica is described by +many ancient writers as insalubrious; but there does not seem to be any +foundation for the statement, except as regards the _littorale_, the +only part of the island which appears to have been colonised in early +times, and with which they were acquainted. + +Who were its primitive inhabitants and first colonists, whether Corsus, +the supposed leader of a band of immigrants, who gave his name to the +island, was a son of Hercules or a Trojan, are facts lost in the mist of +ages, through which the origin of few races can be penetrated. An +inquiry into such traditions would be a waste of time, and is foreign to +a work of this kind. + +There is reason to believe that the light of civilisation first beamed +on its shores from Sardinia—an island which some brief records, and, +still more, its existing monuments, lead us to consider as civilised +long before the period of authentic history. + +The island of Sardinia, placed in the great highway from the East, was a +convenient station for the people who, in the first ages, were driven +thence by a providential impulse towards the shores of the West, and, +with the torch of civilisation in their hands, passed successively by +Asia Minor and the islands of Crete, Sicily, and Sardinia to Greece, to +Italy, and the other countries of the West. + +A smaller branch of the torrent of this great and primitive emigration +poured from the mountain ranges in the north of Sardinia, and, crossing +the straits, overspread the south of Corsica, bearing with it the +civilisation of the East, of which records are found in the most ancient +Corsican monuments. Some of these are identical with those in Sardinia, +which will be mentioned hereafter. Such are the Dolmen, called in +Corsica _Stazzone_; and the Menhir, to which they give the fanciful name +of _Stantare_. When a child at play stands on its head with its heels +self-balanced in the air, making itself a pyramid instead of cutting a +pirouette, that is, in the language of mothers and nurses, _far la +Stantare_. + +However this may be, there are numerous testimonies that the island of +Corsica was known and visited in the most remote times by navigators of +the several races on the shores of the Mediterranean—Phœnicians, +Pelasgians, Tyrrhenians, Ligurians, and Iberians. Herodotus, who calls +the island Cyrnos, describes an attempt at colonisation by Phocæans, +driven from Ionia, who founded the city of Alalia, afterwards called +Aleria, 448 years before the Christian era. But the genuine history of +Corsica commences with the period when the Roman republic, on the decay +of the Carthaginian power, began to extend its conquests in the +Mediterranean. + +In the year 260 B.C., Lucius Cornelius Scipio led an expedition into the +island, which was crowned with success. Every traveller who has visited +Rome must have been interested in one of the few relics of the +republican era, remarkable for its primitive simplicity—the tomb of the +Scipios. It chanced that the writer, when there, procured a model of the +sarcophagus which contained the ashes of this first of a race of heroes, +L. C. Scipio. The monuments of Rome were not of marble in the times of +the republic, and this sarcophagus being cut out of a block of the +volcanic _peperino_, so common in the Campagna, the author had his model +made of the same material, with the inscription cut in rude characters +round the margin; that is to say, such part of it as had been preserved, +so that it is a perfect fac-simile. He reads on it— + + HEC CEPIT CORSICA ALERIAQUE URBE. + +That fragment contains the earliest record of Roman conquest in Corsica. +But the conquest was incomplete, and for upwards of a century the +Corsicans maintained an unequal struggle against the Roman legions, +strong in their mountain fastnesses, while the Roman armies appear to +have seldom advanced beyond the plains. The natives held their ground +with such obstinacy that, on one occasion, after a bloody battle, a +consular army, under Caius Papirius, was so nearly defeated, when rashly +entangled in the gorges of the mountains, that the Corsicans obtained +honourable terms of peace. The Roman historians relate that this battle +was fought on “The Field of Myrtles,” a name appropriate to a Corsican +_macchia_; and they do not otherwise describe the locality.[4] It is +easy to imagine the scenes and the issue of a deadly struggle between +the mountaineers and the disciplined legions, on ground such as that +described in the preceding chapter. + +In these wars great numbers of the natives were carried off as slaves to +Rome, and the annual tribute paid on submission consisted of wax, which +was raised to 200,000 lbs. after one defeat. + +A two hours' walk over the plains from the point at which we quitted the +high-road would bring us to the ruins of Mariana, a colony founded by +Marius on the banks of the Golo, and to which he gave his name. Not a +vestige of Roman architecture can now be found on the spot. + +During the civil wars, the rivals, Marius and Sylla, established each a +colony in Corsica. That of Sylla (Aleria) stood forty miles further down +the coast, at the mouth of the Tavignano, the seat of the ancient Greek +colony of Alalia. Sylla restored it, sending over some of his veteran +soldiers, among whom he distributed the conquered lands, and it became +the capital of the island during the Roman period, and so continued +during the earlier part of the middle ages. Sacked and laid in ruins by +the Arabs, some iron rings on the Stagna di Diana, the ancient port, +large blocks of stone on the site of a mole at the mouth of the +Tavignano, some arches, a few steps of a circus, with coins and cameos +occasionally turned up, are the sole vestiges of the Roman colonisation +in Corsica. Their only road led from Mariana by Aleria to Palæ, a +station near the modern Bonifaccio, from whence there was a _trajectus_ +to Portus Tibulus (Longo Sardo), in Sardinia; and the road was continued +through that island to its southern extremity, near Cagliari. + +In the decline of the Roman power, Corsica shared the fate of the other +territories in the Mediterranean attached to the eastern empire. Seized +by the Vandals under Genseric, despotically governed by the Byzantine +emperors, pillaged by Saracen corsairs, protected by Charlemagne, and, +on the fall of his empire, parcelled out, like the rest of Europe, among +a host of feudal barons, mostly of foreign extraction—who, from their +rock-girt towers, waged perpetual hostilities with each other, and +tyrannised over the enthralled natives—claimed by the Popes in virtue of +Pepin's donation, and granted by them to the Pisans,—after a long +struggle between the two rival republics contending for the supremacy of +the Mediterranean, the island at last fell under the dominion of the +Genoese. + +This dominion the republic of Genoa exercised for more than four +centuries (from the thirteenth to the eighteenth) in an almost +uninterrupted course of gross misrule. Instead of endeavouring to +amalgamate the islanders with her own citizens, she treated them as a +degraded cast, worthy only of slavery. A governor, frequently chosen by +the republic from amongst men of desperate circumstances, had the +absolute sovereignty of the island: by his mere sentence, on secret +information, without trial, a person might be condemned to death or to +the galleys. The venality of the Genoese tribunals was so notorious, +that the murderer felt sure to escape if he could pay the judge for his +liberation.[5] + +The Corsicans were not a race which would tamely submit to this tyranny, +and their annals during this long period exhibit a series of bloody +struggles against the Genoese republic, and devoted efforts to maintain +their rights and recover their independence. In these contests the +_signori_ either allied themselves with the Genoese, or took part with +their countrymen, as their interest inclined; while a succession of +patriot leaders, such as few countries of greater pretensions can +boast—Sambucchio, Sampiero, the Gaffori, the Paoli—all sprung from the +ranks of the people; the bravest in the field and the wisest in council, +carried aloft the banner of Corsican _libertà_. + +The hostilities were not confined to the parties immediately interested +in the quarrel. Foreign aid was invoked on the one side and on the +other, and for a long period the little island of Corsica became the +battle-field of the great European powers; Spaniards, Austrians, French, +and English, at one time or the other, and especially in the decay of +the Genoese republic, throwing their forces into the scale, and +occupying portions of the island, but with no definitive result, until +its final absorption in the dominion of its present masters. + +Little interest would now attach to the details of a struggle confined +to so insignificant a territory, and having so little influence on +European politics; and it would be alike foreign to the province of a +traveller, and wearisome to the reader, that the subject should be +pursued, except incidentally, where events or persons connected with the +localities he visits call forth some passing remarks. An exception may +perhaps be allowed in the course of this narrative for some account of +the English intervention in Corsican affairs. It is little known that +our George III. was once the constitutional king of Corsica. Nelson, +too, performed there one of his most dashing exploits. + +Just now we have been talking of Aleria, a place identified with a +curious and somewhat romantic episode in Corsican history. Corsica +cradled and sent forth a soldier of fortune, to become in his +aspirations, and almost in effect, the Cæsar of the western empire. +Corsica received into her bosom a German adventurer, who, for a brief +space, played on this narrow stage the part of her crowned king. That +there is but a short interval between the sublime and the ridiculous, +was exemplified in the career of these upstart monarchs. Both sought an +asylum in England. The one pined in an island-prison, the other in a +London gaol. + + +THEODORE DE NEUHOFF, KING OF CORSICA.[6] + +On the 25th March, 1736, a small merchant-ship, carrying the English +ensign, anchored off Aleria. There landed from it a personage of noble +appearance, with a suite of sixteen persons, who was received with the +deference due to a monarch. He superintended the disembarkation of +cannon and military stores, and gratuitously distributed powder, +muskets, and other accoutrements, to the Corsicans who crowded to the +shore. + +The imagination exercises a powerful sway over the people of the South. +The mystery which surrounded this personage, his dignified and polished +manners, the important succour he brought, and even the fantastical and +semi-Oriental cast of his dress, all contributed to produce a great +influence on ardent minds naturally inclined to the marvellous. This was +Theodore de Neuhoff. + +Theodore Antoine, Baron de Neuhoff, a native of Westphalia, had been in +his youth page to the Duchess of Orleans, and afterwards served in +Spain. Returning to France, he attached himself to the speculations of +Law, and partook the vicissitudes of splendour and misery which were the +fortunes of his patron. When that bubble burst, our adventurer wandered +through Europe, seeking his fortune with a perseverance, combined with +incontestable talent, which, sooner or later, must seize some +opportunity of accomplishing his schemes. + +At Genoa he fell in with Giaffori and some other Corsican patriots, then +exiled; and representing himself to be possessed of immense resources, +and even to have it in his power to secure the support of powerful +courts, offered to drive the Genoese out of the island, on condition of +his being recognised as King of Corsica. The patriot chiefs, seduced by +these magnificent promises, and, perhaps, too apt to seek for foreign +aid wherever it could be found, accepted Theodore's offers. + +Not to follow him through all the course of his romantic adventures, it +appears that he found means of credit—perhaps from the Jews, with whom +he was already deeply involved—for a considerable sum of ready money, +and the arms, ammunition, and stores necessary for his expedition. +Landing in Corsica, in the manner already described, the Corsican +chiefs, although they had concerted his descent on the island, had the +address to cherish the popular idea that Theodore's arrival was a mark +of the interest taken by Heaven in the liberty of the Corsicans. + +In a popular assembly held at the Convent of Alesani, a Constitution was +resolved on, by which the kingdom of Corsica was settled hereditarily in +the family of the Baron de Neuhoff; taxation was reserved to the Diet, +and it was provided that all offices should be filled by natives of the +island. The baron, having sworn on the Gospels to adhere to the +Constitution, was crowned with a chaplet of laurel and oak in the +presence of immense crowds, who flocked to the ceremony from all +quarters, amid shouts of “_Evviva Teodoro, re di Corsica!_” + +Theodore took possession of the deserted episcopal residence at +Cervione, where he assumed every mark of royal dignity. He had his +court, his guards, and his officers of state; levied troops, coined +money, instituted an order of knighthood, and created nobility, among +whom such names as _Marchese_ Giaffori and _Marchese_ Paoli (Pasquale's +father) singularly figure. His manifesto, in answer to Genoese +proclamations denouncing his pretensions and painting him as a +charlatan, affected as great a sensitiveness of insult as could exist in +the mind of a Capet. For some time all things went well; Theodore became +master of nearly the whole island except the Genoese fortresses, which +he blockaded. These were, in fact, the keys of the island. But the +succours which he had boasted of receiving did not arrive, and, after +employing various artifices to keep alive the expectations of foreign +aid and fresh supplies of the muniments of war, finding, when he had +held the reins of power about eight months, that his new subjects began +to cool in their attachment to his person, and did not act with the same +ardour as before, he determined to go over to the Continent, with the +hope of obtaining the means of carrying on the war, and thus reinstating +himself in the confidence of the Corsicans. + +Appointing a regency to conduct the affairs of his kingdom during his +absence, he went to Holland, and, though even his royal credit was +probably at a discount, after long delay, he succeeded in negotiating a +considerable loan, at what rate of interest or on what security we are +not told. However, a ship was freighted with cannon and other warlike +stores, on board of which he returned to Corsica two years after he had +quitted the island. But it was too late; the French were then in +possession of the principal places, the patriot leaders were negotiating +with them, and the people had lost all confidence in their mock-king. +Theodore found, to use a colloquial expression, that “the game was up,” +and wisely retracing his steps, found his way to England, the last +refuge of abdicated monarchs. + +Fortune still frowned on him. Pursued by his relentless creditors, the +ex-king was thrown into the King's Bench prison. His distresses +attracted the commiseration of Horace Walpole, who, as Boswell informs +us, “wrote a paper in the ‘World,’ with great elegance and humour, +soliciting a contribution for the monarch in distress, to be paid to Mr. +Robert Dodsley, bookseller, as lord high treasurer. This brought in a +very handsome sum, and he was allowed to get out of prison.” “Walpole,” +he adds, “has the original deed by which Theodore made over the kingdom +of Corsica in security to his creditors.” Mr. Benson's statement, which +is more exact, and agrees with the epitaph, is, that the subscription +was not sufficient to extricate King Theodore from his difficulties, and +that he was released from gaol as an insolvent debtor. However that may +be, he died soon afterwards. Former writers have stated that he was +buried in an obscure corner, among the paupers, in the churchyard of St. +Anne's, Westminster, but they are mistaken. We find a neat mural tablet +fixed against the exterior wall of the church of St. Anne's, Soho, at +the west end, on which, surmounted by a coronet, is inscribed the +following epitaph, written by Horace Walpole:— + + [Illustration: coronet] + + “Near this place is interred + THEODORE, KING OF CORSICA, + Who died in this parish + Dec. 11, 1756, + Immediately after leaving + The King's Bench Prison + By the benefit of the Act of Insolvency; + In consequence of which + He registered his kingdom of Corsica + For the use of his Creditors. + + The grave, great teacher, to a level brings + Heroes and beggars, galley-slaves and Kings: + But Theodore this moral learned, ere dead: + Fate poured his lesson on his living head, + Bestow'd a kingdom, and denied him bread.” + + + + +CHAP. IX. + + _Environs of Olmeta.—Bandit-Life and the Vendetta—Its + Atrocities.—The Population disarmed.—The Bandits exterminated._ + + [Illustration: OLMETA.] + + +Olmeta stands, like most Corsican villages, on the point of a hill, +forming one side of an oval basin, the slopes of which are laid out in +terraced gardens and vineyards. Here and there, in sheltered nooks, we +find plantations of orange-trees, now showing green fruit under their +glossy leaves. Some fine chestnut and walnut trees about the place, and +the magnificent elms (_olme_) from which it derives its name, soften the +aspect of its bleak, exposed site, and gaunt houses. + +Charming as the natural landscapes are in Corsica, one finds most of the +villages, however picturesque at a distance, on a nearer approach, a +conglomeration of tall, shapeless houses, black and frowning, with +windows guarded by rusty iron _grilles_, and generally unglazed. +Altogether, they look more like the holds of banditti than the abodes of +peaceful vinedressers; while the filth of the purlieus is unutterable. +Throwing open the double casements of the widow's sanctum, I may not +call it boudoir, when I leapt out of bed to enjoy the fresh morning +air,—underneath was a noisome dunghill, grim gables frowned on either +hand, but beyond was the _riant_ landscape just described. Here truly +God made the country, man the town. + +While my friend was sketching, I strolled up to the pretty church we had +seen by moonlight. Close by is a large, roomy mansion, which belonged to +Marshal Sebastiani. He was a native of Olmeta, and, from an obscure +origin, arriving at high rank as well as great wealth, partly, I +understood, through a brilliant marriage, bought a large property in the +neighbourhood, which has been recently sold for 150,000 francs to a +French _Directeur_. I went over the château: to the original mansion the +marshal had added a handsome _salle_, and a lofty tower commanding +varied and extensive views towards Fiorenzo and the Mediterranean. My +conductor was a gentleman of Olmeta, who accidentally meeting me, +proffered his services, pressing me afterwards to take breakfast with +him. We had done very well at the widow's long before, with delicious +bread, eggs, apples, and figs, and coffee in the smallest of cups. We +brewed our own tea in a bran-new coffee-pot, purchased for that purpose +at Bastia. Butter and milk were wanting, but whipped eggs make a very +tolerable substitute for the latter. + +My new acquaintance informed me that the decree, passed the year before +for disarming the whole population, combined with measures for +increasing the force of the _gendarmerie_, and making it highly penal to +harbour the bandits or afford them any succour, had been actively and +rigorously carried out, and were completely successful. The life of a +citizen is as safe in Corsica as in any other department of France. “You +may walk through the island,” added my informant, “with a purse of gold +in your bosom.” + +This was true, I imagine, with regard to strangers, in the worst of +times; their security from molestation being nearly allied to the +national virtue of hospitality, which is not quite extinct. Nor were the +Corsican banditti associated, like those of Italy, for the mere purpose +of plunder, though they have heavily taxed the peaceable inhabitants, +both by drawing from the poor the means for their subsistence in the +woods and mountains, and by levying, under terror, direct contributions +in money from the more wealthy inhabitants in the towns and villages. +These are, however, but trifling ingredients in the mass of crime for +which Corsica has been so painfully distinguished. Would, indeed, that +robbery and pillage were the sins of the darkest dye which have to be +laid to the account of the Corsican bandit! Most commonly, his hands +have been stained with innocent blood, shed recklessly, relentlessly, +in private quarrels, often of the most frivolous description, and not in +open fight, as in the feuds of the middle ages, not in the heat of +sudden passion, but by cool, premeditated murder. + +Philippini, the best Corsican historian, who lived in the sixteenth +century, states that in his time 28,000 Corsicans were murdered in the +course of thirty years. A later Corsican historian calculates that +between the years 1683 and 1715, a period of thirty-two years, 28,715 +murders were perpetrated in Corsica; and he reckons that an equal number +were wounded. The average, then, in their days, was about 900 souls +yearly sent to their account by the dagger and the _fusil_ in murderous +assaults; besides vast multitudes who fell in the wars. + +It was still worse in earlier ages; but those of which we speak were +times of high civilisation, and Corsica lay in the centre of it. What do +we find in recent times, up to the very year before we visited the +island? + +I have before me the _Procès verbal_ of the deliberations of the Council +General of the department of Corsica for each of the years 1850, '51, +and '52. From these I gather that 4,300 _assassinats_ had been +perpetrated in Corsica since 1821; and, in the three years before +mentioned, the “_Assassinats, ou tentatives d'assassiner_,” averaged +ninety-eight annually from the 1st of January to the 1st of August, to +which day the annual reports are made up; so that, reckoning for the +remaining five months in the same proportion, the list of these heinous +crimes is brought up to the fearful amount, for these days, of 160 in +each year. + +Well might M. le Préfet observe, in his address at the opening of the +session of 1851: “_La situation du département à cet égard est sans +doute profondément triste. Le nombre des crimes n'a pas diminué +sensiblement_.” So low, however, is the moral sense in Corsica with +regard to the sanctity of human life, that these atrocities excite no +horror, and the sympathies of vast numbers of the population are with +the bandits. They are the heroes of the popular tales and _canzoni_; one +hears of them from one end of the island to the other, round the +watchfires of the shepherds on the mountains, in the remote _paése_, by +the roadside. They are the tales of the nursery,—the Corsican child +learns, with his Ave Maria, that it is rightful and glorious to take the +life of any one who injures or offends him. + +To a passionate and imaginative people, these tales of daring courage +and wild adventure have an inconceivable charm; though stained with +blood, they are full of poetry and romance. Such stories have been +eagerly seized upon by writers on Corsica,—they make excellent literary +capital. Unfortunately, _banditisme_ forms so striking a feature in +Corsican history, that it must necessarily occupy a conspicuous place in +a faithful review of the genius and manners of the people. There are +doubtless traits of a heroism worthy a better cause, and sometimes of a +redeeming humanity, in the lives of the banditti; but one regrets to +find, though happily not in the works of the English travellers who have +given accounts of Corsica, a tendency to palliate so atrocious a system +as blood-revenge. _Vendetta_, the name given it, has a romantic sound; +and it is treated as a sort of national institution, originating in high +and laudable feelings, the injured sense of right, and the love of +family; so that, with the glory shed around it by a false heroism, it is +almost raised to the rank of a virtue. + +To take blood for blood, not by the hand of public justice, but by the +kinsmen of the slain, was, we are reminded, a primitive custom, +sanctioned by the usages of many nations, and even by the laws of Moses. +We know, however, that among our Anglo-Saxon ancestors the laws humanely +commuted this right of revenge for fines commensurate with the rank of +the murdered person. But while the Mosaic law forbad the acceptance of +any pecuniary compensation for the crime of manslaughter, and expressly +recognised the right of the “avenger of blood” to exact summary +vengeance, it provided for even the murderer's security until he were +brought to a fair trial. But Corsica, alas! has had no “Cities of +Refuge,” and examples drawn from remote and barbarous times can afford +no apology for the inveterate cruelties of a people enjoying the light +of modern civilisation and professing the religion of the New Testament. + +The _vendetta_ is also represented as a kind of rude justice, to which +the people were driven in the long ages of misrule during which law was +in abeyance or corruptly administered. There is, no doubt, much truth in +this as applied to those times; but the prodigious amount of human +slaughter shown in the statistics just quoted, as well as the +continuance of this atrocious system to the present day, long after the +slightest shadow of any pretence of legal injustice has vanished, seem +to argue that the ferocity which has shed such rivers of blood, if not +instinctive in the national character, at least found a soil in which it +took deep root. + +For more than half a century, there can be no question but, under a +settled government, strict justice has been done by the ordinary +proceedings of the courts of law, in all cases of injury to person or +property, submitted to them. But the turbulent Corsicans were ever +impatient of regular government—one great cause of their ultimate +degradation, not a little connected also with the growth of +_banditisme_; and the failure of justice has not lain with the +authorities, but with the population which harbours and screens the +criminals, and with the juries who refuse to convict them.[7] + +The only other instance in the present day of crimes similar to those +which have been the scourge of Corsica, is found in the case of unhappy +Ireland. There, however, the blood-revenge has been mostly confined to +cases of supposed agrarian grievances, and the number of victims +sacrificed to it is comparatively limited; more innocent blood having +been shed in Corsica in a single year, than in Ireland during, perhaps, +a quarter of a century. + +The _vendetta_, is also palliated as vindicating wrongs for which no +courts of law, however upright, can afford redress. Among the most +polished nations, “the point of honour” has been held to justify an +injured man for challenging his adversary to mortal combat. But the +duel, from its first origin among our Scandinavian ancestors, savage as +they were, and through all its forms, whether legalised or treated as +felonious, to its last shape in civilised society, has nothing +practically in common with the Corsican _vendetta_. In the one, the +appeal to arms has always been tempered by a punctilious chivalry, which +recoiled from the slightest unfairness in the attendant circumstances; +in the other, the enemy is, if possible, taken unawares, shot down by a +cowardly miscreant lurking behind a tree or a rock, or suddenly stabbed +without an opportunity of putting himself on his defence. The practice +of the _vendetta_ is mere assassination. + +Stript of the colouring shed round it by sentiment and romance, +_banditisme_, in its latter days at least, has been a very common-place +affair. Great numbers of the Corsicans, too indolent to work, were happy +to lead a vagabond life, harbouring in the woods and mountains with a +gun on their shoulders, and as ready to shoot a man as a wild beast. +“_C'est qu'en général_,” said the Préfet, in the address already quoted, +“_ces crimes proviennent moins du banditisme que de la déplorable +habitude de marcher toujours armés, par suite de laquelle les moindres +rixes dégénèrent si souvent en attentats contre la vie._” One hears +continually for what trifles assassinations have been perpetrated; and a +recent traveller informs us that his life was threatened for having +merely resisted the extortionate demand of his guide to the mountains. + +The hardships to which the bandit is exposed in his wild life in the +_maquis_ cannot be much greater than those of the shepherd who, from +fear or favour, shares with him his chestnuts, his goat's milk, and +cheese. The _gendarmes_, indeed, are sometimes on his track, but there +is stirring adventure in eluding their pursuit, triumph in the ambuscade +to which they become victims, glory even in death heroically met. With +all its perils and hardships, such a life of lawless independence has +its charms; and the bandit knows that his memory will be honoured, and +his death, if possible, revenged. But who laments the unfortunate +_gendarme_ who falls in these encounters? Who pities the widow and +orphans of men as bold, resolute, and enterprising as those against whom +they are matched? In the tales of banditti life, the ministers of +justice are _sbirri_, conventionally a term of disgrace; all the +sympathy is with the culprit against whom the _gendarmerie_ peril their +lives in an arduous service. + +The brigands must live by plunder in one shape or another. It is not +likely that bands of armed men, the terror of a whole neighbourhood, +would be always content with the mere subsistence wrung from the scanty +resources of the poor shepherds. Not that they robbed on the highways; +it answered better to levy contributions, under pain of death, from such +of the defenceless inhabitants as were able to pay them. Mr. Benson +tells a story of one of the most celebrated of the bandit chiefs, who +levied black mail in the wild districts bordering on the forest of +Vizzavona. + +“Leaving Vivario, we heard from the lips of the poor _curé_, that +Galluchio and his followers were in the _maquis_ of a range of mountains +to our right. The _curé_ was busy in his vineyard when we passed, but as +soon as he recognised our French companion, he left his work for a few +moments to join us. ‘Sir,’ said he, addressing himself to M. Cottard, ‘I +feel myself in imminent danger; Galluchio and his band are in yonder +mountains, and only a few evenings ago I received a peremptory message +from him, requiring 300 francs, and threatening my speedy assassination +should I delay many days to comply with his demand. I have not the +money, and I have sent for some military to protect me.’”[8] + +There is reason to believe that these forced contributions have not +diminished since Mr. Benson's journey. We were told of a case in which a +wealthy man, having received notice to pay 10,000 francs, under penalty +of being shot, was so terrified, that after shutting himself up in his +house for a year in constant alarm, his health and spirits became so +shattered by the state of continual terror and watchfulness in which he +lived, that he sank under it, and was carried out dead. In another case, +a young man of more resolute character was called upon for 1000 francs, +and having no ready money, was allowed three months to raise it, on +giving his bill for security. He armed himself, and went to the +appointed rendezvous. The brigand was waiting for him; he made him lay +down his arms, and searched him. The young man had filled his pockets +with chestnuts, and had contrived to secrete a small pistol about his +person, which escaped discovery. The brigand, producing paper and ink, +ordered his victim to draw the bill. The young man excused himself on +the ground that he was so frightened, and his hand trembled so that he +could not write;—he would sign the bill if the other drew it out. The +brigand knelt down by the side of a flat stone to do so. Meanwhile the +young man walked up and down eating his chestnuts, and throwing the +shells carelessly away. Some of them struck the brigand. “What are you +doing?” said he, startled. “Eating my chestnuts;” and he took out +another handful. Occasionally he stopped and looked down on the bandit +while engaged in writing; still, with apparent _sang froid_, munching +his chestnuts. Presently the bill was finished; he pretended to look it +over, found some error, which he pointed out, and while the brigand +stooped to correct it, drew his concealed pistol and shot him through +the head.—The so-called _vendetta_ has shrunk more and more to the level +of vulgar crime. It is even notorious that bandits have become hired +assassins, employed by others to take off persons against whom they had +a grudge,—“_mais plus pour amitié que pour argent_,” said my informant, +giving the fact the most favourable turn. + +It seems surprising that such enormities should have been permitted in a +European country, at an advanced period of the nineteenth century. Could +a strong national government have been established in Corsica—which, +however, seems to have been impracticable with so lawless and factious a +people—its first duty would have been, as was the case under Pascal +Paoli's administration, to give security to life, _coûte que coûte_. The +successive Governments of France appear to have been too much occupied +by their own affairs to pay any regard to the social state of their +Corsican department, flagrant as was the disgrace it reflected on them. +Perhaps they were impressed with the idea that the passion of revenge, +the thirst for blood, were so inherent in the native character, that law +and force were alike powerless, and the _vendetta_ could only be +extirpated by a moral change more to be hoped for than expected. Thus +speaks the Préfet, in his inaugural address of 1851:—“_Ici, messieurs, +vous en conviendrez, l'administration est sans force. C'est à la +religion seule qu'appartient la touchante prérogative de prêcher l'oubli +des injures:_” and a traveller who spent some time in the island during +the year following, gives the result of his observations in the +following words:—“There is probably no other means of certainly putting +down the blood-revenge, murder, and bandit-life, than culture; and +culture advances in Corsica but slowly.”[9] + +The same author says of the general disarming, proposed in 1852: +“Whether, and how, this will be capable of execution, I know not. It +will cost mischief enough in the execution; for they will not be able to +disarm the banditti at the same time, and their enemies will then be +exposed, unarmed, to their bullets.” These doubts and forebodings are +proved to have been imaginary. It might have been long, indeed, before +preaching and moral culture had eradicated evils so deeply rooted in the +genius of the people. In such an extreme case, the exercise of a +despotic power was required to put an end to the reign of terror and +blood which has desolated this fair island for so many centuries. One +bold stroke has broken the spell; the measures adopted for the +suppression of _banditisme_ have completely succeeded. “The prisons are +full,” said my informant; “in the last year, 400 of the brigands have +been sentenced or shot down, and as many more driven out of the country: +the land is at peace.” + +The only wonder is that the experiment was not tried before. + + + + +CHAP. X. + + _The Basin of Oletta.—The Olive.—Corsican Tales.—The Heroine of + Oletta.—Zones of Climate and Vegetation._ + + +We found that no mules could be hired at Olmeta, and intending to wander +for a few days in the neighbouring valleys, and on the skirts of the +mountainous district of Nebbio, though we preferred walking, were at +some loss how to get forward our baggage. The Bastia muleteer was +dismissed, and as we were travelling somewhat at our ease, the luggage +was more than could be conveniently carried. In this dilemma, Antoine +proffered the services of himself and the mule which had done its work +so well the evening before. His offer was readily accepted, and we had +much reason to be pleased with the change we had made in our conductor. +Antoine relieved us from all care as to our baggage and entertainment, +knew the roads, and where we could best put up, had by heart many a +story of times past, and something to tell of all the places we visited, +and, having been a rover himself, entered into the spirit of our +rambles: altogether, as I have observed before, Antoine was an excellent +specimen of a Capo Corso peasant. To be sure, he had killed his man, but +that was in a _duello_, according to Corsican ideas; as singular, if one +may jest on such a subject, as Captain Marryat's famous triangular duel. + +The valleys of Olmeta, Oletta, and some others, form a sort of basin +between the mountains bounding the _littorale_, already spoken of, and +the Serra di Tenda, a noble range in the western line of the principal +chain. Broken by numberless hills, the whole basin is a scene of fertile +beauty, similar to the picture drawn of Olmeta—vineyards, olive-grounds +and gardens, orange, citron, fig, almond, apple, and pear-trees, +clustering at every turn with groups of magnificent chestnut-trees, and +alternating with spots devoted to tillage. The country people were now +sowing wheat or preparing the ground with most primitive ploughs, of the +Roman fashion, drawn sometimes by a single ox or mule. Patches, on which +the green blade was already springing, showed that it is the practice to +sow wheat as soon as possible after the autumnal rains. + + [Illustration: ISLE OF MONTE-CRISTO, THROUGH A GORGE.] + +Retracing our steps of the preceding night nearly to the summit of the +pass, under the persuasion that it commanded a fine prospect, we turned +to the right, and strolled along a terrace above the broad valley +through which the Bevinco flows into the Stagno di Biguglia, somewhat +below the point at which we left it. Looking backward, we had a charming +peep at the Mediterranean through a gorge in the mountains, with the +lonely island of Monte-Cristo, seen from this point of view detached +from the rest of the group of islands to which it belongs. Across the +valley was a range of mountains, a branch of the central chain dividing +it from that of the Golo. Mists hung about them, pierced by the Cima dei +Taffoni, the most elevated point of the range, which rose magnificently, +being about 3000 feet high, twenty miles to the south-east. The ridge +along which we strolled was covered partly by patches of the +never-failing evergreen shrubbery, rendered more beautiful by the +quantities of cyclamen, one of the prettiest plants we have in our +greenhouses at home, now in full flower under the shelter of the arbutus +and other shrubs. Small flocks of sheep, all black, and no larger than +our Welsh mountain breed, were browsing among the barren patches of +heath, and sometimes crossed our path, with their tinkling bells. There +was a slight shower; but it soon cleared off, and the sun shone out, and +the air and surface of the ground, cooled and freshened by the gentle +rain, were in the best state for the continuation of our rambles. + +The cultivation, as may be supposed, is indolent and imperfect, the +surface being merely scratched, and little care taken to free it of +weeds. We need not, therefore, be surprised at finding that the average +produce of the wheat-crop throughout Corsica is only an increase of nine +on the seed sown. Of maize, or Indian corn, it is thirty-eight or forty. + +The canton of Oletta is called by the Corsicans “the pearl of the +Nebbio.” It contains two or three hamlets, the principal village seeming +to hang on the rocky slope of a hill, embowered in fruit trees. The +olive flourishes particularly well here; and Oletta takes its name from +its olive-trees, as Olmeta does from its elms. Many of them are of +great age and size, and, with their silvery leaves, have a soft and +pleasing effect, especially when contrasted with the richer foliage of +the spreading chestnut-trees. The olive-yards are neatly dug and kept +clear of weeds; and we observed that the soil was drawn round the stems +of the trees, probably in well-manured heaps, such a produce as the +olive truly requiring to feed on the fat of the land. The berries were +now full formed, but had not begun to fall. I believe they hang till +Christmas, when they are collected, and carried to the vats. When +pressed, twenty pounds of olives yield five of pure oil. It is stored in +large pottery jars, and forms the principal export from Corsica; this +district, with the Balagna and the neighbourhood of Bonifaccio, +producing the largest quantity. An inferior sort of oil is used in the +lamps throughout the island; the lamps being of glass, with tall stems +containing the oil, and crowned by a socket, through which the cotton +burner is passed, and having nothing of the antique or classical about +them. The birds scattering the berries in all directions, and carrying +them to great distances, the number of wild olive-trees is immense. An +attempt was made to count them, by order of the Government, in 1820, +with a view to foster so valuable a source of national wealth by the +encouragement of grafting; and it is said that as many as twelve +millions of wild olive-trees were then counted. + +There is a story of love and heroism connected with Oletta. One hears +such tales everywhere in Corsica—by the wayside, at the shepherd's +watch-fire, lying in the shade, or basking in the sun. Antoine was an +excellent _raconteur_; so are all such vagabonds. I possess a +collection of these tales by Renucci, published at Bastia[10], and +proposed to interweave some of them into my narrative. They may be +worked up, with invention and embellishment, into pretty romances; but +that is not our business. In Renucci, we have stories of _Ospitalità_, +_Magnanimità_, _Fedeltà_, _Probità_, _Generosità_, _Incorruttibilità_, +all the virtues under the sun with names ending in _tà_, and many +others. One wearies of the eternal laudation lavished on these +islanders, not only by their own writers, but by all travellers, from +Boswell downwards. + +The story of the heroine of Oletta is told by Renucci[11], and, more +simply, by Marmocchi.[12] During the occupation of Capo Corso by the +French, in 1751, some of the villagers were sentenced to be broken on +the wheel for a conspiracy to seize the place, which was garrisoned by +the French; their bodies were exposed on the scaffold, and their friends +prohibited, under severe penalties, from giving them Christian burial. +But a young woman, _giovinetta scelta e robusta_, as she must have been +to perform the exploit assigned to her in the tale, eluded the sentries, +and, taking the body of her lover, one of the conspirators executed, on +her shoulders, carried it off. The general in command, struck by her +exalted virtue, pardons the offence, and she is borne home in triumph +amidst the shouts of the villagers. + +All honour to the French marquis for his gallantry to a woman, though +his tactics were somewhat savage for the reign of Louis XVI.; and all +glory to Maria Gentili of Oletta, stout of heart and strong of limb, fit +to be the wife and mother of bandits; still better, to have fought at +Borgo, where Corsican women, in male attire, with sword and gun, rushed +forward in the ranks of the island militia which triumphantly defeated a +French army, composed of some of the finest troops in Europe.[13] + +But let us proceed with our rambles; and, before we change the scene +from the region of the vine and the orange to that of the chestnut and +ilex, a short digression on the climatic zones of Corsica may not be out +of place. + + [Illustration: BETWEEN OLMETA AND BIGORNO.] + +The island may be divided, as to climate and vegetation, into three +zones, corresponding with the degrees of elevation of its surface. The +_first_, ranging to about 1,700 feet above the level of the +Mediterranean, and embracing the deeper valleys of the island, as well +as the sea-coast, has the characteristics conformable to its latitude; +that is to say, similar to those of the parallel shores of Italy and +Spain. Properly speaking, there is no winter; they have but two seasons, +spring and summer. The thermometer seldom falls more than a degree or +two below the freezing point, and then only for a few hours. The nights +are, however, cold at all seasons. + +When we were at Ajaccio, towards the end of October, the heat was +oppressive; my thermometer at noon stood at 80° in the shade, in an airy +room closed by Venetian blinds. In January, we were told, the sun +becomes again powerful, and then for eight months succeeds a torrid +heat. The sky is generally cloudless, the thermometer rises from 70 to +80 and even 90 degrees in the shade, and scarcely any rain falls after +the month of April; nor indeed always then, so that there are often long +and excessive droughts. + +The indigenous vegetation is generally of a class suited to resist the +droughts, having hard, coriaceous leaves. Such is the shrubbery +described in a former chapter, which, exempt from severe frosts on the +one hand, and thriving in an arid soil and parching heat on the other, +clothes half the surface of the island with perpetual verdure. There +have been seasons when even these shrubs were so burnt up that the +slightest accident might have caused a wide-spread conflagration. When +we travelled, the leaves of the rock-roses, which here grow to the +height of four or five feet, were hanging on the bushes scorched and +withered by the summer heat, somewhat marring the beauty of the +evergreen thickets. + +Most of the fruit-trees suited to flourish in such a climate have been +already noticed in passing. We saw also almonds, pomegranates, and +standard peaches and apricots. To the list of shrubs which most struck +us, I may also add the brilliant flowering oleander, and the tamarisk. +Corsica is said to be famous for its orchids, verbenas, and cotyledinous +and caryophyllaceous plants; but I only speak of what I saw, and these +were out of season. + +The _second_ zone ranges from about 2000 feet to between 5000 and 6000 +feet above the level of the Mediterranean, the climate corresponding +with that of the central districts of France. The temperature is, +however, very variable, and its changes are sudden. Frost and snow make +their appearance in November, and often last for fifteen or twenty days +together. It is remarked, that frost does not injure the olive-trees up +to the level of about 3800 feet; and snow even renders them more +fruitful. + +The chestnut appears to be the characteristic feature in the vegetation +of this zone. Thriving also among hills and valleys of a lower +elevation, here it spreads into extensive woods, till at the height of +about 6000 feet it is exchanged for the pine, and Marmocchi says[14], I +think incorrectly, _cède la place_ to the oak and the _beech_. We +certainly found the oak, both evergreen (ilex) and deciduous, growing +very freely and in extensive woods in close contiguity with the chestnut +at an elevation far below the limit of the _second_ zone, as well as +mixed with the pine in the forest of Vizzavona, also below that limit. +But, from my own observation, I should class the oak of both kinds +among the trees belonging to the second zone, though the chestnut is its +most characteristic feature; and should much doubt its flourishing at +the height of between 6000 and 7000 feet above the sea-level,—still more +the beech. The highest point at which we found the beech was the Col di +Vizzavona, on the road from Vivario to Bocagnono, 3435 feet above the +level of the Mediterranean, and I was surprised to see it flourishing +there. + +While the principal cities and towns in Corsica stand within the limits +of the first zone, it is in the second that by far the greatest part of +the population live,—dispersed, as we have often had occasion to remark, +in valleys and hamlets placed on the summits or ridges of hills. The +choice of such positions is a necessary condition of health, as in this +region, no less than in the former, the valleys are notorious for the +insalubrity of the air. + +The _third_ zone, ranging from an elevation of about 6000 feet to the +summits of the highest mountains, is a region of storms and tempests +during eight months of the year; but during the short summer the air is +said to be generally serene, and the sky unclouded. This elevated region +has, of course, no settled inhabitants, but during the fine season the +shepherds occupy cabins on its verge, their sheep and goats browsing +among the dwarf bushes on the mountain sides. The vegetation is scanty. +Even the pine cannot thrive at such an elevation, and the birch, which +one generally finds, though dwarf, still higher up the mountains, I did +not happen to see in Corsica, though it is mentioned in _Marmocchi's_ +list of indigenous trees. + +The summits of the Monte Rotondo and Monte d'Oro are capped with snow at +all seasons, and beautiful are snowy peaks, piercing the blue heavens +in the sunny region of the Mediterranean, and well does the glistening +tiara, marking from afar their pre-eminence among the countless domes +and peaks which cluster round them, or break the outline of a long +chain, assist the eye in computing their relative heights. We had no +opportunity of ascertaining how low perpetual snow hangs on the sides of +the highest Corsican mountains. According to M. Arago, Monte Rotondo is +2762 _mètres_ (about 8976 feet) above the level of the sea; and he says +that there are seven others exceeding 2000 _mètres_ (about 6500 feet). +Among these must be included Monte d'Oro, which figures in Marmocchi's +list at 2653 _mètres_, or about 8622 feet. The season was too late for +our making an ascent with any prospect of advantage; but at that time of +the year (the end of October) none of the peaks we saw, except the two +named, though some of them are only from 500 to 800 feet lower than +Monte d'Oro, had snow upon them. + +While rounding the base of Monte d'Oro, we observed long streaks on the +side of the cone, descending, perhaps, 1000 feet below the compact mass +on the summit; but they had the appearance of fresh-fallen snow, and +from our observing that all the other summits were free from snow, I am +inclined to assign the height of about 7500 or 8000 feet above the level +of the Mediterranean as the line of perpetual snow in Corsica. + +In Norway, between 59°-62° N. latitude, we calculated it at about 4500 +feet on the average, the line varying considerably in different seasons. +In the summer of 1849 there was snow on the shores of the Miös-Vand, +which are under 3000 feet, while the summer before the lakes on the +table-land of the Hardanger Fjeld, 4000 feet high, were free from ice, +and throughout the passage of the Fjeld the surface covered with snow +was less than that which was bare. In 1849, crossing the Hardanger from +Vinje to Odde, the whole of the plateau was a continued field of +snow.[15] Taking the entire mountain system of central Norway, from the +Gousta-Fjeld to Sneehættan and the Hörungurne, with elevations of from +5000 to near 8000 feet, the average of the snow-level may be taken, as +before observed, at about 4500 feet; that of the Corsican mountains, +with elevations of from 6000 to nearly 9000 feet, being, as we have +seen, from 7000 to 8000 feet. + +In Switzerland, where the elevations are so much greater, the snow-line +varies from 8000 to 8800 feet above the level of the sea.[16] On Mont +Blanc it is stated to be 8500 feet. The height differs on the northern +and southern faces of the chain within those portions of the Alps that +run east and west, but 8500 feet may be taken as the average. + +We may be surprised to find that congelation rests at the same, or +nearly the same, level in the Alps of Switzerland, and on the Corsican +mountains eight degrees further south. But difference of latitude is no +determinate rule for calculating the level to which the line of +perpetual snow descends. There are other influences to be taken into the +account, such as the duration and intensity of summer heats, the +comparative dryness of climate, the extent of the snow-clad surface in +the system generally, and more especially the height and exposure of +particular mountains.[17] Thus the snow-line on the southern slope of +the Alps is in some cases as high as 9500 feet. It may be conceived that +as the great extent of snow-clad surface on the high Fjelds of Norway so +much depresses the level of the snow-line in that country, so the great +superincumbent mass resting on the summits of the higher Alps has a +similar effect, reducing the average snow-line in Switzerland to nearly +that of the Corsican mountains. The wonder is that Monte Rotondo and +Monte d'Oro,—rising from a chain surrounded by the Mediterranean, in +insulated peaks of no very considerable height, without glaciers or +snowy basins to reduce the temperature,—should, in a climate where the +sun's heat is excessive for eight months of the year, have snow on their +summits in the months of July and August. I have observed the _Pico di +Teyde_ in Teneriffe with no snow upon it in the first days of November, +though it is 3000 feet higher than Monte Rotondo, and only five degrees +further south. Mount Ætna, also, nearly 11,000 feet high, in about the +same latitude as the Peak of Teneriffe (37° N.), is free from perpetual +snow; but that may arise from local causes. + + + + +CHAP. XI. + + _Pisan Church at Murato.—Chestnut Woods.—Gulf of San + Fiorenzo.—Nelson's Exploit there.—He conducts the Siege of + Bastia.—Ilex Woods.—Mountain Pastures.—The Corsican Shepherd._ + + +Murato, a large, scattered village, which formerly gave its name to a +_piève_, and is now the _chef-lieu_ of a canton, stands on the verge of +a woody and mountainous district. Just before entering the village, we +were struck by the superior character of the _façade_ of a little +solitary church by the roadside. We afterwards learnt that it was +dedicated to St. Michael, and reckoned one of the most remarkable +churches in the island, having been erected by the Pisans, before the +Genoese established themselves in Corsica. The _façade_ is constructed +of alternate courses of black and white marble, and put me in mind of +the magnificent cathedrals of Pisa and Sienna, of which it is a model in +miniature. Indeed, most of the churches in Corsica are built on these +and similar Italian models, though few of them with such chaste +simplicity of design as this little roadside chapel. + +The smiling aspect of the vine-clad hills, umbrageous fruit-orchards, +and silvery olive-groves of the canton of Oletta now changed for a +bolder landscape and wilder accompaniments. Soon after leaving Murato, +the ilex began to appear, scattered among rough brakes, and a sharp +descent led down to the Bevinco, here a mountain-torrent, hurrying along +through deep banks, tufted with underwood, the box, which grows largely +in Corsica, being profusely intermixed. The road—like all the other +byroads, merely a horse-track—crosses the stream by a bold arch. + + [Illustration: PONTE MURATO.] + +Immediately in front of the bridge stands a pyramidal rock, remarkable +for all its segments having the same character, and for the way in which +evergreen shrubs hang from the fissures in graceful festoons, +contrasting with some gigantic gourds, in a small cultivated patch at +the foot of the rock, and sloping down to the edge of the stream. + +Higher up we entered the first chestnut wood we had yet seen. At the +outskirts it had all the character of a natural wood; the trees were +irregularly massed, and many of them of great age and vast dimensions. +Further on they stood in rows, this tree being extensively planted in +Corsica for the sake of the fruit. We were just in the right season for +this important harvest, it being now ripe, and the ground under the +trees was thickly strewed with the brown nuts bursting from their husky +shells. + +It being about noon, we halted in the shade by the side of a little +rill, trickling among the trees into the river beneath, to rest and +lunch. Nothing could be more delightful, after a long walk in the sun; +for the temperature of the valleys is high even at this season. Antoine +had charge of a basket of grapes, with a loaf of bread and a bottle of +the excellent Frontigniac of Capo Corso; to these were added handfuls of +chestnuts, so sweet and tender when perfectly fresh; so that, tempering +our wine in the cool stream, we fared luxuriously. + +While we sip our wine and munch our chestnuts, seasoned by talk with +Antoine, the reader may like to hear something of a crop which is of +more importance than might be supposed in the agricultural statistics of +Corsica. + +There are several cantons, Murato being one of the principal, in which +the chestnut woods, either natural or planted, are so extensive that the +districts have acquired the name of _Paése di Castagniccia_. The +Corsican peasant seldom sets forth on a journey without providing +himself with a bag of chestnuts, and with these and a gourd of wine or +of water slung by his side, he is never at a loss. Eaten raw or roasted +on the embers, chestnuts form, during half the year, the principal diet +of the herdsmen and shepherds on the hills, and of great numbers of the +poorer population in the districts where the tree flourishes. They are +also made into puddings, and served up in various other ways. It is said +that in the canton of Alesanni, one of the Castagniccia districts just +referred to, on the occasion of a peasant making a feast at his +daughter's marriage, no less than twenty-two dishes have been prepared +from the meal of the chestnut. + +I recollect that the innkeeper at Bonifaccio, boasting his culinary +skill, said that he could dress a potato sixteen different ways, and +though we earnestly entreated him not to give himself the trouble of +making experiments not suited to our taste, it was with great +difficulty, and after several failures, we made him comprehend that an +Englishman preferred but one way—and that was “_au naturel_.” + +The cultivation of the potato has made considerable advance in Corsica, +and there are now seventeen or eighteen hundred acres annually planted +with it. But in many parts of the island the chestnut fills the same +place which the potato once occupied in the dietary of the Irish +peasant. A political economist would find no difficulty in deciding that +in both cases the results have been similar, and much to be lamented. +Indeed, the Corsican fruit is still more adapted to cherish habits of +indolence than the Irish root, as the chestnut does not even require the +brief exertion, either in cultivation or cookery, which the potato does. +It drops, I may say, into the Corsican's mouth, and living like the + + “Prisca gens mortalium.” + +“the primitive race of mortals,” of whom the poet sings, who ran about +in the woods, eating acorns and drinking water, the Corsicans are, for +the most part, satisfied with their chestnuts literally “_au naturel_.” + +Most French writers on Corsica declare war against the chestnut-trees +for the encouragement they afford to a life of idleness, and M. de +Beaumont does not scruple to assert, that a tempest which levelled them +all with the ground would, in the end, prove a great blessing. There is +some truth in these opinions, but humanity shudders at the misery such a +catastrophe—like the potato blight, which truly struck at the root of +the evil in Ireland—would entail on tens of thousands of the poor +Corsicans, to whom the chestnut is the staff of life. In the interests +of that humanity, as well as from our deep love and veneration for these +noble woods, we say, God forbid! + +Many years ago, an attempt was made to discountenance the growth of +chestnuts, by prohibiting their plantation in soils capable of other +kinds of cultivation; but shortly afterwards the decree was revoked on +the report of no less a political economist than the celebrated +Turgot.[18] _Vivent donc ces châtaigniers magnifiques, quand même!_ And +may the Corsicans learn not to abuse the gifts which Providence +gratuitously showers from their spreading boughs! + +Our _al fresco_ repast on chestnuts and grapes being concluded, we left +Antoine to load his mule, which had been grazing in the cool shade, and +following a track through the wood, it became so steep that we soon +gained a very considerable elevation. Of this we were more sensible +when, turning round, we found that our range of sight embraced one of +the finest views imaginable. In the distance, the long chain of +mountains intersecting Capo Corso appeared grouped in one central mass, +with their rocky summits and varied outlines more or less boldly +defined, as they receded from the point of view. The western coast of +the peninsula stretched far away to the northward, broken by a +succession of mountainous ridges, branching out from the central chain, +and having their bases washed by the Mediterranean, point after point +appealing in perspective. + + [Illustration: CAPO CORSO FROM THE CHESTNUT WOODS.] + +Of these indentations in the coast, the nearest, as well as the most +important, is the Gulf of San Fiorenzo, one of the finest harbours in +the Mediterranean. The town stands on a hill, above the marshy delta of +the Aliso, the course of which we could trace through the most extended +of these high valleys. Close beneath our standing point, as it appeared, +lay the basin of Oletta, with its villages on the hill-tops, and its +gentle eminences, with slopes and hollows richly clothed, now grouped +together like the mountain ranges above, but in softer forms. This view, +whether as partially seen in our first position through the glades and +under the branching canopy of the chestnut wood, or shortly afterwards, +still better, from a more commanding point on the summit of the ridge, +had all the advantages which the most exquisite colouring, and the +finest atmospheric effects could lend. Indeed, I felt persuaded, that +the extraordinary richness of the warm tints on some of the mountain +sides was not merely an atmospheric effect, but aided by the natural +colour of the formation. + +The whole country lying beneath, the ancient province of Nebbio, with +the Gulf of San Fiorenzo for its outlet, guarded by the mountain ridges +and embracing the districts of Oletta, Murato, and Sorio, is of such +importance in a strategical view, that the fate of Corsica has often +been decided by campaigns conducted on this ground; and it is said that +whatever power obtains possession of it, will sooner or later become +masters of the whole island. + +San Fiorenzo, a fortified place, was bombarded in 1745 by an English +fleet acting in concert with the King of Sardinia for the support of the +Corsicans against the Genoese, and on the surrender of the place it was +given up to the patriots. Then first the British Government interfered +in Corsican affairs; but shortly afterwards, when some of the patriot +leaders sent emissaries to Lord Bristol, our ambassador at the court of +Turin, offering to put themselves under the protection of the English +Government, the court of St. James's, deterred probably by the +jealousies then subsisting among the supporters of the patriotic cause, +civilly declined the offer, and withdrew their fleet. Having thus lost +by their own misconduct the powerful co-operation of England, the +Corsicans, left to their own resources, after a long and determined +struggle, at length yielded to a power with which they were unable to +cope. + +San Fiorenzo was again the scene of British intervention, when the +Corsicans, throwing off in 1793 the yoke of the French revolutionary +government, applied to Lord Hood, the commander-in-chief in the +Mediterranean, for assistance. In consequence, Nelson, then commanding +the “Agamemnon,” and cruising off the island with a small squadron, to +prevent the enemy from throwing in supplies, made a sudden descent on +San Fiorenzo, where he landed with 120 men. Close to the port the French +had a storehouse of flour adjoining their only mill, Nelson threw the +flour into the sea, burnt the mill, and re-embarked in the face of 1000 +men and some gun-boats, which opened fire upon him. In the following +spring, five English regiments were landed in the island under General +Dundas, and Lieutenant-Colonel (afterwards Sir John) Moore having taken +possession of the heights overlooking the port of San Fiorenzo, the +French found themselves unable to hold the place, and sinking one of +their frigates, and burning another, retreated to Bastia. + +Nelson's dashing enterprise was succeeded by another of far greater +moment, characteristic of the times when our old 74's had not been +superseded by costly screw three-deckers, and our naval commanders, +though not wanting in discretion, acted on the impulses of their own +brave hearts, without any very nice calculations of responsibilities and +possible consequences. + +On a _reconnaissance_ made by Nelson on the 19th of February, when he +drove the French under shelter of their works, it appeared that the +defences of Bastia were strong. Besides the citadel, mounting thirty +pieces of cannon and eight mortars, with seventy embrasures counted in +the town-wall near the sea, there were four stone redoubts on the +heights south of the town, and two or three others further in advance; +one a new work, with guns mounted _en barbette_. A frigate, “La Flèche,” +lay in the harbour, but dismasted; her guns were removed to the works. +These works were held by 1000 regular troops, 1500 national guards, and +a large body of Corsicans, making a total of 4000 men under arms.[19] + +To attack this formidable force, manning such defences, Nelson could +only muster 218 marines, 787 troops of the line under orders to serve as +such, the admiral insisting on having them restored to this service, 66 +men of the Royal Artillery, and 112 Corsican chasseurs, making a total +of 1183 troops. To these were added 250 sailors. Meanwhile, the English +general made a _reconnaissance_ in force from San Fiorenzo, and retired +without attempting to strike a blow, though he had 2000 of the finest +troops in the world lying idle; declaring that the enterprise was so +rash that no officer would be justified in undertaking it. He even +refused to furnish Lord Hood with a single soldier, cannon, or store. + +The Admiral replied, that he was most willing to take upon himself the +whole responsibility, and Nelson, nothing daunted, landed his small +force on the 9th of April, three miles from the town, and the siege +operations commenced. Encamping near a high rock, 2500 yards from the +citadel, and the seamen working hard for several days in throwing up +works, making roads, and carrying up ammunition, the fire was opened on +the 12th of the same month. The works of the besiegers were mounted with +four 13-inch and 10-inch mortars, an 18-inch howitzer, five 24-pounder +guns, and two 18-pounder carronades. I give these details in order to +show with what small means the daring enterprise was accomplished. + +Lord Hood had sent in a flag of truce, summoning the city to surrender; +to which M. La Combe St. Michel, the Commissioner of the National +Convention, replied, “that he had red-hot shot for our ships and +bayonets for our troops, and when two-thirds of his men were killed, he +would trust to the generosity of the English.” + +The place being now regularly invested, there was heavy firing on both +sides, “the seamen minding shot,” as Nelson characteristically wrote to +his wife, “no more than peas.” The besiegers' works were advanced, first +to 1600 yards, and afterwards to a ridge 900 yards from the citadel; and +on the 19th of May, thirty-five days after the fire was opened, the +enemy offered to capitulate. The same evening, while the terms were +negotiating, the advanced guard of the troops from San Fiorenzo made +their appearance on the hills above the place, and on the following +morning the whole army, under the command of General D'Aubant, who had +succeeded Dundas, arrived just in time to take possession of Bastia. + +Nelson had anticipated this, for in a letter to his wife, written +during the siege, he says, “My only fear is, that the soldiers will +advance when Bastia is about to surrender, and deprive our handful of +brave men of part of their glory.” + +But the work was already done, and Nelson writes after the surrender of +the place, “I am all astonishment when I reflect on what we have +achieved.” A force of 4000 men in strong defences had laid down their +arms to 1200 soldiers, marines, and British seamen. + +The political results of these operations, which for the time numbered +the Corsicans among the willing subjects of the British crown, will +claim a short notice on a fitting opportunity. History is not our +province, but a traveller may be allowed to trace the footsteps of his +countrymen during their brief occupation of a soil fiercely trodden by +all the European nations; and, on a standing point between Fiorenzo and +Bastia, naturally lingers for a moment on a feat of arms memorable among +our naval exploits in the Mediterranean. + +After leaving the chestnut woods, the wildness of the scene increased at +every step. Our track skirted a forest of ilex spreading far up the base +of the mountains, and filling the glens below, round the gorges of which +the path led. The trees were of all ages, from the young growth, with a +shapely _contour_ of silvery grey foliage, to the gigantic patriarchs of +the forest, spreading their huge limbs, hoar with lichens, in most +fantastic and often angular forms, and their boles black and rugged with +the growth of centuries. Some were rifted by the tempests, and bared +their scathed and bleached tops to the winds of heaven. Others had +yielded to the storms or age, and lay prostrate on the ground, charred +and blackened by the fires which the shepherds in these wilds leave +recklessly burning. The destruction thus caused to valuable timber +throughout the island is enormous. Among the ilex were scattered a few +deciduous oaks, contrasting well in their autumnal tints with their +evergreen congeners. We thought the colouring was not so rich as that of +our English oak woods at this season, being of a paler or more tawny +hue, resembling the maple and sycamore. Precipitous cliffs and insulated +masses of grey rock broke the outline of the forest, and the charming +cyclamen still tufted the edge of the path with its delicate flowers, +nestling among the roots of the gigantic oaks; between the tall trunks +of which glimpses were occasionally caught of the distant mountain +peaks. + +We had been ascending, generally at a pretty sharp angle, from the time +we crossed the Bevinco, and had walked about three hours, when, emerging +from the skirts of the ilex forest, we found ourselves on an elevated +ridge connected with the vast wastes of which the greater part of the +east and north-east of the province of Nebbio is composed. The surface +is bare and stony, with a very scanty herbage among aromatic plants and +bushes of low growth, consisting principally of the branching cistuses, +which, however they may enliven these barren heaths by their flowers in +the earlier part of the year, increased its parched and arid appearance +now that the leaves hung withered on their stems. + +Yet on these barren solitudes the Corsican shepherd spends his listless +days and watchful nights. He has no fixed habitation, and never sleeps +under a roof, but when he piles some loose stones against a rock to form +a hut. Roaming over the boundless waste as the necessity of changing +the pasturage of his flock requires, he finds his best shelter in the +skirts of the forest, and his food in the chestnuts, which he +luxuriously roasts in the embers of his watchfire when he is tired of +eating them raw. The ground was so undulating that at one view we could +see a number of these flocks on the distant hill sides; the little black +sheep in countless numbers dotting the heaths, and the shepherds, in +their brown _pelone_, either following them as they browsed in scattered +groups, or perched on strong outline on some rocky pinnacle commanding a +wide area over which their charge was scattered. Their bleating and the +tinkling of the sheep-bells were wafted on the breeze, and more than +once a flock crossed our path, and we had a nearer view of the wild and +uncouth conductor. + +My companion sat down to sketch, while I walked on. This often happened. +Indeed, his rambles were often discursive, so that I lost sight of him +for hours together; once in Sardinia, when there was reason to fear his +having been carried off to the mountains by banditti. Thus, each had his +separate adventures; on the present occasion I had opened out a new and +splendid view, and, having retraced my steps to lead him to the spot, he +related his. + +Intent on his sketch, my friend was startled, on raising his head, at +seeing a wild figure standing at his elbow. Leaning on a staff, its keen +eyes were intently fixed on him. My friend at once perceived that one of +the shepherds had crept upon him unawares. A year before, when they all +carried arms, there would have been nothing in his exterior to +distinguish him from a bandit, but an ingenuous countenance and a gentle +demeanour. + +The young shepherd seemed much interested in my friend's occupation, the +object of which, however, he could not comprehend. His face brightened +with pleasure and surprise on learning that the visitor to his wilds was +an Englishman. The memory of the red-coats, who came to espouse the +cause of Corsican liberty, lingers in Corsican traditions, and the +English are esteemed as their truest friends. It was something new in +the monotonous existence of the young shepherd to fall in with one of +that race, though he had not the slightest idea where on the face of the +earth they lived; still he was intelligent, inquisitive, and hospitable. + +“Would the stranger accompany him to his hut?” + +“It would give me pleasure, but it is growing late.” + +“We are poor, but we could give you milk and cheese. You would be +welcome.” + +“I know it. Like you, I love the forest and the mountain, the shade and +the sunshine; but yours must be a rough life.” + +“It is our lot, and we are content. We toil not, and we love our +freedom.” + +“It is well.” + +“I should like some memorial of having met you, anything to show that I +have talked with an Englishman.” + +My friend rapidly dashed off a slight sketch, a rough portrait, I think, +of his gaunt visitor—no bad subject for the pencil. + +“I would rather it had been your own portrait; but I shall keep it in +remembrance of you.” + +And so they parted; the civilised man to tell his little story of human +feeling and native intelligence, “spending their sweetness in the +desert air,”—the shepherd to relate his adventure over the watchfire, +and perhaps draw forth from some sexagenarian herdsman his boyish +recollections of the fall of San Fiorenzo and Bastia, and the march of +the English red-coats over the mountains. + + + + +CHAP. XII. + + _Chain of the Serra di Tenda.—A Night at Bigorno.—A Hospitable + Priest.—Descent to the Golo._ + + +After crossing for some distance an elevated plateau of this wild +country, we came to a boundary wall of rough boulders, and turned to +take a last view of the gulf of San Fiorenzo and the blue Mediterranean. +A heavy gate was swung open, and, on advancing a few hundred yards, the +scene suddenly changed. We found ourselves on the brink of a steep +descent, with a sea of mountains before us, branching from the great +central chain, and having innumerable ramifications. This part of the +chain is called the Serra di Tenda; and its highest peak the Monte Asto, +upwards of 5000 feet above the level of the sea, rose directly in front +of our point of view. A single altar-shaped rock crowned the summit, +from which the continuation of the ridge, right and left, fell away in a +singularly graceful outline, the face of the mountain being precipitous +with escarped cliffs. In other parts of the line, the summits were +sharply serrated. Northward it was lost in the far distance among clouds +and mist, but to the south-west of Monte Asto a similar, but more +blunted peak towered above all the others. I observed on our maps that +several of the summits in this range have the name of _Monte Rosso_; and +the centre of the group was indented by a deep gorge richly wooded, as +were other ravines, and forests hung on some of the mountain sides. + +We were struck with the extraordinary warmth of colouring which pervaded +the surface of the vast panorama, the slopes as well as the precipitous +cliffs. They had the ruddy hue of the inner coating of the ilex bark, +with a piece of which we compared it on the spot. Again, I felt +convinced that this colouring was not merely an atmospheric +effect,—though doubtless heightened by the bright sunshine through so +pure a medium as the mountain air—but that the brilliance indicated the +nature of the formation. Whether it was granitic or porphyritic, I had +no opportunity of examining, but incline to think it belonged to the +latter. + +Of the general features of the geological system of Corsica, an +opportunity may occur for taking a short review. Our present position, +embracing so vast an amphitheatre, was excellent for forming an idea of +the physical structure of this lateral branch from the central range. +Various as were its ramifications, appearing sometimes grouped in wild +confusion, the general unity of the whole formation, both in colour and +form, was very observable, from the loftiest peak to the offsets of the +ridge which gradually descended to the level of the valleys, just as the +peculiar character of a tree runs through its trunk and boughs to the +minutest twig. Through a gorge to the northward we traced the pass, the +Col di Tenda, the summit being 4500 feet, through which a road is +conducted to Calvi and l'Isle Rousse, on the western coast; while +immediately under us lay the valley through which the Golo, rising in +the central chain, makes its long and winding course to the _littorale_, +eastward. + +The bason, on which we now looked down, was distinguished by the same +features as that of Oletta,—gentle hills, wooded slopes and glens, and +olive groves, vineyards, and orchards, in almost equally exuberant +richness. A dozen villages were within view, crowning, as usual, the +tops of the hills, or perched far up the mountain sides. Of these, Lento +and Bigorno are the most considerable, although Campittello gives its +name to the canton. The strong position of Lento caused it to be often +contested during the wars for Corsican independence, and it was General +Paoli's head-quarters before his last and fatal battle. + +We selected Bigorno, a small village, as our quarters for the night. The +descent to it, about 1000 feet from the level of the sheep-walks, is +extremely rapid; the village itself being still many hundred feet above +the banks of the Golo, which is seen pouring its white torrent several +miles distant. The approach was interesting, winding through the +evergreen copse and scattered ilex, with the sound of the church-bell at +the _Ave-Maria_ rising from below in the still air as we descended the +mountain side. + +Our quarters here were the best we had yet met with. My companion having +staid behind to sketch the village, and taken shelter from a shower of +rain, had been courteously invited by a gentleman, who passed, to accept +the accommodations of his house for the night, but, in the meantime, +Antoine had conducted me and the baggage to another house. It belonged +to a small proprietor, who was profuse in his politeness, but, we +thought, lacked the really hospitable feeling we had found in houses of +less pretensions. Curiosity or civility brought about us quite a +_levée_ of the better class while we were arranging our toilet. The +supper was execrable, consisting of an _olla podrida_ of ham, potatoes, +and tomatoes stewed in oil and seasoned with garlick, and the wine and +grapes were sour. However, we had excellent beds. In my room there was a +small collection of books, on a dusty shelf, which I should not have +expected to find in such hands. Among them were some old works of +theological casuistry, Metastasio, a translation of Voltaire's plays, +and a geographical dictionary in Italian. I learnt that they had +belonged to the proprietor's uncle, a _medico_ at Padua, and were +heirlooms with his property, which our host inherited. The position of +these small proprietors is much to be pitied. By great penuriousness +they contrive to make a poor living out of a vineyard and garden with a +few acres of land, having neither the spirit nor industry, and perhaps +very little opportunity, to better their condition. There was evidently +some struggle in the mind of our host between his poverty and +gentility—added to what was due to the national character for +hospitality—when we came to proffer some acknowledgment for our +reception. It was just an occasion when, travelling in this way, one is +rather puzzled how to act, but we were relieved from our difficulty by +finding that our offering was received without much scruple. + +Next morning, to my great surprise, for I was too sleepy to notice it on +going to bed, I found a gun standing ready loaded on one side of the +bed, in curious contrast to the crucifix and holy-water pot on the +other,—succour close at hand against both spiritual and mortal foes. We +had walked through the country without any alarm, and concluded that +the reign of the rifle and stiletto was ended in Corsica. But how came +the gun to be loaded? was it from inveterate habit even now that +fire-arms were proscribed, or was Louis Napoleon's decree still eluded? + +I shall never forget the view from my chamber windows as I threw open +the long double casement at six o'clock in the morning. It was my first +view of Monte Rotondo, the loftiest of the Corsican mountains. A long +ridge and its crowning peak were capped with snow. The range to the +eastward was in deep shade, but with a rich amber hue behind them as the +sun rose. I watched its kindling light as it touched the snowy top of +Monte Rotondo, and spread a purple light over the sides of the eastern +ridge. The night mists had not yet risen from the valley of the Golo. We +hastened to descend towards it, after the usual small cup of _café noir_ +and a piece of bread. The environs of Bigorno on this side are very +beautiful. Groves of olive with their silvery leaves and green berries +not yet ripened mingled with vines planted in terraces, the vines +festooning and running free, as one sees them in Italy. Gardens full of +peach and fig trees filled all the hollows—a charming scene through +which the path wound down the hill. Antoine brought us fresh figs from +one of the gardens—a relish to the dry remains of our crust. Before the +sun had gained much elevation, it became exceedingly warm on a southern +exposure; the green lizards darted from crevices in the vineyard walls, +all nature was alive and fresh, and the air serene, with a most heavenly +sky. + +All this was very delightful. Nothing can be more so than this style of +travelling in such a country, with a friend of congenial spirit and +taste. My companion was very well in this respect; but, as I before +observed, his genius led him to be rather excursive in his rambles, so +that he was sometimes missing when he was most wanted. Now, we had just +started on this very agreeable morning walk with the prospect of +breakfast in due time at the post-house on the banks of the Golo. But, +instead of our enjoying this together, my friend, by a sudden impulse, +leaped over a vineyard wall, and saying he should like to take a sketch +from that point, desired me to saunter on, and he would soon overtake +me. + + [Illustration: NEAR BIGORNO.] + +What with a Pisan campanile, a Corsican manse, festooning vines, a +cluster of bamboo canes—indicative of the warm south—and the group of +mountains with the truncated peak in the distance, a very clever sketch +was produced, though not one of my friend's best;—and I have great +reason to be obliged to him for his sketches, without which I fear this +would be a dull book. At that moment, indeed, I would have preferred his +companionship. However, bating this feeling and a certain hankering for +my breakfast in the course of a two hours' walk, I trudged on alone in a +very pleasant frame of mind. Nothing could be more charming than the +green slopes round which the path wound, with occasional glimpses of the +Golo beneath,—its rapid stream white as the milky Rhone,—after leaving +behind the orchards and gardens. The rest of the descent lay through +evergreen shrubbery so frequently mentioned, and a more exquisite piece +of _máquis_ I had not seen. Thus sauntering on, sometimes talking with +Antoine, a species of shrub, which I had not much observed before, +attracted my particular attention among the arbutus and numerous other +well-known varieties. It was a bushy evergreen, of shapely growth, five +or six feet high, with masses of foliage and clusters of bright red +berries, having an aromatic scent. + +“What do you call this shrub, Antoine?” plucking a branch. + +“_Lustinea_; the country people express an oil from the berries for use +in their lamps.” + +“Ah! I perceive it is the _Lentiscus_.” In Africa and the isle of Scios +they make incisions in the stems, from which the gum mastic is procured. +The Turks chew it to sweeten the breath. It grows also in Provence, +Italy, and Spain. + +Presently, I sat down on a bank, casting anxious glances up the path +after my friend, and, basking in the sun, finished Antoine's basket of +figs, which only whetted my appetite, while I was endeavouring to +indoctrinate Antoine with the persuasion that our countrymen in general +are neither “_Calvinistes_” nor “_Juives_.” Antoine, who had been asking +a variety of questions about “_Inghilterra_” and “_Londra_” was not +better informed on this subject than a great many foreigners I have met +with in Catholic countries, who, by the former term, class all +Protestants with the Reformed churches of the Continent. I have often +had to inform them, to their manifest surprise, that we have bishops, +priests and deacons, cathedrals, choirs, deans and canons, vestments, +creeds, liturgies and sacraments, in the English church, and were, in +short, very like themselves, at least in externals. Matters of faith I +did not feel inclined to meddle with. + +The discussion ended as we struck the level of the valley of the Golo, +not far from Ponte Nuovo. The heat in this deep valley became +suffocating, and the dusty high road was an ill exchange for the fresh +mountain paths. Here, then, I made a decided halt, and this being the +battle-field on which, in 1769, the French, after a desperate struggle, +gained a decisive victory over General Paoli and the independent +Corsicans, I had just engaged Antoine in pointing out the positions of +the two armies, and tracing the tide of battle which, they say, deluged +the Golo with blood and corpses for many miles,—when my lost companion +came rushing down the hill-path among the rustling evergreens. + +“You have been waiting long—excuse me; I have had a little adventure. +That has detained me.” + +“Humph!” My friend's sketching propensities often led him into a “little +adventure,” ending in a story which, I should almost have imagined, he +coined for a peace-offering, but that I had chapter and verse for the +main incidents. There was that story of his being kicked off the mule, +and—only the evening before—his _rencontre_ with the interesting young +shepherd. + +“What now?” + +“But you want your breakfast.” + +“I should think I do.” + +“I have had mine.” + +“The deuce you have, you are luckier than I am.” + +“Now, my dear old fellow, we will push on to Ponte Nuovo, and you will +soon get your's. I really am very sorry, but I could not help it.” + +“But this is the famous battle-field, you know, and Antoine was just +going to describe it.” + +“That will keep. We will make our _reconnaissance_ after you have had +your breakfast. As we go along, I will tell you how I got mine.” + +The story shall be told as nearly as possible in my friend's own words. + + * * * * * + +“After you left me, I sat down to sketch in a little terraced garden, +shaded by fig-trees and vines. My sketch was nearly finished, and I was +thinking how I should overtake you, when a bright-eyed young maiden came +up, and, with the childlike wonder of a race of people living far out of +the track of sketching tourists, asked me ‘what I was doing.’ + +“‘Sit down, pretty maiden, and you shall see.’ + +“She obeyed with a _naïve_ simplicity, and we soon prattled away, she +telling me that she had never gone beyond the neighbouring villages, and +could not understand how I should come so far from _Inghilterra_, a +country she had never heard of, to draw pictures of their wild +mountains. + +“‘Ah! you cannot comprehend how it is that I love your wild mountains, +and children of nature like yourself.’ + +“‘Will you come again?’—a question put with a spice of _espièglerie_ +which, from some other pretty lips, would be rather flattering. ‘Yes, +you will come again, and I shall be grown up.’ + +“She did not seem, I found, quite pleased at being called ‘_mon enfant_’ +by a young stranger, though it was all very well from her uncle, who, I +learnt, was the priest of the church in my sketch. Presently, away she +ran, blushing and smiling, to tell her uncle that there was a traveller +come from a far-off land who must be hungry, and who must eat and rest +under their roof. + +“The good priest received me with much _empressement_, having been +brought out to meet me by the little Graziella, as I was following the +path to the cottage door. + +“‘Ah! you are English, you are a Protestant, no doubt. It matters not; +the stranger is welcome under my humble roof were he a Jew or a Turk. We +are all brothers.’ + +“I found the priest well informed on English affairs, into which, and +matters connected with them, we soon plunged. Meanwhile, Graziella, with +the assistance of a hard-faced but kindly old crone, prepared a repast +of fruits, eggs, coffee; and the priest brought out a bottle of wine, +the produce of his own vineyard, which I have seldom found equalled. It +was all very appetising. I only wished you were there.”— + +“I was just then, curiously enough, indoctrinating Antoine, nothing +loath, with the priest's sentiment of universal brotherhood, a simple +Gospel truth, which, overlaid with ecclesiastical systems, never took +deep root, and is sadly out of vogue now-a-days. I imagine we shall find +the Sards far more bigoted than their neighbours here.” + +“And you were doing your good work, fasting, while I feasted. It was all +tempting, but I was puzzled how to eat my egg; there were no spoons.” + +“Why not ask for one; you were talking French? Had you been attempting +Italian, you might have stuck fast. _Cucchiaio_ is one of the most +uncouth words in that beautiful language. Well I remember it being one +of the first I had to pronounce, when, in early days, I got out of the +line of French _garçons_: _cuc—cucchi_,—give me our Anglo-Saxon +monosyllables for such things as spoons, knives, and forks,—at last I +blurted out _cucchiaio_, in all its quadrosyllabic fulness. The Rubicon +was passed (by the way, it was on the _carte_ of my route); after that I +stuck at nothing, though for some time it was the _lingua Toscana—in +bocca—Inglese_.—But how did you manage your egg?” + +“Why, it is good manners, you know, to do at Rome as others do, so I +watched the priest. He removed the top, as we do, and then very nicely +sipped the contents of the shell, which—charming Graziella! excellent +_duenna!_—were done to a turn, just creamy.” + +“Ah! I perceive it was suction, a primitive idea, when spoons were not. +Now I understand the old proverb about not teaching our venerable +progenitors ‘to suck eggs.’” + +“Old fellow, cease your banter, or I shall never get to the end of my +story. As to the eggs, I did not manage mine as cleverly as the priest +did his. I made a mess of it, bestowing good part of the yolk on my +moustache, much to Graziella's amusement. I perceived she could hardly +refrain from tittering. But she was soon sobered,—the conversation +turning on the last days of Corsica—and tears came in her eyes. Alas! +the ruthless spirit of _vendetta_ in this wild country had cost her the +lives of her father and brothers; and, her mother being dead, she was +left an orphan under the care of the good priest.” + +“‘Uncle, persuade him to stay, if only for another hour. I should like +to hear more of those countries where there is no _vendetta_; where they +plough and reap and dwell in safety; where fathers and brothers are not +compelled to flee from their villages to the wild _máquis_ and the +mountain crags.’ + +“‘My pretty child, I cannot stay now. Perhaps some day I may return.’ + +“‘_Addio!_ then. _Evviva! Evviva!_ In two years I shall be grown up, and +uncle will no longer call me child, and you shall tell me more of lands +I shall never see. But ah! I know it will never be. _Bon voyage!_ Forget +not the priest's home among the mountains of Corsica.’ + +“I shall not forget it. How often one says hopefully ‘I will come back,’ +when it would be idle ever to expect it; and yet I would wish to see +once more the little girl who said, ‘Come, if it is but for an hour!’ + +“I rushed down the mountain side, and found you scorched with a burning +sun, thirsty, breakfastless,—the very image of the knight of tho woeful +countenance,—I all joy and fun with my morning's adventure, you +perplexed, out of patience, hungry, and tired. I cannot help laughing at +the contrast.” + + + + +CHAP. XIII. + + _Ponte Nuovo.—The Battle-field.—Antoine's Story._ + + +Half an hour's walk along the high-road brought us to the solitary +building of which we were in search. Uniting the character of an +_albergo_ and a fortified post, of which there are several scattered +throughout the island on commanding spots, the loop-holed walls, with +projecting angles for a cross-fire, and the barrack round a court +within, still occupied by a small party of _gendarmes_, were striking +mementos of the state of insecurity in Corsica, and what travelling was +at no very distant period. Shut in by the mountains, the air of the +valley is close and stifling, disease marked the countenances of the few +inmates, and the barrack-room into which we climbed, with its benches +and tables, were all miserably dirty. The promise of a dish of fresh +trout from the Golo was a redeeming feature in the aspect of affairs to +one who had waited long, and walked far, without his breakfast. But the +dish reeked as if the Golo ran oil, and the fish were still floating in +the unctuous stream, spite of my injunctions to the weird priestess of +the mysteries of the cave beneath—“_Senza olio, senza olio_,” reversing +the phrase in the Baron de Grimm's story of the Frenchman, who, having +sacrificed his own _goût_ to his guest's _penchant_ for asparagus _au +naturel_, on his friend's falling down in a swoon, rushed to the top of +the staircase, shouting to his cook, “_Tout à l'huile, tout à l'huile_.” + +We stood on the bridge of Ponte Nuovo, just beneath the post, the scene +of the last struggle for Corsican independence; and there Antoine +pointed out the details. The Corsicans, under Pascal Paoli, having +occupied the strong position in the Nebbio through which we had been +rambling for the last few days, the Count de Vaux, the French +generalissimo, concentrated his forces, amounting to forty-five +battalions, four regiments of cavalry, and a powerful artillery, +determined to crush Paoli's brave but ill-organised militia, and finish +the war by a single blow. The French commenced the attack on the 3rd of +May, 1769. For two days it was an affair of outposts, but, on the 3rd, +De Vaux pressed Paoli with such vigour in his fortified camp at Murato, +that the Corsican general was forced to retire beyond the Golo. He +established himself in the _pieve_ of Rostino, a few miles above the +bridge, leaving orders for Gaffori to hold the strong heights of Lento, +while Grimaldi was to defend Canavaggia,—two points by which the French +might penetrate into the interior. Bribed by French gold, Grimaldi—“_Ah! +il traditore!_” exclaimed Antoine,—and Gaffori, unmindful of his +honourable name, offered no resistance to the advance of the French. + +On the 9th of May, the militia left by Paoli to defend the passes into +the valley, finding themselves unsupported, abandoned their posts and +fled. + +“Down the pass we descended this morning from Bigorno,” said Antoine, +“through those other gorges you see in the mountains, our people poured +in wild confusion, closely pursued by the enemy. They thronged to the +bridge. It was held by a company of Prussians, who had passed from the +Genoese to the Corsican service; and a thousand Corsican militia lined +the river bank. If the French carried the bridge, all was lost. The +Prussians were the only regular troops in Paoli's army. They stood firm +in their discipline. The fugitives threw themselves upon them, charged +with the bayonet by the French in the rear. The Prussians had to hold +their position against friends and foes, indiscriminately, after a vain +attempt to rally the flying Corsicans. Unfortunately they fired into the +mass. A cry of ‘Treachery!’ was raised, the panic became general, +disorder spread throughout the ranks, the enemy profited by it to secure +their victory; the rout was complete, and the Corsicans scattered +themselves among the mountains and forests. The Golo was red with blood, +and the corpses of my countrymen, mingled with their enemies, floated in +its current for many miles. It was a day of woe, a fatal day!” + +The feeling of nationality still lingers in Corsica, though without an +object, without a hope. Men such as Antoine, the mountaineers, the +shepherds,—all true-hearted Corsicans treasure up the traditions of +former times, and, with the scene before his eyes, Antoine traced the +action of Ponte Nuovo with as lively an enthusiasm, as deep an interest, +as if it had been an affair of yesterday, in which he had borne a part. + +But the vision passed away. Antoine had pressing cares of immediate +interest, to which he now gave vent. Here we were to part; we had an +opportunity of forwarding our baggage to Corte by the _voiture_ which +daily passes Ponte Nuovo, and there was no further need of the services +of Antoine and his mule. He would gladly have followed our steps to the +extremity of Corsica—to the end of the world, and we were sorry to part +from him. Short as our acquaintance was, he had become attached to us. +Our rambles had brought us into close intimacy, and suited his taste. + +We sat down on the river bank, and he unbosomed his mind more freely +than he had yet done. We learnt, on our first acquaintance, that he had +left his country and sailed to foreign parts. What forced him to +emigrate had been inferred from a fearful disclosure to which no +reference had been since made. Now, on the eve of parting, he told us +all his story, and opened out his hopes for the future. For reasons into +which we did not inquire, there seemed to be no apprehensions as to his +personal safety; but, lamenting the want of means and opportunity for +bettering his condition at home, his thoughts again reverted to +emigration. It was the best thing he could do; and, reminding him of the +success of many of his neighbours from Capo Corso, who sought their +fortunes in South America, we exhorted him not to indulge the indolence +natural to his countrymen, but apply himself manfully to an enterprise +for which he had many qualifications, and heartily wished him success. + +The point on which his story turned was, as I suspected, a tale of love, +jealousy, revenge. He related the catastrophe with more than usual +feeling, but without any seeming remorse. He was justified by the +Corsican code of honour. The details, though simple, might be worked up +into one of those romantic and sentimental tales for which Corsican life +supplies abundant materials. But neither is that my _rôle_, nor am I +willing to betray Antoine's confidence. My readers shall have, instead, +a similar tale—of which, as it happens, a namesake of Antoine is the +hero—developing the same powerful passions. It is not one of the stock +stories borrowed from books which one finds repeated in writers on +Corsica, but, I believe, from the source from which I derived it, an +original as well as authentic tale. The scene lies at a village in the +mountains, not far from Ponte Nuovo, our present halting-place. + + + + +CHAP. XIV. + + FILIAL DUTY, LOVE, AND REVENGE: A CORSICAN TALE. + + +On a fine spring morning, some thirty years ago, there was an unusual +stir in a _paese_ standing near the high-road between Bastia and +Ajaccio. The village, like most others in Corsica, clustered round a +hill-top, and stood on the skirts of a deep forest, with which the eye +linked it through intervening groves of spreading chestnut and other +fruit-trees. It was Sunday; and, after mass, the whole population +flocked to the market-place, a large open area in front of the _Mairie_, +to witness one of those trials of skill in shooting at a mark, formerly +common in Corsica as well as in Switzerland. + +Above the roof of the _Mairie_ sprung a grim tower, serving at once for +a prison, in which criminals were confined, and for the barracks of the +_gendarmerie_ stationed in that wild district. On the present occasion +the target was set up at the foot of this tower, and all the young men +of the village were, in turn, making a trial of skill with their long +guns, while the old peasants stood near giving advice, and the village +girls, ranged in _costume de fête_ round the palisades inclosing the +place, rewarded the most successful of the competitors with smiles and +glances of encouragement. + +The contest had lasted for some time, and many shots were fired without +the mark—fixed at the distance of about 300 paces—having been hit, when +a young man, armed with a short Tyrolese rifle, came up to the barrier. +He was dressed after the fashion of his fathers, but with great +neatness. Short breeches of green velvet descended to the knees, and the +calves of his legs were encased in deer-skin gaiters fastened by metal +buttons. A broad belt of red leather girded his loins. It concealed a +small pouch of cartridges, but the hilt of a strong dagger peeped from +underneath the belt. His open shirt exposed to view a manly breast. He +wore a sort of jacket of the same stuff as the breeches, but faced with +crimson, and garnished, after the Spanish fashion, with a number of +small silver studs. A high-crowned hat of black felt was cocked jantily +on one side of his head, and a medallion of the _Madre dei Dolori_ stuck +in the band, completed the picturesque costume of the Corsican peasant. + +The young man, on his arrival, received a cordial welcome from all the +competitors for the honours of the day, and, among the village maidens, +many a bright eye beamed with a tender but modest delight on his manly +form, shown to advantage in the national costume. Still he gave no sign +of an intention to take any part in the sport for which they were +assembled. + +In consequence, after a short interval, during which the firing had +ceased, an old villager thus addressed him:— + +“How is it, Antonio, that you, the best marksman in the village, have +joined us so late? The sport flags; let us have one of your true, +unerring shots.” + +“Excuse me, father Joachimo, I am in no humour to-day to partake in the +gaiety of my friends.” + +Pressed, however, by repeated entreaties, the young man at last +yielded, and, advancing to the barrier, and unloosing his rifle from the +slings, took a cartridge from his pouch, and proceeded to charge his +piece with much deliberation. While doing this, his eyes were fixed on a +crevice in the tower, from which was hanging a little iron cage +containing the mouldering remains of a human skull. At this spectacle +his countenance changed from its usual ruddy hue to a mortal paleness, +and tears were seen to fill his eyes. + +Having charged his rifle, Antonio took his position in the attitude of +firing; but, it was remarked, that in taking aim, he levelled the barrel +higher than the mark at the foot of the tower. A moment of solemn +silence was followed by a flash, a sharp crack,—and the whizzing bullet +struck the skull in the cage. The shock brought both to the ground, and, +at the same instant, the young man, quick as thought, leaped over the +palisades, and, gathering up the fragments of skull, quickly +disappeared. The spectators of this strange scene asked each other what +it meant; and, in the midst of the hubbub, Joachimo, the old peasant who +had invited Antonio to try his skill in the feat of arms, raised his +voice to satisfy their curiosity. + +“My children,” he said, “Corsican blood has not degenerated; of this you +have witnessed a striking proof in the act of Antonio. The skull, which +hung on the tower wall, was that of a man unjustly condemned to death, +of a man whose only crime was, his having taken vengeance with his own +hand for the insult offered his wife by an inhabitant of the continent. +The skull was that of Antonio's father; and a son, a true Corsican, +could not submit to having his father's remains dishonoured. This day he +has wiped out the ignominy,—henceforth Antonio is an outlaw, proscribed +by the men of law, by the French; but we Corsicans shall ever esteem him +a man of honour and of courage.” + +The crowd then dispersed, full of admiration for the brave Antonio, and +the event of the morning became the theme of the evening's conversation +in all the families of the neighbourhood. + +Meanwhile Antonio, having gained the forest, rapidly threaded its +tangled paths for nearly an hour. He then stopped in one of its deepest +recesses, and, having keenly reconnoitred every avenue of approach, +threw himself weary at the foot of a tree, and opening the handkerchief +in which he had wrapped his father's skull, gave vent to a flood of +tears. + +“Oh, my father!” he said, “my father! why could I not take vengeance on +the authors of your death? why could I not avenge myself on the +descendants of the base Frenchman who insulted my mother? why could I +not wash out, in their blood, the shame that has fallen on our family, +and embittered our existence?” + +At the thought of vengeance the eyes of the young islander flashed fire, +his tears dried up, and that heart, just now so open to tender emotions, +would have prompted him to plunge his dagger in the bosom of those who +were the cause of his misery. + +Again, the fit changed; for, in the midst of this storm of passion, a +name quivered on his lips, like the star seen in the drifting clouds +when the tempest is raging. + +“Madaléna!” he cried, “all is now finished between us;—Antonio is a +bandit.” + +Then, exercising a strong power over himself, he passed his hand over +his forehead, as if to drive evil thoughts from his brain, and, +unsheathing his strong dagger, dug a hole at the foot of the oak, in +which he deposited his precious burthen. A cross, carved by his dagger +on the trunk of the tree, served for a memorial of his father's +fate:—ah! what thoughts, what sorrows, did that cross recall to his +mind!—and, after a short prayer, he hastened from the spot which had +witnessed his last act of filial duty. + +Wretched Antonio! a solitary outcast, abandoned by all, what refuge was +left for you but the forest and the _máquis_?—what protector, but your +good rifle—what hope, but in the grave! Nay, another passion, another +image, was deeply graven on his heart! Love—that divine passion, which +ennobles a man, which gives him courage, which fills him with +heroism—afforded him strength to survive so many calamities. + +Some days after these occurrences, a young maiden crept stealthily at +early dawn from among the houses in the village of Allari, fifteen +leagues distant from Bastia, and gained unseen the _purlieus_ of the +neighbouring wood before any of the villagers were abroad. The maiden's +age was about eighteen years; her step was light, her form slender and +graceful; health sparkled in her dark eyes; her enterprise lent a +ruddier hue to her olive skin, and a profusion of raven-black tresses +floated on her shoulders, as she brushed through the evergreen shrubbery +on the verge of the wood, where, concealed in the hollow of an aged +chestnut tree, a young man had been waiting her arrival for upwards of +an hour. This young man was Antonio, the maiden Madaléna. + +On perceiving her approach, Antonio hastened to quit his hiding place, +and came to meet her. + +“How kind you are, Madaléna,” he said: “you, so rich, so young, so +beautiful—to expose yourself for me to the cold morning air; to brave, +perhaps, the anger of your parents, for one of whom you know so little. + +“It is true that you told me once that you loved me; and love knows no +obstacles, and makes nothing of distances. But I must not abuse your +confidence. Madaléna, my bosom labours with a secret which I have too +long preserved. I have done wrong; I have deceived you. I feared, I +dreaded, that in disclosing it to you, I should forfeit your love, your +esteem; that you would avoid me as the world does a man to whom society +gives an ill name. Yes, Madaléna, you have to learn—Madaléna, hitherto I +have not had the courage to tell it to you—learn that I am a....” + +Antonio shrunk from giving utterance to a word which would probably +crush all his hopes, and break the last tie which held him to the world. +So, changing his purpose, he continued in an altered tone:— + +“Why should I embitter the moments which ought to be given to love? Is +it not true, Madaléna, that you love me for myself? Ah! tell me that you +love me, for there is great need that I should hear it from your own +lips, and without this love I should be wretched indeed. Tell me that +you do not want to know my past; that you love me because our hearts +understand each other; because our two souls, breathed into us by the +Author of our existence, were formed to love each other for ever.” + +Madaléna, perceiving the feebleness of her lover, took his hand, and +fixing on him an eager gaze, made him sit by her side. On touching that +much-loved hand, the young man started, and a sudden shivering ran +through his veins. The maiden perceived it, and a gleam of +satisfaction, and almost coquetry, sparkled in her eyes. Poor woman's +heart! Even in the most solemn moments she is always a coquette. Such is +her nature. + +“Antonio,” she said, “you vow that you love me; why then hesitate to +confide to me your secrets, your sorrows? Am I not some day to be your +wife? I have sworn it before God and my mother, and I shall be. Why then +do you defer telling me the cause of your long sufferings. I have long +perceived that your heart is oppressed by some secret thought. Can it be +that you are in love with another, Antonio? Tell me if it is so; you +shall have my forgiveness, and I will say to the woman who is the choice +of your heart, ‘Love him, for he is worthy of it!’ And if it were +required that I should shed my blood for your happiness, I would not +hesitate a single moment to make the sacrifice.” + +“Oh no, no, Madaléna, think not so! Do you suppose me capable of +betraying you, of casting you off? I, who love you with a perfect love, +a love as pure as that which makes the bliss of angels,—with which a +child loves its mother? For one fond look from you I would brave the +fury of men—of men and the elements. Drive this suspicion from your +heart, and God grant that, when you have learnt my secret, you may +continue to entertain the same sentiments towards me.” + +Thus speaking, Antonio drew near to the maiden, and, hiding his face in +her hands, whispered in her ear:— + +“Madaléna, Madaléna, I am—a bandit.” + +The young girl shrieked with terror, and fainted in his arms. Antonio +laid her on the grass, and, having sprinkled her face with the fresh +morning dew, knelt by her side. Presently, Madaléna opened her eyes, and +seeing Antonio kneeling, and still holding her hand, roused herself +with a sudden effort, and, casting on him a look of mingled horror and +scorn, said to him,— + +“Leave me, Antonio, you make me shudder, your hands are stained with the +blood of the innocent.” + +Antonio, crazed with love, crawled to her feet and wept; but having, +after much difficulty, prevailed with her to hear him, he related to her +the story of the skull, the only crime for which he was a bandit. After +this explanation, Madaléna seemed to be reassured, and her lover awaited +his final sentence from her lips in breathless suspense. The maiden's +heart was touched by his tale, and observing him with an air of less +severity, she said:— + +“I am satisfied that you speak the truth; but I have a mother and +father, and I think, that after this disclosure, I could never become +your wife without abandoning them for ever. At this moment I am too much +agitated to come to any decision; return to morrow, and you shall know +my final resolve. Meanwhile, rest assured that I pity and love you +still, considering you more unfortunate than guilty, and that I will +either be your wife, or the wife of no other man.” + +Thus saying, she hastened from the spot. + +Antonio saw her depart without having the courage to address to her +another word. That man so brave, who knew no fear, recoiled from no +danger, wept like a child. A sad presentiment told him that it was his +last meeting with Madaléna, though her concluding promise tended in some +degree to reassure him. + +Madaléna shut herself up in her chamber and shed floods of tears—tears +not of love, but of shame. For her—the daughter of a wealthy citizen of +Ajaccio, brought up in the manners, and tinctured with the prejudices +of the continent, who knew nothing of the world but its empty phantoms, +nor of love but its coquetry—it was disgrace to love and be loved by the +son of a bandit, by one who was himself a bandit. + +From that day Madaléna never returned to the wood. Every morning the +unhappy Antonio retraced his steps to the place of meeting, but only to +have his hopes crushed. He was forgotten, perhaps scorned. Love, the +sentiment of the heart, had yielded to the influence of the frivolous +ideas of society, the conventional maxims of the world. This young +maiden had not the courage to affirm in the face of all, “I love +Antonio, because he is not guilty of any crime; I love him because he +has avenged his father, because he is a true son of Corsica.” But she +had not the spirit, the strength of mind, to say this. The Corsican +blood had degenerated in her veins, or she would have felt that it was +no crime for Antonio to achieve the removal from public view of the +horrid spectacle which was a continual witness of shame and +ignominy,—exposed by a relic of barbarism, called law, to the gaze and +scorn of all who passed along the streets,—that no stain rested on the +memory of Antonio's father, because, as a husband and a father, he had +avenged the honour of his wife and his children. + +A year after these events, the whole population of the village of Allari +was again astir. Its only bell clanged incessantly, and gay troops of +both sexes, in holiday dress, flocked through the streets in the +direction of the _Mairie_. It was a bright morning of the month of +April; joy floated in the air, and pleasure sparkled in every eye. +Presently, a nuptial procession was formed, and took its way towards +the church. All eyes rested on the bride and bridegroom; they did not +wear the Corsican dress, but adopted French fashions. Everything about +them betokened wealth, and an affectation of continental manners. + +As soon as the procession had entered the church, the streets became +deserted; but a young man, who from an early hour had concealed himself +in the cemetery, now glided round the church, casting anxious glances on +every side, as if apprehensive of being discovered. His clothes, torn to +tatters, his unshorn beard and long, dishevelled, hair, blood-shot eyes, +and haggard countenance, betokened the extremity of anguish and want. +His feet were naked, and he carried in his hand a short rifle. + +Arrived at the church door, and having glanced within, he paused for a +moment, leaning against the pillar. The nuptial ceremony had reached the +point where the minister of God, after pronouncing the mystic words, +demands of the betrothed their assent to the marriage union; when, just +as the bride was in the act of uttering the word which binds for ever +the destinies of both, the barrel of the rifle, held by the man +stationed at the door, was levelled, and the _fiancée_ fell, pierced in +the breast with a mortal wound. The man, who fired, threw down his +rifle, and, dashing into the church like one demented, took the dying +woman in his arms, and cried,— + +“Madaléna, you broke your troth to me; you rendered me desperate; we die +together!” + +And, unsheathing his dagger, he plunged it several times into his +breast, falling on the dying woman, who opened her eyes, and, +recognising her lover, expired with the name of “Antonio” on her lips. + +Her betrothed was conveyed away by his relations, and the recollection +of this terrible scene disturbed for a long while the tranquillity of +the village. The church in which it took place was, after the +catastrophe, stripped of all its sacred ornaments, and left to decay. +Its ruins may still be seen on a point of rising ground, and, if an +inquiring traveller takes a turn behind the church, he will find in the +cemetery, on the spot where Antonio was concealed, a grave-stone +inscribed with the names of Madaléna and Antonio, surmounted by a rude +representation of a rifle and a dagger. + + + + +CHAP. XV. + + _Morosaglia, Seat of the Paolis.—Higher Valley of the + Golo.—Orography of Corsica.—Its Geology._ + + +On crossing to the right bank of the Golo at _Ponte Nuovo_, we enter the +canton of Morosaglia, the former _piève_ of Rostino, and the home of the +Paoli family. The canton takes its present name from a Franciscan +convent, still standing, and part of it used as an elementary school, +founded by the will of Pascal Paoli. + +It is about two hours' walk from Ponte Nuovo to the hamlet in which the +Paolis were born. The house is one of those gaunt, misshapen, rude +structures, built of rough stones, and blackened by age, which one sees +everywhere in the mountain villages; without even glass to the windows. +Standing on the craggy summit of an insulated rock, the access to it is +by a rough wooden staircase. Here Pascal Paoli resided, as a simple +citizen, after the manner of his fathers, polished as his manners were, +and highly as he was accomplished, after he had attained to almost +sovereign power. The rooms are so small that he transacted public +business in the neighbouring convent of Morosaglia. + +There also his brother, Clemente Paoli, had a cell to which he often +retired. His was a singular character. Of a saturnine cast of +disposition, he seldom spoke to those by whom he was surrounded; a great +part of his time was spent in religious observances, and in the practice +of the most rigid austerities. In short, he was the monk when at home, +and the most intrepid warrior when engaged with the enemy of his +country. The sanctity of his private life procured him singular +veneration, and his presence in battle produced a wonderful effect on +the patriots. Even when pulling the trigger to destroy his enemy, he is +said to have prayed for the soul of his falling antagonist.[20] After +the fatal field of Ponte Nuovo, declining to follow his brother to +England, he spent twenty years in prayer and penance in the Benedictine +Abbey of Vallombrosa, that shady and sequestered retreat in the heart of +the Apennines, returning to his native Corsica only to die. Such was +Clemente Paoli. Of his brother Pasquale, a fitting place for some more +extended notice will be found at Corte, the seat of his island throne. + +The country on the right bank of the river is rugged; rude _paése_ crown +the heights, and the hollows are shrouded in magnificent chestnut woods. +The mountains seen from beyond Bigorno shut in the valley of the Golo so +closely in some places, that it is a mere defile giving passage to the +river and the road. The river is a torrent, and the valley is ascended +at a sharp angle. At _Ponte à la Leccia_, we recrossed to the left bank +of the river; the valley expanded, and there was much cultivated land, +though the soil was poor. Rounded hills in the foreground were backed by +a serrated range of mountains, Monte Rotondo being just visible. + +Approaching now, through the high valleys, the central region of the +mountain system of Corsica, this may be a proper place for a brief +survey of the main features in its orography and geological structure. +We have hitherto spoken of a central chain and its ramifications in a +loose manner; but it would be desirable to convey more precise ideas of +the structure of this mountain island; and, as the system happens to be +very simple and intelligible, it affords an example, on a small scale, +which may give the unscientific reader a general idea of the nature of +grander operations. Having traversed the island from north to south, and +from east to west, not without an eye to its general structure and +composition, though making no pretensions to exact scientific knowledge, +I may be able to furnish a not unfaithful digest of the observations of +the foreign geologists _Elie de Beaumont_, _Raynaud_, _Gueymard_ and +others, as I find them quoted in Marmocchi's work. + + +OROGRAPHY OF CORSICA. + +At first sight, Corsica presents the aspect of a chaos of mountains +piled one on another, with their escarped sides rising from the sea to +great elevations; but on a closer examination, and with the assistance +of an accurate map, it is soon perceived that these mountains, +apparently heaped up in wild confusion, are distinctly arranged in three +principal directions,—from north-east to south-west, from north-west to +south-east, and from north to south. + +The point which forms the main link of the whole system lies high, near +the snowy sources of the Golo. This elevated part of the island, with +the districts immediately surrounding it,—an Alpine and forest region +in which the principal rivers and streams take their rise,—this region +so sublime in its vast solitudes, so poetic, so savagely wild, so +picturesque,—may be called the Switzerland of Corsica. + +From this central link two great chains, forming, so to speak, the +backbone of the island, diverge in opposite directions. One section, +tending to the south-east, traverses the centre of the island, where the +Monte Rotondo and Monte d'Oro lift to the skies their ever snowy peaks, +and terminates at the Monte Incudine. This high chain throws out its +longest branches to the south-west, each of them forming at its +extremity a lofty promontory washed by the Mediterranean, and the +successive ridges inclosing delightful and fertile valleys. + +The other section of the central chain describes a curved line to the +north-north-east, as far as Monte Grosso; and, over the Bevinco, links +itself with the system of Capo Corso by the offsets of Monte Antonio and +San Leonardo, by which latter _col_ we crossed the ridge on the evening +of our landing in Corsica. The spurs from this second chain take, in +general, a north-west direction towards the sea. Less considerable than +those connected with the first, they inclose narrower valleys, and form +promontories less _saillants_, and of inferior elevation on the western +coast. + +The mountains of Capo Corso, extending in a chain nearly north and +south, at a short distance from the east coast, form the third +orographic division of the island; this chain, as observed in a former +chapter, being cut by deep valleys of short extent, the channels of +torrents discharging themselves into the Tuscan Sea. + +Between this long chain, extending from Monte Antonio to Monte +Incudine, and the tortuous ranges detached obliquely from it, lies a +central area equal in surface to a fifth part of the whole island of +which it forms the heart—the interior. The general inclination of this +area, with the openings of the valleys, tends to the east. It does not +form one single bason, but, intersected as it is in various directions +by secondary ranges, and by mountains linking the principal chain, its +_contour_ is composed of a series of deep and generally narrow valleys, +rising one above the other. The grandest as well as the most elevated of +these basons is that of the _Niolo_, the citadel of Corsica. + +These lofty mountain chains, with the numerous ramifications detached +from them, and extending in all directions, render the communications +between one place and another, between the coasts on opposite sides of +the island, extremely difficult. The passage from the western to the +eastern shore can only be effected by climbing to great elevations, +through long and narrow gorges, through deep ravines of savage aspect, +and covered with dense forests. The Corsicans give a lively idea of some +of these toilsome paths by calling them _scale_,—ladders, +staircases;—and such, indeed, they are, the steps, often prolonged for +miles, being partly the work of Nature, partly cut in the rock by the +hand of man. + + +GEOLOGY OF CORSICA. + +In the present state of science there can be no difficulty in ascribing +the origin of the three great lines of the Corsican mountains, to which +all the others are subordinate, to three vast upheavings of the soil in +the direction they take. The order of these elevations above the +surface of the ancient sea thrice repeated in the long series of past +ages, giving the first existence to the island, and by successive +conglomerations shaping its present bold and irregular profile, may be +also distinctly traced. + +The masses first raised to the surface of the sea, supposed to be of +igneous origin, lifted by the intense action of fire or subterranean +heat from vast depths, and called by English geologists “Plutonic +rocks,” as differing from “Volcanic,”—these masses constitute nearly the +whole south-western coast of Corsica, one half of the whole island. + +If an ideal line be drawn diagonally from a point so far north-west as +Cape _Revellata_, near Calvi, to the point of _Araso_, far down the +south-east coast near Porto Vecchio, this primary eruption may be traced +in the several ranges, perpendicular to the ideal line and parallel with +each other, which descending to the sea in the direction of from +north-east to south-west, terminate in the principal promontories on the +western coast, and form the numerous valleys which appear in succession +from the Straits of Bonifacio to the Gulf of Porto. + +Thus at the earliest epoch the principal axis of the island had its +direction from the north-west to the south-east. The Capo Corso of those +times lifted its head above the Sea of Calvi, and who can say how far +the island extended at the opposite extremity? All we know is, that the +group of rocky islets called the _Isole Cerbicale_, south-west of Porto +Vecchio, with the _Isola du Cavallo_, and that _Di Lavazzi_ off the +coast at Bonifacio; and again, the islets _Die Razzoli_ and _Budelli_ on +the opposite side of the Straits, with the larger islands of _La +Madaléna_ and _Caprera_, all of a similar formation with the primary +Corsican range,—like detached fragments of some vast ruined +structure,—appear to form the links of a chain which united Corsica with +the mountain system of the north-eastern portion of the island of +Sardinia. + +These primitive masses are almost entirely granitic; and thus, at the +epoch of its first emergence from the waters of the Mediterranean, no +spark of animal or vegetable life existed in the new island. + +So also one half of the masses raised by the _second_ upheaval, having +the same general direction, are granitic. But, as we advance towards the +north-east, the granites insensibly resolve themselves into _ophiolitic_ +rocks,—a name given by French geologists to certain volcanic eruptions +of the cretaceous era,—which are also found in the Morea.[21] There are +but few traces remaining of this second upheaval, which evidently laid +in ruins great part of the northern extremity of the former one, cutting +it at right angles to the east of the Gulf of Porto. This line, ranging +from the south-west to the north-east into the heart of the _Nebbio_, is +broken up and destroyed through nearly its whole length. + +The disorder and ruin of these several points of the original system, +and the almost total destruction of its northern part, were undoubtedly +caused by the _third_ and last upheaval which gave the island the form +it presents at the present day. Its direction was from north to south, +and so long as the mass then raised did not come in contact with the +land created by former upheavals, it preserved its regular line, as we +find in the mountain-chain of Capo Corso. But when, on emerging above +the surface of the sea, this mass had to overcome at its southern +extremity the resistance of the primary rocks upheaved long before, and +now become hard and consolidated,—in that terrible shock, on the one +hand, it changed, crushed, or ruined all that obstructed its progress, +while, on the other, it varied its own direction and was itself broken +up in many places, as appears from the openings of the valleys +communicating from the interior with the plains of the eastern littoral +and giving a passage to the torrents which fall into the sea on this +coast,—the Bevinco, the Golo, the Tavignano, the Fiumorbo. + +The fundamental rocks brought up by this third and last upheaval are +ophiolitic, and metamorphic, or primary, limestone, overlaid in some +places by secondary formations. “The granites on the west, as well as +the south, of the island include some beds of _gneiss_ and _schistes_ at +their extremities.”—(_Gueymard_). Almost everywhere the granite is +covered—an evident proof that the epoch of its eruption preceded that +when the deposits were formed in the depths of the sea, and deposited in +horizontal strata on the crystalline masses of the granite. + +Masses of euritic and porphyritic rocks intersect the granites, and a +distinct formation of porphyries crowns Monte Cinto, Vagliorba, and +Pertusato, the highest summits of the _Niolo_, covering the granite. +These porphyries are pierced by greenstone two or three feet thick, and +the granites are intersected by numerous veins of amphibolite +(hornblende) and greenstone, generally running from east to west. + +Transition rocks, as they are called, occupy the whole of Capo Corso and +the east of the island. They consist of talcose-schiste, bluish-grey +limestone, talc in beds, serpentine, black marble similar to the oldest +in the Alps, quartz, feldspar, and porphyries. + +The tertiary strata are only found at certain points in isolated +fragments. One of these occupies the bottom of the Gulf of San Fiorenzo +and part of its eastern shore. There the beds rest with a strong +inclination against the lower declivities of the chain of Capo Corso, +rising from upwards of 600 to 900 feet above the level of the +Mediterranean,—a distinct proof that their formation at the bottom of +the sea was anterior to the upheaval of that chain, and of the whole +system of mountains having their direction north and south. + +In the deep escarped valleys between San Fiorenzo and the tower of +_Farinole_, the tertiary deposits are seen in successive layers forming +beds which in some places are in the aggregate from 400 to 500 feet +thick, and the calcareous beds contain great quantities of fossil +remains of marine animals of low organisation, such as sea-urchins, +pectens, and other shells; forming a compact mass, of which the greater +part of the formation consists. The singular phenomenon of the presence +of rounded boulders of euritic porphyry, resembling that of the _Niolo_, +embedded in these strata, proves to a certainty that at an epoch +anterior to the upheaval of the system running north and south, and of +the mountains of _La Tenda_ depending on it, the high valleys of the +present bason of the Golo, and especially that of the Golo, were +prolonged to the sea. + +A _second_ tertiary deposit exists near _Volpajola_, on the left bank of +the Golo, nearly eight miles from the eastern coast. The beds lying +horizontally are full of shells. + +We find a third fragment of a tertiary formation on the part of the +_littorale_ stretching from the mouth of the Alistro to that of the +Fiumorbo, in the middle of which stood the ancient city of Aleria. In +some places these beds have been lifted without any sensible alteration +of their original form of deposit in horizontal strata, and throughout +they bear a close resemblance to the tertiary formation of San Fiorenzo. + +A _fourth_, and more striking, example of the same formation is +exhibited at the southern extremity of the island. There we find an +horizontal _plateau_ from 200 to 300 feet high between the Gulf of +Sta-Manza and Bonifacio. The promontory on which that town and fortress +stands, and the whole adjoining coast along the straits, present exactly +the same appearances as the white chalk cliffs of Dover; and at the +_Cala di Canetta_ these calcareous rocks rise _à pic_ over the sea 150 +and 200 feet. There is a perfect analogy between this formation and +those of San Fiorenzo and the Fiumorbo already mentioned. Only, this +last contains a much greater variety of fossil remains, both animal and +vegetable, consisting of lignites, oyster-shells, large pectens, +operculites, and fragments of sea-urchins, polypi, &c. We shall have an +opportunity of mentioning hereafter the curious caverns worn in the soft +calcareous rock by the force of the waves lashing this coast with so +much violence in the storms to which the Straits of Bonifacio are +exposed. + +Coming now to the alluvial deposits, we find them extending over the +great plains on the eastern coast of the island, the _littorale_ +mentioned in an early chapter of this work. The plain of Biguglia, for +instance, was formed by one of those vast inundations which have +received the name of diluvial currents, and swept away a great number +of species of animals. In fact, we find traces of one of these +inundations in a breccia formed of the fossil bones of animals in the +hills near Bastia. Among these fossil bones Cuvier has remarked the head +of a _lagomys_, a little hare without any tail,—a species still existing +in Siberia.[22] It would too much lengthen these remarks were we to +enter on an inquiry into the age and character of these osseous breccia, +but the curious reader is referred to Lyell's “Elements”[23] for some +interesting observations on fossil mammalia found in alluvial deposits +alternating with breccia. We are not aware, however, that the hills near +Bastia are connected with volcanic action as those of Auvergne, to which +Mr. Lyell refers. + +Indeed, in concluding this notice of Corsican geology, we have only to +remark that, although Corsica has no existing volcanoes, it would +appear, from fragments preserved in the cabinets of Natural History, +that, here and there, a few rare traces of extinct volcanoes of very +ancient date have been discovered, in the neighbourhood of Porto +Vecchio, Aleria, Cape Balistro, in the Gulf of Sta Manza, and some other +places. + + + + + +CHAP. XVI. + + _Approach to Corte.—Our “Man of the Woods.”—Casa Paoli.—The + Gaffori.—Citadel.—An Evening Stroll._ + + +At Ponte Francardo we left the valley of the Golo, and followed up a +stream tributary to it, among hills and woods; being now on the +outskirts of one of the great forest districts of Corsica. + +When mounting the last hill in the approach to Corte we were joined by +an inhabitant of the town, who at first seemed disposed to amuse himself +at our expense. He was surprised, as we afterwards found, at meeting two +foreigners of somewhat rough exterior, without baggage or attendance, +engaged on rather a forlorn enterprise. He told us that not very long +before he had met an Englishman under similar circumstances, and related +some ridiculous stories respecting him. But as I do not believe that any +of our countrymen have been recently tourists in Corsica, I am disposed +to think that the person he made his butt was a German traveller,—a +mistake we have often found occurring in our own case in remote parts of +the Continent. We got, however, into conversation, and it turning on +forests,—a subject on which we happened to be rather at home,—finding us +to be practical people, and, much as we admired his wild country, not +inclined to over-indulgence in sentiment and romance, he altered his +tone, and even went into the opposite extreme of supposing that our +journey was connected with a speculation in timber. That being his +hobby, we soon became great friends. He informed us that he possessed +some large tracts of forest, which he should be happy to show us, and +our “man of the woods” not only performed his promise, but, being a +person of considerable intelligence, gave us much valuable information, +and rendered us many services during our stay in Corte. + + [Illustration: CORTE.] + +The approach to Corte on this side is sufficiently striking, though not +so picturesque as from the point of view on the road to Ajaccio, from +which my friend's sketch, lithographed for this work, was taken. After +winding up along a steep ascent, the town suddenly burst on our sight +from the summit of the ridge. Its position is admirable. Seated nearly +in the centre of the island, in the heart of the elevated _plateau_ +described in the preceding chapter, and surrounded by lofty mountains, +the passes of which admit of being easily defended, with a bold +insulated rock for the base of its almost impregnable fortress, the +houses of the town clustering round it, and, beneath, a valley of +exuberant fertility, watered by two rivers, having their confluence just +above, it seems formed to be the capital of an island-kingdom, of a +nation of mountaineers. Such it was under the government of Pascal +Paoli, and during the earlier period of the English occupation. + +We entered the town by the Corso, its modern _boulevard_,—a long avenue +planted with trees. This and a suburb beyond the castle, built down the +slope of the hill towards the bridge over the Tavignano, are the only +regular streets in the place. Roomy and well-furnished apartments were +found at the Hotel Paoli on the Corso, where we met with most kind +treatment and excellent fare. My notes mention the mutton and trout as +being of superior flavour, and a very good red wine of the country. The +_confitures_—of which an _armoire_ in the _salle à manger_ contained +great store, the pride of our hostess, and the perfection of her +art—were delicious, especially one composed of slices of pear and other +fruits, larded with walnuts, and preserved in a syrup of rich +grape-juice. The coffee, of course, was excellent. Tea we found nowhere, +except from our own packets, and made, much to the general amusement, in +the coffee-pot we improvised at Bastia. + +True to his appointment, our “man of the woods” called upon us after we +had dined, and accompanied us to the principal _café_. It was noisy and +disorderly, and we soon adjourned to the hotel and spent the evening in +very interesting conversation. An excursion to his forest was arranged. +He told us that it abounded in game; but it was mortifying to find that +it was out of his power to afford us any sport, the prohibition to carry +fire-arms being so rigorously enforced that no relaxation was allowed in +favour of anyone. So the _chasse_ was deferred till we landed in +Sardinia. + +The next morning was devoted to a survey of the town. The houses and +churches are mean, the only objects of interest being the Casa Paoli and +the citadel. The house inhabited by Pascal Paoli, when Corte was the +seat of his government, is but little changed, though converted into a +college founded by the general's will. It has an air of rude simplicity. +There is still the homely cabinet in which he wrote, his library, and a +laboratory. The library contained about a score of English books; but +we did not discover among them any of those presented by Boswell. In +the _salle_ are some second-rate paintings presented by Cardinal Fesch. +The college did not seem to be flourishing. Perhaps the most curious +thing in the house are some remains of the supports of a canopy for a +throne, which tradition says Pascal Paoli caused to be erected in the +_salle_ on an occasion when his council of state met, the canopy being +surmounted by a crown. If Paoli affected royalty, he received no +encouragement from his council, and never sat on the throne. + +Nearly opposite is an old house formerly belonging to Gaffori, one of +the patriot leaders during the Genoese wars. Assaulted by the enemy +during the general's absence, his heroic wife, with the help of a few +adherents, barricaded the doors and windows, and, herself, gun in hand, +made such a stout resistance, rejecting all terms of capitulation, and +threatening to blow it up and bury herself in the ruins rather than +submit, that she held it for several days against all attacks, until her +husband brought a strong force to rescue her. The shot-holes made in the +walls by the fire of the assailants are still pointed out. + +There is another story connected with the Gaffori family, which the +inhabitants of Corte relate with great pride. During the War of +Independence, the general's son was carried off by the Genoese and +imprisoned in the citadel of Corte, which they then held. Assaulted by +the Corsicans with great vigour, the Genoese had the inhumanity to +suspend the boy from an embrasure where the enemy's fire was the +hottest. At this spectacle the assailants paused in their attack, till +the general ordered them to continue their fire. Renucci, who works up +the story in his usual florid style, makes Gaffori exclaim, “_Pera il +figlio; pera la mia famiglia tutta, e trionfi la causa della patria._” I +prefer the version given me by a native of Corte, whose father was an +eye-witness of the scene:—“_J'étais citoyen avant que je n'étais père._” +We shuddered as we looked up from below at the battlement from which the +child was suspended. The fire was renewed with still more vigour; but +the child marvellously escaped, and the garrison was forced to +surrender. + +A _permis_ to visit the castle having been obtained from the French +commandant, we climbed the rocky ascent by corkscrew steps. At present, +the whole area of the rock is embraced by the fortifications which at +different periods have grown round the massive citadel on its summit, +founded by Vincintello d'Istria in the fifteenth century. Recently the +French have cleared away some old houses within the _enceinte_ to +strengthen the works. + +“What can be the use,” I said to our conductor, “of strengthening this +place now?” + +“_Chi sà?_” was the short reply. Our friend, like many other Corsicans +we met with, still nourished the visionary hopes which had caused his +country so much blood and misery during her long and fruitless struggles +for a national independence. + +“_Là_,” said he, pointing to the _grille_ of a dungeon, “_mon père était +prisonnier._” + +On going our rounds, we came to the platform of a bastion formed on the +site of some of the demolished houses. + +“Here,” he said, with emotion, planting his stick on a particular spot, +“my mother gave me birth. Here we lived twenty-five years. She used to +talk of the English red-coats and the house of King George.” + +It is now the residence of the family of Arrhigi, Duc de Padoue, and +contains a portrait of Madame Buonaparte, Napoleon's mother, and several +pictures connected with the events of the emperor's life. + +One of the sketches in my friend's portfolio was taken in the recess of +a bastion, and it required some manœuvring to interpose our Corsican +friend's portly person between the sketcher and the French sentry, as he +passed and repassed—an office which our patriotic guide performed with +much satisfaction—while a liberty was taken contrary to the rules of +fortified places. + + [Illustration: CITADEL OF CORTE.] + +The view from the top of the citadel, the centre of so magnificent a +panorama, may be well imagined. We now commanded the confluence of the +two rivers, the Tavignano and the Restonica, beneath the walls, the eye +tracing up the torrents to the gorges from which they rushed, while the +details of the town, the gardens, and vineyards, and the ruined convents +on the neighbouring hills, were brought distinctly under view; and the +mountains towered above our heads, fitting bulwarks of the island +capital. + +In the evening we strolled down the eastern suburb, and, crossing the +bridge over the Tavignano, rambled on to the hill above, and the ruins +of the Franciscan convent where Paoli assembled the legislative +assembly, and in which the Anglo-Corsican parliament met while Corsica +was united to England. The lithographic sketch of Corte was taken from +beyond the bridge. Faithful as it is, one feels that neither pen nor +pencil can do justice to such a scene. Art fails to lend the colouring +of the tawny-orange vines, the pale-green olive-trees, the warm evening +tints glowing on the purple hills, the mass of shade on the mountain +sides first buried in twilight, the grey rocks, and, far away, aērial +peaks vanishing in distance. + +A pleasant thing is the evening stroll on the outskirts of town or +village, where life offers so much novelty. How graceful the forms of +those girls at the fountain, dipping their pitchers of antique form and +a glossy green! Poising them on their heads with one arm raised, how +lightly they trip back to the town, laughing and talking in the sweetest +of tongues—sweet in their mouths even in its insular dialect! + +A lazy Corsican is leading a goat, scarcely more bearded and shaggy than +its owner. Others, still lazier, and wrapped in the rough _pelone_ +hanging from their shoulders like an Irishman's frieze coat, bestride +diminutive mules, while their wives trudge by the side, carrying +burdens of firewood or vegetables on their heads and shoulders. Waggons, +drawn by oxen and loaded with wine-casks, slowly creak along the road. + +It is dusk as we lounge up the suburb, and the rude houses piled up +round the base of the citadel look gloomier than ever. Light from a +blazing pine-torch flashes from the door of a _cave_; it is a wine +vault. The owner welcomes us to its dark recesses. Smeared with the +juice of the ruddy grape, he is a very priest of Bacchus; but the +processes carried on in his cave are only initiatory to the orgies. Here +are vats filled with the new-pressed juice; there vats in the various +stages of fermentation. Jolly, as becomes his profession, he gives us to +taste the sweet must and drink the purer extract. He explains the +process, and tells us that the vintage is a fair average, though the +vine disease, the oïdion, has penetrated even into these mountains. +_Evoe Bacche!_ The fumes of the reeking cave mount to our heads, the +floor is slippery with the lees and trodden vine-leaves. We reel to the +door, glad to breathe a fresher atmosphere. + +Calling at the _café_ on the Corso, not from choice but by appointment +with our “man of the woods,” we find it, as before, dirty, disorderly, +and noisy. Where, we ask ourselves, are the gentlemen of Corte? But what +has any one, above the classes who toil for a livelihood, to do in +Corte, except to lounge the long day under the melancholy elms in the +Corso, and wile away the evenings by petty gambling in its wretched +_cafés_? + + + + +CHAP. XVII. + + _Pascal Paoli more honoured than Napoleon Buonaparte.—His + Memoirs.—George III. King of Corsica.—Remarks on the + Union.—Paoli's Death and Tomb._ + + +The suppression of brigandage, security for life and property, the +stains of blood washed from the soil, the shame in the face of Europe +wiped out,—these are signal benefits which claim from the Corsicans a +warmer homage to the younger Napoleon than they ever paid to the first +of that name. Not even the honour of having given an emperor to France, +a conqueror to continental Europe, enlisted the sympathies, the +enthusiasm, of the islanders in the wonderful career of their +illustrious countryman. A party, a faction, the Salicete, the Arena, the +Bacchiochi, the Abatucci, rallied round him in the first steps of his +political life, and the Cervoni, the Sebastiani, soldiers of fortune, of +the true Corsican stamp, fought his battles, and were richly rewarded. +Some of his countrymen, to their honour, adhered to him to the end, +sharing his exile in St. Helena. But the great emperor was never popular +in his own country; he neither loved, nor was beloved by, his own +people. He did nothing for them, as before remarked, but construct the +great national roads; and that was purely a military measure. He left +them—designedly, it would seem—to cut one another's throats, and +despised them for their barbarism. + +Pascal Paoli was, and ever will be, the popular hero of the Corsicans. +He fought their last battles for the national independence; moulded +their wild aspirations for liberty and self-government into a +constitutional form; administered affairs unselfishly, purely, justly; +encouraged industry, and checked outrage. He was a man of the people, +one of themselves, and he never forgot it; nor have they. + +In an Englishman's eyes, Pascal Paoli has the additional merit of having +conceived a just idea of the advantage his country would derive from the +closest union with the only European power under whose protection a weak +State struggling for freedom could hope for repose. He did homage to our +principles, and the public feeling was with him in England as well as in +Corsica. + +A work on Corsica that did not tell of banditti, that did not speak of +Pascal Paoli, would fail in the two points with which the name of this +island is instinctively associated. References to the great Corsican +chief have repeatedly occurred in these Rambles, connected with +localities, and may again. We have visited his birthplace, the scenes of +his last campaign and disastrous defeat, and now the seat of his +government, Corte. We must not leave it, though impatient to proceed on +our journey and by no means wishing to fill our pages with extraneous +matter, till we have linked together our desultory notices by a summary +review of the principal occurrences in Pascal Paoli's remarkable life, +and of the strange event which terminated his political career,—the +creation of an Anglo-Corsican kingdom united for a time to the British +Crown. + +Pascal (Pasquale) Paoli was born at Rostino on the 25th of April, 1725, +being the second son of Giacinto Paoli, one of the leaders of the +Corsican people in their last great struggle against the tyranny of the +Genoese. Compelled by the course of events to retire to Naples in 1739, +Giacinto Paoli was accompanied by his son Pascal, who, inheriting his +father's talents and patriotism, there received a finished education, +both civil and military. Being much about the court, the young Corsican +acquired, with high accomplishments, those polished manners for which he +was afterwards distinguished; and he held a commission in a regiment of +cavalry, in which he did good service in Calabria. + +Recalled to Corsica in 1755, at the early age of thirty, to take the +supreme management of affairs in consequence of the divisions prevailing +among the patriot leaders, the expulsion of the Genoese became his first +duty; and he soon succeeded, at least, in freeing the interior of the +island, and confining their occupation to the narrow limits of the +fortified towns on the coasts. His next step was to remodel, or rather +to create, the civil government; and in so doing he introduced an +admirable form of a representative constitution, founded as far as +possible on the old Corsican institutions. It was, in fact, a republic, +of which Pascal Paoli was the chief magistrate, and commander of the +forces. One of the earliest acts of his administration was a severe law +for the suppression of the bloody practice of the _vendetta_, followed +in course of time by measures for the encouragement of agriculture, and +by the foundation of a university at Corte. The necessity of meeting the +Genoese on their own element led him to get together and equip a small +squadron of ships, no country being better fitted than Corsica, from its +position and resources, to acquire some share of naval power in the +Mediterranean. With this squadron, after repulsing the Genoese fleet, he +landed a body of troops in the island of Capraja, lying off the coast of +Corsica, and succeeded in wresting it from the Republic. + +Intestine divisions had always been the bane of Corsican independence, +and even Paoli's just and popular administration could not escape the +rivalry of Emanuel Matra, a man of ancient family and great power, who +became jealous of Paoli's pre-eminence. All attempts at conciliation on +the part of Paoli proving useless, Matra and his adherents rose in arms, +and, calling the Genoese to their aid, it was only after a long and +bloody struggle, and some sharp defeats, that Paoli and the Nationals +were able to crush the insurrection; Matra falling, after fighting +desperately, in the battle which terminated the war. + +Pascal Paoli, being now firmly seated in power, and the island, settled +under a regular form of government, growing in strength, the Genoese +found themselves unequal to cope with a brave and united people. After +some further ineffectual attempts, they once more applied to France for +succour, and engaged her to occupy the strong places in the island, as +she had already done from 1737 to 1741. French troops accordingly, +landing in Corsica, established a footing which has never been +relinquished, except during the short period of English occupation. But +by the Treaty of Compiegne, signed before the expedition sailed (1764), +the French limited their support of the Genoese to a term of four years. +During that period they maintained a strict neutrality towards the +Corsican Nationals, confining themselves to the limits of their +occupation. Their generals maintained harmonious relations with Pascal +Paoli, and, the Genoese power in the island having shrunk to nothing, +the patriots had the entire possession of the country, except the +fortified places, and the Commonwealth flourished under the firm and +active administration of its wise chief. It was at this time that James +Boswell visited the island. Residing some time with General Paoli, and +admitted to familiar intercourse with him, he collected the materials +from which he afterwards compiled “An Account of Corsica, and Memoirs of +Pascal Paoli,” published in London in 1767,—a work, the details of which +are only equalled by his _Johnsoniana_ for their minute and vivid +portraiture of his hero's life, opinions, character, and habits. The +“Account of Corsica” has been the standard, indeed the only English, +work relating to that island from that day to the present. + +The time fixed by the Treaty of Compiegne for the evacuation of Corsica +by the French troops was on the point of expiring. They had already +withdrawn from Ajaccio and Calvi, when the Genoese, finding themselves +utterly incapable of retaining possession of the island, offered to cede +their rights to the king of France. This was in 1768. The Duc de +Choiseul, the minister of Louis XV., lent a willing ear to a proposal +which opened the way to the conquest of Corsica—a prize, from its +situation, its forests, its fertility, worthy the ambition of the _Grand +Monarque_. The French generals, receiving immediate orders to cross the +neutral lines, soon made themselves masters of Capo Corso, and pushed +their successes on the eastern side of the island. + +Pascal Paoli, his brother Clemente, and the other national leaders, were +not wanting in this crisis of the fate of Corsica, and the people rose +_en masse_ against the overwhelming force that threatened to crush +them. The war, though necessarily short, was marked by obstinate bravery +on the part of the Corsicans. The French troops having met with many +repulses, received a signal defeat at Borgo. There is scarcely a village +in the interior that is not illustrious for its patriotic efforts at +this period. Chauvelin, the French general-in-chief, was recalled, and, +ultimately, the Count de Vaux, an officer of experience, took the field +as generalissimo of the French army, swelled by successive +reinforcements to the vast force of 40,000 men. + +The great blow which decided the fate of Corsica was struck at the +battle of Ponte Nuovo, of which some particulars are given in a former +chapter.[24] This defeat entirely demoralised the island militia, and +crushed Paoli's hopes of maintaining the nationality of Corsica. +Retiring to Corte, and thence, almost as a fugitive, to Vivario, in the +heart of the mountains, though he might still have maintained a +_guerilla_ warfare against the French, he resolved to abandon a forlorn +hope, and, pressed by a large body of the enemy's troops, embarked in an +English frigate at Porto Vecchio, with his brother Clemente and 300 of +his followers. + +The conquest of Corsica cost France largely both in men and money, it +appearing by the official returns, that the loss sustained in killed and +wounded was 10,721 men, while the expense of the war was estimated at 18 +millions of livres. The fate of the Corsicans met with general sympathy. +Rousseau on this occasion accused the French people of the basest love +of tyranny:—“_S'ils savoient un homme libre à l'autre bout du monde, je +crois qu'ils y iroient pour le seul plaisir de l'exterminer._” + +After a short stay in Italy, Pascal Paoli proceeded to England, landing +at Harwich on the 18th of September, 1769. The succeeding twenty years +of his life were spent in London. He was well received by the king and +queen, and the ministers paid him the attention due to his rank and +services. But, though an object of much general interest, he shunned +publicity, living in Oxford Street in a dignified retirement. He joined, +however, in good society, and associated with the most eminent literary +men of the day, among whom it was observed that his talents and +accomplishments as much fitted him to shine, as at the head of his +patriotic countrymen. Boswell had the happiness of introducing him to +Johnson, and revelled in the glory of exhibiting his two lions on the +same stage. + +The French Revolution opened the way for Pascal Paoli's return to +Corsica, with the prospect of again devoting himself to the service of +his country under a constitutional monarchy, the form of government he +most approved. At Paris, the unfortunate Louis XVI. and his queen +received him with marks of favour, La Fayette greeted him as a brother, +and the National Assembly gave him an enthusiastic reception. He was +named President of the Department of Corte and Commander of the National +Guard. + +Landing in Corsica, amidst the congratulations of his countrymen, all +flocked round him, and mothers raised their babes in their arms that +they might behold the common father of their country. The hopes of the +Corsicans again revived; for, if they had not a national and independent +government, they were members of a free state, with the man of their +choice to administer affairs. + +Paoli was, however, soon disgusted with the excesses of the French +Revolution, and, like all citizens of distinguished merit, he fell under +the suspicions of the, so-called, Committee of Public Safety. Summoned +to the bar of the National Convention, and declining to appear, he was +proclaimed an enemy of the Republic, and put out of the protection of +the law. Preparations were made for exterminating the Paolists, who flew +to arms, resolved once more to assert the nationality of the Corsican +people, and throw off their dependence on France. But intestine +divisions again weakened the efforts of the patriots, and Corsica was +divided into two parties—the Paolists and the Republicans; the +Buonaparte family at this time supporting the patriot chief. + +In the face of the new invasion threatened by the French Republic, Paoli +perceived that there was nothing to be done but to call the English, +whose fleet hovered on the coast, to the aid of the Nationals, and place +the island under British protection. The firstfruits of this alliance +were the reduction of San Fiorenzo and the surrender of Bastia to the +bold attack of Nelson already described.[25] The fall of these +fortresses was succeeded by the siege of Calvi, in which Nelson also +distinguished himself; and on the reduction of that place—Ajaccio and +Bonifacio being already in the hands of the patriots—the French troops +withdrew from the island. + +Corsica being once more free to establish a national government, the +representatives of the people, assembled in a convention at Corte on the +14th of June, 1794, accepted a constitution framed by Pascal Paoli, in +conjunction with Sir Gilbert Elliot, the British Plenipotentiary. By +this national act the sovereignty of Corsica was hereditarily conferred +on the King of Great Britain with full executive rights; the legislative +power, including especially the levying of taxes, being vested in an +assembly called a parliament, composed of representatives elected in the +several _pièves_ and towns. All Corsicans of the age of twenty-five +years, possessed of real property (_beni fondi_), and domiciled for one +year in a _piève_ or town, were entitled to vote at the elections. The +king's consent was required to give force to all laws, and he had the +prerogative of summoning, proroguing, and dissolving the parliament. A +viceroy, appointed by the sovereign, with a council and secretary of +state, were to execute the functions of government. The press was to be +free. In short, the kingdom of Corsica—so called even under the dominion +of the Genoese Republic—was to be a limited monarchy, with institutions +nearly resembling those of Great Britain, except that there was no House +of Peers. + +The subject has some interest, even at this present day, as showing how +the principles of a limited monarchy were adapted by such a man as +Pascal Paoli to a _quasi_-Italian nation, than which none could be more +ardent in their love of freedom, or have made greater struggles in its +cause. The Constitutional Act[26] will be found in the appendix to Mr. +Benson's work. It is curious also to find that in the time of our +George III. a kingdom in the Mediterranean was as closely united to the +Crown of Great Britain, as the kingdom of Ireland was at that time. + +Sir Gilbert Elliot was appointed viceroy. Unfortunately, with the best +dispositions, his government was not administered with the tact required +to conciliate so irascible a people as the Corsicans. While the viceroy +was personally esteemed and beloved, he pursued a course of policy +little calculated to calm the irritation which speedily arose. Pascal +Paoli felt disappointment at not having been nominated viceroy, and was +suspected of secretly fomenting the disaffection to the government. So +far from this, he published an address to his countrymen, endeavouring +to allay the ferment, and induce obedience to the English authorities. +Jealousy, however, of his great and well-earned influence over the +Corsicans appears to have led to his removal from the island. Towards +the close of the year 1795 the king's command that he should repair to +England was conveyed to him, couched, however, in gracious terms. He +immediately obeyed, and arrived in London towards the end of December. + +No sooner had Paoli departed than discontent assumed a more alarming +form. His presence and example had kept many calm who had been secretly +hostile to the English, but who now openly displayed their animosity. +Petitions were presented to the viceroy by some of the leading +inhabitants assembled at Bistuglio, declaring the grounds of Corsican +opposition, and proposing means of conciliation; while many bodies of +the disaffected assembled in the wild neighbourhood of Bocagnono. These +disorders, coupled with the mutual distrust with which the Corsicans and +English viewed each other, finally led to the abandonment of the island +by the latter; and, accordingly, between the 14th and 20th of October, +1796, the viceroy and troops, under the protection of Nelson, embarked +for Porto Ferrajo, leaving the island once more a prey to French +invasion. + +Foreign writers sneer at the ignorance and mismanagement which so soon +alienated the minds of the Corsicans from those whom they had lately +hailed as their liberators and protectors; and it may perhaps be +lamented that so noble a dependency of the British Crown was thus lost. +Its commanding position in the Mediterranean, its fine harbours and +magnificent forests, made it a most desirable position, at least during +the revolutionary war. Such was Nelson's opinion, expressed in a letter +to his wife when a descent on the coast was first contemplated. Added +to these, its products of corn, wine, and oil, capable of almost +indefinite augmentation under a good system of government, gave it great +value as a permanent possession. What are Malta and Gibraltar? Merely +rock fortresses, compared with such an island, capable of defence by the +bravest people in the world, and possessed of such resources that, so +far from being a burden on the finances, a very considerable surplus of +the revenue now flows into the Imperial exchequer. Nothing was wanting +but to reconcile the natives to the rule of their new masters, making +it, as it constitutionally professed to be, national. This was doubtless +a difficult task with a spirited people, alien in race, religion, and +habits. The ministers of the day committed a great error in not giving +the vice-royalty to Pascal Paoli. He was a thorough Anglo-Corsican, and +perfectly understood the working of a constitutional government. The +union had been his policy, and he alone could have carried it out. + +Whether the annexation of the island to the British Empire would have +survived the deliberations of the Congress of Vienna is another +question. One does not see why it should not have done so. We retained +the Ionian Islands, less important in many respects, and with a +population as turbulent, it seems, and as alien, as the Corsicans. The +possession of Corsica by the Bourbons was very recent, and acquired by +the most flagrant injustice. The French were scarcely more popular than +the English with the national party; nor are they, according to the +impression made during our Rambles, at the present day. The island had +been offered to Napoleon, and might have become his island-empire. Had +it even followed the fate of Genoa, its former mistress, and been +assigned to Sardinia, there would be reason now for all friends of +constitutional government to rejoice; and the Corsicans, essentially an +Italian people, would more easily have amalgamated with their rulers. + +However, these are mere speculations. Pascal Paoli's retirement left his +native island no resource but submission to the French, and it became +once more a department of France, one and undivided. On his return to +England, Paoli had a small pension from the English Government, which he +shared with other exiles from his own country. Little is known of the +latter years of his life. He probably resumed, as far as his advanced +years admitted, the habits he had formed during his former residence in +London. He died there, on the 25th of February, 1807, at the age of +eighty-two, and was interred in the burial-ground of Old St. Pancras. It +is ground especially hallowed in the estimation of Roman Catholics; and +if any reader should chance to turn his steps in that direction, he will +be surprised to see what a large proportion of the monuments and +gravestones in the vast area are inscribed to the memory of foreigners +of all ranks, who, during a long course of years, have ended their days +in London. The little antique church, too—one of the oldest, if not the +oldest, in London—is well worth a visit, as an interesting specimen of +Romanesque architecture, well restored a few years ago. + +In the south-western corner of the churchyard, not far from the boundary +wall, he will find a rather handsome tomb marking the spot in which the +remains of the great Corsican are deposited. It bears on one face a long +Latin inscription, said to have been penned by one of his countrymen, +and the east slab bears a coronet, on what authority we are at a loss +to conceive. So also the more humble monument of Theodore of Corsica at +St. Anne's, Soho, is dignified with a shadowy crown. The mock king +created Giacinto Paoli, Pascal's father, and one of his first ministers +of state, a marquis or count. Can it be that, under that patent, Pascal +Paoli assumed the insignia of nobility in his intercourse with the +courtly circles of London? Was it a weakness in the man of the people, +who, simple as his general habits were, had high breeding, and, as we +learn from Boswell's gossip, was not entirely free from aristocratic +tendencies,—nay, is said to have aspired to a royal crown?[27] Or is the +coronet on his tomb an unauthorised device of the officious friends who +are said to have spent 500_l._ in giving the exile a pompous funeral? + +Peace to his memory! In death, as in life, his heart was with the people +he had loved and served so well. Still caring for their best interests, +by a codicil to his will he appropriated the annual sum of 200_l._ to +the endowment of four professors in a college he proposed to found at +Corte. They were to teach—1st. The Evidences of Christianity;—2nd. +Ethics and the Laws of Nations;—3rd. The Principles of Natural +Philosophy;—and 4th. The Elements of Mathematics. He also bequeathed a +salary of 50_l._ to a schoolmaster in his native _piève_ of Rostino, who +was to instruct the children in reading, writing, and arithmetic. It +appears to have been the object of Mr. Benson's journey to Corsica to +carry into effect these wise and benevolent provisions, and Paoli's +bequests to his poor relations. + +Paoli said when dying:—“My nephews have little to expect from me; but I +will bequeath to them, as a memorial and consolation, this Bible—saying, +‘I have never seen the righteous forsaken, nor his seed begging their +bread.’” + + + + +CHAP. XVIII. + + _Excursion to a Forest.—Borders of the + Niolo.—Adventures.—Corsican Pines.—The Pinus Maritima and Pinus + Luriccio.—Government Forests._ + + +Our excursion to the forest came off on the day before we left Corte, +under the auspices of our “man of the woods.” He procured us mules, and +our hostess supplied a basket of provisions and wine; for it promised to +be a hard day's work, carrying us far into the heart of the mountains. + +Leaving Corte by the Corso, we soon turned up a valley to the left, +winding among hills of no great elevation and cultivated to their +summits. Not much farther than a mile from the town, we passed a lone +house, the door of which was riddled with bullets. The brigands attacked +it not long before. It was an affair, I believe, of summary justice for +some trespass on property. + +“No one was safe,” said our conductor, “two years ago, outside the town. +If you had been in the island then, you would have seen half Corsica +armed to the teeth.”— + +“The disarming has been complete, for since our landing we have only +once seen fire-arms except in the hands of the military. Then the +banditti, of whom we have heard more than enough, no longer exist?” + +“No; they have been shot down, brought to justice, or driven out of the +island. Many of them escaped to Sardinia; if you go there, you will +find things just in the same state they were here; perhaps worse, if our +outlaws are roaming there. I will tell you, some time, the story of the +last of the banditti. Not far from hence they fell in a desperate +conflict with the gendarmes.” + +The hollows between some of the hills among which we wound were +embosomed in chestnut-trees, and the husks were beginning to burst and +shed the nuts on the ground. + +“The harvest is approaching,” said our guide. “Soon every house will +have great heaps gathered in for the winter's store.” + +We were on the borders of the mountainous district of the _Niolo_, the +most primitive, not only geologically, as we have lately seen, but in +point of manners, of any in Corsica. This it owes to its sequestered +situation, hemmed in by the southern branch of the great central chain. +It is approached by difficult paths and steps hewn out of the rock, the +best being the pass of the _Santa Regina_. The interior of the bason is, +however, extremely fertile. We had now in view the Monte Cinto and Monte +Artica, the principal summits of the Niolo group, nearly 8000 feet high; +and from part of our route Monte Rotondo was seen rising, with its snowy +crest, a thousand feet higher, further to the south. + +The country now assumed a wilder and more rugged character, cultivation +disappeared, and the surface was either rocky or thickly covered with +the natural shrubbery so often mentioned. Once more we were in the +_Macchia_, threading it by a rough and narrow path. Flocks of sheep and +goats were browsing among the bushes; and the sight of rude shepherds' +huts, with their blazing fires, gave us to understand that we had +reached the wilds beyond human habitation. At last, a steep ascent +through the thickets by a slippery path surmounted a ridge commanding +the prospect of one flank of a mountain, the forest property of our “man +of the woods.” A furious torrent, its natural boundary, tumbled and +dashed in its rocky channel far beneath. Our mules slid down the almost +precipitous descent clothed with dense underwood; we forded the stream, +and met our friend's forester, who was expecting our arrival, and had +shouted to us as we crossed the ridge. + +A storm of rain poured down in torrents while we were clambering up the +opposite heights, making for shelter with as much speed as such an +ascent permitted. Our place of refuge was a well-known haunt of the +shepherds and banditti. It could not be called a cave, but was a hollow +under a mass of insulated rock, worn away in the disintegrated granite, +the harder shell of which formed an umbrella-shaped canopy, protecting +us from the rain. It was miserably cold; but there were no dry materials +at hand for lighting a fire, though the blackened rock and heaps of +ashes and half-burnt logs looked very tempting. + +Under such circumstances, the best thing to be done was to apply +ourselves to the contents of Madame ——'s basket, as we had still harder +work before us. The contents were just displayed when my +fellow-traveller made his appearance. I had lost sight of him in the +bush while hurrying on, he having dismounted, and left his mule to be +led up by a shepherd. He, too, had sought shelter in the nearest rock he +could find. It had a cavity with a low aperture, into which he thrust +himself head-foremost. What was his surprise at beholding a pair of +eyes glaring at him through the gloom! The thing—whether it were man or +beast he could not at the moment distinguish—shrunk back. He, too, +recoiled and made a sudden exit. Presently he saw a pair of legs +protruding on the further side of the rock, which it appeared was +perforated from both extremities, and the thing, serpent-like, gradually +wriggled itself out. Then stood erect, shaggy and rough as a wild beast +startled from its lair, one of the shepherd boys, who had also crept +into the cavity for refuge from the storm. He cast one look of +astonishment at the intruder, turned round, and, leaping into the bush, +disappeared without uttering a word. + +“Perhaps he took you for a detective in plain clothes, conscience-struck +for having assisted to harbour the proscribed brigands!” + +Our meal despatched, and the weather clearing, we began clambering up a +mountain side, as steep as the ridge of a house; and the mules, being +useless, were sent down in charge of the muleteer to the ford of the +torrent. Signor F——'s forest spread over the whole face of the mountain, +and how much further he best knew. We understood that he had a larger +tract in another direction. + +Trackless pine forests—some belonging to the communes, others to private +individuals,—clothe the lower ranges of the mountains through all this +part of the island. Vizzavona, which we crossed on our way to Ajaccio, +and Aitona, lying to the south-west of the Niolo, belong to the State, +and the French Admiralty draw from them large supplies of timber shipped +to Toulon; especially the finest masts used in their navy. The Corsican +pine-forests have been famous from early times. Theophrastus[28] +mentions a ship built by the Romans with this timber, of such large +dimensions as to carry fifty sails; and Sextus Pompeius, seizing this +island as well as Sicily and Sardinia, drew from its forests the means +of maintaining his naval supremacy. + +Our “man of the woods” appeared to have hardly earned, and well to +merit, the noble property in the possession of which he rejoiced. Yet he +described himself as poor in the midst of his seeming wealth, +impoverished to get together vast tracts of country, from which, at +present, he received no return. His object was to obtain a market for +sale of his timber, which he said could be floated down the rivers to +the sea-coast at a moderate expense. Having seen, as we had, the +Norwegian timber floating down rivers, precipitated over rapids, and +rafted over immense lakes, during a _flottage_ to the sea which it +sometimes takes two years to accomplish[29], we could find no difficulty +in believing that advantage might be taken of the rivers on either +watershed of the central chain in Corsica, to bear this, the only wealth +of these elevated regions, to the coast, which is nowhere more than +about fifty miles distant. Of the anchorage and depth of water at the +mouths of the rivers, I have no precise information, except so far that +Signor F—— assured us there would be no difficulty in shipping his +timber. + +I had not counted on such an exhausting effort as climbing a thousand +feet nearly perpendicular on the rocky and rugged surface of a mountain +forest in Corsica demanded. Accustomed to traverse some of the finest +pine-forests of Norway in a light _carriole_ on excellent roads, or to +canter along their avenues on little spirited horses, its native breed, +without any feeling of fatigue, I had imagined our present enterprise to +be much easier than it proved. Indeed, had it not been that the tangled +roots of the pines, forming a network on the denuded surface of the +rocks, afforded secure footing and a firm hold, and that, clasping the +giant stems, one could take breath on the edge of the shelving cliffs, I +should never have scrambled, and pulled myself, up to the summit. + + [Illustration: PINUS MARITIMA.] + + [Illustration: PINUS LARICCIO.] + + [Illustration: CONE OF THE PINUS LARICCIO.] + +Our “man of the woods,” notwithstanding his great bulk, was agile as a +mountain-goat, leaping from crag to crag, and striking off in every +direction where he could show us trees of the largest growth. Marmocchi +mentions four species of the pine in his catalogue of the indigenous +trees growing in Corsica. Of two of these, _Pinus Pinea_ (the stone +pine), and _Pinus Sylvestris_ (our common Scotch fir), I did not remark +any specimens in the forests we had an opportunity of examining, nor do +they equal the others in grandeur and value. But both the _Pinus +Lariccio_ and the _Pinus Maritima_ are magnificent trees. They were +mingled in the forest I am now describing, the _Lariccio_ prevailing. + +The _Pinus Maritima_, so well known to all travellers in Italy and +Greece, and to others by its picturesque effect in the landscapes of +Claude, has often its trunk clear of boughs till near the top, which +spreads out in an umbrella-shaped head, with a dense mass of foliage; +and, where the stem is not so denuded, the tree has the same rounded +contour of boughs. Both are figured and described in Lambert's +magnificent work on the GENUS PINUS; but, unfortunately, from very +insignificant specimens; those of the Pinus Maritima being taken from a +tree at Sion House, only twenty feet high. The spines of the Pinus +Maritima are longer than those of the Pinus Lariccio, and the branches +more pensile. The engravings for the present work are from specimens +brought from Corsica. Mr. Lambert's description, however, coincides with +my own observations in the Corsican forests. He says:—“The branches are +very numerous, and bear long filiform leaves. The cones are nearly the +same size as Pinus Rigida. They are so remarkably smooth and glossy, +that they at once distinguish their species. In shedding their seeds, +they seem to expand very little.”[30] Mr. Lambert considers it to be the +same species as the πεύκος, _Pinus Picea_ of Greece, which grow on the +high mountains, Olympus, Pindus, Parnassus, &c.; and quotes an extract +from Dr. Sibthorp's papers, published in Walpole's _Turkey_, remarking +that the πεύκος furnished a useful resin, used in Attica to preserve +wine from becoming acid, and supplying tar and pitch for shipping. “The +resinous parts of the wood,” he says, “are cut into small pieces, and +serve for candles.” + +The _Pinus Lariccio_ is more disposed to retain its lower branches than +the Pinus Maritima, and has a more angular character both in the boughs +and the footstalks of its tassels. The spines are shorter. The boughs +slightly droop, but by no means in the degree of the spruce fir or the +_larch_. From this circumstance, however, it probably derives its name, +though it has nothing else in the slightest degree common with the +larch; and writers who speak of the “Corsican larch” betray their +readers into serious error. The Pinus Lariccio is figured in Mr. +Lambert's work from two specimens in the Jardin des Plantes at Paris, +about thirty feet high and three feet in girth, in 1823. Their age is +not mentioned. Don, quoted in this work, remarks that “this pine is +totally distinct from all the varieties of Pinus Sylvestris, with which, +however, it in some respects agrees. It differs in the branches being +shorter and more regularly verticellate. The leaves are one-third +longer; cones shorter, ovate, and quite straight, with depressed scales, +opening freely to shed the seed. The wood is more weighty, resinous, +and, consequently, more compact, stronger, and more flexible than Pinus +Sylvestris. Its bark is finer and much more entire.” The Pinus Lariccio +is also at once distinguishable from the Pinus Maritima growing in the +same forest, by the bark alone. Drawings are here given of (1) the +exterior and (2) interior coats, from specimens brought from Corsica. +They are very thick, and peel off in large flakes, the inner layer being +most delicately veined, and of a rich crimson hue. + + [Illustration: BARK OF THE PINUS LARICCIO.] + +“I observed,” says Mr. Hawkins, quoted by Lambert, “on Cyllene, +Taygetus, and the mountains of Thasos, a sort of fir, which, though +called πεύκος by the inhabitants, and resembling that of the lower +regions, has the foliage much darker, and the growth of the tree more +regular and straight. The elevated region on which it grew leads me to +suspect it must be different from the common πεύκος.”[31] Mr. Lambert +adds:—“The Pinus Lariccio is, I have no doubt, the tree here mentioned, +especially as it is known to grow in Greece, and has been found by Mr. +Webb near the summit of Mount Ida, in Phrygia.”[32] We are inclined, +however, to think that this remark requires confirmation by more exact +details. + +The Pinus Lariccio grows to a greater height than the Pinus Maritima. In +this forest Signor F—— estimated some of the finest specimens of the +latter at from sixty to seventy feet in length, while those of the +Lariccio could not be less than 120 feet, and perhaps more, with an +average circumference of about nine feet. Some little experience enabled +us to confirm this estimate. + +But these dimensions are often exceeded. In the neighbouring forest of +Valdianello, which, again, abuts on that of Aitona, the chief of the +government reserves, there lately stood a Pinus Lariccio, called by the +Corsicans “_Le Roi des Arbres_.” At five feet from the ground its girth +was upwards of nineteen feet. The height of the tree is not mentioned. +The king of the forest is dead, but it boasts a successor worthy of its +honours, the girth being, as Marmocchi relates on report, twenty-six +feet at one mètre (three feet three inches) from the ground, and only +reduced to twenty-one feet where the trunk is fifty-eight feet high. +Its entire height is 150 feet, and its branches cover a circumference +nearly 100 feet in diameter. + +These dimensions are large for European pines, about averaging those of +the Norwegian. Growing in a rocky soil, I can easily believe that the +timber is, as represented, extremely durable. It was surprising to see +in Signor F——'s forest trees of such magnitude springing from fissures +in the granite cliffs, and from ledges of rocks having only a scanty +covering of barren soil. The growth must be slow; by counting the rings +in some of the fallen trees, I calculated that they had stood about two +centuries. The choicest specimens were usually grouped on some platform, +or in hollows of the precipitous cliffs. In these positions they are +often exposed to the worst of enemies, such spots being the haunts of +the brigands and shepherds; and it was lamentable to observe the +destruction caused by their fires in all parts of the wood. Huge +half-burnt logs lay at the foot of some of the finest pines, and the +flames had not only scorched all vegetation within reach, but eaten into +the heart of the trees. + +This may be considered as one of the few virgin forests remaining in +Corsica. The vast consumption by the Genoese, and afterwards by the +French, governments, has greatly exhausted the forests; and it is only +in the inaccessible parts of the country, where there are no roads, that +timber of large dimensions is found. Even here they were felling the +smaller trees, sawing them into planks, and carrying them away on mules, +one plank balancing another on each side of the pack-saddle. We ventured +to suggest to our “man of the woods” the advantages of sawmills, a +machinery of the simplest possible construction, adopted in North +America, Norway, and all forest countries, where, as here, there is +abundant water-power. All such industrial resources are wanting in +Corsica, but our friend was too shrewd not to be alive to the value of +the suggestion. + +Our course through the forest had led us round to the flank of the +mountain, shelving down to the torrent we forded on our arrival. A +descent is generally considered an easy affair: so we found this in +comparison with the ascent; but the declivity was formidable, there +being no sort of path, and we had to work our way over and amongst huge +masses of rock and slippery boulders, and jumping from crag to crag, +sliding, rolling, and tumbling, not without some severe falls, we at +last reached the bottom. + +Remounting our mules, a very pleasant change—active, light-stepping +beasts as they were,—we rode slowly on our return to Corte, often +looking back at the broad forest-clad mountains, with the snowy dome of +Monte Rotondo in the distance. Signor F——, anxious to supply us with all +the information we required, lost no opportunity of pointing out +remarkable objects. + +“Do you see that _paése_?” he said, pointing to some grey buildings +about five miles off, on the right bank of the Golo; “that is Soveria, +the birth-place of Cervione, one of Napoleon's best generals. He fell in +the battle of Ratisbon. His last words to the emperor, when ordered on a +desperate attack,” said our friend, with Corsican feeling “were, ‘_Je +vous recommande ma famille_.’” + +Valery relates an amusing anecdote of this General Cervione. Having the +command at Rome, which he exercised with great severity, it became his +duty to convey the order to Pope Pius VII. for abdicating his temporal +power and being sent away, which he executed harshly. When Pius VII. +was afterwards at the Tuileries, Cervione, with other generals, came to +pay him his respects. The pope, struck by his pure Italian +pronunciation, complimented him on it. “_Santo Padre_,” said Cervione, +“_sono quasi Italiano._”—“_Come?_”—“_Sono Corso._”—“_Oh! oh!_”—“_Sono +Cervione._”—“_Oh! oh! oh!_” At this terrible recollection the pope +shrank aghast, hastily retreating to the fireside. + +“Further on,” said our conductor, “I see it plainly, there is an old +grey house on the top of a rock; a poor place, but the birthplace of +Pascal Paoli. He resided there after he became our chief, but would not +have the home of his fathers altered.” + +Near Soveria is Alando, the native place of Sambuccio, the patriot +leader in the first insurrection against the Genoese. All the +neighbourhood of Corte is classic ground in Corsican history. + +We returned there to a late dinner. + + + + +CHAP. XIX. + + _The Forest of Asco.—Corsican Beasts of Chase.—The + Moufflon.—Increase of Wild Animals.—The last of the Banditti._ + + +Our good “man of the woods” joined us at dinner. It was a just source of +pride to him that he had shown his magnificent forest to foreigners as +enthusiastic as himself, and who might, perhaps, forward his designs for +making it profitable. In this view he now wrote the subjoined +particulars.[33] + +We had already inquired what sport such covers afforded, and the account +given of deer and wild boars, not to speak of smaller game, was very +tempting. There were bears in the forests in the time of Flippini the +historian, but for the last century they have been extinct. There are no +wolves; but the foxes are plentiful, and so strong that they venture to +attack the flocks of sheep and goats. The Corsican _cerf_ is like the +red deer. Their colour is ferruginous. In size they are a little larger +than fallow deer with a heavier body, and stronger horns, springing +upright, spreading less than any other variety, and slightly palmated. +Both male and female have a dark line down the back, rump, and scut. The +_moufflon_ or _muffori_ is a most curious animal, almost peculiar, I +believe, to this island and Sardinia, though a variety of the species is +found in Morocco. Something between a sheep, a deer, and a goat, the +male has spiral horns like a goat, rather turned back, with the legs and +hind-quarter of a goat, but the head of a sheep. The colour is a reddish +brown, with some admixture of black and white, brown predominating. The +skin is fine-grained, not woolly but fine-haired, like a deer. It is +extremely agile, jumping from rock to rock with surprising leaps, and so +wild that, like the chamois and the reindeer, it frequents only the +highest mountains, close to the snow-line, in summer, descending, as the +snow extends, to lower regions. When the winters are very severe, and +the snow covers the ground, it is driven into some of the higher +valleys, and has been known to take refuge in the stables among the tame +sheep and goats. The _moufflon_ goes in troops of from four to twenty. +The females drop their young on the edge of the snow in the month of +May. There are full-grown specimens of the _moufflon_ in the Zoological +Gardens, Regent's Park, and in the _Jardin de Plantes_, at Paris. + +Of smaller game, Corsica abounds in hares and red partridges, the only +species found in the island. In winter there are woodcocks, snipes, and +water-fowl, and a _grande chasse_ of thrushes, which, feeding on the +berries of the arbutus, the lentiscus, and the myrtle, become very fat, +have a fine flavour, and are esteemed a great delicacy. + +But all these varieties of game were forbidden fruit, as a _permis_ to +carry fire-arms could not be obtained by any class of persons, or for +any purpose whatever. The shepherds have only their dogs to protect +their flocks. If the prohibition continues long, the wild animals must +become the pest of the island, and with their natural increase there +will be splendid shooting when the use of fire-arms is again allowed. +But for the hope of better sport in Sardinia, we thought of getting up a +boar hunt, with spears, in the fashion so picturesquely seen in old +pictures, and a much more spirited affair than shooting pigs. For deer +and birds there is nothing left but to fall back on bows and arrows, as +long as the Corsicans cannot be trusted with fire-arms, lest the _genus +homo_ should be their prey. + +It was the last evening we spent with our “man of the woods.” He was +very communicative, and, among other things, told us many stories of the +heroic deeds of his countrymen in former times, and of the wild life of +Corsica, which has only just expired. I preserve one of his tales, +relating a recent event, which happily closes the bloody chapter of +Corsican banditism. + + +_The Last of the Banditti._ + +Two brothers, Pierre-Jean and Xavier-Saverio Massoni, men of +extraordinary vigour and desperate courage, banded with Arrhigi, another +determined outlaw, had for many years been the terror of the wild +district of the _Niolo_ in which they harboured, and of the neighbouring +country. Many were the families they had reduced to misery by cutting +off their fathers and brothers; but they had numerous friends, whom they +protected. They shared the scanty fare of the shepherds in the +mountains, and the people entertained them in their houses; some, _par +amitié_, with cordiality and kindness, others from fear. Such was the +renown of these banditti chiefs that the authorities used every effort +to exterminate them, offering large rewards for their heads, and +threatening with severe penalties any who should supply them with the +means of existence. + +At length a shepherd, who had received some injury from one of the band, +betrayed their hiding-place in the fastnesses of the _Niolo_ to the +_gendarmes_. Led by him through tracks known only to the shepherds and +banditti, before daylight on a morning of the month of October, 1851, a +body of the _gendarmerie_, twenty or thirty in number, reached the +neighbourhood in which the three resolute bandits were concealed. It was +a place called Penna-Rosa, near Corscia, a village in the canton of +Calacuccia, not very far from Corte. + +The bandits are in the habit of separating for their greater security. +At this time Pierre Massoni was alone in one of the caves among the +rocks; Xavier Massoni and Arrhigi together occupied another. The +_gendarmes_, as active and resolute as the banditti, their mortal foes, +with whom they often had desperate encounters, crept towards the cave +occupied by Pierre, who, seeing the disparity of numbers, crept into the +bush, and attempted to escape, probably intending to join his friends, +and with them make a determined resistance. The _gendarmes_ fired a +volley, and Pierre fell mortally wounded. + +Xavier and Arrhigi had, somehow, received intelligence of the approach +of the _gendarmes_, and hastening to the spot found them posted in front +of the cave. A shot from each of the brigands brought down two of their +enemies; and during the confusion caused by this unexpected diversion, +the _gendarmes_ drawing off, Xavier Massoni, supposing that his brother +was concealed in the cave, shouted to him— + +“Pierre, come out; I have cleared the way.” + +This cry drew the attention of the _gendarmes_, and at the same moment +he was shot in the thigh by one of the party. A general fire was then +opened, but Xavier contrived to creep into the bush, and afterwards made +his escape over the mountains, while Arrhigi fled for refuge to a deep +and almost inaccessible cavern. The party followed him, and posted +themselves, under cover of the rocks, near the mouth of the cave into +which they supposed he had retired, for they had not seen him enter; and +as the access was so narrow that it could only be attempted by one at a +time, the attempt to reconnoitre would have been certain death. + +The _gendarmes_, though numbering at least twenty to one, thus held at +bay by one man, the bravest of the brave, sent a messenger to Corte to +demand a reinforcement. Four hundred troops were detached for this +service. They were accompanied by the _sous-préfet_, the _procureur +imperial_, a captain of engineers, and men with ammunition to blow up +the cave. It was a four hours' march from Corte, and they arrived late +in the day. + +Meanwhile the _gendarmes_ beleaguered the spot, keeping under cover. The +brave Arrhigi kept close, watchful no doubt. He must have had a stout +heart; but we do not paint, we only give the leading details; the +reader's imagination will supply the rest. + +At length the troops marched up. A French _gendarme_, boldly or +incautiously, approached the entrance; he was shot dead on the spot. +Then, no doubt was left that Arrhigi was there. Either to spare life, or +because no one was found bold enough to lead the forlorn hope in +storming the entrance, it was resolved to blow up the cave. The +engineers set to work, a shaft was sunk from above, a barrel of +gunpowder was lodged in it—the explosion was ineffectual; it left the +massive vault and sides of the narrow cavern as firm as ever. It was too +deep to be reached without regular mining. Besides, the night was +bitter, and the whole party shaking with cold. + +Engineering operations were abandoned. As they could neither beard the +bandit in his den, nor blow him up, it was determined to starve him out. +The troops bivouacked, fires were lighted, and sentinels posted. The +siege was converted into a blockade, all in due military order. + +“_Centinelle, prend garde à vous!_” was passed from post to post. +“_Centinelle, prend garde à moi!_” answered the bold Arrhigi from his +rocky hold. + +The blockade was maintained for five days and four nights, not without +some loss on the part of the besiegers, for Arrhigi opened fire from +time to time, as opportunity offered, and no less than seven of his +enemies were struck down by his unerring bullets. Some were wounded. + +“Brave soldiers of Napoleon,” cried Arrhigi, “carry off your wounded +comrades, who want your assistance.” + +It seems extraordinary that 400 troops should be held at bay by a single +man for so long a period; but such was the fact. Perhaps the officials +hoped to take him alive, or they might wish to spare a further effusion +of blood in actual conflict with the desperate bandit. Arrhigi's cavern +had a small store of provisions and some gourds of water. When these +were expended, he resolved on making a last effort to force his way +through the troops. Could he have stood out a day longer, he might +probably have escaped, as the weather became so tempestuous that it +would have been impossible for them to maintain their exposed position +in those bleak mountains. + +On the fourth night, just before the dawn of day, he made the attempt. +Dashing from the cavern, and shooting down the nearest sentries right +and left with his double-barrelled gun, he gained the thickets. An alarm +was raised, and there was a general pursuit. Arrhigi fled towards the +Golo, intending, probably, to place that river between him and his +pursuers. It was now daylight, and they were upon him before he reached +it. Again brought to bay, he took his stand sheltered by a rock. The +soldiers cried out to him to surrender; but the resolute bandit, +refusing quarter, continued to resist till he was shot through the head. + +We left Xavier Massoni escaping into the _maquis_, but slightly wounded +in the thigh. The _gendarmes_ were so occupied with his brother Pierre +and Arrhigi, that he reached, unpursued, a distant forest in the heart +of the mountains. Soon, however, an officer of the _Gendarmerie Corse_, +with a detachment of forty or fifty men, was laid on his track. After +seven days they discovered the lone cave in which, the last of his band, +he had hoped for concealment. It was high up the face of the mountain, +but the party scaled it, and summoning Xavier to surrender, he gave his +_parole_. Just at that moment a _gendarme_ offering a shot, the bandit +levelled his gun at him and killed him. He then threw down his arms and +came out of the cave, prepared to surrender himself. A sentry posted +near, imagining that he intended to escape, shot him dead without +challenging him or allowing him time to give himself up. The sentry was +punished, as they wished to take the bandit alive, hoping that he would +discover those who were in league with him. + +Thus fell, with a gallantry worthy of a better cause, these renowned +banditti chiefs, who for many years had infested the country, and filled +it with alarm and grief. The rest of the band dispersed, were killed, or +taken prisoners. Arrhigi's heroic defence closed the series of romantic +stories on which the Corsicans delight to dwell. His example might have +encouraged the outlaws to emulate his daring resistance; but the unusual +force brought against him convinced them that the authorities were no +longer to be trifled with. The brigands became thoroughly disheartened, +and we hear of no more desperate encounters with the _gendarmerie_. In +the course of the following year, the deep solitudes of the Corsican +forests and mountains, echoing no longer to the crack of the rifle, were +left in the undisturbed possession of the shepherds and their flocks, +the foxes and the _moufflons_. + +There is another version of the story of the Massoni and Arrhigi, +cleverly wrought up, and giving it, what was scarcely needed, a more +romantic character. It differs from that here given in many of the +circumstances, and in passing, perhaps, from hand to hand, even the +scene has been transferred to the neighbourhood of Monte Rotondo, many +miles distant from the spot where the events occurred. My informant was +not likely to omit any actual occurrence of a striking nature; and as he +lived at Corte, and his occupation often led him to the canton of +Callacuccia, he had the best opportunities of learning the facts, if +indeed he was not present at the time. His simple narrative is therefore +adhered to. + + + + +CHAP. XX. + + _Leave Corte for Ajaccio.—A legend of Venaco.—Arrival at + Vivario._ + + +The distance from Corte to Ajaccio is about fifty miles; the most +interesting objects on the road being the great forest of Vizzavona, and +Bocagnono embosomed in chestnut woods. In order to take these leisurely, +mules were bespoken at Vivario, a mountain village at the foot of Monte +d'Oro, as far as which we determined to avail ourselves of the +_diligence_ passing through Corte, _en route_ from Bastia to Ajaccio. +For the first two stages after leaving Corte we knew that there was +little temptation to linger on the way; and it is unadvisable to waste +time and strength by walking or riding on high-roads when coach or rail +will hurry you on to a good starting point for independent rambling. To +travel systematically from one great town to another by such +conveyances, with perhaps an occasional excursion in the neighbourhood, +is a very different affair. + +We were called at midnight, and walking to the _bureau_, shortly +afterwards the _voiture_ came rumbling up, a small primitive vehicle, +drawn by three mules. It contained five passengers, “booked through;” +three rough fellows, all smoking, and a woman with a squalling +_bambino_, dignified by the name of Auguste. Under these circumstances, +we proposed taking our seat on the roof, as there was no _banquette_. +The _commis du bureau_ objected;—we should fall off, and he would be +blamed; it was _contre les régles_; and every traveller knows how +despotically the rules are administered by foreign officials. He must +submit to be a mere machine in their hands, to be stowed away and +conveyed like his portmanteau. The rules are, however, generally +enforced with great civility; but the _commis_ was not civil. Early +rising, or sitting up late, had put him out of temper, and the passion +into which he worked himself about this trifle was very amusing. “There +was room inside, and why could not _messieurs_ accommodate themselves in +the _voiture_ like sensible people?” + +We did not lose our temper, and carrying our point, had every reason to +rejoice in our victory. The moon was up, and showed the sort of scenery +through which we passed, by a very hilly but well-engineered road, to +great advantage, in its various aspects. Now we were slowly ascending a +bare hill-side in the full light; then plunging into hollows buried in +the deepest shade of chestnut woods branching over the road. Then there +were scattered groups of the rugged ilex, with its pale green leaves +silvered by the moonbeams; and, where the land was cultivated, there was +the livelier green of the young wheat, and the dark verdure of luxuriant +crops of sainfoin: scarcely a house was passed; a solitary habitation is +a rare sight in Corsica. + +Our position also gave us the advantage of the _voiturier's_ +conversation, which, under the inspiration of the scene, the woods, and +moonlight on a lonely road, was well spiced with stories of banditti. At +that corner they stole from the thicket, and gave their victim a mortal +stab. There was a cross over his grave, but it has been removed. A +deadly shot from behind that grey rock struck down another. Here they +had a bloody fight with the _sbirri_. Such tales, as it has been already +remarked, are heard everywhere. I forget the particulars; but they are +all variations of one wild strain, of which the key-note is blood. + +One legend of another kind I remember. The _voiturier_ related it as we +approached Venaco:— + +“A long while ago—it was in the tenth century, I believe—there lived +here a Count of Corsica, by name Arrhigo Colonna, who was so handsome +that he was called _Il Bel Messere_. He had a beautiful wife and seven +beautiful children. Feuds arose in the country, and his enemies, jealous +of his great power, slew the Count and his seven children, and threw +their bodies into a little lake among the hills. There was deep +lamentation among the vassals of the _Bel Messere_; and his wife, having +escaped, led them against the assassins, who had taken refuge in a +neighbouring castle, stormed it, and put them all to the sword. Often +are the ghosts of the _Bel Messere_ and his seven children seen flitting +by the pale moonlight—on such a night as this—among the woods and on the +green hills of Venaco; and the shepherds on the mountains all around +preserve the tradition of their sorrowful fate.” + +We reached Vivario before daylight, and leaving the _voiture_, scrambled +up a lane, then some dark stairs, and found ourselves in the gaunt rooms +of a rude _locanda_. The people were astir, expecting us, and the best +sight was, not indeed a blazing fire of logs—though Vivario is close to +the forest, such fires are not to be seen indoors—but at least some +lighted embers on the cooking-hearth, giving promise of a speedy cup of +hot coffee, for we were very cold. The mountain air was keen, Vivario +standing nearly 2000 feet above the level of the sea. The best news was +that the mules for our journey were forthcoming. Meanwhile, we got our +wash, and, it being too early to eat, had our _déjeûner_ of bread and +wine, grapes and ham, packed in a basket, to be eaten on the road. + +We were objects of much curiosity. Whence did we come? where were we +going? what was our business?—were questions of course. + +“From London.” + +“_Sono chiesi in Londra?_” + +“_Inglesi—sono tutti Christiani?_” + +It may easily be imagined that the communal schools in Corsica give +little instruction in ethnology; and even intelligent persons, like our +former guide Antoine, appeared to doubt our right to be called +Christians. That was often questioned, the people seeming little better +informed than they were when Boswell travelled in Corsica, almost a +century ago. + +“_Inglesi_,” said a strong black fellow to him, “_sono barbare; non +credono in Dio grande._” + +“Excuse me, sir,” replied Boswell; “we do believe in God, and in Jesus +Christ too.” + +“_Um,_” said he, “_e nel Papa?_” (and in the Pope?) + +“No.” + +“_E perche?_” (And why?) + +This was a puzzling question under the circumstances, for there was a +great audience listening to the controversy. So Boswell thought he would +try a method of his own, and he very gravely replied:— + +“_Perche siamo troppo lontano._” (Because we are too far off.) A very +new argument against the universal infallibility of the Pope. It took, +however; for his opponent mused awhile, and then said:— + +“_Troppo lontano! Ha—Sicilia è tanto lontano che l'Inghilterra; e in +Sicilia si credono nel Papa._” (Too far off! why Sicily is as far off as +England; yet in Sicily they believe in the Pope.) + +“Ah!” said Boswell, “_Noi siamo dieci volte più lontano che la +Sicilia._” (We are ten times farther off than Sicily.) + +“_Aha!_” said the questioner; and seemed quite satisfied. “In this +manner,” concludes Boswell, “I got off very well. I question much +whether any of the learned reasonings of our Protestant divines would +have had so good an effect.” + +_Barbari_, _heretici_, whatever we were, we parted on good terms with +our kind hostess. Two mules were at the door, attended by a lad, who, at +first sight, appeared too young for the long and rather fatiguing +journey before us; but he had a most intelligent countenance, with hair, +eyes, and features of the true Italian character, and he handled his +mules well, and proved a most active and agreeable attendant. + + [Illustration: VIVARIO.] + + + + +CHAP. XXI. + + _Leave Vivario.—Forest of Vizzavona.—A roadside + adventure.—Bocagnono.—Arrive late at Ajaccio._ + + +It was broad daylight when we wound up a narrow path to the heights +above the village of Vivario, thus saving an angle of the +well-engineered high-road by which the _voiture_, preceding us, had +gained the summit. Here we seated ourselves on a bank while my friend +sketched. His view, reproduced in these pages, happily dispenses with +the necessity of any lengthened description. Below, the eye rested on +the tall and graceful _campanile_ of the village church, with the houses +radiating from it, half concealed by the groves of chestnut-trees +embowering the valley. The slope beneath our point of view, as well as +that on the left under the high-road, was covered by vineyards in +terraces and gardens. The contrast of this verdure with the bare ridge +beyond the fertile basin, still in deep shade, and the atmospheric +effects of a soft and not overpowering light on the foreground, as well +as of the vapour rising in the gorge, and hanging in aërial folds about +the mountain tops, can only be imagined. + +Smoke now began to curl up from the village hearths, and men, in rough +jackets of black sheep's wool, with axes slung in their belts, are seen +slowly winding up the steep to their work in the forest. The villages on +the tops of the hills under the mountain ranges, of which we counted +ten or more, reflect the early sunlight. A small fortified barrack, +garrisoned by a party of _gendarmes_, held in check the banditti, whose +strongest fastnesses were in this wild neighbourhood, and commands the +high-road. + +This we now follow; and the views from it are exceedingly picturesque, +the engineers having obtained their level for it by pursuing the +sinuosities of the defiles round Monte d'Oro, the rival monarch with +Monte Rotondo of the Corsican Alps. Its snowy summit is continually in +sight on our right, and we observe streaks of new-fallen snow for some +distance beneath. On the left, we have the great forest of Vizzavona, +which we shortly entered. Having before described a Corsican pine-forest +of similar character, repetition would be wearisome. The trees here are +of the same species, with some admixture of oak, many of them on a scale +of equal or greater magnificence. The finest masts for the French navy +have been drawn from this forest. + +Heat and hunger now combined to make us look out for a rill of water at +a convenient spot for taking our _déjeûner_, and a torrent crossing the +road, with a rude bridge over it, we sat down on the low parapet, and, +opening our baskets, the boy, Filippi, fetched water from the pure +stream to cool and temper our wine. Bread, slices of ham, and grapes, +were rapidly disappearing, when unexpected visitors appeared on the +scene, in the shape of two country girls, travellers to Ajaccio like +ourselves. + +We had not been so much struck, to speak the truth, as some travellers +seem to have been with the beauty and gracefulness of the Corsican +women; but these really were two very pretty girls, of the age of +fifteen or sixteen, brunettes, bright eyed, slightly formed, and with +pleasing and expressive features. They were lightly clad, and one of +them carried a small bundle. Accosted by Filippi, we learnt that they +came from Corte, and were on their way to Ajaccio, in search of domestic +service. Filippi appeared to know some of their family. To desire the +boy to share with them the meal he was making at some little distance +was only returning Corsican hospitality. The girls were shy at first, +and it was only by degrees that we were able to establish a chat with +them; and I was struck with the manner in which the eldest, taking a +handful of new chestnuts from a bag, offered the contribution to our +pic-nic. Poor girls! chestnuts and the running brooks were probably all +they had to depend upon for refreshment during their journey. Happily, +both were easily to be found. + +Our road lying the same way, and the girls having walked from Vivario, +while we had been riding, they were offered a ride on the mules, and, +after some hesitation, the offer was accepted. With Filippi for their +squire, the trio being about the same age, they were a merry party, +making the glades of the old forest ring with their laughter and the +sound of their young voices in the sweetest of tongues. The girls were +in such glee, Filippi pressing the mules to a gallop, that though we +enjoyed the fun, we really feared they would be thrown off. Our fears +were groundless; riding astride, as is the fashion of the country—but +with all propriety—they had a firm seat, and laughed at our +apprehensions. + +With all this exuberance of spirits, there were the greatest modesty and +simplicity in the demeanour of these poor girls. When they proceeded in +a more sober mood, we joined in the conversation, asking questions +about their prospects at Ajaccio, and the schooling they had received. +They had no friends at Ajaccio; but the “Mother of Mercy” would guide +and protect them! + +The number of the girls receiving education at the communal and +conventual schools in Corsica is very disproportionate to that of the +boys. Marmocchi states the number of the former, in 1851 or 1852, as +2362, while the males receiving public instruction were 14,196. Of the +girls, only 546 are educated in the communal schools, and 1816 in the +establishments of the _Sœurs de St. Joseph_ or the _Filles de Marie_. +The proportion of boys frequenting the Corsican schools, relatively with +those of France, is 137 to 100 in the winter, and 226 to 100 in the +summer; but that of the girls is in the inverse, the relative number +being much smaller in Corsica—12 only to 100 in the winter, and 21 to +100 in the summer. + +Our fellow-travellers were among the favoured number. Bridget, the +eldest, opened her bundle, and took from among the folds of their +slender stock of clothes two little books, which she showed us with +modest pride. They contained catechisms, the _Pater-noster_, the _Ave +Maria_, and a short litany to the Blessed Virgin. Poor girls! their +trust was in Heaven! They had little else to trust in; but there was a +“Mother of Mercy” to befriend her loving children. That was the most +comfortable article in their creed—ideal, but very beautiful. + +At the highest point of the _Col_ of Vizzavona, nearly 4000 feet above +the level of the sea, we find a loopholed barrack, surrounded by a +ditch, where a small force of the _gendarmerie_ is stationed to operate +against the brigands. Standing among bare rocks, with the precipices of +Monte d'Oro frowning above it, the position is most dismal. Fancy that +bleak barrack in the long, dreary winter of such an elevation, when ice +and snow reign over the whole _plateau_! And what must have been the +severity of the service when the bleak forest was the hiding-place, and +Bocagnono, just under, the head-quarters, of the most desperate +banditti! + + [Illustration: BOCAGNONO.] + +We still walked on, really preferring it, and glad not only to give the +girls a lift, but to spare the mules, while carrying their light weight, +for the hard service yet before them. After passing the _col_, we had a +splendid view of Bocagnono and its hamlets, buried in trees, with bold +mountains beyond. The pines now gave way to beech woods, and soon +afterwards we reached the level of the chestnut. The fall of the ground +became rapid, but, as usual in such cases, the face of the hill being +traversed by stages of inclined planes, blasted by gunpowder in the +rocks, the gradients of the road were easy. + +The chestnut trees in the valley are of extraordinary size, and a rich +_contour_ of growth. Scattered capriciously among the groves are no less +than ten hamlets, all attached to Bocagnono. It is a wild and romantic +neighbourhood; and the principal village, though surrounded with +verdure, has a most desolate aspect, the houses being built of unhewn +stone, black with age, and the windows unglazed. + +Walking down the long, straggling street, noting appearances, a little +in advance of our singular cavalcade, we observed a very magnificent +officer of police, with a cocked hat and feathers, and sword by his +side, sitting on a bench, smoking his pipe. He scrutinised us closely as +we passed, munching chestnuts, and carelessly throwing the shells not +very far from his worshipful presence. Filippi soon following with the +mules, he was stopped by this important personage, who questioned him +sharply about us. Appearances were rather against us. The spruce +_gendarme_ might possibly not understand—and it is often a puzzle—how +gentlemen in light coats and stout shoes, bronzed, dusty, and +travel-stained, could be walking through the country quite at their +ease. Foreigners make themselves up for travelling in a very different +style. Our juvenile _suite_ also was somewhat singular, and, altogether, +as I have said, circumstances were suspicious. We might be the last of +the bandits, making their escape to the coast in disguise, with part of +their little family. The orders to arrest such characters were very +strict. + +However, it is to be presumed that the official was satisfied with +Filippi's report, and we escaped a detention which might have caused us +loss of time and patience. Having cleared the town, we took counsel +together. The day was wearing away, and we were still some thirty miles +from Ajaccio. It was Saturday, and we wished to get to the end of our +journey in order to enjoy a quiet Sunday. There was nothing on the road +to tempt us to linger, and no probability of finding decent +accommodations; while at Ajaccio, we should be in clover, and get a +fresh outfit, our baggage having been forwarded there. On the other +hand, it was a long pull, and Filippi remonstrated on behalf of the +mules and himself. The first objection was overruled, and the other +removed by our engaging to take the boy _en croupe_ by turns. Our female +attendants we dismissed with the means of procuring lodgings for the +night; and we relieved Bridget of her burthen, desiring her to call for +it at the hotel at Ajaccio. + +Bocagnono stands in the gorge of a long valley, watered by the Gravone. +This river falls into the sea a little south of Ajaccio, and the road, +for the most part following its course, is generally easy. After leaving +Bocagnono, the valley opened. We were among green hills, with the river +flowing through a rich plain; the Alpine range, from which we had just +descended, making a fine background to this pleasant landscape. Further +on, some very picturesque villages, perched as usual on heights, +increased its interest. + +We kept the mules to as sharp a trot as was consistent with the work +still before us. Unfortunately, in the jolting, poor Bridget's bundle +got loose, and the contents being scattered on the road, the wardrobe of +a Corsican girl was exposed to profane eyes, and it became incumbent on +me, in discharge of my trust, to restore it to order with all possible +neatness and security. Again we pricked on, and crossing the Gravone at +the Ponte d'Usciano, the road began to ascend, carrying us for some +miles over a rugged spur of the mountains. Here we found ourselves again +among the shrubbery which forms so characteristic a feature in the +landscape of these islands. Having passed the ruins of a house, the +inmates of which, even to the infant in the cradle, had been butchered +in one of the feuds so common in Corsica, we halted at a roadside +_albergo_, near a _baraque_ of the _gendarmerie_. Bread and grapes, with +new wine, were spread for us under the shade of a tree, and we refreshed +ourselves while our mules got their feed of barley. + +We had now nearly a level road all the way to Ajaccio. The plain was +well cultivated, and we remarked some irrigated fields of maize. Soon +afterwards it became dark, and the mules being much distressed, we could +only proceed at a slow pace. The fatigue of riding was much lessened by +having an English saddle; still it was a hard day's travelling: but the +air was deliciously balmy, and the glowworm's lamp and cricket's chirp +helped to cheer the weariness of a road which seemed interminable. +Presently, we met country people returning from the market at Ajaccio, +lights were seen more frequently on the hills, and, at last, the lantern +on the pier-head—a welcome beacon—came in view. Half an hour afterwards, +we dismounted at an hotel on the Corso. + + + + +CHAP. XXII. + + _Ajaccio.—Collège-Fesch.—Reminiscences of the Buonaparte + Family.—Excursion in the Gulf.—Chapel of the Greeks.—Evening + Scenes.—Council-General of the Department.—Statistics.—State of + Agriculture in Corsica—Her Prospects._ + + +Sunday morning we attended high-mass at the cathedral of Ajaccio, a +building of the sixteenth century, in the Italian style, having a belfry +and dome, with the interior richly decorated. The service was well +performed, there being a fine-toned organ, and the music of the mass +well selected. The congregation was numerous, the girls' school +especially. I was struck with the pensive cast of features in many of +the girls, so like the Madonnas of the Italian masters. There were +formerly six dioceses in Corsica, Mariana being the principal; for many +years they have been all administered by the Bishop of Ajaccio, who is +at present a suffragan of the Archbishop of Aix, in France. + +After service, we called on one of the professors of the +_Collège-Fesch_, to whom we had letters of introduction. This college +and the _Séminaire_ are the best buildings in Ajaccio, both being finely +situated fronting the sea. The _Séminaire_ is confined exclusively to +the education of theological students intended for the clerical orders. +In the other, founded and endowed by Cardinal Fesch, the course of +study is that generally pursued in the French colleges. The cardinal +appears to have had more affection for his native place than any other +member of the Bonaparte family, giving a proof of it in this noble +foundation. He also bequeathed to his native place a large collection of +pictures, few of them, however, of much merit. His remains are deposited +with those of Madame Letizia, his sister, in a chapel of the cathedral +of Ajaccio, having been brought from Rome; where I recollect seeing him +in 1819,—short and portly in person, with a mild and good-humoured +expression of countenance. He had been a kind guardian of the young +Bonapartes, and carefully administered the small property they +inherited. + +The _Collège-Fesch_ is a large building, with spacious lecture-rooms, +long and lofty corridors, and a yard for exercise; the windows of the +front looking out on the Gulf of Ajaccio and the mountains beyond. The +professor's apartments had all the air of the rooms of a college fellow +and tutor in one of our universities, carpets _et aliis mutandis_; only +they were more airy and spacious. There are fifteen professors, of whom +the Abbate Porazzi is one of the most distinguished. We were indebted to +him for many good offices during our stay at Ajaccio. The number of +students at this time was 260. They appeared to be of all ranks and +ages; some of them grown men. + +Everything here has the southern character. We find rows of lemon-trees +on the Corso; and the cactus, or Indian fig, flourishes in the +environs,—the bright oleander thriving in the open air. The heat was +excessive, my thermometer standing at 80° at noon, in the shade of an +airy room. From the Corso, a short street leads into the market-place, a +square, bounded on one side by the port, and embellished by a fountain. +During the last year it has been further ornamented by a statue of the +first Napoleon, of white marble, standing on a granite pedestal, and +facing the harbour. Concealed during the reigns of the restored +Bourbons, its erection was a homage to the rising fortunes of the +President of the French Republic. Ajaccio, being the modern capital of +Corsica, the _chef-lieu_ of the department, and seat of the _préfetture_ +and administration, is more French in habits and feeling than any other +town in the island. But even here, I apprehend, there has never been +much enthusiasm for the Bonapartes.[34] Among the native Corsicans, +Pascal Paoli is the national hero. + +We visited, of course, the house in which the first Napoleon was born, +standing in a little solitary court dignified with the name of the +_Piazza Lucrezia_, near the market-place. It has been often described. +Uninhabited, and without a vestige of furniture, except some faded +tapestry on the walls, the desolate and gloomy air of the birthplace of +the great emperor struck me even more than the deserted apartments at +Longwood, from which his spirit took its flight. There, sheaves of corn +and implements of husbandry still gave signs of human life, singularly +as they contrasted with the relics of imperial grandeur recently +witnessed by the homely apartments. A man, born in the first year of the +French Revolution, and who has followed the career of its “child and +champion” with the feelings common to most Englishmen, can have no +Napoleonic sympathies; yet, without forgetting the atrocities, the +selfishness, and the littleness which stained and disfigured that +career, it is impossible that such scenes could be contemplated by a +thoughtful mind, not only without profound reflection on the +vicissitudes of life, but without a full impression of the genius and +force of character which lifted the Corsican adventurer to the dangerous +height from whence he fell. + +One afternoon we hired a boat in the harbour, and sailed down the Gulf +of Ajaccio. This fine inlet, opening to the south-west, is from three to +four leagues in length and breadth, and forms a basin of about twelve +leagues in circumference, from the northern extremity, where the old +city stood, to its outlet between the _Isles Sanguinaires_ and the Capo +di Moro, on the opposite coast. A range of mountains, considerably +inferior in elevation to the central chain from which they ramify, rises +almost from the shore, and stretches along the northern side of the +gulf. The other coast is more indented, and swells into the ridges of +the Bastelica, embracing the rich valley of Campo Loro (_Campo del' +Oro_), washed by the Gravone. The Gulf of Ajaccio, like many others, has +been compared to the Bay of Naples; but, I think, without much reason, +except for the colouring lent by a brilliant and transparent atmosphere +to both sea and land. In the case of Ajaccio, the effects are heightened +by a still more southern climate, and the grander scale of the mountain +scenery. + + [Illustration: HARBOUR OF AJACCIO.] + +There were only a few small vessels, employed in the coasting trade, in +the port. We rowed round the mole, under the frowning bastions of the +citadel, a regular work covering a point stretching into the bay; and +then hoisting sail, stood out into the gulf. The wind was too light to +admit of our gaining its entrance; we sailed down it, however, for four +or five miles in the mid-channel, the rocky islands at the northern +entrance gradually opening; one crowned with the tower of a lighthouse, +another with a village on its summit. The coast to our right was +clothed with the deep verdure of the ever memorable Corsican shrubbery, +breathing aromatic odours as we drifted along: otherwise, it appeared +desolate; not a village appeared, and the barren and rugged mountain +chain towered above. + +Finding that we made but little progress, the boat was steered for a +little reef of rocks on the northern shore, and landing, we dismissed +the boatman, determining to walk back to Ajaccio along the water's edge. +Meanwhile we sat down on the rocks while my companion sketched. +Presently I strolled up to a little chapel, standing by the side of the +road which winds round the gulf towards _les Isles Sanguinaires_. A +simple and chaste style of Italian architecture distinguished the white +_façade_, rising gracefully to a pediment, crowned with a cross; +pilasters, supporting arches, divided the portico beneath into three +compartments, the central one forming the entrance. The door was closed, +but the interior was visible through a _grille_ at the side. The nave +was paved with blue and white squares, and marble steps led up to the +sanctuary, forming, with two side chapels, a Greek cross. There was no +ornament, no furniture, except two or three low chairs for kneeling. +Under the portico was a marble tablet, inscribed in good Latin, to the +pious memory of a Pozzo di Borgo[35], who restored the chapel in 1632. I +read on another tablet:— + + _“Per gli Orfanelli dei Marinari Naufragati.”_ + +Under an arch supported by pillars of green marble, a lamp was feebly +glimmering, fed perhaps by the offerings of loving mothers and fond +wives who here offered their vows for the safe return of those dear to +them. + +The sun was setting behind the islands at the mouth of the gulf, perfect +stillness reigned, broken only by a gentle ripple on the granite rocks +forming ledges from the water's edge to the base of the chapel. Struck +with its singular interest, and wishing to learn more about it, on +returning to my friend, who was still sketching, I found him in +conversation with some loungers from the town. They could only tell us +that it was called “The Chapel of the Greeks,” and, laughing, turned on +their heels when I pursued my inquiries. Did they suppose that we +Northerns had no sentiment in our religion, or had they none themselves? +I afterwards heard two traditions respecting the Chapel of the Greeks. +One, that it was founded by the remains of a colony from the Morea, who, +having been expelled with great loss from their settlement at Cargese, +were granted an asylum here;—the other, that the original building was +erected, by Greek mariners, in acknowledgment of their escape from +shipwreck on this coast. + +It would be difficult, I imagine, to find a more favourable point of +view, or a happier moment, than that of which my friend availed himself +to make the sketch of Ajaccio, which has been selected for the +frontispiece of this volume. The gulf was perfectly calm, and of the +deepest green and azure, a slight ripple being only discernible where a +boat lay in one of the long streams of light reflected from the mass of +orange and golden clouds in which the sun was setting behind the +islands; while, to the east, flakes of rosy hue floated in the +mid-heaven. The sails of the feluccas, becalmed in the gulf, faintly +caught the light, and it gleamed on the houses of Ajaccio, particularly +those of the modern town, distinguished by its white walls and red roofs +from the old buildings about the cathedral. Behind were sugar-loaf +hills; and the mountain-sides across the gulf glowed with the richest +purple. Then came gradual changes of colour, softer and deeper hues, +till, at last, a steamy veil of mist from seaward stole over the gulf. A +faint glimmer from the lighthouse at the entrance of the harbour was +scarcely visible in the blaze left behind by the glorious sunset. + +The lights began to twinkle from the windows of Ajaccio, and the +cathedral bells tolling for the Ave Maria, stole on the ear across the +gulf in the silence of the twilight hour. Reluctant to leave the scene, +we lingered till it was shrouded from view, and an evening never to be +forgotten closed in. Then we wound slowly towards the city along the +shore, at the foot of hills laid out in vineyards hedged by the prickly +cactus, or lightly sprinkled with myrtles and cystus, and all those +odoriferous plants which now perfumed the balmy night air. Embowered in +these, we had remarked some mortuary chapels, the burying-places of +Ajaccian families. One of them, high up on the hill-side, was in the +form of a Grecian temple; and we now passed another, standing among +cypresses, close to the shore. Nearer the city, two stone pillars stand +at the entrance of an avenue leading up to a dilapidated country-house, +formerly the residence of Cardinal Fesch, and where Madame Bonaparte and +her family generally spent the summer. Among the neglected shrubberies, +and surrounded by the wild olive, the cactus, the clematis, and the +almond, is a singular and isolated granite rock, called Napoleon's +grotto, once his favourite retreat. + +On our return, we found the streets thronged; braziers with roasted +chestnuts stood at every corner; strings of mules, loaded with wine +casks suspended on each side, were returning from the vineyards; and +there was a gay promenade on the Corso—ladies with no covering for their +heads but the graceful black _faldetta_, French officers in not very +brilliant uniforms, and a sprinkling of ecclesiastics in _soutanes_ and +prodigious beavers. + +Professor Porazzi took us to the only bookseller's shop in Ajaccio, +where we made some purchases. It was a small affair, the book trade +being combined with the sale of a variety of miscellaneous articles. The +_préfetture_, a handsome building, lately finished, contains a library +of 25,000 volumes. We were introduced there to M. Camille Friess, the +author of a compendious history of Corsica, who was kind enough to show +us some of the archives, of which he has the custody. Among the +documents connected with the Bonaparte family is a memorial, addressed +by Napoleon to the Intendant of Corsica, respecting his mother's right +to a garden. I jotted down the beginning and end:— + + “_Memoire relative à la pépinière d'Ajaccio._ + +“_Letizia Ramolini, veuve de Buonaparte, d'Ajaccio, a l'honneur de vous +exposer...._ + + “_Votre très humble + et très obeissant serviteur_, + “BUONAPARTE[36], _Officier d'Artillerie_. + +“_Hotel de Cherbourg_, + + “_Rue St. Honoré, Paris, le 9 Nov. 1787._” + +The claim for a few roods of nursery garden was made by a young man who +afterwards distributed kingdoms and principalities! It is said that in +the division of some property which fell to the family after he became +emperor, his share was an olive-yard in the environs of Ajaccio. + +M. Friess obligingly gave me copies of the _procès-verbals_ of the +proceedings of the Council-General of the Department for the preceding +years. These reports are printed annually, and, I believe, similar ones +are made in all the departments of France. Those I possess are models of +good arrangement in whatever concerns provincial administration. They +have supplied more information on the present state of Corsica and its +prospects of improvement than all the books of travel, and works of +greater pretensions, it has been my fortune to meet with. + +The Council-General, as many of my readers know, is a body elected by +the people; each canton, of which there are sixty-one in Corsica, +sending representatives in proportion to the population. The _préfet_, +who is _ex-officio_ president, opens the session by a speech, in which +he reviews the affairs of the department under the heads of finance, +public works, education, &c., &c., and presents a budget, with detailed +reports on the various branches of administration. All these are +printed, with a short _procès-verbal_ of the debates, and the divisions +when the Council-General comes to a vote. The proceedings are submitted +to the Minister of the Interior, who approves or rejects the proposals +made. Virtually, however, although the Council has no power to act on +its resolutions until they are confirmed by the central government, +whatever relates to the assessment of taxes, police, roads, and other +works, all matters of local interest not only come under discussion in +these provincial assemblies, but are shaped and decided by them. The +services thus rendered must therefore be very valuable, and it is worth +considering whether our over-worked House of Commons might not be +relieved of some of its burthens, and the business better done, by +similar representative bodies, entrusted with legislative powers so far +as concerns matters of local interest. Such assemblies would well accord +with our Anglo-Saxon institutions. But to give them a fair field, with +sufficient weight, impartiality, and importance, a considerable area +should be embraced in each jurisdiction. Durham might be united with +Yorkshire; the three western counties, Somerset, Devon, and Cornwall, +might form a province; North and South Wales, each one. And what a +valuable body of statistics would be furnished by an annual report, +corresponding with those which have led to these remarks! + +We gather some general statistics from these documents and other +sources. + +By the census of 1851, the population of Corsica was 236,251 souls, of +whom 117,938 were males, and 118,313 females. All but 54 were Roman +Catholics. There were no less than 32,364 proprietors of land. The +day-labourers were 34,427; government officials, 1229; clergy, 955; +regular troops, _gendarmes_, &c., 5000. The number of students in all +the public colleges and schools was from 16,000 to 17,000, of which +15,000 were male, and only from 2000 to 3000 females. The proportion of +males frequenting the schools is greater than in France, it being as 137 +to 100 in the winter, and 226 to 100 in the summer; while that of the +girls is the reverse, being as 12 to 100 in the winter, and 21 to 100 in +the summer. This disproportion between male and female scholars in +Corsica is very remarkable. + +The superficies of the island is estimated at somewhat less than two +millions and a quarter of English acres. Of this surface, only a +six-hundredth part is, on an average, under cultivation, an area which, +it is said, might be doubled. Vast portions of the soil belong to the +communes, and measures are in contemplation for their improvement. + +Wheat produces, on an average of years, an increase of nine times the +seed sown; barley and oats, twelve or thirteen; maize, thirty-eight to +forty; and potatoes, twenty. + +The rate of daily wages for the year 1851 was fixed by the +Council-General at 75 _centimes_ for the towns of Ajaccio and Bastia, +and 50 _centimes_ for all the other communes. + +Among the most important subjects brought to notice by the +_procès-verbal_ of 1851 is the state of agriculture in the island; on +which the _Préfet_ finds little to congratulate the Council-General +except an increase in the cultivation of lucerne and in the plantations +of mulberry-trees. The obstacles to its progress are found in the +insecurity of life, the want of inclosures, and the unbounded rights of +common enjoyed by the shepherds; in the richest plains being +uninhabited, and their distance from the villages; in the pestilential +air of these plains, and the want of roads.—A stranger will be disposed +to add to this list the indolence of the natives. So far as the +obstacles to improvement can be surmounted by judicious legislation and +encouragement, the _procès-verbals_ of the Council-General exhibit +enlightened ideas far in advance of the opinions and habits of the +people; and there is much good sense and right feeling in the +observation with which the _Prèfet_, in one of his addresses, concludes +his statement of the position of affairs:— + +“Si la Corse,” he says, “devait passer subitement à l'état des +civilisations avancées, elle courait risque de perdre dans cette +transformation (et ce serait à jamais deplorable) tout ce qu'il y a de +primitif, de généreux, d'énergetique dans ses mœurs séculaires. Je n'en +citerai qu'un exemple. Le mouvement civilisateur trouve, à certains +égards, résistance dans la force des sentiments de famille, dans la +cohésion des membres qui la composent. Et, cependant, qui d'entre vous +consentirait à acheter les progrès de la civilisation au prix du +rélâchement de ces liens sacrés qui sont la clef de voûte de toute +société organisée?” + +Delivered from the scourge of _banditisme_ and the _vendetta_ by severe +measures, supposed to be strongly opposed to the popular instinct, and +with hopes held out of such further improvement in civilisation as the +progress of ideas will admit, Corsica may, perhaps, have no reason to +regret that she failed in her long struggles for national independence. +But France will not have performed her duty to this outlying department +of the empire till she promotes the manufactures and commerce of the +island. It is a part of the protective system to which she clings to +discourage all direct foreign trade, just as England formerly engrossed +the commerce of her colonies. The result is that the poor Corsicans, +compelled to purchase the commodities they require—manufactured goods, +colonial produce, and even corn and cattle—in the French market, buy at +enormously high prices. The balance of trade is much against them, +their annual exports to France being only a million and a half of +_francs_, while they import from thence articles of the value of three +millions. The present Emperor of France is understood to entertain +enlightened views on the subject of free trade; and it is to be hoped +that, when he is able to carry them out, Corsica will share in the +benefits of an unrestricted commerce. + + + + +CHAP. XXIII. + + _Leave Ajaccio.—Neighbourhood of Olmeto.—Sollacaró.—James + Boswell's Residence there.—Scene in the “Corsican Brothers” + laid there—Quarrel of the Vincenti and Grimaldi.—Road to + Sartene.—Corsican Marbles.—Arrive at Bonifacio._ + + +We were quite as well served, and the accommodations were as good, at +Ajaccio as in any provincial city of France. They gave us a delicate +white wine made in the neighbourhood, an agreeable beverage, which, we +thought, resembled _Chablais_; and a _confiture_ of cherries preserved +in jelly, which was exquisite. I had told the story of our adventure +with the poor girls from Corte to the mistress of the house, and, on +Bridget's appearing the day after our arrival to claim her wardrobe, she +informed me, with great joy, that our good hostess had taken her into +her service. + +On leaving Ajaccio, Sartene was our next point. The road crosses the +Gravone and the Prunelle, flowing into the gulf through fertile valleys, +and then winds through a wild and mountainous country, in which Cauro is +the only village, till, surmounting the Col San Georgio, 2000 feet above +the level of the sea, it descends into a rich plain, watered by the +Taravo. In its upper course its branches water two romantic valleys, +which formed the ancient fiefs of Ornano and Istria, the seats of +powerful lords in the old times. Picturesque scenery, ruins of castles, +and mediæval tales lend a charm to this region, in which we would +gladly have wandered for some days, but that Sardinia was before us. + +There are few finer spots in the island than the _paese_ of Olmeto, the +principal village being surrounded by mountains, with a plain below, +extending to the deep inlet of the Mediterranean, called the Gulf of +Valinco, and rich in corn-lands, olive, and fruit trees. At Olmeto we +were served with a dish of magnificent apples, some of them said to +weigh two pounds. On the Monte Buturetto, 3000 feet high, are seen the +ruins of the stronghold of Arrigo della Rocca; and, further on, near +Sollacaró, another almost inaccessible summit was crowned by a castle, +built by his nephew, Vincentello d'Istria—both famed in Corsican story. + +It was at Sollacaró, standing at the foot of this hill, that our +countryman, Boswell, first presented himself to Pascal Paoli, in a house +of the Colonna's, with letters of introduction from the Count de +Rivarola and Rousseau. Boswell remained some time with Paoli, who was +then keeping a sort of court at Sollacaró, and admitted him to the most +familiar intercourse. His conversations with the illustrious Corsican, +jotted down in his own peculiar style, form the most interesting part of +the account of his tour, published after his return to England. “From my +first setting out on this tour,” he states, “I wrote down every night +what I had observed during the day. Of these particulars the most +valuable to my readers, as well as to myself, must surely be the memoirs +and remarkable sayings of Pascal Paoli, which I am proud to record.”[37] + + +Boswell was treated with much distinction, and appears to have been +flattered with the character, which ignorance or policy attributed to +him, of being _Il Ambasciadore Inglese_. “In the morning,” he says, “I +had my chocolate served up on a silver salver, adorned with the arms of +Corsica. I dined and supped constantly with the general. I was visited +by all the nobility; and when I chose to make a little tour, I was +attended by a party of guards. One day, when I rode out, I was mounted +on Paoli's own horse, with rich furniture of crimson velvet and broad +gold lace, and had my guards marching along with me.” His vanity so +flattered, and with what he calls Attic evenings, “_noctes, cœnæque +Deûm_,” giving scope to his ruling passion, James Boswell must have been +in the seventh heaven while Paoli's guest at Sollacaró. + +But the most amusing part of the affair is the efforts he made to +ingratiate himself with the lower classes of the Corsicans, his +admiration of whom is sometimes chequered by a wholesome fear of their +wild instincts. “I got a Corsican dress made,” he says, “in which I +walked about with an air of true satisfaction. The general did me the +honour to present me with his own pistols, made in the island, all of +Corsican wood and iron, and of excellent workmanship. I had every other +accoutrement.[38] The peasants and soldiers became quite free and easy +with me. One day, they would needs hear me play upon my German flute. I +gave them one or two Italian airs, and then some of our beautiful old +Scotch tunes—‘Gilderoy,’ ‘The Lass of Patie's Mill,’ ‘Corn-riggs are +bonny.’ The pathetic simplicity and pastoral gaiety of the Scotch music +will always please those who have the genuine feelings of nature. The +Corsicans were charmed with the specimens I gave them. + +“My good friends insisted also on having an English song from me. I +endeavoured to please them in this, too, and was very lucky in what +occurred to me. I sung to them ‘Hearts of oak are our ships; hearts of +oak are our men.’ I translated it into Italian for them; and never did I +see men so delighted with a song as the Corsicans were with ‘Hearts of +Oak.’ ‘_Cuore di querco_,’ cried they, ‘_bravo Inglese!_’ It was quite a +joyous riot.” + +Boswell's correspondence during this tour is also characteristic. He +informs us that he walked one day to Corte, from the convent where he +lodged, purposely to write a letter to Mr. Samuel Johnson.—“I told my +revered friend, that from a kind of superstition, agreeable in a certain +degree to him as well as to myself, I had, during my travels, written to +him from LOCA SOLEMNIA, places in some measure sacred. That, as I had +written to him from the tomb of Melancthon, sacred to learning and +piety, I now wrote to him from the palace of Pascal Paoli, sacred to +wisdom and liberty; knowing that, however his political principles may +have been represented, he had always a generous zeal for the common +rights of humanity. + +“Mr. Johnson was pleased with what I wrote here; for I received, at +Paris, an answer from him, which I keep as a valuable charter. ‘When you +return, you will return to an unaltered and, I hope, unalterable friend. +All that you have to fear from me is the vexation of disappointing me. +No man loves to frustrate expectations which have been formed in his +favour, and the pleasure which I promise myself from your journals and +remarks is so great, that perhaps no degree of attention or discernment +will be able to afford it. Come home, however, and take your chance. I +long to see you and to hear you; and hope that we shall not be so long +separated again. Come home, and expect such a welcome as is due to him +whom a wise and noble curiosity has led where, perhaps, no native of +this country ever was before.’”[39] + +We have a certain sympathy for Boswell. He was the first Englishman on +record who penetrated into Corsica, and none but ourselves, as far as we +have any account, have followed his steps for nearly a century. Not to +weary the reader, we have done him injustice in only making extracts +from his work betraying the weak points of his character; for his +account of Corsica is valuable for its research, its descriptions, and +its history of the times. His _memorabilia_ of Pascal Paoli supply ample +materials for any modern Plutarch who would contrast his character with +that of his rival countryman, Napoleon Bonaparte. Commencing their +political career in unison, widely as it diverged, both ended their +lives in exile on British soil. Though Paoli's sphere was narrow, so was +that of some of the greatest men in Grecian history; and, like theirs, +it had far extended relations. The eyes of Europe were upon him; Corsica +was then its battle-field, and the principles of his conduct and +administration are of universal application. + +But Sollacaró may have more interest for the public of the present day +from its connection with a romance of Alexandre Dumas, and the play +founded upon it, than from Paoli's having held court, or Boswell's visit +to him, there. We have traced the wizard's footsteps, in one of his +works of genius, at the Château d'If and Monte Cristo[40], we meet them +again in the wilds of Corsica. Few of my readers can follow us there; +but let them go to the “Princess's” when “The Corsican Brothers” is +performed, and they will realise much that we have told them of the +Corsican temperament and Corsican life. How true to nature is the reply +of Fabian, in the first act, to the suggestion of his friend, “Then you +will never leave the village of Sollacaró?”—“It seems strange to you +that a man should cling to such a miserable country as Corsica; but what +else can you expect? I am one of those plants that will only live in the +open air. I must breathe an atmosphere impregnated with the life-giving +emanations of the mountains and the sharp breezes of the sea. I must +have my torrents to cross, my rocks to climb, my forests to explore. I +must have my carbine, room, independence, and liberty. If I were +transported into a city, methinks I should be stifled, as if I were in a +prison.” + +The scene of the first act is laid in an old mansion of the Colonna's at +Sollacaró, perhaps that in which Boswell lodged. The action turns upon +an antient feud between the Orlandi and Colonne, which is with +difficulty extinguished by the intervention of Fabian, one of the +Corsican brothers. A short dialogue tells the story:— + +“FABIAN. ‘You come among us to witness a _vendetta_; well! you will +behold something much more rare—you will be present at a +reconciliation.’ + +“ALFRED. ‘A reconciliation?’ + +“FAB. ‘Which will be no easy matter, I assure you, considering the point +to which things are come.’ + +“ALF. ‘And from what did this great quarrel originate, which, thanks to +you, is on the eve of being extinguished?’ + +“FAB. ‘Why, I confess I feel some difficulty in telling you that. The +first cause was—’ + +“ALF. ‘Was what?’ + +“FAB. ‘The first cause was a hen.’ + +“ALF. (_astonished_) ‘A hen!’ + +“FAB. ‘Yes. About ten years ago, a hen escaped from the poultry-yard of +the Orlandi, and took refuge in that of one of the Colonne. The Orlandi +claimed the hen. The Colonne maintained it was theirs. In the heat of +the discussion, an Orlando was imprudent enough to threaten that he +would summon the Colonne before the _Juge de Paix_, and put them on +their oath. At this menace, an old woman of the Colonna family, who held +the hen in her hand, twisted its neck, and threw it in the face of the +mother of Orlando. “There,” said she, “if the hen be thine, eat it!” +Upon this, an Orlando picked up the hen by the claws, and raised his +hand, with the hen in it, to strike her who had thrown it in the face of +his mother; but at the moment he lifted his hand, a Colonna, who +unfortunately had his loaded carbine with him, without hesitation, +fired, and shot him in the breast, and killed him.’ + +“ALF. ‘Good heavens! And how many lives has this ridiculous squabble +cost?’[41] + +“FAB. ‘There have been nine persons killed and five wounded.’ + +“ALF. ‘What! and all for a miserable hen?’ + +“FAB. ‘Yes.’ + +“ALF. ‘And it is, doubtless, in compliance with the prayers of one of +these two families that you have interfered to terminate this quarrel?’ + +“FAB. ‘Oh! not at all. They would have exterminated one another to the +very last man rather than have made a single step towards each other. +No, no; it is at the entreaty of my brother.’” ... + +The action of this scene consists in the formal but unwilling +reconciliation of the two clans, represented by their chiefs, in the +presence of a _juge de paix_; in token of which a hen was to be +presented by the Orlando to the Colonna. The situation affords scope for +ludicrous disputes whether it should be a white hen or a black one—dead +or alive—which should hold out his hand first, and so on; mixed with the +more serious question, whether they met on equal terms, only four +Orlandi having been slain against five Colonne, but four Orlandi wounded +to one Colonna—the Colonne “counting the wounded for nothing,” if they +did not die of their wounds. + +The main plot is beside our purpose. The scene changes to Paris, and +the catastrophe may be imagined from the words of Fabian in the last +act, which give, alas! too true a picture of what the social state of +Corsica was. + +“‘A Corsican family is the ancient hydra, one of whose heads has no +sooner been cut off than there springs forth another, which bites and +tears in the place of the one that has been severed from the trunk. What +is my will, sir? My will is to kill him who has killed my brother!’ + +“‘You are determined to kill me, sir! How?’ + +“FAB. ‘Oh, be satisfied! Not from behind a wall, not through a hedge, as +is the mode in my country, as is the practice there; but, as it is done +here, _à la mode Française_, with a frilled shirt and white gloves;—and +you see, sir, I am in fighting costume.’” + + * * * * * + +But we must return to our Rambles, trusting to the indulgent reader's +forgiveness, if our pen sometimes rambles too. On leaving Olmeto, the +road skirts the Gulf of Valinco, and, after touching the little port of +Propriano, ascends to Sartene. This town, the seat of one of the five +_sous-préfettures_ into which the island is divided, stands on the +summit of a hill, the plain below being covered with olive-yards and +fruit-trees, with vineyards on the slopes, and groves of ilex further +up. The place has a melancholy aspect, all the houses being of the +rudest construction, built of unhewn granite, black with age, and very +lofty. It is divided into two quarters; one inhabited by wealthy +families, among which, we were told, there are fifteen worth 200,000 +_francs_ each; and the other by the lower class of people, a turbulent +race, between whom and the patricians there have long been bloody feuds, +breaking out into open war. + +The country between Sartene and Bonifacio is wild and mountainous; and +the road winding along the sides of the hills, many fine points of view +are presented. To the northward, the eye rested on the lofty peak of +Monte Incudine, and the long ridge of the Cascione, the high pasturages +of which are occupied during the summer months by the shepherds of +Quenza and other villages of the Serra. Southward, we have the coast, +deeply indented, the blue Mediterranean, and, at about two hours from +Sartene, the distant mountains of Sardinia, in faint outline. Now, there +is in sight the grey tower of one of the old feudal castles, overgrown +with wood, and rising among pinnacles of rock; vast forests clothe some +of the mountain-sides, and everywhere we find the arbutus, the myrtle, +and evergreen shrubbery. Here it contrasts well with the red and grey +rocks we see around. That reddish rock is a compact granite, evidently +admitting of a high polish. There are quarries by the side of the road, +which is cut through it; and we are informed that it is sent to Rome for +works of art. + +Corsica is rich in valuable marbles, as yet turned to little account. +Not far from Olmeto, in this route, in the canton of Santa Lucia, is +found a beautiful granite, peculiar to the island. They call it +_orbicularis_. It has a blueish cast, with white and black spots. I have +observed it among the choice specimens with which the chapel of the +Medici, at Florence, is so richly inlaid. The Corsican mountains present +a variety of other fine granites, with porphyry and serpentine, in some +of which agates and jaspers are incorporated. Of marbles proper, there +are quarries in the island of a statuary marble, of a pure and dazzling +whiteness, said to be equal to the best Carrara. Blocks of it, from +five to eight feet thick, can be obtained from a single layer. +Blueish-grey and pale yellow marbles are found near Corte and Bastia. +But of metalliferous rocks and deposits the island cannot boast; a few +iron mines, that of Olmeta in particular, one of copper, another of +antimony, and one of manganese, form the scanty catalogue. It is to the +island of Elba that we must look for mineral wealth. + +Connected with the mineralogy of Corsica, I would just mention, in +passing, that the island abounds in warm, sulphureous, and chalybeate +springs, some of them strongly impregnated with carbonic acid gas. Those +of Orezza, Puzzichello, and the Fiumorbo, are in great repute; and I +collect from the _procès-verbals_ of the Council-General, that the +mineral waters of Corsica are considered objects of much importance, +considerable sums being annually voted for making baths, with roads to +them, and encouraging parties engaged in opening them to the public. + +Descending from the heights, after halting at a solitary post-house, we +cross a large tract of partially-cultivated flats, through which the +Ortolo flows sluggishly into the Gulf of Roccapina. Again we climb a +ridge, and the mountains of Sardinia rise distinctly before us over the +straits and islands beneath us. The road now approaches the +Mediterranean, crossing the heads of the small Gulfs of Figari and +Ventiligni. Many streams flow into them through a country uninhabited, +and said to be unhealthy. + +Some miles succeed of the undulating shrubbery of the _maquis_, over a +poor and rugged surface, till we surmount the last ridge, and, suddenly, +Bonifacio appears across the harbour, crowning a rocky peninsula rising +boldly from the sea, which washes almost the whole circuit of its base. +The chalk cliffs are of a dazzling whiteness, and scooped out by the +action of the waves and the weather into the most fantastic shapes. +Their entire _enceinte_ is surrounded by fortifications, screening from +sight most of the town; the church domes, with watch-towers and a +massive citadel, alone breaking the picturesque outline. At the foot of +the road, along the harbour-side, lies the _Marino_, inhabited by +fishermen, and the seat of a small coasting trade and some commerce +across the straits with the island of Sardinia. + + [Illustration: BONIFACIO ON THE SEA-SIDE.] + +To this Marino we rumble down the steep bank on the opposite side of the +creek, through ilex woods festooned with wild vines, and, lower down, +through olive groves. We travelled in the _coupé_ of the _diligence_ +from Sartene with a young Corsican officer in the French service, who +had come on leave from Dieppe to bid farewell to his family at +Bonifacio, expecting to be employed in the expedition to the East. We +talked of the coming war, with an almost impregnable fortress before us, +memorable for its obstinate resistance to sieges, as remarkable in old +times as that in which both, probably, of my fellow-travellers were, +twelve months afterwards, engaged. On approaching the place, we +witnessed a scene which gave us some idea of the warmth of family +feeling among the Corsicans. At the foot of the descent, a mile from the +town, the _diligence_ suddenly stopped. By the road-side a group, of all +ages and both sexes, was waiting its arrival. What fond greetings! what +tender embraces! A young urchin seized his brother's sword, almost as +long as himself; the mother and sisters clung to his side. Leaving him +to walk to the town thus happily escorted, we are set down on the quay. +The only access to the town itself is by a steep inclined plane, with +slopes and steps cut in the rock. No wheel carriage ever enters the +place. We pass under a gloomy arch in the barbican, surmounted by a +strong tower, and establish ourselves in a very unpromising _locanda_, +after vainly searching for better quarters. + + + + +CHAP. XXIV. + + _Bonifacio.—Foundation and History.—Besieged by Alfonso of + Arragon.—By Dragut and the Turks.—Singularity of the Place.—Its + Mediæval Aspect.—The Post-office.—Passports.—Detention.—Marine + Grottoes.—Ruined Convent of St. Julian._ + + +Boniface, Marquis of Tuscany, one of the noblest and bravest of +Charlemagne's peers, was entrusted by his feeble successor with the +defence of the most salient point in the southern frontier of his +dominions against the incessant ravages of the Saracen Corsairs from +Barbary and Spain. Created Count of Corsica, Boniface founded, in 830, +the strong fortress, on the southern extremity of the island, which +bears his name. A massive round tower, called _Il Torrione_, the +original citadel, still proudly crowns the heights, having withstood for +ages the storms of war and the tempests which lash its exposed and +sea-girt site. Three other ancient towers, including the barbican +already mentioned, strengthened the position; and others, with ramparts, +curtains, and bastions, were added to the works in succeeding times, +till the whole circuit of the rocky _plateau_ bristles with defensive +works. Within these the town is closely packed in narrow streets;—but of +that hereafter. + + [Illustration: BONIFACIO] + +Of its history it need only be mentioned, that after passing to the +Pisans, the Genoese got possession of the place by a stratagem, and it +remained for many centuries under their protection, but enjoying great +independent privileges. Genoese families of distinction settled there, +and, during the wars with the Corsicans and their allies, Bonifacio +steadfastly adhered to the fortunes of the Republic. + +In the course of these wars, the place sustained two sieges, so +signalised by the vigour and obstinacy of the attack and defence, +especially by the heroic resistance of the Bonifacians and the extremity +of suffering they endured, that these sieges are memorable amongst the +most famous of either ancient or modern times. + +In 1420, Alfonso of Arragon, having pretensions on Corsica, invested +Bonifacio by sea and land with a powerful force, supported by his +partisan, Vincintello d'Istria, at the head of his Corsican vassals. The +siege, which lasted five months, was vigorously pressed on the part of +the Spaniards, and met by a defence equally determined. Night and day, a +terrible shower of stone balls and other missiles was hurled at the +walls and into the town by the besiegers' engines, both from the fleet +and the position occupied by the king's army on a neighbouring hill. The +besiegers also threw arrows from the ships' towers and round-tops, and +leaden acorns from certain hand-bombards, of cast metal, hollow, like a +reed, as they are described by the Corsican historian, these leaden +acorns being propelled by fire, and piercing through a man in armour. +Artillery, the great arm in modern sieges, thus helped to sweep the +ranks of the devoted Bonifacians. Seventy years before, it had been +employed, in a rude shape, by the English at the battle of Créci. The +walls and towers crumbled under the storm of heavier missiles discharged +by the machines of ancient warfare, and the houses were laid in ruins. +Twice, practicable breaches were effected, and the Spaniards, bravely +mounting to the assault, which lasted several days, were repulsed with +severe loss; the women of Bonifacio, as well as the priests and monks, +vyeing with the townsmen in heroic courage while defending the breaches. +Then, both sexes and every age worked night and day in throwing up +barricades and repairing the walls. + +In the face of this obstinate defence, Alfonso, despairing of being able +to carry the place by assault, determined on forcing the enemy to +surrender from starvation, during a protracted siege; and, still pouring +missiles incessantly into the place, he maintained a close blockade by +sea and land, drawing chains across the harbour to prevent supplies +being thrown in. The corn magazine had been burnt; and the besieged, +reduced to the last extremity, were compelled to devour the most +loathsome herbs and animals. Many, wounded and helpless, would have been +carried off by hunger had not the compassion of the women afforded them +relief; for the kind-hearted women of Bonifacio, we are told, actually +offered their breasts to their brothers, children, blood-relations, and +sponsors; and there was no one during the terrible siege of Bonifacio +who had not sucked the breast of a woman. They even, it is said, made a +cheese of their milk, and sent it to the king, as well as threw bread +from the walls, to disguise their state of distress from the Spaniards. + +The republic of Genoa, receiving intelligence of the extremity to which +its faithful town was reduced, lost no time in fitting out a fleet to +convey to its aid a strong reinforcement, with supplies of arms and +food; but the season was so stormy that for three months, between +September and January (1421), the expedition was detained in the harbour +of Genoa. + +Meanwhile, the townsmen, almost in despair, listened to the honourable +terms offered by the King of Arragon, and at last agreed to capitulate +if no relief arrived within forty days. But the king refusing to allow +them to send messengers to Genoa, they hastily built a small vessel, and +lowering it by ropes from the rock, then let down the devoted crew, who, +at every peril, were to convey the magistrates' letters to the senate of +Genoa. Followed to the point of rock by multitudes of the citizens, the +women, it is said, by turns offered them their breasts: food there was +little or none to take with them. + +After fifteen days of terrible suspense, during which the churches were +open from early morning till late at night, the people praying for +deliverance from their enemies and for forgiveness of their sins, and +going in procession, barefoot, though the winter was severe, from the +cathedral of St. Mary to St. Dominic and the other churches, chanting +litanies;—at last, when hopes were failing, the little vessel crept +under the rock by night, and the crew, giving the signal and being drawn +up by ropes, brought the joyful news to the anxious crowd that the +Genoese fleet was close at hand. The period for the surrender was come, +when sorrow was turned to joy. The bells pealed, fire signals were +lighted on all the towers, and shouts of exultation rose to heaven. The +Arragonese thundered at the gates, demanding the surrender, for the +relieving fleet was not yet descried. The Bonifacians asserted that +relief had arrived in the night; and, to countenance the assertion, +there appeared bands of armed men, who marched round the battlements, +with glittering lances and armour, and the standard of Genoa at their +head; for the women of Bonifacio had put on armour, so that, like the +female peasantry of the coast of Cardigan, in their red whittles, when +the French landed during the war of the revolution, the force opposed to +the enemy was apparently doubled or tripled. + +Alfonso of Arragon, seeing this, exclaimed, “Have the Genoese wings, +that they can come to Bonifacio when we are keeping a strict blockade by +land and by sea?” And again he gave orders for the assault, and his +engines shot a storm of missiles against the place. Three days +afterwards, the relieving fleet anchored off the harbour, and some brave +Bonifacians, swimming off to the ships, horrified the Genoese by their +haggard and famine-worn features. After a terrible fight, which lasted +for seven hours—ship jammed against ship in the narrow channel, and the +Bonifacians hurling firebrands, harpoons, and all kinds of missiles on +such of the enemy's ships as they could reach from the walls and +towers—the Genoese burst the chain across the harbour, and unbounded was +the joy of the famished townsmen when seven ships, loaded with corn, +were safely moored along the Marino. Alfonso of Arragon raised the +siege, and, abandoning his enterprise in deep mortification, sailed for +Italy. + +The citizens of Bonifacio displayed equal heroism in defence of their +town in 1554. It was then the turn of Henry IV. of France to invade +Corsica. Invited by Sampiero and the other patriot chiefs, the French +troops, acting in concert with the island militia, drove the Genoese +from all their positions except some fortified places on the coast; +while the Turks, the natural enemies of the republic, co-operating with +the French, appeared off the island with a powerful fleet, under the +command of their admiral, Dragut, and laid siege to Bonifacio. + +The defence offered by the townsmen was all the more obstinate from +their being inspired with the sentiment that it was a religious duty to +fight against the Infidel. Again the women rushed to the ramparts, and +fell gloriously in the breach. The Turks had been repulsed with great +slaughter in repeated assaults, and Dragut had drawn off his forces to +some distance, disconcerted, and almost resolved to raise the siege, +when an unexpected occurrence brought it to an end. An inhabitant of +Bonifacio was entrusted by the senate of Genoa to carry over a sum of +money, and announce the approach of succour to the besieged town. +Landing at Girolata, he was making his way through the island, when, +betrayed by one of his guides, he was arrested, and brought to De +Thermes, the French general. Means were found of inducing the Genoese +emissary to betray his employers. He was instructed to proceed to +Bonifacio with Da Mare, a Corsican noble, and engage the authorities to +surrender, informing them that the Genoese could afford them no relief. + +The stratagem succeeded. The letters of credence with which the traitor +had been furnished at Genoa satisfied the commandant of the truth of his +mission, and he consented to deliver up the place to Da Mare, on +condition that the town should be saved from pillage, and the soldiers +conducted to Bastia, and embarked for Genoa. But when the Turks saw +those brave men, who had foiled all their assaults by an obstinate +defence, file out of the place, they fell on them, and massacred them +without mercy. Moreover, Dragut demanded that Bonifacio should be put +into his hands, or that he should receive an indemnity of 25,000 +crowns. It was impossible to deliver up a town to be sacked by the +Turks, the inhabitants of which it was policy to conciliate, nor could +De Thermes provide the sum required. He promised, however, speedy +payment, and sent his nephew to the Turks as an hostage. Dragut then +sailed for the Levant, in dudgeon with his allies, and disgusted with an +enterprise which had terminated so little to his honour. Bonifacio, with +the rest of Corsica, was soon afterwards restored by the treaty of +Château-Cambresis to the Genoese, who repaired and considerably added to +the fortifications. + +One easily conceives that the rock fortress must have been impregnable +in ancient times, if bravely defended. Even now it is a place of +considerable strength, garrisoned by the French, who have erected +barracks and improved the works. But the place still singularly +preserves the character of a fortified town of the Middle Ages. Nothing +seems changed except that French sentries pace the battlements instead +of Genoese. There are the old towers, walls, churches, and houses;—the +houses, tall and gloomy, many of them having the arms of Genoese +families carved in stone over the portals. A network of narrow and +irregular streets spreads over the whole _plateau_ within the walls, +which rise from the very edge of the cliffs. There is not a yard of +vacant space, except an esplanade and _place d'armes_, where the +promontory narrows at its southern extremity. The only entrance is under +the vaulted archway of the barbican, still as jealously guarded as if +Saracen, Turk, or Spaniard threatened an attack. This tower commands the +approach from the Marino by the broad ramp, a long inclined plane, at a +sharp angle, the ascent of which, _en échelon_, by the troops of +diminutive mules and asses employed for conveying all articles necessary +for subsistence and use in the town, it was painful to witness. The +streets are as void of every kind of vehicle as those of Venice, and +almost as unsavoury as its canals. There is scarcely room for two loaded +mules to pass each other. Every morning, nearly the whole population +pours forth, with their beasts of burthen, to their labour in the +country, there being no villages in the canton; returning to their homes +in the evening. They are an industrious race, snatching their +subsistence from a barren soil. + +Few strangers visit Bonifacio, and those who do must be content with +very indifferent accommodations. We were lodged _au premier_ of a gaunt +_locanda_, our last resource, after exploring the place for better +quarters. Its best recommendation was the zeal and kindness of the host; +and even the resources of his culinary skill, which, I believe, could +have produced a _ragout_ from a piece of leather, failed for want of +materials on which to exercise it. The supplies of flesh, fowl, +and—strange to say—fish, were scanty and bad. The French officers in +garrison messed, _en pension_, at our hotel, but their fare, limited by +a close economy, was not only meagre, but, with all the accompaniments +of the table, absolutely disgusting. + +To make matters worse, we were detained several days beyond our allotted +time in this ill-provisioned fortress by an unexpected mischance. Armed +with Foreign Office passports, current at least through the friendly +states of France and Sardinia without the slightest hindrance, we had +taken the additional precaution of proposing to have them _visé_ by the +French and Sardinian Legations in London, that there might be no sort of +obstacle to our crossing from one of the two islands in our route to +the other. The _visé_ was refused as perfectly unnecessary; and even at +Ajaccio, where we passed some hours at the _Préfeture_, our passports +were returned to us on mere inspection. Greatly, however, to our +mortification, we discovered, at Bonifacio, that international +conventions between friendly governments had no force in this +out-of-the-way corner of the civilised world. We could not be allowed to +embark for Sardinia without authority from the Administration at +Ajaccio, which it would take at least forty-eight hours to procure. All +arguments were vain; the Foreign Office passport could not be +recognised; the orders were precise for a strict _surveillance_ of all +persons endeavouring to cross the Straits. As private individuals and +English gentlemen, we were on particularly pleasant terms with the +_maire_ and his son; but, officially, such was their language, they had +nothing to show that we were not brigands meditating escape. Officials +generally, and foreign officials especially, are not to be moved by any +force of circumstances from their regular track. + +Unwilling to submit, and anxious to get forward, we lost twenty-four +hours of precious time in vainly negotiating with the master of a small +vessel to smuggle us over. He would be well paid, and we proposed going +to some unfrequented part of the coast, from whence he could take us +off. But, tempting as the offers were, after much deliberation, they +were rejected. Such things were common a short time before, and hundreds +of the banditti had been ferried over to the coast of Sardinia; but now +there was a sharp look-out, and discovery would be ruin. Insignificant +as is the commerce of Bonifacio, it is well watched by a staff of +_douaniers_, consisting of a captain, four _sous-officiers_, and +thirteen or fourteen _préposés_, _matelots_, &c., besides _officiers de +santé_ and swarms of _gendarmes_. They were everywhere: at our landing; +while sketching; always in pairs; and seeming to dodge our steps. Two +presented themselves while we were at supper the evening after our +arrival. The passports had been exhibited;—what could they want with us? +what offence had we committed? Their business was with the innkeeper; he +had omitted to fix a lantern at his door! He hated the French like a +true Corsican. He would not pay even decent respect to the officers, his +guests, and boasted of starving them to the last fraction his contract +for the mess allowed; while nothing was good enough for the Englishmen. + +Piétro was, indeed, a true Corsican; had killed his man, given a _coup_, +as he called it, to his enemy, was condemned to death, but bought off. +_Encore_; a man he had offended came to his hotel, and called for food. +They sat down to table in company, Piétro observing that his enemy +frequently kept his hand on a side-pocket. After supper, the man asked +for a chamber to sleep. Piétro replied that they were all occupied, but +he might sleep with him. The other was staggered at his coolness, and, +hesitating to comply, Piétro seized him, and finding a pistol secreted +on his person, doubled him up, and kicked him down stairs. + +Our host was not singular in his disaffection to the French. The +Bonifacians feel their thraldom more perhaps than any other people in +Corsica, overshadowed as their small population is by a strong garrison +and a host of _douaniers_ and _gendarmes_. Republican ideas prevail; and +they have not forgotten the days when their important town was more an +ally, than a dependance, of Genoa. Now, from their small population, a +single deputy represents them in the departmental council, while +Ajaccio sends twenty-nine and Bastia twenty-five members. The +Bonifacians despise their masters. “The French are inconstant,” said an +inhabitant, high in office, with whom I was talking politics; “they have +_tant de petitesses_; they have no national character: we have, and +you;—our very quarrels, which are deep and lasting, show it.” + +Everything is primitive in Bonifacio, except the emblems of French +domination. On the evening of our arrival, having threaded my way alone +with some difficulty through a labyrinth of dark streets and lanes to +the Post Office, I found it closed; and there being no apparent means of +announcing my errand, was departing in despair, when a neighbour +good-humouredly cried out, “_Tirate la corda, signore!_” After some +search, for it was getting dark, I discovered a string, running up the +wall of the house to the third story. Pulling it lustily, at last a +window opened, and an old woman put her head out, inquiring, in a shrill +voice, “_Que volete?_” Having made known my wants, after some delay, +steps were heard slowly descending the stairs. Admitted at length into +the _bureau_, the old crone, spectacle on nose, proceeded very +deliberately to spell over, by a feeble lamplight, the addresses of a +bundle of letters taken from a shelf. The process was excruciating, +anxious as we were for news from home. She could make nothing of my +friend's truly Saxon name;—what foreign official can ever decipher +English names? Mine was more pronounceable, and as I kept repeating +both, she caught that, and, incapable as I should have thought her of +making a pun, she exclaimed at last, in despair, “_Forestier, ecco! sono +tutti forestière_,” tossing me the whole bundle to choose for myself. +Happily, I was not disappointed. + +We shall not easily forget Bonifacio. Our detention within the narrow +bounds of the fortress-town afforded us leisure to realise the scenes +which the crowded _enceinte_ must have offered during its memorable +sieges. The combined effects, too, of loathsome smells—the filth of the +purlieus being indescribable—of bad diet, confinement, and the +irritation natural to Englishmen under detention, brought on suddenly +severe attacks of diarrhœa, though we were both before in robust health. +Our sufferings shadowed out, however faintly, the miseries endured by a +crowded population during the sieges, and again when half the +inhabitants of Bonifacio became victims to the plague in 1582—a scourge +which then devastated Corsica and parts of Italy. + +Gasping for pure air, we were forbidden by the everwatchful _gendarmes_ +to walk on the town ramparts. From early dawn till late evening, the +eternal clang of hand cornmills forbade repose in our _locanda_. The +neighbouring country has few attractions, even if we had been in a state +to profit by them. All interest is concentrated in the place itself. Our +steps were therefore especially attracted to the open area forming the +southern extremity of the Cape, as already mentioned. There at least we +could breathe the fresh air, look down on the blue Mediterranean washing +the base of the chalk cliffs, far beneath, and trace the outline of the +coast of Sardinia across the Straits. The Gallura mountains rose boldly +on the horizon, and the low island of Madaléna, our proposed +landing-place, was distinctly visible. It needed not that we should +indulge imagination in picturing to ourselves Castel Sardo, and other +places along the coast, which we hoped soon to visit. The esplanade was +generally solitary, and suited our musings. One evening, the silence was +broken by a melancholy chant from the chapel of a ruined monastery +within the guarded _enceinte_. It was a service for the dead, at which a +prostrate crowd assisted in deep devotion. The sentries on the walls +rested on their arms, and we stood at the open door, facing the western +sky and the rolling waves, listening to strains of wailing which would +have suited the times of the siege and the plague. + + [Illustration: OUTLINE OF SARDINIA FROM BONIFACIO.] + +Nearer the town stands the old church of the Templars, dedicated to St. +Dominic, of fine Gothic architecture, full of interest for its armorial +and other memorials of the knightly defenders of the faith, and of noble +Genoese families. Over the edge of the cliff towers the massive +_Torrione_, the original fortress of the Marquis Bonifacio, consecrated +in memory as long the bulwark of the island against the incursions of +Saracen corsairs. Here, is the spot where the hastily-built galley, with +its adventurous crew, was lowered down the face of the cliff, to convey +to Genoa the intelligence of the extremity to which the citizens of +Bonifacio were reduced when besieged by Alfonso of Arragon. There, is a +ladder of rude steps, cut in the chalk cliffs to the edge of the water, +two hundred feet beneath, the descent of which it made one dizzy to +contemplate. Perhaps, under cover of night, the now ruinous steps have +been boldly trodden in a sally for surprising the enemy, or stealthily +mounted by emissaries from without, conveying intelligence to the +beleaguered party. Perhaps, in the Genoese times, some Romeo and Juliet, +of rival families, found the means of elopement by this sequestered +staircase. One could imagine shrouded figures gliding from the convent +church close by—the perilous descent, the light skiff tossing beneath, +with its white sails a-peak, waiting to bear off the lovers to freedom +and bliss. For what legends and tales of romance, real or imaginary, +have we materials here! + + [Illustration: CAVE UNDER BONIFACIO.] + +It is by sea only that one can escape from Bonifacio, except by miles of +dreary road. To the sea we looked for ours. _En attendant_, we tried our +wings to the utmost length of the chain which bound us to the rock. +Procuring a boat, we pulled out of the harbour, and round the jutting +points crowned by the fortress, half inclined to pitch the _padrone_ +overboard, and make a straight course for the opposite coast of +Sardinia. Not driven to that extremity, we wiled away the time +pleasantly enough in a visit to the caverns worn by the sea in the chalk +cliffs, which front its surges. Some of these are exceedingly +picturesque. Their entrances festooned with hanging boughs, they +penetrate far into the interior of the rocks, and the water percolating +through their vaulted roofs, has formed stalactites of fantastic shapes. +The boat glides through the arched entrance, and we find ourselves in +the cool and grateful shade of these marine grottoes. Fishes are +flitting in the clear water; limpid streams oozing through the rocks +form fresh-water basins, with pebbly bottoms; and the channels from the +blue sea, flowing over the chalk, become cerulean. These are, indeed, +the halls of Amphitrite, fitting baths of Thetis and her nymphs. Poetic +imagination has never pictured anything more enchanting. + + [Illustration: BONIFACIO FROM THE CONVENT IN THE VALLEY.] + +One afternoon, we walked a mile out of the town, up a narrow valley in +the limestone cliffs, to the ruined convent of St. Julian. The bottom of +the valley is laid out in gardens, with cross walls, and channels for +irrigation. The gardens appeared neglected, but there were some vines +and fig-trees, pomegranates, and crops of a large-growing kale. The +ruins lie at the head of the glen, facing Bonifacio and the sea; the +walls of the convent and church still standing, approached by a broad +paved way on a flight of marble steps. Seated on these, we enjoyed at +leisure a charming view. + +Vineyards and plots of cultivated land overspread the slopes on either +side of the valley. There were scattered olive-trees, and bamboos waving +in the wind. The old convent walls, mantled with ivy, contrasted with a +chapel at the foot of the steps, having a handsome dome, covered with +bright glazed tiles of green, red, and black, and surmounted by a +cross—the only portion of the conventual buildings still perfect. In the +distance was the little landlocked haven, with a brig and some small +lateen-sailed vessels moored alongside the Marino. Above it rose the +fortress-town, with its towers and battlements. The sound of the church +bells tolling for vespers rose, softened by distance, up the valley. +Ravens were croaking over the ruins of the convent, and lizards frisking +on the banks and the marble steps on which we reposed. It was a fitting +spot for a Sunday afternoon's meditation—our last in Corsica! + + + + +CHAP. XXV. + + ISLAND OF SARDINIA.—_Cross the Straits of Bonifacio.—The Town and + Harbour of La Madelena.—Agincourt Sound, the Station of the + British Fleet in 1803.—Anecdotes of Nelson.—Napoleon Bonaparte + repulsed at La Madelena._ + + +Released, at length, from our irksome detention by the return of the +courier with the passports _visés_ from Ajaccio, and a boat we had +hired, meanwhile, lying ready at the Marino to carry us over to +Sardinia, not a moment was lost in getting under sail to cross the +straits. + +The Bocche di Bonifacio were called by the Romans _Fossa Fretum_, and by +the Greeks _Tappros_, a trench, from their dividing the islands of +Corsica and Sardinia like a ditch or dyke. These straits are considered +dangerous by navigators, from the violence of the squalls gushing +suddenly from the mountains and causing strong currents, especially +during the prevalence of winds from the north-west during nine months of +the year. Lord Nelson describes them during one of these squalls as +“looking tremendous, from the number of rocks and the heavy seas +breaking over them.” In another letter he says, “We worked the ‘Victory’ +every foot of the way from Asinara to this anchorage, [off La Madelena,] +blowing hard from Longo Sardo, under double-reefed topsails.” The +difficulties of the Bonifacio passage can hardly be understood by a +landsman who has not visited the straits, but they are stated to have +been so great, “and the ships to have passed in so extraordinary a +manner, that their captains could only consider it as a providential +interposition in favour of the great officer who commanded them.”[42] + + [Illustration: LOOKING BACK ON CORSICA.] + +It has been my fortune to pass these straits on three several occasions +when they were perfectly calm. During the passage from Corsica in an +open boat, which I am now relating, there was so little wind that, with +all the spread of high-peaked sails a Mediterranean boat can carry, we +made but little way, and the surface was so unruffled that my friend was +able to sketch at ease the outline of the Corsican mountains, from which +we were slowly receding. It was, however, pleasurable to linger midway +between the two islands, retracing our route in the one by the lines of +its mountain ranges, and anticipating fresh delight in penetrating those +of the Gallura now in prospect. The appearance of a French revenue +cutter to windward tended to reconcile us to the failure of our plan of +getting smuggled across the straits, which might have led to more +serious consequences than the detention we suffered. + +The coast line on both sides of the channel, as on all the shores of +the two islands, is remarkably bold; and the scene was diversified by +the groups of rocky islets scattered across the straits, and described +in a former chapter as the broken links of a chain which once united +Corsica with the mountain system of the north-east-portion of the island +of Sardinia. They are composed entirely of a fine-grained red granite. +In some of the islets lying nearest the Corsican coast quarries were +worked to supply blocks and columns for the temples and palaces of +imperial Rome. Quarries of the same material were also worked by the +Romans, as we shall find presently, on the coast of Sardinia, opposite +these islands. + +With two exceptions, these “Intermediate Islands” are uninhabited. They +were considered of so little importance that, till the middle of the +last century, it was considered a question which of them belonged to +Sardinia and which to Corsica. It was then easily settled by drawing a +visual line equidistant from Point Lo Sprono on the latter, and Capo +Falcone on the former; it being agreed that all north of this line +should belong to Corsica, and all south of it to Sardinia. + +The distance between the two capes is about ten nautical miles. To the +westward of Capo Falcone lies the small harbour of Longo Sardo, or +Longone, the nearest landing-place from Bonifacio, from which it has +long carried on a contraband trade; its proximity to Corsica also making +it the asylum of the outlaws exiled from that island. A new town, called +Villa Teresa, built on a more healthy spot on the neighbouring heights, +has received a considerable access of population from the same source. + +The Capes Falcone, with La Marmorata close by, and La Testa forming the +north-west point of Sardinia, are all of the same formation as the +rocky islands in the straits already mentioned, and, like them, this +district furnished the Romans with many of the granite columns which +still form magnificent ornaments of the Eternal City. Those of the +Pantheon are said to have been excavated near Longone; and several +similar ones, as well as rude blocks, may still be seen in the quarries +on the promontory of Santa Reparata, near which the remains of some +Roman villas have also been discovered. In later days we find the value +of the Gallura granite appreciated by the Pisans. Their Duomo, built by +Buschetto in 1063, soon after their possession of Sardinia, shows the +beauty of the Marmorata rocks; and the Battisterio, built in 1152 by +Dioti Salvi, has also much of Gallura material in its construction. + +La Madelena is the largest island in the Sardinian group, and while +Porto Longone is a poor place, the town and harbour of La Madelena are +much frequented in the communications and trade between Corsica and +Sardinia. Our course therefore was shaped for the latter, though twice +the distance from shore to shore. The island of La Madelena, the _Insula +Ilva_, or _Phintonis_, of the Romans, is about eleven miles in +circumference. Till about a century ago it was only inhabited or +frequented by shepherds, natives of Corsica, who led a nomad life, and +by their constant intercourse with Corsica and Sardinia, and by +intermarriages with natives of both, formed a mixed but distinct race, +as the Ilvese are still considered. The town of La Madelena was only +founded in 1767, some Corsican refugees being among its first settlers; +but from its fine harbour, the healthiness of its site, and its +convenience for commerce with Italy, it rapidly became a place of +considerable population and trade. + +There are numerous channels and many sheltered bays frequented by ships +between the group of islands of which La Madelena is the principal. Our +own course from the north-west led us through a strait between the main +land of Sardinia and the islands of Sparagi, Madelena, and Caprera, +which opened to view all the points of interest in its most celebrated +harbour. Right ahead, it was almost closed by the little rocky islet of +Santo Stefano, now defended by a fort, and remarkable for having been +the scene of a severe repulse received by Napoleon at the outset of his +long successful career. A point to the south, on the main land of +Sardinia, marking the entrance of the Gulf of Arsachena, is called the +Capo dell'Orso, from a mass of granite so exactly resembling the figure +of a bear recumbent on its hind legs, that it attracted the notice of +Ptolemy 1400 years ago. The island of Caprera, probably deriving its +name from the wild goats till lately its sole inhabitants, presents a +ridge of rugged mountains, rising in the centre to a ridge called +Tagiolona, upwards of 750 feet high, with some little sheltered bays, +and a few cultivated spots on its western side. + +Sheltered by Caprera, La Madelena, and Santo Stefano, we find the fine +anchorage of Mezzo Schifo; the town of La Madelena, for which we are +steering, lying about half a mile south-west of the anchorage. This +harbour, named by Lord Nelson “Agincourt Sound,” was his head-quarters +while maintaining the blockade of Toulon, from 1803 to 1805. He formed +the highest opinion of its position for a naval station, as affording +safe and sheltered anchorage, and ingress and egress with any winds. His +public and private correspondence at that period shows the importance +he attached to its possession, and his anxiety that it should be secured +permanently to the crown of England. + +“If we could possess the island of Sardinia,” he says, in a letter to +Lord Hobart, “we should want neither Malta nor any other island in the +Mediterranean. This, which is the finest of them, possesses harbours fit +for arsenals, and of a capacity to hold our navy,—within twenty-four +hours' sail of Toulon,—bays to ride our fleets in, and to watch both +Italy and Toulon.” In another letter, he says:—“What a noble harbour is +formed by these islands! The world cannot produce a finer. From its +position, it is worth fifty Maltas.” This opinion we find repeated in a +variety of forms, and with Nelson's characteristic energy of expression. + +When at anchor in Agincourt Sound, he kept two or three frigates +constantly cruising between Toulon and the Straits of Bonifacio, to +signal any attempt of the enemy to leave their port; occasionally +cruising with his whole fleet, and then retreating to head-quarters. His +sudden appearance and disappearance off Toulon, in one of these +exercises, with the hope of alluring the French to put to sea, led their +admiral, M. Latouche-Tréville, to make the ludicrous boast, that he had +chased the whole British fleet, which fled before him. This bravado so +irritated Nelson, that it drew from him the well-known threat, contained +in a letter to his brother: “You will have seen by Latouche's letter how +he chased me, and how I ran. I keep it; and, if I take him, by God, he +shall eat it!” + +Our boatman pointed out to us the channel through which Lord Nelson led +his fleet when at length, after more than two years' watching, the +object of all his hopes and vows was accomplished by the French fleet +putting to sea. This, the eastern channel, of which the low isle of +Biscie forms the outer point, is the most dangerous of all, from the +sunken rocks which lie in the fairway, and its little breadth of sea +room. Yet Nelson beat through it in a gale of wind, in the dusk of the +evening, escaping these dangers almost miraculously. Our sailor pointed +out all this with lively interest, for Nelson's name and heroic deeds +are still household words among the seafaring people of La Madelena. + +It was on the 19th of January, 1805, that the look-out frigate in the +offing signalled to the admiral that the French fleet had put to sea. At +that season there was much gaiety, in dances, private theatricals, and +other amusements, on board the different ships in the harbour, and +preparations for an evening's entertainment were going on at the moment +the stirring signal was discovered. It was no sooner acknowledged on +board the “Victory” than the responding one appeared, “Weigh +immediately!” The scene of excitement and confusion ensuing the sudden +departure and interruption of festivities may be easily conceived. It +was a dark wintry evening; but the suddenness of the order to get under +way was equalled by the skill and courage with which it was executed. +The passage is so narrow that only one ship could pass at a time, and +each was guided only by the stern lights of the preceding vessel. At +seven o'clock, the whole of the fleet was entirely clear of the passage, +and, bidding a long farewell to La Madelena, they stood to the southward +in pursuit of the French fleet. The daring and determined spirit +exhibited by Nelson on this particular occasion was the subject of +especial eulogy in the House of Lords by his late Majesty, then Duke of +Clarence; being cited as the greatest instance of his unflinching +courage and constant activity. + +Thus, as we have already found Corsica, we now see Sardinia, witnessing +some of the boldest achievements of our great naval hero. + +Further interest attaches to La Madelena from its having repulsed the +attack of Napoleon, and driven him to a precipitate retreat from his +first field of arms. The young soldier, after being for some months in +garrison at Bonifacio, was attached, by order of Paschal Paoli, to the +expedition which sailed from thence in February, 1793, to reduce La +Madelena. He acted as second in command of the artillery, the whole +force being under the command of General Colonna-Cesari. A body of +troops having effected a lodgment on the island of Santo Stefano by +night, and a battery having been thrown up and armed, a heavy fire was +opened by Bonaparte on the town and its defences. They were held by a +garrison of 500 men, and the fire was returned by the islanders with +equal fury. The opposite shore of Gallura was lined by its brave +mountaineers, who, on the French frigate being dismasted and bearing up +for the Gulf of Arsachena, embarked from Parao, and attacked Santo +Stefano. Their assault was so vigorous that Bonaparte found himself +compelled to make a precipitate retreat from the island with a few of +his followers, leaving 200 prisoners, with all the _matériel_, baggage, +and artillery. In passing between the other islands, the fugitives were +also attacked by some Gallurese, who, concealing themselves near Capo +della Caprera, by the precision of their firing committed great havoc on +the flying enemy. + +Mr. Tyndale states that many of the Corsicans and Ilvese who witnessed +this action, being still living when he visited La Madelena, and +relating various circumstances relative to it, he heard the following +story from an old veteran, who was an eyewitness of the fact:— + +“Bonaparte was superintending the firing from the battery, and watching +the effect of it with his telescope, when observing the people at +Madelena going to mass, he exclaimed, ‘_Voglio tirare alla chiesa, per +far fuggire le donne!_’ (‘I should like to fire at the church, just to +frighten the women!’) While in garrison at Bonifacio, as lieutenant [? +captain] of artillery, he had mortar and gun practice every morning, and +had on all occasions shown the greatest precision in firing. In this +instance he was no less successful, for the shell entered the church +window, and fell at the foot of the image of N.S. di Madelena. It failed +to burst in this presence, and this miraculous instance of religious +respect had its due weight with the pious islanders, by whom it was +taken up, and for a long time preserved among the sacred curiosities of +the town. A natural cause was, however, soon discovered for the +harmlessness of the projectile. Napoleon continued his firing; but +finding that the shells took no effect, though they fell on the very +spot he intended, he examined some of them, and found that they were +filled with sand. ‘_Amici_,’ he exclaimed, burning with indignation; +‘_eccole il tradimento_;’ and the troops, who had been suffering much by +the fire from Madelena, imagining that the treason was on the part of +General Cesari, would have put him _alla lanterna_, had he not made his +escape on board the frigate.” + +It has, indeed, been said that Paoli, reluctantly obeying the orders of +the French Convention to undertake the expedition against Sardinia, +entrusted the command to Colonna-Cesari, his intimate friend, with +instructions to secure its failure, considering Sardinia as the natural +ally of their own island. However this may be, the affair terminated by +the retreat of the general with the rest of his force, having thrown +from Santo Stefano 500 shells and 5000 round shot into Madelena, without +much effect. + +We found in the harbour a Sardinian steam-ship of war[43], and ten or +twelve vessels of very small tonnage, engaged in the trade with Corsica, +Leghorn, and Marseilles. About twenty of this class belong to the port; +besides which it is frequented annually by from 200 to 300 other small +vessels, principally Genoese, their united tonnage amounting to about +5000 tons. Besides this legitimate commerce, the Ilvese carry on a +prosperous contraband trade, taking advantage of the numerous little +creeks and bays along the rocky coasts of the island. They are naturally +a seafaring people, while the Sardes manifest a decided repugnance to +engage in seafaring pursuits. The quays round the port of Madelena are +spacious, and the town, straggling up the side of a hill, has a neat +appearance, is said to be healthy, and is cleaner than any Sardinian +town we saw. + +There are tolerable accommodations at Santa's Hotel. The reception of +foreign guests is however, I imagine, a rare occurrence, and the means +of supplying the table from the resources of the island appeared scanty; +so that we should have fared ill but for the kindness of an English +officer long settled at Madelena, who sent some substantial +contributions to our comforts, in addition to his own hospitality. The +name of Captain Roberts, R.N., is so well known to all visitors, as well +as among the Sardes, that it is public property, and I may be allowed to +bear testimony to the high esteem in which the hearty and genial old +sailor is generally held. His loss would occasion a blank at Madelena +not easily filled up; and I was happy to hear on my last visit to +Sardinia that his health had improved. + +More English, I believe, are settled in the neighbourhood of La Madelena +than in the whole island of Sardinia; if, indeed, there are any to be +found, we did not hear of them. The English visitors consist principally +of officers on shooting excursions from Malta. We had a very pleasant +walk along the shore to the villa of an Australian colonist who, after +wandering about the world, had, seemingly to his content, settled down +on a small farm on the slopes of a valley a mile or two from the town. A +man fond of cultivation might be very happy here, with such a climate, +and the means of commanding a profusion of vegetables, fruits, and +flowers. Irrigation was effected from a well provided with the simple +machinery for lifting the water common in such countries, and by its aid +the gardens just seeded and planted for the spring, or rather winter, +crops, so early is vegetation, looked greener and fresher than anything +we had seen for a long time. The cauliflowers and peas were already +making forward progress; the latter, indeed, grow wild in this +neighbourhood. But while these carried us in imagination to the latter +days of an English spring, the hedges of prickly pear bore witness to +the arid nature of the soil and the heat of the climate; of that, +indeed, we were very sensible in our walks, though the month of November +had now commenced. + +A cottage occupied, it was said, by an English botanist was pointed out +to us; and an English family has been settled for some time in the +solitude of the island of Caprera, of whose improvements great things +were said. Every one spoke especially of Mrs. C.'s beautiful flower +garden, and an anecdote was told respecting it, characteristic, I think, +rather of Sarde than of English feeling. On some occasion when the king +visited La Madelena, Mrs. C. having been requested to contribute flowers +to the decorations of the festa in preparation to do honour to the royal +visit, she is said to have replied: “I cultivate my flowers for my own +pleasure—_pour m'amuser_—not to ingratiate myself with a court. If his +majesty desires to see them, he must come to Caprera.” I cannot vouch +for the truth of the story, though it was in every one's mouth. What +amused me was, that the islanders considered this as evincing a truly +English spirit of independence, which they heartily approved. + +The principal church of La Madelena, dedicated to St. Mary Magdalene, is +a neat structure of granite and marble. Its decorations are less gaudy +than those one usually sees, the most valued ornaments being a pair of +massive altar candlesticks and a crucifix, all of silver, the gift of +Lord Nelson, in acknowledgment of the kindness and hospitality he +received from the islanders while his fleet lay in the harbour. On the +base of the candlesticks are enchased the arms of Nelson and Brontë, +with this inscription: + + VICE COMES + NELSON NILI + DUX BRONTIS ECC.E + ST.E MAGDAL.E INS.E + ST.E MAGDAL.E + D.D.D. + +It is said that when the town publicly thanked Lord Nelson for the +donation, he replied: “These little ornaments are nothing; wait till I +catch the French outside their port. If they will but come out, I am +sure to capture them; and I promise to give you the value of one of +their frigates to build a church with. I have only to ask you to pray to +La Santissima Madonna that the French fleet may come out of Toulon. Do +you pray to her for that, and as for capturing them, I will undertake to +do all the rest.” + +We landed at La Madelena on the anniversary of the day when Nelson first +anchored his fleet off the town just fifty years before. As we trace his +career among the Mediterranean islands, recollections of those eventful +times crowd on our memories. In the half century that has intervened, +how has the aspect of affairs changed! + +It was the eve of the feast of All Saints (1st Nov.), devoutly observed, +with that of All Souls on the day following, in all Catholic countries. +From daylight till ten at night the bells of St. Magdalene incessantly +clanged, and the church was thronged with successive crowds, absorbed +in pious and affectionate devotion to the memories of their departed +friends, according to the rites of the Roman Church. How thrilling are +the deep tones of the _De Profundis_ from the compositions of a good +musical school! And what observance can be more touching than this +periodical commemoration of the dead? There is none that more harmonises +with the best feelings of our nature; and yet of all the dogmas rejected +by ecclesiastical reforms, I know of none which has less pretensions to +Scriptural authority or has been more mischievous, corrupting alike the +priesthood and the laity, than that which makes the masses and prayers +incident to the commemoration of the dead propitiatory for sins +committed in the flesh. + +The solemn festival brought out all the women of La Madelena, never +perhaps seen to more advantage than in a costume of black silk, suited +to the solemnity, with the Genoese mantle of white transparent muslin +attached to the back of the head, and falling gracefully over the +shoulders. + + + + +CHAP. XXVI. + + _Ferried over to the Main Island.—Start for the Mountain Passes + of the Gallura.—Sarde Horses and Cavallante.—Valley of the + Liscia.—Pass some Holy Places on the Hills.—Festivals held + there.—Usages of the Sardes indicating their Eastern Origin._ + + +The halt at La Madelena was only a step in our route to the main island. +We had still to cross a broad channel, and landing at Parao, on the +Sardinian shore, horses were to be waiting for us. This arrangement, +kindly made by Captain Roberts, required a day's delay. We were to +proceed to Tempio, in the heart of the Gallura Mountains, under guidance +of the courier in charge of the post letters. + +Ferried across the channel in less than an hour, we found the horses +tethered among the bushes. House there was none, which must be +inconvenient when the weather is too tempestuous for crossing the strait +from Parao. We took shelter from the heat under a rook, making studies +of a group of picturesque shepherds, and amusing ourselves with some +luscious grapes,—baskets of which were waiting for the return of the +passage-boat to La Madelena,—while a pack-horse was loaded with our +baggage. + +The outfit for this expedition was more than usually cumbersome, as it +comprised blankets and other appendages for camping out, if occasion +required. The cavallante, however, made nothing of stowing it away, +cleverly thrusting bag and baggage into the capacious leather pouches +which hung balanced on each side of the stout beast, with a portmanteau +across the pack-saddle. When all was done, the cavallante mounted to the +top of the load, where he perched himself like an Arab on a dromedary. + +The cavallo Sardo _par excellence_, such as the higher classes ride, is +a strong spirited barb, highly valued. These horses are carefully broken +to a peculiar step, called the “portante,” something between an amble +and a trot, for which we have neither a corresponding word or pace. I +cannot say that I admired the pace. It only makes four or five miles an +hour, and, to my apprehension, might be described as a shuffle, not +being so easy as a canter, nor having the invigorating swing of a trot. +The natives, however, consider the movement delightful; and a writer on +Sardinia says: “_Il viaggiare in Sardegna è perciò la più dolce cosa del +mondo; l'antipongo all'andare in barca col vento in poppa_”—“The +travelling in Sardinia is, on this account, one of the pleasantest +things in the world; I prefer it to sailing in a vessel with the wind +astern.” + +The ordinary Sarde horse is a hardy, sure-footed animal, undersized, but +capable of carrying heavy burthens. Great numbers of them are kept, as +the poorest native disdains walking. They are ill fed, and have rough +treatment. As pack-horses they convey all the commodities of home +produce, or imported and interchanged, throughout the interior of the +island, there being scarcely any roads, and consequently no +wheel-carriages employed, except on the Strada Reale, through the level +plains of the Campidano, between Cagliari and Porto Torres. + +The _viandanti_ who conduct this traffic are a numerous and hardy class +of people, much enduring in the long and toilsome journeys through such +a country as their vocation requires them to traverse. We found them +civil, patient, and attentive, but hard at a bargain,—so that this mode +of travelling is more expensive than might be expected,—and occasionally +rather independent. A curious instance of this occurred at Tempio. We +had made a bargain, on his own terms, with one of these people, for +horses to proceed on our route, and they were brought to the door ready +for loading up and mounting, when the cavallante refused to allow our +using our English saddles. Not wishing to lose time, we took +considerable pains to point out that the saddles being well padded would +not wring his horses' backs, conceiving that to be what he apprehended. +But it was to no purpose; there seemed to be no other reason for the +scruple than that a Sarde horse must be caparisoned _à la Sarde_, with +high-peaked saddle and velvet housings. The cavallante, persisting, led +his horses back to the stable, losing a profitable engagement rather +than being willing to submit to their being equipped in a foreign +fashion. After a short delay we procured others from a cavallante who +made no such difficulties, and proved a very serviceable and attentive +conductor. + + [Illustration: VALLEY OF THE LISCIA.] + +After leaving Parao, and calling at a solitary _stazza_ or farm, the +track we pursued led through a wide plain watered by the Liscia. The +river made many windings among meadows clothed with luxuriant herbage, +and fed by numerous herds of cattle, and sheep, and goats; forming a +pastoral scene of singular beauty, of which my companion's sketch, +here annexed, conveys a good idea. The valley is bounded by ridges of no +great elevation, partially covered with a shrubbery of myrtle, cistus, +and other such underwood, among rocks and cliffs worn by the waters into +fantastic shapes. We occasionally crossed spurs of these ridges, +commanding extensive views of the Straits of Bonifacio, with the +mountains of Corsica in the distance on the one hand, and the nearer +island of Madelena on the other. + +Nearly all the province of Gallura, washed by the Mediterranean on three +sides, consists of mountainous tracts, with valleys intervening, similar +to this of the Liscia. There is scarcely any cultivation, and they are +uninhabited; almost all the towns and villages of the Capo di Sopra +lying on the coast. On these plains a few shepherds lead a nomad life +during the healthy season, being driven from them by the deadly +_intempérie_ prevailing in summer and autumn. Until lately, the whole +district was notorious for the crimes of robbery and vindictive murder, +for the perpetration of which, and the security of the offenders, its +solitudes and natural fastnesses afforded the greatest facilities. + +Continuing our route we crossed some park-like glades, with scattered +forest trees, and fringed by the graceful shrubbery, the _macchia_, +common to both the islands of Corsica and Sardinia. At some distance on +our left (south-east) appeared a beautifully wooded hill, with a chapel +on the summit, Santa Maria di Arsachena, one of the sanctuaries held in +great veneration by the Gallurese. To these holy places they flock in +great numbers on certain festivals, when the lonely spots, often +hill-tops, surrounded by the most wild and romantic scenery, witness +devotions and festivities, to which the revels form the chief +allurement. + +There is a still holier place further to the south of our track, the +Monte Santo, and I think its lofty summit, with a small chapel scarcely +visible amid the dark verdure of the surrounding woods, was pointed out +to us. It overhangs the village of Logo Santo, well described as the +“Mecca of the Gallurese.” The sanctity of the place was established in +the thirteenth century, the tradition being that the relics of St. +Nicholas and St. Trano, anchorites and martyrs here A.D. 362, were +discovered on the spot by two Franciscan monks, led to Sardinia by a +vision of the Virgin Mary at Jerusalem. A village grew up round the +three churches then erected in honour of the Saints and the Blessed +Virgin, with a Franciscan convent, long stripped of its endowments, and +fallen to ruin. + +On the occurrence of the festivals celebrated at these holy places, the +people of the neighbouring parishes assemble in multitudes, marching in +procession, with their banners at their head; and the sacred flag of +Tempio, surmounted by a silver cross, is brought by the canons of the +cathedral and planted on the spot. The devotions are accompanied by +feasting, dancing, music, and sports, the people prolonging the revels +into the night, as many of them come from far, and the festivals occupy +more than one day. + +That Christian rites were, from very early times, blended with +festivities accordant to the national habits of the new converts, with +even some alloy of pagan usages, is understood to have been a policy +adopted by the founders of the faith among semi-barbarous nations—a +concession to the weakness of their neophytes. Our own village wakes +and fairs, with their green boughs and flags, cakes and ale, originally +held in the precincts of the church on the feast-day of the patron +saint, partook of a similar character as the festivals of the Gallurese; +but with us the religious element has been long extinct. + +The festivals are not confined to the Gallura; they have their stations +throughout the island, every district having some shrine of peculiar +sanctity. Their celebration is distinguished by some peculiarities, +which, in common with many other customs of the Sardes, and numerous +existing monuments and remains, leave no doubt of Sardinia having been +early colonised from the East. Traces may also be found in the customs +of the Sardes of similarity with the Greek life and manners, derived +indeed by the Greeks from the same common source. + +Thus the usages of the Sardes afford, in a variety of instances, a +living commentary, perhaps the best still existing, on the modes of life +and thought recorded in Homer and the Bible. This they owe to their +insular position, their slight admixture with other races, and the +consequent tenacity with which they have adhered to their primitive +traditions. + +Of some of these indications of origin we may take occasion to treat +hereafter, as they fall in our way. For our present purpose may we not +refer to the worship in “high places” and in “groves,” to which the +Sardes are so zealously addicted, as a relic of practices often +denounced in the Old Testament, when the sacrifice was offered to idols? +They appear also to have been common and legitimate in the patriarchal +age and the earlier times of the Israelitish commonwealth, Jehovah alone +being the object of worship. What more biblical, as far as the Old +Testament is concerned, than the idea that worship and prayer are more +acceptable to the Almighty when offered on certain spots, holy ground, +remote, perhaps, from the usual haunts of the worshipper! What a living +picture we have in the festivities of the religious assemblies at Logo +Santo and Santa Maria di Arsachena, of the feasting and music, the songs +and dances accompanying the rites of Israelitish worship in common with +those of other eastern nations; not to speak of the festive character of +Greek solemnities, derived, indeed, from the same source, vestiges of +which, left by the Hellenic colonies, may also be traced. + +However contrary these ideas and practices may be to the spirit and +precepts of the Gospel, they are so inherent in the genius and +traditions of the Sarde people, that I have heard it asserted that these +festas give, at the present day, almost the only vitality to the +ecclesiastical system established in the island. Their religious +character has almost entirely evaporated, though the forms remain. The +“solemn meetings,” instead of merely ending in innocent merriment, have +degenerated into scenes of riot, and often of bloodshed. + +I was informed by the same person who made the remark that the festas +were the main prop of the priesthood in Sardinia—and a more competent +observer could not be found—that, from his own observation, men of the +most sober habits of life lost all command of themselves, became +absolutely frantic when tempted by the force of example, and led by what +may be called an instinctive national passion to participate in these +religious orgies. And Captain Smyth, R.N., who gives an interesting +account of one of these feasts, at which he was present[44], after +mentioning that “prayers, dances, poems, dinner, and supper concluded +[occupied] the day,” remarks, “that the feast of Santa Maria di +Arsachena has seldom been celebrated without the sacrifice of three or +four lives.” “The year preceding my visit,” he states, “two of the +carabiniere reale had been killed; and I was shown a young man who, on +the same occasion, received a ball through the breast, but having thus +satisfied his foe according to the Sarde code of honour, and fortunately +recovering, was, with his wife and a beautiful child, now enjoying the +gaieties of the day.” + +Captain Smyth adds:—“I could not learn why there were no carabineers in +attendance on this anniversary; but the consequence was a numerous +concourse of banditti from the circumjacent fastnesses, notwithstanding +the presence of a great many ‘barancelli,’[45] who, it is known, will +not arrest a man that is only an assassin.” + +The themes suggested by wayside objects have led us away from our track, +and we have still a long and rugged road to Tempio. We shall be in the +saddle for hours after sunset. Let us devote another chapter to the +continuation of our journey. + + + + +CHAP. XXVII. + + _The Valley narrows.—Romantic Glen.—Al fresco Meal.—Forest of + Cork Trees.—Salvator Rosa Scenery.—Haunts of Outlaws.—Their + Atrocities.—Anecdotes of them in a better Spirit.—The Defile in + the Mountains—Elevated Plateau.—A Night March.—Arrival at + Tempio, the Capital of Gallura.—Our Reception._ + + +After following the course of the Liscia for about an hour, we struck up +a lateral valley, the water of which stood in pools, separated by pebbly +shallows, but overhung by drooping willows, and fringed with a luxuriant +growth of ferns and rank weeds. The hills were covered with dense woods, +intersected by rare clearings and inclosures on their slopes. Here and +there stood a solitary _stazza_, as the stations or homesteads of the +few resident farmers are here called. We observed that they were +generally fixed on rising ground. At some of these the courier stopped, +his errands consisting not in the delivery of letters, that office +appearing to be a sinecure in this wild track, but in leaving packets of +coffee, sugar, &c., and, in one instance, a cotton dress,—commodities +none of which had probably been taxed to the Customs at La Madelena. + +The valley narrowed, and its water quickened into a lively trout stream, +gurgling over a rocky bed, bordered on one side by thick underwood, +feathering down to its edge. The myrtles here were thirty feet high, +and, blended with the tall heath (Erica arborea), the branching arbutus, +the cistus, lentiscus, with scores of other shrubs, formed thickets of +as exquisite beauty as any we had seen in Corsica. The stream on its +hither bank washed a narrow margin of grass beneath the woods. Here we +rested our horses and dined. Wayfarers in such countries generally +select the right spot for their halt. This was a delightful one, and we +fared well enough on the contents of a basket provided at La Madelena. +Such rough _al fresco_ meals, the uncertainty when you will get another, +even when and where your ride will end, the living in the present, with +fresh air and sunshine, and perpetual though gradual change of scene, +with the absence of all care about the future—these form the charms of +such travelling as ours. + +Again in the saddle, we soon afterwards entered a forest of magnificent +cork trees, festooned with wild vines, relieving the sombre tints of the +forest by the bright colours of their fading leaves. It hung on a +mountain's side, and the gloomy depth of shade became deeper and deeper, +as, after a while, the dusk of evening came on, and we began to thread +the gorges which led to the summit of the pass. + +Salvator Rosa himself might have studied the wild scenery of Sardinia to +advantage. If I recollect right, we are informed that he did. Nor would +it require much effort of the imagination to add life to the picture in +forms suited to its savage aspect,—to conjure up the grim bandit +bursting from the thickets on his prey, or lurking behind the rock for +the hour of vengeance on his enemy. Such scenes are by no means +imaginary. + + [Illustration: A SALVATOR ROSA SCENE.] + +Even now, numbers of the _fuorusciti_ find shelter in the fastnesses of +the Gallura; the remnant of bands once so formidable that they spread +terror through the whole province, bidding defiance alike to the law and +the sword. Only within the present century the government has succeeded +in quelling their ferocity, but not without desperate resistance to the +troops employed, eighty of whom were destroyed by a party of the bandits +in a single attack. + +Still, though a better spirit begins to prevail, and outrages have +become less common and flagrant, we found, in travelling through the +island, a prevailing sense of insecurity quite incompatible with our +ideas of the supremacy of law under a well-ordered government. Some of +the mountainous districts were in so disturbed a state that we were +cautioned not to approach them; and every one we met throughout our +journey was armed to the teeth. + +For ourselves, we felt no apprehensions, and took no precautions. In the +first place, we were not to be easily frightened by possible dangers; +and, in the second, we knew that a peaceable guise, in the character of +foreign travellers, was our best protection. The violences of the +_fuorusciti_ are, it is well understood, mingled and tempered with a +strong sense of honour. I imagine, indeed, that they originate for the +most part in that principle, developed in _vendetta_, though +degenerating into rapine and robbery. Outlaws must find means of +subsistence as well as honest men, and are not likely to be very +scrupulous as to the mode of obtaining them. Among such characters there +will be miscreants capable of any crime, and therefore there is always +danger. But, still, the virtue of hospitality to strangers, so inherent +amongst the Sardes, as in most semi-barbarous races, is not extinguished +in hearts which are hardened against every other feeling of humanity. As +the stranger is secure when he has “eaten salt” in the tent of the +Bedouin, the Caffre's kraal, or the wigwam of the Red Indian, so there +are numerous instances of the Sarde outlaws having afforded shelter and +assistance to strangers throwing themselves on their honour and +hospitality. Mr. Warre Tyndale relates such an adventure by a friend of +his. We will venture to give the details. + +“In passing over the mountains from Tempio to Longone he fell in with +five or six _fuorusciti_, who, after the usual questions, finding that +he was a stranger in the country, offered to escort him a few miles on +his road, for ‘security.’ According to his story of the occurrence, he +could not at all comprehend the meaning of their expression; for the +fact of finding himself completely at the mercy of six men, any one of +whom might, could, or would in an instant have deprived him of life, +gave him very different ideas as to the meaning of the word. In thanking +them for their offer he elicited their interpretation of the phrase, and +was not a little amused and comforted by their assurance that the +proffered security consisted in delivering him safely into the hands of +the very party with whom they were waging deadly warfare. ‘_Incidit in +Scyllam qui vult vitare Charybdim_,’ thought my friend; but having no +alternative he accepted their offer, and, after partaking of an +excellent breakfast with them, they all proceeded onwards. For three +hours they continued their slow and cautious march through defiles to +which he was a perfect stranger; and while in conversation with them on +matters totally unconnected with the dangers of the place, they made a +sudden and simultaneous halt. Closing in together, a whispering +conference ensued among them, and as my friend was excluded from it, he +began to suspect he had been ensnared by the offer of escort, and that +the fatal moment had arrived when he was to fall their dupe and victim. +His suspicions were increased by seeing one of the party ride forward, +and leave his companions in still closer confabulation; but the +suspense, though painful, was short, for in a few minutes the envoy +returned, and an explanation of their mysterious halt and secrecy took +place. It appeared that the keen eyes and ears of his friends had +perceived their foes, who were concealed in the adjoining wood, and +that, having halted, one of them had gone as ambassador with a flag of +truce and negotiated an armistice for his safe escort. My friend parted +from his first guard of banditti with all their blessings on his head, +and having traversed a space of neutral ground, was received by the +second with no less kindness, and treated with no less honourable +protection. They accompanied him till he was safely out of their +district, assuring him that his accidental arrival and demand on their +mutual honour and hospitality did not at all interfere with their +dispute and revenge; and that if they were to meet each other the day +after they had discharged the duty of safely escorting him, they would +not be deterred by what had happened from instantaneously shedding each +others' blood. + +“This scene,” adds Mr. Warre Tyndale[46], “took place in the forest of +Cinque-Denti, or ‘five-teeth,’ a tract of several miles in extent, said +to contain upwards of 100,000,000 trees and shrubs, principally oak, +ilex, and cork, with an underwood of arbutus and lentiscus; and such is +the thickness of the foliage, that the sunbeams and the foot of man are +said never to have entered many parts of it.” + +Another instance of the honourable feeling and forbearance hospitably +shown by the Sarde mountaineer outlaws, under circumstances of great +temptation to plunder, was related to me by a friend long resident in +the island, as having occurred in his own experience. + +Not many years ago, he was passing through the wild district in the +defiles of which we have just described ourselves as being engaged. My +friend had a considerable sum of money in his possession, more, he +remarked, than he should have liked to lose. “_Cantabit vacuus coram +latrone viator_”—“A traveller who meets robbers with his purse empty may +hope to escape scot free.” That was not my friend's case when he fell in +with a party of outlaws armed to the teeth. The rencontre was not very +pleasant, but putting the best face on it, he replied to their inquiries +“whither he was bent,” that he was in search of _them_; knowing that +they were in the neighbourhood, and would give him shelter, as night was +approaching, and on the morrow put him on his way, which he had lost. +This appeal to their best feelings had the desired effect. Pleased with +my friend's assurance of the confidence he placed in them, the outlaws +conducted him to their place of refuge, treated him with the best they +had, and, next morning, escorted him to the high-road, where they parted +from him with good wishes for the prosecution of his journey. “These men +must have known,” said my friend, “from the weight of my valise, which +they handled, that I had a large sum of money with me. It was no less +than 600_l._” The weight of such an amount of _scudi_ could not have +escaped their notice. + +Pages might be filled with tales of the secret assassinations and +wholesale butcheries perpetrated, at no very distant period, by the +_malviventi_ who swarmed in the woods and mountains of Sardinia; of +deadly feuds in which families, and sometimes whole villages, were +involved with an implacable thirst for revenge; of places sacked, and of +travellers murdered and plundered in lone defiles. Some instances of a +generous sympathy for adversaries in distress, and more of a gallantry +displayed by some of the bandits which would have graced a better cause, +might serve to relieve the dark shades of these pictures. But enough of +this kind has found a place in our chapters on Corsica. I prefer +relating a story which may leave on the mind pleasing recollections of +the Robin Hoods of the Sardinian wilds. My friend, lately mentioned, who +is universally esteemed and respected by all classes of the Sardes +throughout the island, has been thrown by circumstances into +communication with the better sort of outlaws, and occasionally been the +medium of communication between them and the Sardinian authorities, to +their mutual advantage. He has thus acquired considerable influence over +those unhappy men, enjoying their full confidence, without which the +circumstances I am about to relate could not have occurred. + +It appeared that, not very long since, my friend had kindly undertaken +to conduct an English party from La Madelena to Tempio, the same route +on which we are now engaged. The party consisted of an officer and his +lady, and I believe some others. The lady was fond of sketching; +attractive subjects, we know, are not wanting, and the indulgence of her +taste caused frequent delays on the road, notwithstanding my friend's +repeated warnings of the ill repute in which that district was held in +consequence of its proximity to the haunts of the banditti. Of all +things the tourists would have rejoiced to have seen a real bandit, but, +probably, under any other circumstances than in a wild pass of the +Gallura mountains. So when the shades of night were closing in, as they +do very soon after sunset in southern latitudes, and the party became +apprehensive that they should be benighted in those dreary solitudes, +there was considerable alarm:—what was to be done? + +My friend, having politely suggested that he had not been remiss in +pointing out the consequences of delay, replied that they must make for +shelter in some _stazza_, which they might possibly reach. Accordingly +he led the way by a rough track through dusky thickets, and after +pursuing it for some time, great was the joy of his companions at +discovering a house, where they were received with great hospitality, +and the promise of all the comforts a mountain farm could offer. + +The ladies had thrown aside their travelling equipments, the table was +spread, and, congratulating themselves on having found such an asylum, +the party sat down to supper, in all the hilarity which their escape +from the perils and inconveniences of a night spent in the forest was +calculated to promote. The occurrence was regarded as one of those +unexpected adventures which give a zest to rough travelling. + +While, however, their gaiety was at the highest, it was interrupted by +loud knocking at the house door, and hoarse voices were heard without, +demanding immediate admittance. A short consultation took place between +my friend and their host, who agreed that no resistance could be +offered, that the door should be opened, and they must all submit to +their fate. Then the banditti rushed in with fierce gestures; truculent +men, with shaggy hair and beards, wrapped in dark _capotes_, with long +guns in their hands, and daggers in their belts and bosoms. “Spare our +lives, and take our money, and all that we have,” was the cry of some of +the travellers. Nor were the bandits slow in falling upon the _sacs_ and +_malles_, and beginning to rummage their contents, without, however, +offering the slightest molestation to any of the party, who stood aghast +witnessing their movements. + +So far from it, suddenly, as if by a concerted signal, the outlaws, +relinquishing their booty, throw off their dark mantles, disclosing all +the bravery of the picturesque costume of Gallurese mountaineers, and +grouping themselves round the table, leaned on the slender barrels of +their fusils with a proud expression of countenance which seemed to +say:—“We are outlaws, indeed; but we hold sacred the laws of hospitality +and honour.” + +The travellers found that they were safe, and, recovering from their +panic, finished their supper with renewed gaiety. The outlaws withdrew, +but shortly returning, some of them accompanied by their wives and +children _en habits de fête_, the evening was spent in the exhibition of +national dances, with songs and merriment. + +This formed the concluding scene in the little drama which my informant +had got up for the gratification of his friends. Travellers might +naturally wish to see specimens of a race so unique and so celebrated as +the Corsican and Sardinian bandits, if they could do so with impunity, +just as they would a lion or a tiger uncaged and in his native woods, +from a safe point of view. My informant was able to gratify his friends +at the expense of a temporary fright. Perhaps they might have been +better pleased if the “_Deus ex machinâ_” had not appeared to disclose +the plot, and they had been suffered to consider the happy _dénouement_ +as the natural result of the outlaws' magnanimity. Such, by all +accounts, it might have been. + +But I can assure my readers that it requires a stout heart, and a strong +faith in what one has heard of the redeeming qualities in the outlaws' +character, to meet them in the open field without shuddering. It was in +the dusk of early morning, that, soon after leaving a village on the +borders of the Campidano, where we had passed the night, we suddenly +fell in with a party of ten or twelve of these men, who crossed our +track making for the hills. They were mounted on small-sized horses, +stepping lightly under the great weight they carried; for the bandits +were stalwart men, and heavily accoutred. Their guns were, variously, +slung behind them, held upright on the thigh, or carried across the +saddle-bows; short daggers were stuck in each belt, and a longer one +hung by the side; a large powder-horn was suspended under the arm. +Saddles _en pique_, with sheepskin housings, and leathern pouches +attached on both sides, supplying the place of knapsack and haversack, +completed the equipment. The “cabbanu,” a cloak of coarse brown cloth, +hung negligently from the shoulders, and underneath appeared the +tight-fitting pelisse or vest of leather; and the loose white linen +drawers, which give the Sardes a Moorish appearance, were gathered below +the knee underneath a long black gaiter tightly buckled. + +Already familiar with the garb and equipments of a Sarde mountaineer, +these details were caught at a glance. The gaze was riveted on the +features of these desperate men,—the keen black eyes flashing from their +swarthy countenances, to which a profusion of hair, falling on the +shoulders from beneath the dark _berette_, gave, with their bushy +beards, a ferocious aspect;—and, above all, the resolute but melancholy +cast of features which expressed so well their lot of daring—and +despair. + +Whether the party was bent on a plundering raid, or returning from some +terrible act of midnight murder, there was nothing to indicate; but the +impression was that they were the men “to do or die” in whatever +enterprise they were engaged. The party kept well together, riding in +single file with almost military precision. Their pace was steady, with +no appearance of haste, though they must probably have been aware that +some carabineers were stationed in the place hard by, which we had just +left. It was a startling apparition,—these “children of the +mist”—sweeping by us in grim cavalcade over a wild heath, in the cold +grey dawn of a November day, every hand stained with blood, every bosom +steeled to vengeance. They took no notice of us, though we passed them +closely, not even exchanging salutations with our _cavallante_. We gazed +on them till they were out of sight. + +No such thoughts as those suggested by the occurrences just related +occupied our minds while we ascended the defile which penetrates the +mountain chain intervening between Tempio and the valleys terminating on +the coast. The savage character and the traditions of the locality might +have inspired them, but we were under the protection of the courier, a +privileged person—probably for good reasons,—and, besides this, as I +have already said, under no sort of personal apprehension. Our attention +was divided between the stern magnificence of the gorge, the more +striking from its being now half veiled in darkness, and the +difficulties of the ascent which, as usual, increased step by step, +until, at last, winding stairs cut in the rock surmounted the highest +cliffs and landed us at the summit of the pass. + +On emerging from the gloomy defile, there was a total change of scene. +We found ourselves on open downs, apparently of great extent, with a +flood of light shed over them by a bright moon, and two brilliant +planets in the south-west, pointing like beacon lights to the position +of Tempio. An easy descent of the sloping downs brought us to the level +of a vast elevated plateau, extending, with slight undulations, and +broken by only one rocky ridge, to the vicinity of the town. When at the +summit of the pass, we had still eight or ten miles to accomplish. Late +as it was, the ride would have been highly enjoyable, in that pure +atmosphere, with the vault of heaven blazing overhead, and the stillness +of the night broken only by our horses' hoofs, but for the weariness of +the poor beasts after a long day's journey and the toilsome ascent of a +mountain pass, and the ruggedness of the tracks along which we had to +pick our way. + +Welcome, therefore, were the lights of Agius, Luras, and Nuches, +villages standing some little way out of the road, at from two to three +miles' distance from Tempio. These places, Agius in particular, were +formerly notorious for robbery and vendetta, notwithstanding which the +population, which is chiefly pastoral, has always maintained a high +character for kindness, hospitality, industry, and temperance. + +Our path lay now through very narrow lanes, dividing vineyards and +gardens, extending all the way to Tempio. The replies of the courier to +our inquiries after a hotel had left a complete blank in our prospects +of bed, board, and lodging at the end of our journey. For travellers, +such as ourselves, there was no accommodation. Tempio was rarely visited +by strangers. This looked serious, after a mountain ride of nearly +thirty miles, and between nine and ten o'clock at night;—what was to be +done? We had letters of introduction to persons of the highest +distinction in the place, but they hardly warranted our intruding +ourselves on them, hungry, travel-stained, and houseless, at that late +hour. The case, however, being desperate we decided, at last, on +presenting ourselves to the Commandant of the garrison, as the most +likely person to give or procure us quarters. + +The horses' feet clattered sharply on the _pavé_ in the stillness of the +narrow deserted streets; and the huge granito-built houses overhanging +them, gloomy at all hours, appeared doubly inhospitable now that all +lights were extinguished, the doors closed, and none ready to be opened +at the call of weary travellers. Thus we traversed the whole city, the +Commandant's mansion lying at the furthest extremity. Our tramp roused +to attention a drowsy sentry at the gate; there were lights _à la +prima_—the family then had not retired for the night. The strange +arrival is announced, and our _viandante_ makes no scruple of depositing +our baggage in the hall. The Commandant receives us with politeness, +regrets that he is so straitened in his quarters that he cannot offer us +beds, and sends an orderly who procures us a lodging, meanwhile giving +us coffee. Attended by two soldiers, carrying our baggage, we retrace +our steps to the centre of the town, and take possession of very sorry +apartments, the best portion of a gaunt filthy house. We are installed +by the mistress, a shrewish person, who, making pretensions to +gentility, receives her guests under protest that she does not keep a +hotel, but is willing to accommodate strangers,—a phrase repeated a +hundred times while we were under her roof, and emphatically when +presenting a rather unconscionable bill on our departure. And this was +the only refuge in a city of from six to eight thousand inhabitants, +many of them boasting nobility, the capital of a province, the seat of a +governor and a bishop, and head-quarters of a military district. I may +be pardoned for being circumstantial in details giving an idea of what +travelling in Sardinia is. Things are much the same throughout the +island. The tourist who sets foot on it must be steeled against +brigands, vermin, _intempérie_, and indifferent fare. “_Per aspera +tendens_” would be his suitable motto. He must be prepared to rough it. + + + + +CHAP. XXVIII. + + _Tempio.—The Town and Environs.—The Limbara + Mountains.—Vineyards.—The Governor or Intendente of the + Province.—Deadly Feuds.—Sarde Girls at the Fountains.—Hunting + in Sardinia.—Singular Conference with the Tempiese + Hunters.—Society at the Casino.—Description of a Boar Hunt._ + + +Unpropitious as first appearances were, we found no want of real +hospitality and kindness among the Tempiese, and I have seldom spent a +few days more pleasantly in a provincial town. Daylight, indeed, failed +to improve the internal aspect of the place, but rather disclosed the +filth of the narrow streets, without entirely dissipating the gloom shed +upon them from the dusky granite of which the buildings are constructed, +and the heavy wooden balconies protruding over the thoroughfares. The +houses have, however, a substantial air, some of them are stuccoed, and +Tempio can even boast its palaces of an ancient nobility, with coats of +arms sculptured in white marble over the entrances. It possesses not +less than thirteen churches, of which the collegiate and cathedral +church of St. Peter is the only one worth notice,—a large and lofty +building of a mixture of styles, with some tawdry ornaments, but a +handsome high altar and well carved oak stalls in the choir. The +foundation consists of a dean and twelve canons, with eighteen other +inferior clergy. Since 1839 it has ranked as a cathedral, Tempio having +been erected into a see united with those of Cività and Ampurias, and +the bishop residing here six months of the year. There is a massive old +nunnery, now, I believe, suppressed, in the centre of the place, and +outside the town a reformatory for the confinement of criminals +sentenced to secondary punishment, a large building with a handsome +elevation. + +A finer position for a large city, of greater importance than Tempio, +can scarcely be imagined. Placed on a gentle swell of the wide +undulating plain already mentioned—the Gemini plain,—a plateau of nearly +2000 feet above the level of the sea, it stands midway between two grand +mountain ranges, the Limbara stretching the bold outlines of its massive +forms in a course south of the town, its summit rising to 4396 feet; +and, to the north-east, a chain not quite so elevated, but of an equally +wild and irregular formation, and presenting to the eye, when viewed +from Tempio, even a more rugged and serrated ridge. The defiles of this +chain we passed in approaching Tempio; those of the Limbara were to be +penetrated in our progress southward. + +Its high situation and exposure render Tempio healthy, and it is even +said to be cold in winter, of which we found no symptoms in the month of +November, when Limbara is supposed to assume its diadem of snow, +retaining it till April. + + [Illustration: THE LIMBARA, FROM TEMPIO.] + +I hardly recollect anything finer of its kind than the panoramic view of +the country between Tempio and the mountains on either side, as seen +from its terraces. It combined great breadth, striking contrasts, and a +most harmonious blending of colour. For a wide circuit round the town, +gardens, orchards, vineyards, and a variety of small inclosures, +occupying the slopes and hollows of the undulating surface, and well +massed, give an idea of fertility one should not expect at this +elevation. Here and there, a single round-topped pine, or a group of +such pines, crowns a knoll, and breaks the flowing outlines. The open +pastoral country beyond is linked to this cultivated zone by detached +masses of copse and woods of cork and ilex, extending to the base of the +mountains. + +The Tempiese are a hardy and industrious people, exhibiting their spirit +of activity in the careful cultivation about the town and the +occupations of vast numbers of the population as shepherds, +_cavallanti_, or _viandanti_. The dull town also shows some signs of +life by a considerable trade in the country produce of cheese, fruits, +hams, bacon, &c. They manufacture here the best guns in Sardinia, and +know how to use them; being capital sportsmen, _cacciatori_, as well as +formidable enemies in the vindictive feuds for which they have been +celebrated, and not yet entirely extinct. A short time ago, two factions +fought in the streets, and, though the bloody strife was quelled, they +are said still to eye each other askance. Returning one night from the +Casino, in company of the Commandant, he stopped on the piazza in front +of the cathedral and related to us the circumstances of an assassination +perpetrated a short time before on the very steps of the church. + +The office of viceroy of Sardinia having been abolished, each of the +eleven provinces into which the island is divided, the principal being +Cagliari, Oristano, Sassari, and Tempio including the whole of Gallura, +is administered by an _Intendente_, who communicates directly with the +Ministers at Turin. The military districts correspond with the civil +divisions of the island. We found two companies of the line, and a squad +of _carabinieri_, mounted gendarmes, stationed at Tempio. Sardinia +returns twenty-four members to the national parliament at Turin. The +ecclesiastical jurisdiction is administered by three archbishops, +filling the sees of Cagliari, Sassari, and Oristano, and eight bishops, +seated in the other principal cities. + +High official appointments at Tempio are not very enviable posts; +governors and commandants not being exempt from the summary vengeance, +for real or supposed wrongs, at which the Sardes are so apt. The +Commandant told us that his immediate predecessor had received one of +the death-warnings which precede the fatal stroke: I believe he was soon +afterwards removed. For himself, his successor said, he took no +precautions, did his duty, and braved the consequences. A few years +before, the Governor, having compromised himself by acts of injustice, +was assassinated, after receiving one of these “death-warnings” peculiar +to Sardinia. “During the night he heard a pane of glass crack, and on +examining it in the morning he found the fatal bullet on the floor. The +custom of the country is that, whenever the _vendetta alla morte_, +revenge even to death, is to be carried out, the party avenging himself +shall give his adversary timely notice by throwing a bullet into his +window, in order that he may either make immediate compensation for the +injury or prepare himself for death. The Governor for some time used +every caution as to when and where he went, but at length disregarded +the warning, imagining he was safe. The assassin, however, had watched +him with an eagle's eye, and he fell in a moment he least expected. +Report further says,” observes Mr. Tyndale, in whose words we relate the +occurrence, “that he is not the only Governor of Gallura to whom this +summary mode of obtaining justice, or inflicting vengeance, has been +intimated.” + +The present Intendente of Tempio, the Marchese Clavarino, though he only +entered on his office in the month of April before our visit, had +already done much by his firm and enlightened administration to restore +order and confidence. He had been able to collect the arrears of taxes, +and, by impartial justice between all factions, had removed every +pretence for a resort to deeds of violence for the redress of injuries. + +“The Governor's palace, establishment, and retinue,” observes Mr. +Tyndale, “consist of three rooms on a second story, a female servant, +and a sentry at the door.” Things were little changed in 1853, but, in +the absence of all state, we were impressed on our first visit of +ceremony that the government of a turbulent province could not have been +intrusted to better hands. In the antechamber we found a priest waiting, +as it struck me from his deportment, to prefer his suit with “bated +breath,” and the feeling that the wings of the priesthood are now +clipped in the Sardinian states. The Marquis conversed with frankness on +his own position and the state of the island. He had been in London at +the time of the “Great Exhibition,” and his views of the English +alliance, and of politics generally, were just such as might be expected +from an enlightened Sardinian. A worthy coadjutor to such statesmen as +D'Azeglio and Cavour, I would venture to predict that the Intendente of +Tempio will ere long be called to fill a higher post. + +Our rambles in the environs of Tempio were very pleasant. It was the +season of the vintage, late here; and great numbers of the people were +busily employed in the vineyards and the “lodges”[47] attached to them. +Observing smoke issuing from most of these, we learned, in answer to our +inquiries, that a portion of boiled lees is added in the manufacture of +wine, to insure its keeping, the grapes not sufficiently ripening in +consequence of the coldness of the climate. We found no such fault with +those we tasted. A very considerable extent of surface is planted with +vines, divided, however, into small vineyards. At the entrance of each +stands an arched gateway, generally a solid structure of granite, with +more or less architectural pretensions, and a date and initials carved +in stone, commemorative, no doubt, of the planting of so cherished a +family inheritance. One of these is represented in the foreground of the +accompanying plate. + +There are several fountains in the neighbourhood of Tempio, the waters +of which are deliciously cool and pure. One of them, on the road beyond +the Commandant's house, gushes out of the rock, under shade of some fine +Babylonian willows. Sheltered by these in the heat of noon, and in still +greater numbers at eventide, one saw the damsels of Tempio resort with +their pitchers, as in ancient times Abraham's steward, in his journey to +Mesopotamia, stood at the well of Nahor, when the daughters of the men +of the city came out with their pitchers[48]; as Saul, passing through +Mount Ephraim and ascending the hill of Zuph, met the maidens going out +to draw water[49]; or as the spies of Ulysses fell in with the daughter +of Antiphates at the well of Artacia.[50] Sardinia abounds with such +mementos of primitive times. + +The Tempiese women have the singular habit of raising the hinder part of +the upper petticoat, the _suncurinu_, when they go abroad, and bringing +it over the head and shoulders, so as to form a sort of hood. So far +from this fashion giving them, as might be supposed, a _dowdy_ +appearance, it is not inelegant when the garment is gracefully arranged. +It has generally broad stripes, and is often of silk or a fine material. +The under-petticoat, of cloth, is either of a bright colour, or dark +with a bright-coloured border. Both of them are worn very full. The +jacket is of scarlet, blue, or green velvet, fitting very tightly to tho +figure, the edges having a border of a different colour, and sometimes +brocaded. The simple head-dress consists of a gaily-coloured kerchief +wound round the head, and tied in knots before and behind. + +We expected to get some shooting in the woods at the foot of the +Limbara, as they abound with wild hogs, _cingale_, and deer, _capreoli_, +a sort of roebuck. Our letters of introduction to some gentlemen of +Tempio failed of assisting us. They were from home, probably engaged in +the vintage. But the Sardes of all ranks are determined sportsmen, +_cacciatori_, and we did not despair, though hunting excursions in the +island require, as we shall find, a certain organisation. In our dilemma +we made the acquaintance—of all people in the world—of a little barber, +who appeared deeply versed in the politics of the place, and undertook +to arrange the desired _chasse_ with the Tempiese hunters. We were to +meet him the same evening, at a low _caffè_, where he was to introduce +us to the leaders of the band. A singular conference it was, that +meeting of ourselves, men of the north, with the wild _chasseurs_ of the +Gallura, between whom there was nothing in common but enthusiastic love +of the field and the mountain. + +The low vault of the _Caffè de la Costituzione_ was lighted by a single +lamp, by whose glimmerings we dimly discerned, amidst wreaths of +tobacco-smoke, the grim features of the men with whom we had to do. They +were honest enough, no doubt, according to Sarde notions of honour, and +received us with great cordiality; but the consultation between +themselves was carried on in a patois quite unintelligible, except that +we gathered that there were some difficulties in the way. + +_La caccia di cingale_, a boar-hunt in Sardinia, requires a number of +hunters, besides those who beat the woods to rouse the game; and, +whether there were any feuds to be stifled, any jealousies to be +allayed, which, with armed men in that state of society, might endanger +the peace, the difficulties appeared serious. Whatever they were, our +_Barbière di Seviglia_, who, to use a familiar phrase, seemed up to +everything, and conducted the treaty on our part, did not think proper +to disclose them. One thing, however, we soon learned, that the services +of these men were not to be hired; their ruling passion for the chase +and the national principle of hospitality were incentives enough to the +proposed expedition. We were also informed that there were other parties +to be consulted, and the meeting was adjourned to the following day. + +Very different was the scene at the Casino to which we were introduced +by the Commandant shortly after our consultation with the hunters. At +the Casino there is a _réunion_ of the best society in Tempio every +evening. We found good rooms, well lighted, with coffee and refreshments +nicely served. There were newspapers, and a small collection of +books,—the standard works of Italian writers, with some French. The +society was unexpectedly good for such a place as Tempio, consisting, +besides the officers of the garrison, of many of the resident nobles and +gentry. We spent some pleasant hours there, finding among the members +well-informed and intelligent persons. Politics were freely discussed, +liberal opinions prevailing even to the degree of such ultra-liberalism +as might have better suited the class of persons we met at the _Caffè de +la Costituzione_, if politics are discussed there also. No doubt they +are, the Tempiese, like the rest of the islanders, being a shrewd race, +devotedly patriotic, and jealous of their independence. + +We could not, as already hinted, reckon Madame Rosalie's _ménage_ among +the pleasant things that reconciled us to a longer stay than we intended +in the rude capital of Gallura; but, at least, she supplied us in her +own person with a fund of amusement. My companion, who had the happy +gift for a traveller of being almost omnivorous, used to laugh heartily +at my vain attempts to extract something edible from the meagre _carte_ +offered by Madame. Her replies parrying my demands, and uttered with +amazing volubility, in shrill tones and a patois almost unintelligible, +invariably ended to this effect:—“Signore, my house is not a locanda, +though I have opened my doors to accommodate you.” It was a species of +hospitality that cost us dear. Madame's airs of gentility, though very +amusing, were of course treated with due respect. But what gave zest to +my friend's mirth, and, with the hopeless prospect of dinner, produced +in me a slight irritation, sometimes, perhaps, ill concealed, was Madame +Rosalie's evolutions on these occasions. I fancy, now, that I see her +slight figure skipping into the room, dancing a jig round the table, +never at rest, screeching all the while at the highest pitch of her +voice, with every limb in motion, as if she had St. Vitus's dance, or, +as they say, went on wires. I can only compare the play of her limbs to +that of one of those children's puppets of which all the limbs—head, +legs, and arms—are set in motion by pulling a string. + +Nothing detained us at Tempio but the proposed boar-hunt. We attended a +second meeting of the principal hunters, committing ourselves +unreservedly to their disposal, and, after some further consultation, +among themselves, our little barber had the glory of bringing the +negotiations to a successful issue. All the difficulties, whatever they +were, had been removed, and it was settled that the affair should come +off on the morrow. + +Accordingly, at an early hour, there was an unusual stir in the dull +streets of Tempio, snapping of guns, trampling of horses, and barking of +dogs. On our joining the party at the rendezvous in front of the +_caffè_, we found some twenty horsemen, carrying guns,—rough and ready +fellows, looking as if a dash into the forest, whether against hogs or +gendarmes, would equally suit them. We were followed by a rabble on +foot, attended by dogs of a variety of species, some of them strong and +fierce. After winding through the narrow lanes among the vineyards, our +cavalcade was joined by one of the gentlemen on whom we had called with +a letter of introduction, and his son, who mixed freely with our rank +and file. There is a happy fellowship in field sports which, to a great +degree, levels for the time distinctions of rank; and this we found +particularly in Sardinia, where all classes are so devoted to these +sports, and they are of a character requiring extended and rather +promiscuous operations. + +Our irregular cavalry shaped their march in broken order towards a spur +of the mountains, covered with dense thickets, at the foot of the Punta +Balestiere, the highest point of the Limbara. After clearing the +inclosures our track led us over the wide undulating plain already +described, interspersed with scattered thickets, but with few signs of +cultivation. On approaching the mountains there were indications giving +promise of sport in patches of soil grubbed up by the wild hogs in +search for the root of the Asphodel, which they greedily devour. This +handsome plant springs from a bunch of long fibrous bulbs, something +like the Dahlia, throwing up straight stems two or three feet high, with +numerous angular filiformed leaves and yellow flowers.[51] It grows +freely on all the wastes throughout the island. The root contains so +large a portion of saccharine matter, and is so plentiful, that while we +were in Sardinia a Frenchman was forming a company for distilling +alcohol from it on an extensive scale. A distillery was to be +established at Sassari, with moveable stills throughout the island, +wherever the bulbs could be most easily procured. The projector gave us +a sample-bottle of the alcohol, a strong and purely tasteless spirit. I +heard afterwards that the speculation did not succeed. There is fine +feeding for the wild hogs, in season, on the acorns of the vast cork and +other oak woods in the interior of the island, where we afterwards +hunted them. They commit great ravages in the cultivated grounds. One +was shot in the vineyards skirting the town during our stay at Tempio. + +Approaching the mountains we threw off our attendants on foot, with +their mongrel pack, whose business it was to scale the wooded ridge from +behind, and beat the thickets for the game. The rest of our party soon +afterwards struck up a valley parallel with the ridge, and facing the +mountain side, which rose above it a vast amphitheatre of hanging woods, +shelving and precipitous cliffs, rocks and pinnacles,—so glorious a +spectacle that it riveted my attention, and almost drew it off from the +work before us. But now our leaders proceeded to “tell off” the party, +stationing them singly at distances of about seventy or eighty paces +along the bottom of the valley, within gunshot of the verge of the wood, +which sloped to it. In this open order the line extended more than half +a mile. The horses were tethered in the rear. + +It was my lot to be posted near the extreme right on a detached rock, +slightly elevated, so as to command the ground. I could just distinguish +my neighbours on either hand, “low down in the broom,” the valley being +rather thickly covered with brakes of underwood. The instructions for my +noviciate in boar-hunting were,—not to quit my post, and to maintain +strict silence; injunctions not likely to be disregarded, as a breach of +the former might have exposed me to be winged, in mistake for a pig +among the rustling bushes, considering that there were dead shots on +either flank, with two or three balls in their barrels. As to the other +word of order, silence, the injunction was needless, for the ear of my +nearest neighbour could only have been reached by shouts which might +scare the game, and prevent their breaking cover, and that I was not +quite novice enough to risk. + +So I sat down on the rock, with my gun across my knees, watching the +play of light and shade on the mountain sides as the clouds flitted +round them. But this did not last long, for the line of _vedettes_ could +have been scarcely formed when the shouts of the party who had now +gained the heights, and were beating the woods in face of our position, +summoned the hunters in the valley beneath to be on the alert. The +interval of suspense and silence being now broken, the scene became very +exciting. The dogs in the wood gave tongue, and the short and snapping +bark was shortly followed by a full burst, which told that the game was +on foot. Then, no doubt, every gun was at full cock, every eye intently +watching the avenues in the thickets through which boar or deer, driven +from the woods, might cross the valley. The shouts and cries sounded +nearer and nearer, till at length a shot from the extreme left announced +that some game had been marked as it broke cover. A dropping fire now +extended at intervals along the line, as cingale or capreole burst from +the thickets. Several fell to the guns of the party, some escaped; +others, wounded, were pursued by the dogs to the rear of the position, +with a rush of some of the hunters on their trail. + +The thickets having been completely swept, the line was now broken, and +the party remounting their horses bore their trophies to a woody glen, +where we dined, the spot chosen being the grassy bank of a little +rivulet. Arms were piled; some gathered wood and lighted fires, others +fetched water from the brook, and the more handy opened the baskets of +provisions we had brought from Tempio and spread them on the grass. A +wild boar was cut open, and, in Homeric style, the choicest portions of +the intestines were torn out, and, broiled on wooden skewers, offered to +the hunting-knives of the guests. The wine cup went round, and the +hunters' feast was seasoned with rude merriment. + +“When they had eaten and drank enough,”[52] the party mounted their +horses and returned to Tempio, carrying the game across their +saddle-bows. The cavalcade was as joyous as the feast. Jumping from +their horses when they got among the vineyards, some dashed over the +fences and brought away large bunches of grapes. And so we entered the +city in triumph. In the course of the evening the skin of the finest +wild boar was sent to our quarters as a trophy of our share in the work +of the day, with a joint of the meat. Madame Rosalie's _cuisine_ failed +to do it justice; but, when well cooked, wild boar is excellent eating. +This mode of hunting, generally practised by the Sardes, resembles the +_battue_ of wolves and leopards at which I have assisted in South +Africa, where the Boers, assembling in numbers, make an onslaught on the +ravagers of their flocks; having the dens and thickets driven, and +stationing themselves on the outskirts with their long roers to shoot +down the vermin as they issue forth. Such meetings are jovial, and the +sport is exciting, but not to be compared, I think, to deer-stalking or +fox-hunting, to say nothing of a foray against lions and tigers. + + + + +CHAP. XXIX. + + _Leave Tempio.—Sunrise.—Light Wreaths of Mist across the + Valley.—A Pass of the Limbara.—View from the Summit.—Dense + Vapour over the Plain beneath.—The Lowlands unhealthy.—The + deadly Intempérie.—It recently carried off an English + Traveller.—Descend a romantic Glen to the Level of the + Campidano.—Its peculiar Character.—Gallop over it.—Reach + Ozieri._ + + +I have reason to believe from information received during a recent visit +to Sardinia that the insecurity which, to some extent, prevailed when we +were in the island in 1853, had considerably lessened. But while at +Tempio in that year we learnt by an official communication from Cagliari +that some of the central mountain districts, through which we proposed +to pass on a shooting excursion, were in a disturbed state and must be +approached with caution. In consequence, the _Lascia portare arma_ +forwarded to us was accompanied by an open order from the Colonel +commanding the royal Caribineers, addressed to all the stations, for our +being furnished with an escort. So, also, on our visit of leave to the +Intendente of Tempio he pressed us to allow him to send us forward under +escort, though I did not learn that there had been any recent outrages +in his own province. On our declining the offer, as at variance with our +habits and feelings, the Intendente said, “I assure you that, here, the +lowest government employé will not travel without an escort;”—and he +again urged our accepting it, adding, “the Marchese d'Azeglio having put +you under my especial protection, I am responsible for your safety, and +wish to use every precaution, lest anything unpleasant should occur.” On +our again respectfully declining the offer, the kind Intendente said, +with a shrug, “Well, gentlemen, I have done my duty, and I hope that +when you get to Turin you will so represent it.” + +Such precautions exhibit a singular state of society in the midst of +European civilisation; I apprehend, however, that the Piedmontese +officials, and the continentals in general, paint the Sardes in darker +colours than they merit; and there is little good blood between them. + +Having no such prejudices, and entertaining no apprehensions, we +started, as usual, having a honest viandante, with his saddle and +pack-horses, for our only escort. The sun was just rising over the +serrated ridge of the eastern mountains, when, emerging from the fetid +shade of the narrow streets of Tempio, we came suddenly into his blessed +light. The mountain sides still formed an indistinct mass of the richest +purple hue, while, over the whole plain beneath, light mists rolled in +fantastic waves, floating like a mysterious gauze-like veil, shreds of +which touched by the sun's rays became brilliantly coloured, and others +drifting through the scattered woods had the appearance of being combed +out into long and fine-spun threads like the spiders'-webs which, gemmed +with dew-drops, hung from spray to spray. It was a magnificent view, of +great breadth, like one of Martin's mysterious pictures, and seen under +the most splendid effects; but so transitory that after we crossed the +first ridge all was changed. Meanwhile denser, but still light, wreaths +close at hand mingled with the mists, as the blue smoke curled up from +the vineyard sheds where the industrious Tempiese had already commenced +their labours. The temperature was delicious, and rain had fallen in the +night cooling the air and refreshing vegetation. Pleasanter than ever +was our early ride through the pretty winding lanes dividing the +vineyards and gardens skirting the town, and again, as we descended +through deep banks among scattered woodlands to the open plains +extending to the foot of the Limbara Mountains. + +A long but easy ascent led to the top of the pass, the ridge we mounted +being thickly clothed with evergreen shrubbery, the arbutus +predominating, profusely decked with fruit and flower. The summit of the +pass opened to us a double view in strong contrast. Looking back, we +once more saw through a gap the mountains of Corsica, in faint outlines, +eighty miles distant, with a glimpse of a blue stripe of water, the +Straits of Bonifacio. Turning southward, we stood at the summit of a +long winding glen richly wooded with ilex and cork trees, and far away +beneath there lay before us a broad plain partially covered with a sea +of vapour, not like the gay wreaths of mist that lightly floated over +the elevated plateau surrounding Tempio, but so still, so condensed, so +white, as to have been easily mistaken for a frozen lake powdered with +snow, and its hills for islands rising out of the water.[53] + +But such an image is unsuited to the climate of Sardinia at any season. +Smiling as the landscape now appeared, its most striking feature was +associated with the idea of death. + +That dense creamy vapour, formed by the pestiferous exhalations of the +lowlands, is the death shroud of the plain outstretched beneath it. + + [Illustration: DESCENT TO THE CAMPIDANO.] + +During the heats of summer, nay, sometimes from April till the latter +end of November, the ravages of the deadly _intempérie_ extend +throughout the island to such a degree that in Captain Smyth's list of +nearly 350 towns and villages included in his “Statistical Table of +Sardinia,” full a third are noted as insalubrious. The disorder has the +same character as malaria, but is far more virulent. Captain Smyth thus +describes the symptoms: “The patient is first attacked by a headache and +painful tension of the epigastric region, with alternate sensations of +heat and chilliness; a fever ensues, the exacerbations of which are +extremely severe, and are followed by a mournful debility, more or less +injurious even to those accustomed to it, but usually fatal to +strangers.” We have conversed with natives and residents who have +recovered from repeated attacks of _intempérie_; foreigners suffer most. +“Instances have been related to me,” observes Captain Smyth, “of +strangers landing for a few hours only from Italian coasters, who were +almost immediately carried off by its virulence; indeed, the very +breathing of the air by a foreigner at night, or in the cool of the +evening, is considered as certain death in some parts.”[54] + +Not twelve months before our visit, an English officer was suddenly +struck down and carried off while on a similar excursion in this part of +the island. Sir Harry Darrell was one of the last men I should have +thought liable to so fatal an attack. A few years ago, when returning +from Caffreland just before the breaking out of the last war, I met him +on the march to the frontier. I had off-saddled at noon, and while my +horses were grazing, knee-haltered, on a slip of grass by the side of a +running stream, was lying under the shade of a wild olive-tree, when the +head-quarters' division of the —— Dragoon Guards passed along the road. +Sir Harry and some other officers rode down into the meadow, and we +talked of the state of Caffreland and of the principal chiefs, most of +whom I had recently seen. I heard afterwards that he had got out +fox-hounds and hunted the country about Fort Beaufort. He was a keen +sportsman and clever artist. Some of his sketches in South Africa were +published by Ackerman. His remains lie at Cagliari, where he was +conveyed when struck by the _intempérie_, dying a few days after. A +friend of mine, who was there at the time, informs me that Sir Harry's +constitution had become debilitated, and he had rendered himself liable +to the attack by exposure and over-fatigue. I mention the circumstance +as a warning, but do not think there is much risk, with proper +precautions, for men in good health, through most parts of the island, +after the November rains have precipitated the miasma and purified the +air. We ourselves slept in most pestiferous places, where the ravages of +the disease were marked in the sallow countenances of the inhabitants, +without experiencing the least inconvenience. + +We rested at the summit of the pass commanding the distant view of the +Campidano, which led to these remarks on the insalubrity of the country +and the scourge of the _intempérie_. They are not, however, confined to +the plains, but of course are more prevalent where marshes, stagnant +waters, and rank vegetation engender vapours rising in the summer. +Leaving my companion to finish the sketch copied in a former page, I +slowly trotted on with the _viandante_, and, the descent becoming +rapid, proceeded leisurely down the wooded glen, a depth of shade in +which the heat, as well as the picturesque character of the scenery, +tempted to linger. Old cork and ilex trees, with their rugged bark and +grey foliage, throwing out rectangular arms of stiff and fantastic +growth, wild vines hanging from the branches in festoons of brilliant +hues, other trees with tawny orange leaves,—I believe a species of +ash,—some of a rich claret, and the never-failing arbutus, here quite a +tree, with its orange and crimson berries, all these massed together +formed admirable contrasts in shape and colour. And then there was the +gentle brook, never roaring or boisterous, but purling among rocks +dividing it into still pools, with giant ferns hanging over the stream +and bunches of hassock-grass luxuriating in the alluvial soil of its +little deltas, and, where the forest receded, a graceful growth of +shrubbery feathering the winding banks. + +Some of the cork-trees were fine specimens, of great age. Several I +measured in a rough way by embracing their trunks with extended arms. +This, repeated four or five times, gave a circumference of twenty or +twenty-five feet. The bark was ten inches thick. While so employed I was +startled by a wild boar rushing by me into the thickets. The cork wood +gradually thinned into scattered clumps on the slopes of the hills, and +the winding valley, five or six miles long, was abruptly terminated by a +bold mamelon, or green mound, covered with dwarf heath or turf; so shorn +and smooth it appeared, probably from being pastured, in immediate +contrast with the shaggy sides of the mountain glen. The horsetrack, +avoiding this obstacle, led up the eastern acclivity of the glen, and +the summit commanded the Campidano, now clear of fog, spread out before +us, far as the eye could reach, in a broad level, broken only by some +singular flat-topped hills in the foreground. + +Striking and novel as this landscape appeared at the first glance, I +confess that, at the moment, my attention was most directed backward on +the track I had just followed. It was now some hours since I parted from +my fellow-traveller. I had often listened for his horse's steps in the +deep glen, where there was no seeing many hundred yards backwards or +forwards; and though the present elevation commanded some points in the +track, he did not appear. I was getting fidgetty, and the guide's +replies to my inquiries did not tend to reassure me, for there are +“_malviventi_” as well as “_fuorusciti_” in the wilds—a well known +distinction—when, just as we were on the point of returning back, after +half an hour's additional suspense, I got a glimpse of my friend +trotting out of the woods close under the point of view. He, too, had +lingered in the romantic glen after finishing his sketch. + +We had now cleared the defiles of the Limbara, and, descending to the +level of the plains, made up for lost time by galloping _ventre à terre_ +over the boundless waste. Here were no shady nooks, no forest masses, no +fantastic growths, no grey crags, no bright-flowered thickets, so +grouped as one might never see again, and tempting to linger. All the +features were now on a broad scale; they were caught at a glance, and +the few which broke the monotony of the scene were repeated again and +again. But they were not without interest. The rivulet had expanded into +a wide stream, making long bends through the deep loam of the grassy +meads, and looking so cool and refreshing, that, but for the pebbly +shoals in its bed, it was difficult to conceive the midsummer heats +rendering these verdant plains desolate and pestilential. + +Along the banks of the river, and far away in every direction, were +scattered herds of cattle, guarded by armed shepherds, wild bearded +fellows in goatskin mantles and leather doublets, mostly on horseback. +We meet such figures on the grassy track, looking fiercely as we sweep +along; we see them at a distance on the edge of some of the gentle +slopes in which the plain is rolled, when only the profile of the horse, +the stalwart rider and his long gun, comes out clear against the sky. +There is more life on the Campidano than in the mountains. Not that it +is inhabited; there is scarcely a house on this whole plain, fifty or +sixty miles in circumference. Not that there is much cultivation; here +and there, at rare intervals, we see patches of a livelier green than +the surrounding expanse of grass, and the young wheat just springing up, +the strong blade and rich loamy furrow, remind us that Sardinia was +reckoned in former times a granary of Rome. We see also the grey mounds +of the Nuraghe scattered over the plain, some mouldering down to its +level, a few still rearing their truncated cones, like solitary +watch-towers, for which they have been mistaken. They, too, remind us of +times long past, of a primitive age. But they are to be found in all +parts of the island, and we shall fall in with them again, more at +leisure to examine their structure and hazard a conjecture as to their +origin. Now we gallop on over the level plain. The sward on the beaten +track is close and elastic, and our cavallante's spirited barbs, spared +in the glen during the noontide heat, spring as if they had never been +broken to the _portante_ pace. The morning fog and the cadaverous +features of the shepherds have warned us that the teeming Campidano is +no place to linger in after nightfall. Their homes are in the villages +scattered round the edge of the great plain; not much elevated, as the +_paese_ in Corsica, but standing on gentle acclivities. We marked them +at a distance. Already we have passed Sassu on our right and Oschiri on +our left; they are poor places. Codriaghe and Codrongianus and Florinas +stand at the extremity of the plain towards Sassari, and we shall see +them on our road thither, if we ever get there. Ardara, once the capital +of the province of Logudoro, founded as early as 1060, and having many +historic traditions, crowns, with its massive towers rising above the +ruined walls, a hillock on the plain right before us. It boasts also a +fine church, enriched with curious objects of art; but the town has +dwindled to a collection of hovels with a small population, few of whom, +we are told, survive their fiftieth year, so destructive is the +_intempérie_. We turn away: Ozieri stands invitingly on rather a bold +eminence at the head of a gorge where the plain narrows towards the +hills. The rays of the setting sun are full upon its houses and +churches. It is a place of some importance, and lies in our proposed +line through byroads to the forest districts of the interior. If our +pace holds on we may reach it by an hour after sunset. Perhaps we shall +find good cheer, the best preservative, I should imagine, against the +miasma that produces _intempérie_. + + [Illustration: THE PLAIN OF OZIERI.] + + + + +CHAP. XXX. + + _Effects of vast Levels as compared with Mountain + Scenery.—Sketches of Sardinian Geology.—The primitive Chains + and other Formations.—Traces of extensive Volcanic action.—The + “Campidani,” or Plains.—Mineral Products._ + + +Vast open plains, such as that described in the preceding chapter, form +a singular feature in the physical aspect of the island of Sardinia. +There are few travellers, I think, of much experience who, in traversing +such tracts of country, have not been struck at one time by the +desolation of their depths of solitude, or been pleased, at another, by +the glimpses of nomade life, their occasional accompaniments; and who +would not be willing to admit that, in their general impressions on the +imagination, they sometimes rival even mountain scenery. For if grandeur +be one main ingredient in the sublime, when an object such as a +seemingly boundless level, or rolling plain, the extent of which the eye +is unable to scan, lies before you, when, after long marches, it still +appears interminable, the mind is perhaps more impressed with the idea +of magnitude than by large masses, however enormous, with defined +outlines presented to the view. In the former instance, the imagination +is called into play and fills out the picture on a scale corresponding +with the actual features, as far as they are subject to observation; +but the imagination proverbially adopts an extravagant measure. + +One of my friend's sketches of Campidano scenery, introduced here, +cleverly represents the effects produced by great distances on one of +these rolling plains. + + [Illustration: THE CAMPIDANO.] + +Perhaps the idea of illimitable extent is better conveyed by the +lithographic sketch, No. 8, in which the level, not being interrupted by +the intersection of a mountain ridge, as in the former, vanishes in +distance. But the termination of the plain in the woodcut is only +apparent as, winding round the base of the mountains, the level is still +continued though lost to sight. It is not however intended to intimate +that these Sardinian plains can at all vie with the great continental +levels in various quarters of the globe, the immensity of which occurred +to my mind, and some of them to my recollection, when remarking on the +impressions such scenes produce on the traveller's sensations. The most +extensive of the Sardinian Campidani is only fifty miles in length, and +they are all of far less breadth. Their effect is therefore only +comparative, but being proportioned to the scale of other surrounding +objects, to the area of the insular surface, and the limited height and +extent of the mountain ranges, they produce a proportionate effect; but +that, as it has been already remarked, is sufficiently striking. + +Some brief details of these interesting features in Sardinian +scenery—the larger of which are termed _Campidani_, and the secondary +_Campi_—will be fitly combined with a general sketch of the geological +formations of the island; as we are now approaching the same standing +point, the central districts, from which we took occasion to review the +orology of Corsica. It was then remarked that the mountain systems of +the two islands are of similar character and were formerly united; of +which there is evidence in the rocky islets scattered from one coast to +the other, across the Straits of Bonifacio.[55] Sardinia, however, +though apparently a continuation of Corsica, is essentially different in +its physical aspect; the elevations being less, the plains more +extensive and fertile, its mineralogical riches far more varied, and +volcanic action on a large scale being traced throughout the island, +while few vestiges of it are discovered in Corsica. + +While these sheets have been passing through the press, General Alberto +de la Marmora has published two volumes in continuation of his “_Voyages +en Sardaigne_,” devoted exclusively, with an accompanying Atlas, to the +geology of the island; a work of the greatest scientific value, from the +high character of the author, and the time he has zealously spent in his +researches, but too elaborate for any attempt to reduce its details +within the compass or the scope of these pages. Our brief sketch must be +confined to a few general remarks derived from La Marmora's former +volumes, and Captain Smyth's very accurate account of Sardinia; +availing ourselves also of Mr. Warre Tyndale's digest of these accounts, +and giving some results of our own limited observation. + +The principal chain of primitive mountains trends from north to south, +extending through the districts of Gallura, Barbagia, Ogliastra, and +Budui, along the whole eastern coast of the island. This range consists +of granite, with ramifications of schist, and large masses of quartz, +mica, and felspar. It is intersected by transverse ranges, and by plains +and valleys partly formed by volcanic agency; indeed, the connection +between the Gallura group and that of Barbagia is entirely cut off by +the great plain of Ozieri. + +The most northerly of the series is the Limbara group. Its highest peak, +according to La Marmora 4287 feet, is an entire mass of granite. The +Genargentu in the Barbagia range, of the same formation, the highest and +most central mountain in Sardinia, has two culminating points of the +respective heights of 6230 and 6118 feet. They are covered with snow +from September till May, and the inhabitants of Aritzu, who make it an +object of traffic, are, I believe, able to continue the supply +throughout the year.[56] The Monte Oliena in the central group near +Nuoro, 4390 feet high, is calcareous, as are two others, between 2000 +and 3000 feet high, in the same chain. It terminates with the Sette +Fratelli, prolonged to Cape Carbonaro, the eastern point of the gulf of +Cagliari, the highest point of the group, which is entirely granite, +being 3142 feet. + +We find a detached formation called the Nurra mountains, composed of +granite, schist, and primitive limestone, filling the isthmus of the +Cape at the north-west extremity of the island, and extending to the +little isle of Asinara. The mountains of Sulcis, at the extreme +south-west, and terminating in the Capes Teulada and Spartivento, are +similarly composed; their highest peaks, the Monte Linas and Severa, +being from 3000 to 4000 feet high. + +But the most striking geological feature in Sardinia consists in the +great extent of the volcanic formations. These, as well as the slighter +traces of such action in Corsica, are doubtless connected with the +subterranean and submarine fires of which the coasts and islands of the +central Mediterranean basin afford so many evidences in active and +extinct volcanoes (some of them in activity in the times of Homer, +Pindar, and Thucydides), and ranging in a circle from the Roman +territory to that of Naples, to the Lipari islands, Sicily, and those +forming the subject of our present inquiry. Sardinia has been widely +ravaged by internal fires, but at too remote an era to admit of our +conjecturing the period. The volcanic action can be traced from Castel +Sardo, where it has formed precipices on the northern coast, to the +vicinity of Monastir, a distance southward of more than 100 miles; its +central focus appearing to have been about half-way between Ales, Milis, +and St. Lussurgiu, where, as Captain Smyth remarks, “the phlægrean +evidences are particularly abundant.” The action was principally +confined to the western side of the island, though, south of Genargentu, +the volcanic formations approach the primitive chain, and the rounded +hills we remarked in the present rambles, after crossing the Limbara, as +far east as Oschiri on the Campo d'Ozieri, are, I doubt not, craters of +extinct volcanoes. The flat-topped hill, or truncated cone, figured in +the lithograph drawing, No. 8, represents one of them, and, scattered as +these verdant cones are over the long sweeps of the Campidani, they +formed additional features in the interest with which, as I have already +said, we regarded those immense tracts. + +From the supposed centre of volcanic action just suggested, it may be +traced northward through the districts of Macomer, Bonorva, Giavesu, +Keremule, with the hillock on which Ardara stands, and Codrongianus, to +its termination in the cliffs of Lungo Sardo. But its most salient +feature is the detached group of mountains on the western coast between +Macomer and Orestano, which are entirely volcanic. This group has the +name of “Monte del Marghine,” in the small map prefixed to Captain +Smyth's survey, but I do not find that or any other distinct name +attached to it in La Marmora's large “Carta dell'Isola.” The village +of St. Lussurgiu is literally built in a crater connected with this +group, as is also that of Cuglieri. The highest point, Monte Articu, the +summit of Monte Ferro, entirely volcanic, rises 3442 feet above the +Mediterranean, and the Trebia Lada, 2723 feet high, is one of the three +basaltic feet forming the _Trebina_, or Tripod, on the summit of Monte +Arcuentu, a mountain between Orestano and Ales formed of horizontal +layers of basalt. Further south at Nurri, closely approaching the +primitive chain, are two hills, called “pizzè-ogheddu,” and “pizzè ogu +mannu,” or peaks of the little and great eye, which were certainly +ignivomous mouths, and the peasants believe that they still have a +subterraneous communication. A volcanic stream has run from them over a +calcareous tract, forming an elevated plain nearly 1600 feet above the +level of the sea, called, “_Sa giara e Serri_.” It overlooks Gergei, and +is covered with oaks and cork trees, while the northern side of its +declivity affords rich pasture. North-west from this place is the +“_Giara di Gestori_,” of similar formation, proceeding from a crater at +Ales, but strewed with numerous square masses of stone—principally +fragments of obsidian, and trachytic and cellular lava—so as to resemble +a city in ruins. At Monastir there is a distinct double crater, now well +wooded; and a bridge constructed of fine red trap, with the bold outline +of the neighbourhood, render the entrance to the village by the Strada +Reale singularly picturesque. The volcanic current, flowing westward +from Monastir by Siliqua and Massargiu, again approached the coast +towards the southern extremity of Sardinia, extending across the deep +gulf of Palmas to the islands of S. Pietro and S. Antonio, which are +entirely composed of trachytic rocks. Their bold escarpments arrested +our attention on approaching the coast, near Cape Teulada, in one of our +excursions to Sardinia. + +Plains of lava, called “_giare_” by the natives, are often found +reposing on the large tracts of recent formation, such as those of +Sardara, Ploaghe, and other places; and considerable extents of trap and +pitchstone are frequently met with on limestone strata, while others, +tending fast to decomposition, are incorporated with an earth formed of +comminuted lava. Vestiges of craters, though generally ill defined, +still exist in the vicinity of Osilo, Florinas, Keremule, St. Lussurgiu, +Monastir, &c. Some of these are considered, from their less broken and +conical shape, and from the surrounding country consisting of fine red +ashes, slaggy lava, scoria, obsidian, and indurated pozzolana, with +hills of porphyritic trap,—all lying over tertiary rock,—to have been of +a much more recent formation than the others, which in form present a +lengthened straggling appearance, and in composition resemble those of +Auvergne. + +The tertiary formation lies on the west side of the principal granitic +chain, and, besides forming the Campidano and the bases on which the +volcanic substances rest, constitutes the hills of Cagliari, Sassari, +and Sorso. The tertiary limestone seldom ranges more than 1313 feet +above the level of the sea, though at Isili and some other places it is +1542 feet high. La Marmora considers it analogous to the upper tertiary +formations found in the south of France, central and southern Italy, +Sicily, Malta, the Balearic Islands, and Africa. The plains generally +consist of a deep alluvial silt, interspersed with shingly patches, +containing boulder stones. Such is the valley of the Liscia, occupying +nearly the whole surface from sea to sea towards the northern extremity +of the island. This, it may be recollected, we crossed north of the +Limbara. Then succeeds the series of _Campi_ or _Campidani_, properly so +called. We have already spoken of the vast plain of Ozieri, terminating +in the south-west with its minor branches, the Campi di Mela, St. +Lazarus, and Giavesu, to which it spreads transversely from the Gulf of +Terranova, on the eastern coast. The bottom of this gulf forms one of +the finest harbours in the island, with some trade, but the town of that +name is a wretched place, remarkable for its insalubrity and the +truculent character of the inhabitants. + +On the western side of the island are the small _Campi_ of Anglona, +lying round Castel Sardo, and another plain highly cultivated between +Sassari and Porto Torres. The largest of these plains on the eastern +side of the island is that of Orosei, washed by several rivers having +their sources in the neighbouring primitive chain of mountains. Westward +of this chain we have the great central plain, which, first surrounding +the Gulf of Oristano, extends in an unbroken line, for upwards of fifty +miles, to the Gulf of Cagliari. This is generally spoken of as “_the +Campidano_,” without further specification, though its parts are +distinguished by local names, such as—di Uras, di Gavino, &c. + +The mineral riches of Sardinia were well known to the ancients, and vast +excavations, with the remains of a number of foundries, afford ample +testimony of the extent of their operations. Tradition asserts that gold +was formerly extracted; and there is no doubt that silver was found in +considerable quantities, as it is even now procured in assaying the +lead. Copper is found near Cape Teulada, and at other places, and in one +of the mines beautiful specimens of malachite occur. Iron is very +plentifully distributed, but is found principally at the Monte Santo of +Cape Teulada, and at Monte Ferru. The richest mine is in the Ogliastra, +where the _intempérie_, however, is so malignant as to preclude the +formation of an establishment. Lead is the most abundant of Sardinian +ores, and its mines are profusely scattered throughout the islands. + +Anthracite has been found, but only that of the Nurra district is fit +for working; and the coal, though met with in various places in the +secondary formations, and especially in the lower parts of the beds of +magnesian limestone, is neither sufficient in quantity nor good enough +in quality to be generally used. The granites of the Gallura, as we have +already mentioned, were known to the ancients, and highly appreciated in +Italy for their beauty and colours. Among the other mineral products may +also be mentioned the porphyries of the Limbara, the basalt of Nurri, +Gestori, and Serri, the alabaster of Sarcidanu, and the marbles of the +Goceano and Monte Raso. Jasper abounds in the trachyte and dolomite, and +large blocks, of beautiful variety, are found in some districts. Among +the chalcedonies are the sardonyx, agates, and cornelian. The districts +from whence the ancients obtained the sardonyx, once held in high +repute, are not known, but the vicinity of Bosa abounds in chalcedenous +formations. A fine quality of quartz amethyst has been obtained, and +also hydrophane, known for its peculiar property of becoming transparent +when immersed in water. Good turquoises and garnets are also found, but +not frequently. Though there have been so many volcanoes, and selenite, +gypsum, lime, and aluminous schist frequently occur, neither sulphur nor +rock salt have been discovered, and but very little alum. Mineral +springs are numerous, but not much frequented. + + + + +CHAP. XXXI. + + _Ozieri.—A Refugee Colonel turned Cook and Traiteur.—Traces of + Phenician Superstitions in Sarde Usages.—The Rites of + Adonis.—Passing through the Fire to Moloch._ + + +We entered Ozieri by a new carriage-road in the course of construction +to connect it with the great Strada Reale between Sassari and Cagliari; +such an undertaking being a novelty in Sardinia, and, of itself, +indicating that Ozieri is an improving place. It is the chief town of a +province, and contains a population of 8000, having the character of +being, and who were to all appearance, thriving, industrious, and +orderly. The streets are airy and clean, the principal thoroughfare +being watered by a stream issuing from a handsome fountain. There are +many good houses, and, including the cathedral, a large heavy building, +nine churches in the city, with three massive convents. That of the +Capucins, from its cypress-planted terrace, commands a fine view of the +Campidano, as does the church of N.S. di Montserrato on the summit of a +neighbouring hill. + +The piazza, a large area in the centre of the town, was thronged with +people, lounging and enjoying the evening air, when we rode into it, not +having the slightest idea where we were to dismount. In this dilemma, +observing among the crowd, through which we slowly moved, a serjeant of +the Bersaglieri, distinguished by the neat uniform of his rifle corps, +with the drooping plume of cock's feathers in his cap, we addressed +ourselves to him, having among our letters one to the Commandant of the +garrison, which he undertook to deliver. Meanwhile, he turned our +horses' heads to a house in the piazza, kept by an Italian, with the +accommodations of which we found reason to be well satisfied. + +Mr. Tyndale describes the osteria at Ozieri as execrable, while, on the +other hand, Captain Smyth speaks favourably of the locanda at Tempio. At +the period of our visit the circumstances were just the reverse. The +“_Café et Restaurant de Rome_” proved more than its titles implied. +Fully maintaining the latter of these, it supplied us also with two good +apartments. Mine was festooned with bunches of grapes hung from the +ceiling, and heaps of apples and pears were stored on shelves—so there +was no lack of fruit; while, much to our surprise, several excellent +_plats_ were served for supper, the master of the house uniting the +offices of _chef de cuisine_ and _garçon_. On our praising his +dishes,—“Ah,” said he, rather theatrically, “_Je n'ai pas toujours +rempli un tel métier!_”—“How so?”—“Sirs, I am a Roman exile; I have +fought for liberty; I was a Colonel in the service of the republic,—and +now I make dishes in Sardinia! But a good time is coming; before long, I +shall be recalled, and then”—there would be an end of popes and +cardinals, &c. He told us that many of Mazzini's partisans had taken +refuge in Sardinia. We afterwards met with another of them under similar +circumstances. Unwilling to wound the feelings of a Colonel who, like +the Theban general, was also our Amphitryon, we did not inquire under +what circumstances our host had acquired the arts which he practised so +well; suspecting, however, that our Colonel's earliest experience was in +handling _batteries de cuisine_. In his double capacity, he might have +more than rivalled in the Crimea even our “General Soyer.” To recommend +some liqueurs of his own composition, which certainly were excellent, he +told us that Sir Harry Darrell, who was here the preceding winter, just +before he was seized with the _intempérie_, prized them so much that he +carried off great part of his stock. + +In the course of the evening we had a visit from the Commandant. Among +other civilities, he made the agreeable proposal that we should join a +party formed by the Conte di T—— to hunt in the mountains south of +Ozieri, following the sport for several days. This scheme suited us +exactly, as it would lead us into the forest district of Barbagia, which +it was our design to visit. Such is the warmth of the climate, that +though it was now the middle of November, after the Commandant took his +leave we sat to a late hour in our shirt-sleeves, with the casements +wide open on the now solitary piazza, while I wrote and my companion was +drawing. So employed, a strain of distant music stole on the ear in the +stillness of the night, one of those plaintive melodies common among the +Sardes, a sort of recitative by a tenor voice, with others joining in a +chorus. + +Among the many usages derived by the Sardes from their Phenician +ancestors, one of a singular character is still practised by the Oziese, +of which Father Bresciani gives the following account:—“Towards the end +of March, or the beginning of April, it is the custom for young men and +women to agree together to fill the relation of godfathers and +godmothers of St. John, _compare e comare_—such is the phrase—for the +ensuing year. At the end of May, the proposed _comare_, having procured +a segment of the bark of a cork tree, fashions it in the shape of a +vase, and fills it with rich light mould in which are planted some +grains of barley or wheat. The vase being placed in the sunshine, well +watered and carefully tended, the seed soon germinates, blades spring +up, and, making a rapid growth, in the course of twenty-one days,—that +is, before the eve of St. John,—the vase is filled by a spreading and +vigorous plant of young corn. It then receives the name of _Hermes_, or, +more commonly, of _Su Nennere_, from a Sarde word, which possibly has +the same signification as the Phenician name of garden; similar vases +being called, in ancient times, ‘the gardens of Adonis.’” + +On the eve of St. John, the cereal vase, ornamented with ribbons, is +exposed on a balcony, decorated with garlands and flags. Formerly, also, +a little image in female attire, or phallic emblems moulded in clay, +such as were exhibited in the feasts of Hermes, were placed among the +blades of corn; but these representations have been so severely +denounced by the Church, that they are fallen into disuse. The young men +flock in crowds to witness the spectacle and attend the maidens who come +out to grace the feast. A great fire is lit on the _piazza_, round which +they leap and gambol, the couple who have agreed to be St. John's +_compare_ completing the ceremony in this manner:—the man is placed on +one side of the fire, the woman on the other, each holding opposite ends +of a stick extended over the burning embers, which they pass rapidly +backwards and forward. This is repeated three times, so that the hand of +each party passes thrice through the flames. The union being thus +sealed, the _comparatico_, or spiritual alliance, is considered +perfect.[57] After that, the music strikes up, and the festival is +concluded by dances, prolonged to a late hour of the night. + +In some places the couple go in procession, attended by a gay company of +youths and damsels, all in holiday dresses, to some country church. +Arrived there, they dash the vase of Hermes against the door, so that it +falls in pieces. The company then seat themselves in a circle on the +grass, and feast on eggs fried with herbs, while gay tunes are played on +the _lionedda_.[58] A cup of wine is passed round from one to another, +and each, laying his hand on his neighbour, repeats, with a certain +modulation of voice, supported by the music of the pipes, “_Compare e +comare di San Giovanni!_”. The toast is repeated, in a joyous chorus, +for some time, till, at length, the company rise, still singing, and, +forming a circle, dance merrily for many hours. + +Father Bresciani, La Marmora, and other writers, justly consider the +_Nennere_ as one of the many relics of the Phenician colonisation of +Sardinia. Every one knows that the Sun and Moon, under various names, +such as Isis and Osiris, Adonis and Astarte, were the principal objects +of worship in the East from the earliest times; the sun being considered +as the vivifying power of universal nature, the moon, represented as a +female, deriving her light from the sun, as the passive principle of +production. The abstruse doctrines on the origin of things, thus +shadowed out by the ancient seers, generated the grossest ideas, +expressed in the phallic emblems, the lewdness and obscenities mixed up +in the popular worship of the deified principles of all existence. Of +the prevalence in Sardinia of the Egypto-Phenician mythology, in times +the most remote, no one who has examined the large collection of relics +in the Royal Museum at Cagliari, or who consults the plates attached to +La Marmora's work, can entertain any doubt. But it is surprising to +find, among the usages of the Sardes at the present day, a very exact +representation of the rites of a primitive religion, introduced into the +island nearly thirty-five centuries ago, though it now partakes rather +of the character of a popular festival than of a religious ceremony. + +The Phenicians worshipped the sun under the name of Adonis, while the +moon, Astarte, the Astaroth of the Bible, and the Venus-Ouranie of the +Greeks, was their goddess of heaven. The story of Adonis is well +known:—how, being slain by a wild boar in the Libanus, his mistress +sought him in vain, with loud lamentations, throughout the earth, and +following him to the infernal regions, prevailed on Proserpine by her +tears and prayers to allow him to spend one half the year on earth, to +which he returned in youth perpetually renewed. Thus was shadowed out +the annual course of the sun in the zodiac, and especially his return to +ascendancy at the summer solstice, a season devoted to joy and +festivity. In after times, this period corresponding with the feast of +St. John the Baptist (24th June), that festival was celebrated in many +parts of Christendom with bonfires and merriment,—usages adopted from +pagan traditions. The practices of the _Nennere_, in the neighbourhood +of Ozieri and other parts of Sardinia, still more distinctly coincide +with the rites which accompanied the ancient festival. + +It was the custom of the Phenician women, towards the end of May, to +place before the shrine, or in the portico of the temples, of Adonis, +certain vessels, in which were sown grains of barley or wheat. These +vessels were made of wicker-work or pieces of bark, and sometimes +wrought of plaster. The seeds, sown in rich earth, soon sprung up, and +formed plants of luxuriant growth. These verdant vases were then called +by the Phenicians “the Gardens of Adonis.” The ceremonies of the summer +solstice commenced over night with lamentations by the women, expressive +of grief for the loss of Adonis. But on the morrow, “when the sun came +out of his chamber like a giant refreshed,” all was changed to joy; the +garden vases were crowned with wreaths of purple and various-coloured +ribbons, and the resurrection of the boy-god was celebrated by dancing, +feasting, and revelry. The priestesses of Adonis led the way in a +mysterious procession, bearing the vases, with other symbols already +alluded to, and on re-entering the temples, dancing and singing, they +cast the vases and scattered their verdure at the feet of the god. All +the women then danced in a circle round the altar, and the day and night +were spent in pious orgies, feasting, and revelry. It is needless to +point out the close identity of the Oziese _Nennere_ with these +Phenician rites. + +The worship of Adonis, under the name of Tammuz[59], with all its +seductive abominations, was one of the Canaanitish idolatries into which +the Israelites were prone to fall. Father Bresciani considers these +rites to be emphatically referred to in the indignant apostrophe of +Isaiah:—_How is the faithful city become an harlot!... ye shall be +confounded with idols to which ye have sacrificed, and be ashamed of the +gardens which ye have chosen._[60] And again, in the prophet's terrible +denunciation:—_Behold, the Lord will come with fire, and with his +chariots like a whirlwind, to render his anger with fury, and his rebuke +with flames of fire ... and the slain of the Lord shall be many. They +that sanctified themselves and esteemed themselves clean in the garden +of the portico[61] shall be consumed together, saith the Lord._ + +Whether the learned Jesuit's interpretation of these passages be well +founded or not, we may add another from the prophet Ezekiel, not +referred to by him, but of the application of which to some of these +rites there can be no doubt. In one of those lofty visions, vividly +portraying the iniquities of Israel, her idolatries and wicked +abominations, the prophet's attention is directed to the intolerable +scandal that, even _at the gate of the Lord's house, behold there sat +women weeping for Tammuz_.[62] + + “Thammuz came next behind, + Whose annual wound in Lebanon allured + The Syrian damsels to lament his fate, + In amorous ditties, all a summer day, + While smooth Adonis, from his native rock + Ran purple to the sea, supposed with blood + Of Thammuz, yearly wounded: the love tale + Infected Zion's daughters with like heat; + Whose wanton passions in the sacred porch + Ezekiel saw, when, by the vision led, + His eye surveyed the dark idolatries + Of alienated Judah.”—_Par. Lost_, i. 447. + +One of the remarkable incidents in the Sarde _Nennere_, just described, +consists in the consecration of the spiritual relation between the +_compare_ and _comare_, by their thrice crossing hands over the fire in +the ceremonies of St. John's day. A still more extraordinary vestige of +the idolatrous rite of “passing through the fire,” is said to be still +subsisting among the customs of the people of Logudoro, in the +neighbourhood of Ozieri, and in other parts of Sardinia. + +Of the worship of Moloch—_par excellence_ the Syrian and Phenician god +of fire—by the ancient Sardes, there is undoubted proof. We find among +the prodigious quantity of such relics, collected from all parts of the +island, in the Royal Museum at Cagliari, a _statuette_ of this idol, +supposed to have been a household god. Its features are appalling: great +goggle eyes leer fiercely from their hollow sockets; the broad nostrils +seem ready to sniff the fumes of the horrid sacrifice; a wide gaping +mouth grins with rabid fury at the supposed victim; dark plumes spring +from the forehead, like horns, and expanded wings from each shoulder and +knee. The image brandishes a sword with the left hand, holding in the +right a small grate, formed of metal bars. It would appear that, this +being heated, the wretched victim was placed on it, and then, scorched +so that the fumes of the disgusting incense savoured in the nostrils of +the rabid idol, it fell upon a brazier of burning coals beneath, where +it was consumed. There is another idol in this collection with the same +truculent cast of features, but horned, and clasping a bunch of snakes +in the right hand, a trident in the left, with serpents twined round its +legs. This image has a large orifice in the belly, and flames are +issuing between the ribs, so that it would appear that when the brazen +image of the idol was thoroughly heated, the unhappy children intended +for sacrifice were thrust into the mouth in the navel, and there +grilled,—savoury morsels, on which the idol seems, from his features, +rabidly gloating, while the priests, we are told, endeavoured to drown +the cries of the sufferers by shouts and the noise of drums and timbrels +— + + ” ... horrid king, besmeared with blood + Of human sacrifice, and parents' tears; + Though, for the noise of drums and timbrels loud, + Their children's cries unheard, that pass'd through fire + To his grim idol.”—_Par. Lost_, i. 392. + +This cruel child-sacrifice was probably the giving of his seed to +Moloch[63], fwhich any Israelite, or stranger that sojourned in Israel, +guilty of the crime was, according to the Mosaic law, to be stoned to +death. We are informed in the Sacred Records, that no such denunciations +of the idolatries of the surrounding nations, no revelations of the +attributes, or teachings of the pure worship of Jehovah, restrained the +Israelites from the practice of the foul and cruel rites of their +heathen neighbours; and we find, in the latter days of the Jewish +commonwealth, the prophet Jeremiah predicting[64] the desolation of the +people for this sin among others, that they had estranged themselves +from the worship of Jehovah, and burned incense to strange gods, and +filled the holy place with the blood of innocents, and burned their sons +and their daughters with fire for burnt-offerings unto Baal.[65] + +There appear to have been two modes in which the ancient idolaters +devoted their children to Moloch. In one they were sacrificed and +consumed in the manner already described, a burnt-offering to the cruel +idol for the expiation of the sins of their parents or their people. In +the other, they were only made _to pass through the fire_, in honour of +the deity, and as a sort of initiation into his mysteries, and +consecration to his service. Thus Ahaz, King of Judah, is said to have +“made his son to pass through the fire, according to the abominations of +the heathen.”[66] And it is reckoned in the catalogue of the sins of +Judah, which drew on them the vengeance of God, that they “built the +high places of Baal, to cause their sons and their daughters to pass +through the fire unto Moloch.”[67] + +In the case of infants, it is supposed that this initiation, this +“baptism by fire,” was performed either by placing them on a sort of +grate suspended by chains from the vault of the temple, and passed +rapidly over the sacred fire, or by the priests taking the infants in +their arms, and swaying them to and fro over or across the fire, +chanting meanwhile certain prayers or incantations. With respect to +children of older growth, they were made to leap naked through the fire +before the idol, so that their whole bodies might be touched by the +sacred flames, and purified, as it were, by contact with the divinity. + +The Sardes, we are informed by Father Bresciani[68] still preserve a +custom representing this initiation by fire, but, as in other Phenician +rites and practices, without the slightest idea of their profane origin. +In the first days of spring, from one end of the island to the other, +the villagers assemble, and light great fires in the _piazze_ and at the +cross-roads. The flames beginning to ascend, the children leap through +them at a bound, so rapidly and with such dexterity, that when the +flames are highest it is seldom that their clothes or a hair of their +head are singed. They continue this practice till the fuel is reduced to +embers, the musicians meanwhile playing on the _lionedda_ tunes adapted +to a Phyrric dance. This, says the learned Father, is a representation +of the initiation through fire into the mysteries of Moloch; and, +singular as its preservation may appear through the vast lapse of time +since such rites were practised, we see no reason to doubt his +relation, exactly as he treats on this subject after repeated visits to +the island, even if the account were not confirmed by other writers, as +we find it is. Bresciani's recent work is almost entirely devoted, as we +have already observed, to the task of tracing numerous customs still +existing among the Sardes to their eastern origin. We may find future +opportunities of noticing some in which the coincidence is most +striking. + + + + +CHAP. XXXII. + + _Expedition to the Mountains.—Environs of Ozieri.—First View of + the Peaks of Genargentu.—Forests.—Value of the Oak Timber.—Cork + Trees; their Produce, and Statistics of the Trade.—Hunting the + Wild Boar, &c.—The Hunters' Feast.—A Bivouac in the + Woods.—Notices of the Province of Barbagia.—Independence of the + Mountaineers._ + + +The hunting excursion in the mountains south of Ozieri was in the order +of the day, the expedition being on a much larger scale than that +arranged by our honest Tempiese friends at the _Caffè de la +Costituzione_. We were to camp out; and the party consisted of upwards +of thirty horsemen, well mounted and armed, with the Conte di T—— and +some other Oziese gentlemen for leaders. We had also a large pack of +dogs, some of them fine animals, almost equal to bloodhounds. + +Our route from the town led us over a succession of scraggy hills, with +cultivation in the bottoms, and some straggling vineyards, not very +flourishing. The walnut trees in the glens, and small inclosures mixed +with copse wood, reminded us more of English or Welsh scenery than +anything we had before seen in either of the Mediterranean islands. +After passing a village standing on high ground, there was a long +ascent, and in about an hour and a half from our leaving Ozieri, on +gaining the summit of a ridge of hills outlying from the Goceano range, +we opened on a magnificent view of the great central chain of mountains, +stretching away to the south-east in giant limbs and folds, with +Genargentu and other summits shrouded in a grey silvery haze. A broad +valley was spread out beneath our point of view, and the mountain range +immediately opposite, the lower regions of which, as far as the eye +could command the view, right and left, were clothed with dense forests, +straggling down in broken masses and detached clumps to the edge of the +intervening valley. + +Into the depths of these forests we were to penetrate in pursuit of our +game, and finer covers to be stocked with _cingale_ and _capriole_, or +bolder scenery for the theatre of our sylvan sport, can scarcely be +imagined. It was spirit-stirring when, full in view of these grand +natural features, our numerous cavalcade wound down the hill in +scattered groups to the plain beneath, among pollard cork trees, just +now shedding their acorns. There was deep ploughing in the rich vale +watered by the upper streams of the Tirso, which winds through the +valley at the foot of the Goceano range. After crossing the holms, we +were on slopes of greensward, lightly feathered with the red fern, and +dotted with trees, like a park. + +And now we touched the verge of the forest, rough with brakes of giant +heaths, such underwood alternating with grassy glades wherever the woods +opened. This part of the forest consists of an unbroken mass of +primitive cork trees of great size. The rugged bark, the +strangely-angular growth of the limbs, hung with grey lichens in +fantastic combs, and the thick olive-green foliage almost excluding the +light of heaven, with the roar of the wind through the trees,—for it +was a dull, cold day, the coldest we spent in Sardinia,—with all this, a +Scandinavian forest could not be more dreary and savage. After tracking +the gloomy depths of shade for a considerable distance, it was an +agreeable change to quit the forest and warm our blood by cantering up a +slope of scrub. Then, after crossing a grassy hollow, we came among +scattered woods of the most magnificent oaks, both evergreen and +deciduous, I ever saw. Some of the trees were of enormous size, and if +the quality of the timber be equal to the scantling, Sardinia would +supply materials of great value for naval purposes. + +The forests of the Barbagia, into which we now penetrated, like those of +the Gallura, are principally virgin forests; the want of roads, of +navigable rivers, and even of flottage, presenting formidable obstacles +to the conveyance of the timber to the seaboard for exportation, though +the first is not insurmountable. The forests of the Marghine and Goceano +ranges round Macomer, having the little port of Boso on the western +coast for an outlet, are felled to some extent. The contracts are mostly +in the hands of foreigners, who obtain them on such low terms that their +profits are enormous. Mr. Tyndale gives the details of a contract +obtained by a Frenchman for 18,000 oak trees, at fifteen _lire nove_, +12_s._ each, the trees being said to realise from 200 to 300 francs +(8_l._ to 12_l._) each at Toulon or Marseilles. In England, we pay from +1_s._ 6_d._ to 2_s._ 3_d._ per cubic foot for very indifferent American +oak, and from 1_s._ 9_d._ to 2_s._ 6_d._ for Baltic oak, perhaps +superior to the Sardinian. + +In the course of the Corsican notices in this volume, it was mentioned +that after my return to England, I had some communications with a +government department respecting the pine forests of Corsica.[69] On my +taking occasion also to represent the great abundance of oak timber of +large dimensions standing in Sardinia, I learnt that a valuable report +on the subject had been made to the Admiralty by Mr. Craig, Her +Majesty's excellent Consul-General in the island. It did not, however, +appear that any steps had been taken in consequence. + +Great damage is done to the forests by the herdsmen and shepherds, who +are permitted, under certain restrictions, to burn down portions of +underwood, such as the lentiscus, daphne, and cistus, to allow the +pasturage to grow for their flocks. But though this is not legal before +the eighth of September, when the intense heat of the summer has passed +away, and the periodical autumnal rains are necessary for the young +herbage, the law is broken, and not only accidental but wilful +conflagrations have been the destruction of numerous forests. What with +this waste, the injury done to the growing timber by the contractors, +and the indolence of the natives, the noble forests of Sardinia are of +little account. Even the government, it is said, purchase most of the +oak used in the dockyards of Genoa at the French ports before mentioned. + +Similar observations apply to cork, though capable of easier transport, +and said to be as fine as any in the world. The Sardinian forests would +supply large quantities; but it enters little into the exports of the +island. We saw a great many trees stripped by the peasants for domestic +uses, naked and miserable skeletons; with them it is indiscriminate +slaughter, doing irreparable injury to the trees. There now lie before +me the specimens I collected of the successive layers of the bark. The +spongy external cuticle, swelling into excrescences, is only used for +floats of the fishermen's nets in the island. Beneath lies a coating of +more compact, but cellular, tissue, of a beautiful rich colour—a sort of +red umber. This layer, called _la camicia_ (the shift), covers the good +or “female” bark, with which every one is acquainted in the shape of +corks. + +The bark will bear cutting every ten years, commencing when the trees +are about that age; but it should not be cut till the inner bark is an +inch or an inch and a quarter thick. I consider that the bark of old +trees is less valuable. Some of those we saw in the forests of the +Gallura and Barbagia must have been the growth of many centuries. It is +calculated that each tree, on an average, produces upwards of 30 lbs. of +bark at a cutting; there are about 220 lbs. in a quintal, worth, at +Marseilles, 20 francs; and a quintal of cork makes from 4500 to 5000 +bottle-corks. + +The woods are generally leased at an annual rent, proportioned to the +number of trees; but this rent, with the cost of stripping the bark, and +even the transport to the coast, form but small items in the lessee's +account of profit and loss. The heaviest charges are the export duty +from Sardinia, the freight, and the import duties in France, to which +country, I understand, the greatest part of the cork cut in the island +is shipped. The French customs' duty is 2frs. 20 cents. the quintal. +England imports no cork in its rough state from the island of Sardinia; +but probably a considerable part of the manufactured corks we import +from France (upwards of 226,000 lbs. in 1855[70]) grew in Sardinian +forests. Our principal imports of unmanufactured cork bark are from +Portugal, the quantity in the year just mentioned being 3300 tons and +upwards. From Spain we only received 300 tons, and about 100 from +Tuscany and other parts; the official value being from 32_l._ to 35_l._ +per ton. It appears extraordinary that we should draw so considerable a +portion of our supplies of this valuable commodity from France in a +manufactured state, and subject to a heavy customs' duty and other +double charges, when the raw material might be imported direct from +Sardinia, subject only to an export duty of 1fr. 20 cents. per quintal. +This arises, I imagine, from the trade being left by the apathy of the +islanders mostly in the hands of French houses, who take leases of the +forests and conduct the whole operations. + +These details, though they smack of woodcraft, have led us away from our +sylvan sports. We had reached the point where the dogs were thrown into +the covers with a party detached to drive the woods. Having given a +description in a former chapter of the _caccia clamorosa_, as wild boar +hunting is well termed by the Sardes, repetition would be wearisome. It +was conducted precisely as on the former occasion, except that the +proceedings were on a more extended scale, and led us far among wilder +and more varied scenery. As before, the stations of the hunters were +assigned at about seventy or eighty paces apart, with the horses +tethered in the rear. The line of shooters was first formed among the +heather on the easy slope of a glen, lightly sprinkled with wood. The +exhilarating sounds of the men and dogs breaking the silence of the +woods as they drove the game before them, the minutes of eager +expectation, the sharp look-out, the ringing shots, may now be easily +imagined. + +My fellow-traveller was fortunate enough to knock over the first wild +boar that ran the gauntlet of the _cordon_, when the Count's gun had +missed fire from the cap having become damp. Our next position was in an +open piece of forest, where luck planted me in a notched cork tree, +standing on a wooded knoll, at which several avenues met, so that I had +not only a good chance of a shot, but the command of the _champ de +bataille_ on all sides. Wild boars were plentiful, roebucks not so, +hares innumerable in some of our _battues_. I confess, however, that the +incident in the day's sport in which I felt most interest was when a +wild boar, slightly wounded, rushed by one of my posts, pursued by some +of the dogs. Throwing myself on my spirited barb, I led the chase, +followed by my neighbours, right and left, and was lucky enough to be in +at the death, after a sharp run. Under such circumstances the wild boar, +standing at bay with his formidable tusks, becomes dangerous to the +dogs, if not to the hunters. Then the sharp steel is wanting. Oh, for a +boar spear! instead of having to despatch the rabid animal by a shot. + +Having had a long morning's ride, our first day's _battue_ was closed +early. The party defiled in loose order among the trees in the open +forest, cantered over springy turf, and brushed through patches of fern +to a sheltered dell in which we were to bivouac, and where the sumpter +horses had already halted. Then followed such a rude feast as in all my +rambles I had never before chanced to witness. Imagine the grassy margin +of a rivulet, surrounded by thick bushes, which spread in brakes +throughout the glen under scattered oaks, intermingled with crags and +detached masses of rock, covered with white lichens. On the grass are +piles of flat bread, which served for plates, loads of sausages, hams, +cheeses, bundles of radishes, and heaps of apples, pears, grapes, and +chestnuts, strewed about in the happiest confusion, with no lack of +flasks and runlets of various sorts of wines. Our contribution to the +pic-nic, a basket of signor Juliani's best cold dishes and larded fowls, +seemed perfectly insignificant. Add to all this, the game we had +bagged,—wild boar and roebuck, to say nothing of hares,—and the general +stock might seem inexhaustible, if one glance at the crowd of hungry +hunters did not banish the thought. + +Eager for the attack, they were busily employed in preparations for it. +Horses were unsaddled and tethered among the bushes, guns piled or +rested against the boughs, wood collected, fires lighted, and +dagger-knives whetted, ready to rip open and quarter the game. The +leaders only stood apart, under a spreading tree. They had a grave duty +to perform in apportioning the spoils among those who had been +successful in the day's sport. This was done with great exactness and +the perfect equality existing among all ranks on these occasions. It was +Robin Hood and his merry men all through; or might have been taken for +an episode of Sarde banditti life, except that, our party being all +honest fellows, there was no plunder to divide. By the laws of the chase +in Sardinia, the hunter to whose gun an animal falls is entitled +exclusively to some distinct portion, varying with the species of the +game,—sometimes to the skin, sometimes to the choicest parts of the +_roba interiora_, the intestines; the rest falls into the common stock. +The award being made, such choice morsels, with rashers of hog and +venison steaks, were grilled over the embers on skewers of sweet wood, +and handed round, filled each pause in the attack on the cold +provisions, portions being detached by the formidable _couteaux de +chasse_ with which every man was armed; nor did English steel fail of +doing its duty. + +Though the party distributed themselves indiscriminately on the grass, +they naturally fell into familiar messes, perfect harmony and good +fellowship prevailing. But at times there was great confusion. Now, the +horses, kicking and fighting, got free from their tethers, and there was +a rush of the hunters to restore order; while the ravenous hounds, not +content with the bones and fragments thrown to them, were making +perpetual inroads on the circle of guests, and snatching at the morsels +they were appropriating to themselves. The feast was drawing to a close, +when Count T—— proposed the health of the foreigners associated in their +sports, and the toast, with the reply, which, if not eloquent, was short +and feeling,—“_Agli nobili cacciatori della Sardegna, e di noi +forestieri li sozii amicissimi, benevolentissimi_,” &c., &c., &c., drew +forth _ev-vivas_ which made the old woods ring to the echo. And now all +started on their legs, and there was a rush to the guns as if scouts had +suddenly announced that the woods were filled with enemies. As an hour +or two of daylight still remained, a _bersaglio_, or match of shooting +at a mark, had been arranged during the feast. + +The _bersaglio_ is a favourite amusement of the Sardes, forming part of +most of their festivities; and constant practice on these occasions, and +in the field, makes them expert shots. Our party now addressed +themselves to this exercise of skill with passionate eagerness. Some ran +to fix a small card against the bole of a tree, eighty or a hundred +yards distant, the rest gathered round the point of sight, loading their +guns or applying caps, all talking rapidly, in sharp tones, as if they +were quarrelling. They formed picturesque groups, in all attitudes—those +mountain rangers, with their semi-Moorish costume, embroidered pouches, +and bright ornamented arms, their dark-olive complexions and bushy hair, +in strong contrast with their visitors from the north, in gray plaid and +brown felt, unmistakable in their physiognomy, though almost as hairy +and sunburnt as the children of the soil. The match was well contested, +the card being often hit; which, as the Sarde guns are not rifled, may +be considered good shooting, at the distance stated. The firing was +continued till it was almost dark with eager zest, but much +irregularity, and almost as great an expenditure of animal spirits in +vociferation, as of powder and bullets. + +An hour after sunset, when night came on, fresh wood was heaped on the +smouldering fires, and after sitting round them, smoking and chatting, +the party gradually broke up, some stretching themselves near the +embers, and the rest seeking some shelter for the night, about which a +Sarde mountaineer is not fastidious, any bush or hollow in a rock +serving his purpose. For ourselves, after exchanging the “_felice +notte_” with the Count and his friends, we lingered over a scene so +singular in civilised Europe, though with such I had been familiar in +other hemispheres. The smouldering fires cast fitful gleams on piled +arms and the hardy men sleeping around in their sheepskins or shaggy +cloaks; the deep silence of the woods was only broken by a neighing +horse or the bay of a hound, and presently the stars shone out from the +vault of heaven with a lustre unknown in northern climes. We, too, lay +down ensconced in a brake, the younger traveller disdaining any other +wrapping than his plaid, and the elder luxuriously enveloped in a couple +of blankets which formed part of his equipments, having his saddle for a +pillow. With sound sleep, the rivulet for our ablutions, and a hot cup +of coffee, bread, cheese, and fruit for the _collazione_,—what more +could be wanting? + +In this expedition one day was like another, except in the ever-varying +scenery, interesting enough to the traveller, but wearisome in +description. Suffice it to say, that on the third morning, the +provisions being exhausted, and no fresh supplies to be had in that wild +country, our leaders decided on returning to Ozieri. It then became a +question with us whether we should return with them, or pursue tho +mountain tracks to Nuoro, whence it was only two days' journey to the +foot of Monte Genargentu, on the higher regions of which it had been our +intention to hunt the _moufflon_, proceeding then, along byroads, +through a chain of mountain villages to Cagliari. Nuoro, a poor place, +though dignified with the title of “_città_,” and a large ecclesiastical +establishment, stands high on a great table-land in the heart of the +central chain, answering, in many respects, to the Corte of the sister +island. This ancient capital of Barbagia is still the chief place of a +province containing a population of 54,000 souls, very much scattered +through an extensive and mountainous district, but containing many large +villages, such as Fonni, Tonara, and Aritzu already mentioned. + +The mountaineers of Barbagia have been distinguished from the earliest +times for their indomitable courage and spirit of independence. Some of +the best ancient writers relate that Iolaus, son of Iphicles, king of +Thessaly, and nephew of Hercules, settled Greek colonies in this part +of the island. The expedition, in which he was joined by the Thespiadæ, +was undertaken in obedience to the oracle of Delphi; and it declared +that, on their establishing themselves in Sardinia, they would never be +conquered. Iolaus is said to have been buried in this district, after +founding many cities; and, the Greek colonists intermingling with the +native Sardes, their descendants, deriving their name of Iolaese or +Iliese from their founder, became the most powerful race in the +island,—just as the Roumains of Wallachia, boasting their descent from +Trajan's Dacian colonists, long proved their right to the proud +patronymic. + +The Iolaese offered a determined resistance to the Carthaginian +invaders, and, on the decline of their power in Sardinia, maintained, +during a long series of years, an unequal contest with the Roman +legions; for, though often worsted in pitched battles, they found a safe +and impregnable retreat in their mountain fastnesses. The triumphs of +the Romans figure in history; but the traditions of the Sardes do +justice to the heroic and patriarchal chiefs who fought in defence of +their country. In after times, the Barbaricini (the Barbari of the +Romans, whence Barbagia) exhibited their hereditary warlike spirit in +resisting the invasions of the Moors; and, when Sardinia passed to the +crown of Arragon, they refused to acknowledge Alfonso's rights and +authority, resisting all claims of homage, tribute, or service. A sullen +submission of three centuries to their Spanish sovereigns had not +effaced their spirit of independence, and the Barbaricini were in arms +against an unjust tax, and, moving their wives, children, and valuables +to the mountains, kept the Spaniards entirely at bay, when, in 1719, +Sardinia was ceded to the house of Savoy. The demand being prudently +withdrawn, they returned to their villages, and their allegiance to the +present dynasty has not been broken by any open revolt. But the +indomitable spirit of their race has still been exhibited in sullen or +violent resistance to the Piedmontese authorities. Driven by the corrupt +administration of the laws to take a wild and summary justice, every +man's hand has been against his neighbours' and the government +officials. Mr. Tyndale states “that upwards of 100 (or one in every 279) +annually fall victims to _vendetta_, in contest with their enemies, or +with the authorities. Those openly known to live in the mountains as +_fuorusciti_, of some kind, are more than 300; and to them may be added +another 300 unknown to the Government, so that, on an average, there is +nearly one in every 46 an outcast from society, a fugitive from his +hearth.” I was happy to learn, on a second visit to the island of +Sardinia, in 1857, that the numbers of these unhappy men were +decreasing, outrages had diminished, and the system of _vendetta_ was +gradually dying out. This, it was stated, principally resulted from the +Barbaricini beginning to feel that the government is able and willing to +afford them the redress of their private wrongs, and the personal +protection which, as individuals or banded together, they have so long +asserted by the red hand in defiance of the authorities. + +Thus the independence predicted by the oracle of Delphi to the race of +Iolaus, preserved for untold centuries and through all political +changes, has been maintained to the last by their direct descendants, +the _fuorusciti_ of Barbagia. They were in arms as late as our travels +in 1853, and we were officially warned against venturing into the +mountains without due precautions. It was not, however, this state of +affairs which interfered with the prosecution of our journey, as we did +not doubt being able to establish, as foreigners, amicable relations +with their chiefs. Such a state of society could not be without +interest, the scenery is represented as most romantic, the shooting +excellent; but our time was limited, and, reserving the expedition to +Barbagia for a future opportunity, we reluctantly retraced our steps to +Ozieri, in company with our friendly hunters. + + + + +CHAP. XXXIII. + + _Leave Ozieri.—The New Road and Travelling in the Campagna.—Monte + Santo.—Scenes at the Halfway House.—Volcanic Hills.—Sassari; + its History.—Liberal opinions of the Sassarese.—Constitutional + Government.—Reforms wanted in Sardinia.—Means for its + Improvement._ + +Ozieri standing on the verge of the great Sardinian plains, we dismissed +our _cavallante_, and changed our mode of travelling. A primitive +_diligence_ plies occasionally between Ozieri and Sassari, by the new +road just constructed to join the Strada Reale between Cagliari and +Porto Torres. Missing the opportunity during our hunting excursion, we +hired a _voiture_ for the day's journey. It was comparatively a smart +affair, a light _calèche_ with bright yellow pannels, and drawn by a +pair of quick-stepping horses; so that we travelled in much comfort. +Carriages are seldom found in the island except on this great road, and +in a few of the principal towns; the mode of travelling in the interior, +for persons of all ranks and both sexes, being either on horseback or on +oxen.[71] + +We rattled out of Ozieri with a flourish of the driver's horn, more +intent on which than on the management of his spirited horses he nearly +brought us to grief. After some narrow escapes of being capsized over +the heaps of stones scattered along the new road, now in the course of +construction, we came to a dead lock in an excavation; and one of the +horses, though mettlesome enough, hung in the collar, refusing to draw. +It was said to be an Irish horse, but how or when it got to Sardinia was +as much a myth as the immigration of some of the various races by which +the island is said to have been peopled in ancient times. However, Miss +Edgeworth's Irish postilion and “Knockecroghery,” could scarcely have +afforded us more amusement than our Sarde driver and his horse, whose +good qualities he ludicrously vaunted, alternately cursing and +glorifying, thumping and coaxing, the vicious beast, while we heaved at +the wheels. Our united efforts at length succeeded in extricating the +vehicle from the sandy hollow; and after jolting for awhile over the +new-formed road, the material having become solid and compact, we rolled +at our ease across the plain. I remarked, that though the road was well +levelled and macadamised, scarcely a man was to be seen employed in the +present operations. Boys were breaking the metal, and girls carrying it +in baskets on their heads. + +The plains being undulating, extensive views are commanded by the +eminences far away over the Campidano, backed by the Limbara mountains +on the north-west. We passed the village of Nores, pleasantly situated +on a hill at the verge of the Ozieri plain, across which Monte Santo, +appearing from this point a long ridge, rose in full view to our left, +2000 feet high. The junction with the Strada Reale from Cagliari to +Sassari was reached soon afterwards. About noon, we halted while the +horses baited at a roadside _locanda_, the half-way house to Sassari, +standing at the foot of Monte Santo, here reduced to the shape of a +round-topped mountain. Lesser hills fell away to the great plain, the +slopes and flats being sprinkled with large flocks of sheep. On a +hillock two or three miles distant, were the ruins of a Nuraghe, +mellowed to a rich orange tint. + +It was a pleasant spot, and at the present moment full of life, numbers +of Sardes of all classes having, like ourselves, halted there for rest. +Two _voitures_ were drawn up by the roadside, as well as several light +carts, with high wheels and tilts made of rushes or cloth, conveying +goods to and fro between Cagliari and Sassari. Women in yellow +petticoats and red mantles, with bright kerchiefs round their heads, and +men in their white shirt sleeves open to the elbow, and Moorish cotton +trowsers, contrasting with their dark jackets, caps, and gaiters, were +bustling about, fetching water and fodder for the horses. Others were +sitting and eating under the shade of a group of weeping willows, +overshadowing a bason of pure water, fed by a streamlet trickling down +from the neighbouring hills. Intermingled with these were Sarde +cavaliers, in a more brilliant costume; and a priest, carrying a huge +crimson umbrella, came forth from the _locanda_, and with his +attendants, mounting their horses, proceeded on their journey at a pace +suited to the priest's gravity, and the requirements of his gorgeous +canopy. + +Presently a horn sounded, and a coach came thundering down the hill,—the +diligence on its daily service between the two capitals. The vehicle was +double-bodied, well horsed, and, altogether, a superior turn-out. We +took the opportunity of its pulling up for a moment to bespeak beds at +Sassari. After amusing ourselves with a scene of life on the road not +often witnessed in Sardinia,—having already lunched in our _voiture_ on +a basket of grapes, with bread, and a bottle of the excellent white wine +of Oristano,—we sauntered up the course of the rivulet to its source, at +the foot of a rock among the woods. There we drank of the clear +fountain, and washed; bees humming among the flowers, as in the height +of the summer, and the gabble from the roadside below, coming up mixed +with the cries of the carrier's fierce dogs. The spot commanded charming +views of Monte Santo and the far-stretching _campagna_ beneath. + +Pursuing our route, the country assumed a peculiar aspect from the +number of the flat-topped hills, swelling in green slopes out of the +plains which spread before us in long sweeps. These vividly green +hillocks are probably the craters of long extinct volcanoes, as we were +now in the line, and near the centre, of that wide igneous action +mentioned in a former chapter. There were signs of more extensive +cultivation than we had hitherto observed, and the evident fertility of +the soil left no doubt on the mind of its powers of production under a +better system. Large flocks of sheep were feeding in every direction; +this being the season for their being driven from the mountains for +pasture and shelter in the teeming plains. Sardinia remains still in +that pastoral state, which, however picturesque to the eyes of the +traveller, as well as suited to the indolent habits of the Sarde +peasant, must yield to agricultural progress, or, at least, be reduced +within due bounds, before the soil of the island can be made the source +of that wealth which, with proper cultivation, large portions of it are +naturally fitted to yield. Sardinia will continue to be poor and +uncivilised while vast tracts of country are open to almost promiscuous +and lawless commonage, and while the occupation of the shepherd, with +all its hardships, is esteemed preferable and more honourable than that +of the tiller of the soil. + +After this, we got among hills bounding the plain in the neighbourhood +of Florinas and Campo di Mela. The country became rugged, and, after +crossing a river, over a still perfect Roman bridge, of several arches, +with massive substructions of large square stones, which we alighted to +examine, there commenced a steep ascent, winding among woods. We walked +up it by moonlight, our driver's bugle echoing that of a _diligence_ +which preceded us at some distance in mounting the pass. Sassari was +entered by an arched and embattled gateway in the square-towered wall +surrounding the place; and, passing through the best quarter of the +town, the dark mass of the citadel contrasting well with the white +_façades_ and lofty colonnades of the neighbouring houses, we were set +down at the Albergo di Progresso, opposite the great convent of St. +Pietro, one of the richest of the many religious houses of which Sassari +once boasted. The accommodations at the hotel were the best we enjoyed +in the island. + +Sassari, the second city of Sardinia, containing a population of some +30,000 souls, has always been a jealous rival of Cagliari, the +metropolis, boasting an independent history of its own, of which it has +just pretensions to be proud. It was an insignificant village till the +inhabitants of Porto-Torres,—the ancient _Turris Libysonis_, founded on +the neighbouring coast by the Greeks, and colonised by the Romans,—were +driven by the incursions of the Saracen corsairs, and, finally, by the +ruin of their town by the Genoese, in 1166, to seek a refuge further +inland. They established themselves at Sassari, where the long street, +still called Turritana, was named from the new settlers. In 1441, the +archiepiscopal see and chapter of St. Gavino, near Porto-Torres, were +translated to Sassari by Pope Eugenius IV., and thenceforward it +rivalled the metropolis in opulence and power. When, in the thirteenth +century, the Genoese occupied the northern division of the island, +Sassari became a republic, entering into an alliance, offensive and +defensive, with that of Genoa. The articles of the treaty are a curious +amalgamation of independence assumed by the one, and of interference and +jurisdiction claimed by the other. The general effect was, that the +Sassarese accepted annually from the Genoese a Podesta, who swore +fidelity to their constitution; and the Sassarese assert that while +their city was under the protection of Genoa, they only styled that +haughty republic in their statutes and diplomas, “_Mater et Magistra, +sed non Domina:_” “_non Signora, ma Amica._” + +Mutual quarrels induced a rupture of the alliance in 1306, and on the +Arragonese kings advancing pretensions to the sovereignty of the island, +the Sassarese made a voluntary transfer of their allegiance to Diego II. +of Arragon, who, in return, guaranteed their rights and privileges; and +Sassari continued to be governed as a republic long after the Spanish +conquest in 1325. The city, however, suffered severely during the +protracted contests between the Genoese, Pisans, and the Giudici of +Arborea, for the expulsion of the Spaniards; sustaining no less than ten +sieges, courageously defended, in the short interval between 1332 and +1409. It continued to be the victim of contending parties till 1420, +when for the last time, and after a struggle of nearly a hundred years, +it fell into the hands of Alfonso V., who conferred on it the title of +“Città Reale.” In the middle of the fifteenth century it flourished both +commercially and politically, enjoying privileges beyond any other town +in the island. From this power and prosperity arose its rivalry with +Cagliari; and the jealousies and dissensions in matters of government, +religion, and education, surviving the transference of the sovereignly +to the House of Savoy, have descended from generation to generation. + +This feeling prevails to the present day, partly owing, perhaps, to the +circumstance of society in Sassari being less under the influence of +Piedmontese and Continental opinions than in the capital, Cagliari,—and +partly to the Sassarese population being mostly of Genoese extraction. +The descendants of these settlers having almost all the trade, commerce, +and employment in their hands, form a very important and influential +middle class. I found at Sassari opinions more distinctly pronounced on +the abuses of the government, and the necessity of reforms in the +various branches of the administration, than I have reason to believe +they are in the more courtly circles of Cagliari. Some numbers of a +work, in course of publication, were put into my hands during our stay +at Sassari, in which these topics were discussed in a sensible, bold, +but temperate style.[72] Though written by a foreigner, a Venetian +refugee, I have no doubt, from the manner in which it was spoken of by +well-informed persons, and from its having reached a second edition, +that it may be accepted as representing the opinions of a large class of +the Sassarese, and I imagine of Sardes in general. + +Much interest attaches to the working of the constitutional system in +the Sardinian dominions, not only politically, but in its effects on the +social and economical condition of the country. Hitherto the island of +Sardinia has been treated by the cabinet of Turin much as it was long +the misfortune of the English government to deal with Ireland; regarding +the native race as a conquered, but turbulent, impracticable and +semi-barbarous people; the consequences of such misrule being poverty, +disaffection and bloodshed. But I trust we see the dawn of brighter +days, when this fine island, partaking of the benefits following in the +train of constitutional government,—its wrongs redressed, its great +natural resources developed, and the natural genius and many virtues of +its inhabitants being cultivated and having free scope,—will be no +insignificant jewel in the crown which assumed its regal title from this +insular possession. + +With our own happy country in the van of political, social, and material +progress, there are three secondary European states, which, in our own +memory, have raised the banner of freedom, and are consistently marching +under it with firm, vigorous, and well-poised steps. It need hardly be +explained that we speak of Norway, Belgium, and Sardinia.[73] Occupying, +geographically and politically, important positions ranging, at wide +intervals, from the far north to the extreme south of Europe, these +small, flourishing, and well-ordered states, offer a spectacle as full +of hope and encouragement to all lovers of constitutional liberty, as it +must necessarily be offensive to the despotic governments of the great +continental monarchies, on whose thresholds the altars of freedom, newly +lighted, have burnt with so steady and pure a flame. They may serve as +beacon-lights to European populations gasping for that political +regeneration, the hour of which will assuredly come, and may not be far +distant. + +Of the state and prospects of the kingdom of Norway,[74] we have treated +in another work. The democratic element is so predominant in its +constitutional code, that the only fear was lest it should clash with +the executive functions of even a limited monarchy. But, hitherto, the +natural good sense, patriotism, and loyalty of the Norwegian people, +though represented in a Storthing of peasant farmers,—and we may add, +the moderation displayed by the Bernadotte dynasty,—have so obviated the +difficulties of a hastily formed, and somewhat crude, code of +fundamental laws, that it has been harmoniously worked to the great +benefit of the nation. In Belgium, notwithstanding religious +antagonisms, which have also perplexed the young councils of Sardinia, +the constitutional system has been so consolidated, under the rule of a +sagacious prince, that it may be hoped its permanence is secured. We +need not speak of the rising fortunes of the Sardinian States, the only +hope of fair Italy. The eyes of Europe are upon them; they are closely +watched by friends and foes. Our business at present is, not with the +political, but with the social and material, condition of the insular +kingdom which forms a valuable portion of those singularly aggregated +dominions. In a work devoted to a survey of the island, even a passing +traveller may be pardoned for pausing in his narrative while he collects +some cursory notices of its present condition under these aspects, and +its requirements for improvement. + +All enlightened Sardes with whom we conversed unite with Signor Sala, +who has devoted several sections of his work to the subject, in +representing the corruption and other abuses pervading the +administration of justice in Sardinia, as lying at the root of its +greatest social evil. It is the ready excuse for rude justice, for +private revenge, for the assertion of the rights of persons or of things +by the strong hand, that the laws are inoperative, or iniquitously +administered. There is too much reason to believe that this has been the +normal state of Sardinia under all its rulers for ages past. And when at +the same time we find the natural instincts of the people to be +turbulent and lawless, and prone to theft and robbery, and consider the +facilities afforded by a wild, mountainous, and densely wooded country, +for the commission of crimes of violence, the scenes of bloodshed and +rapine by which it has been desolated, are not to be wondered at. In the +absence of a vigorous justice, and a sufficient military or police force +for the protection of property, a voluntary association sprung up, +consisting of armed men, under the name of Barancelli, who, for a sort +of black mail paid by the peasants, undertook to recover their stolen +cattle, or indemnify them for the loss. They fell, however, into +disrepute, and I believe have been disbanded. Banditism has been finally +and effectually extinguished in Corsica, as related in a former part of +this work, by a total disarmament of the population, without respect of +persons, or of the purposes for which fire-arms may be properly +required. So stern a measure is neither suited to the genius of the +Sardes or their rulers. With a numerous resident gentry, who, with their +retainers, and the great mass of the population, are passionately fond +of the chase, and with wastes so stocked with destructive wild animals, +the total prohibition of fire-arms must be both unpopular and impolitic. +The law, however, requires that no one shall carry them without a +license. But it is not, or cannot be, enforced, for we saw them in every +one's hands. + +It gave me great pleasure to learn, as it has been already stated, on a +recent visit to Sardinia, that the administration of the law was become +more pure, the police improved, outrages were less frequent, and +confident hopes entertained that banditism, now confined to a small +number of outlaws, would gradually die out. There is no doubt it will do +so when the laws are respected as in other parts of the Sardinian +dominions. + +In regard to the judges and other civil functionaries, we found +everywhere the deepest antipathy towards the Piedmontese. Sardinia for +the Sardes, was like the cry we often hear from our own sister island. +Sala treats the subject with his usual temper and good sense. He admits +the advantages of an administration conducted by natives possessing a +knowledge of the country, conversant with its language and customs, and +of a temper more conciliatory than foreigners invested with authority +are likely to exhibit. He also admits that there is extreme mediocrity, +and even ignorance, in the lower class of functionaries who arrive in +the island with appointments obtained in Turin or Genoa. Sala relates a +ludicrous story of one of these officials, who chanced to be his +companion in the steam-boat from Genoa to Cagliari, being recommended to +the Intendant-General as the chief of a department under him. When +half-way across, the candidate for office had yet to learn whither they +were bent,—“_Si fece interrogarci per dove possimo diretti_.” +Afterwards, says Sala, when chatting in Cagliari, he reproached the +Sardes with ignorance and indolence because, though their land was +surrounded by the sea, they did not know how to supply themselves with a +river,—“_Non sapevano formarsi un fiume_;” adding, with great +self-complacency,—“_Li civilizzeremo, li civilizzeremo!_” + +Such impertinences are calculated to irritate the native Sardes against +the continental officials; and they are generally detested. Our author, +however, candidly allows that intrigue prevails so universally in the +island, and the influences of relationship and connexions are so great, +as to raise suspicions of the purity and fairness of native +functionaries, especially of those who have been brought up under the +old system,—a school of corruption. Signor Sala therefore suggests, that +while appointments, both on the continent and the island, should be +equally open to competent candidates, without respect of birth, great +advantages would be obtained by this interchange. The Sardes being +habituated by residence for a while, and the transaction of business, on +Terra Firma; and thus withdrawn from unfavourable influences, would be +prepared to fill honourably offices at home. This seems a wise and +obvious mode of abating a grievance of which the Sardes not unjustly +complain. + +Having mentioned before the gigantic evil of the vast extent of +commonage claimed and exercised throughout the island, destructive of +the rights of property and quite incompatible with agricultural +progress, I have only to add that measures are contemplated for +facilitating and protecting inclosures where lawfully made; but so as +not to injure the great interest of the proprietors of flocks and herds, +the staple production of the island. In this view it is proposed to +place the great domains of the communes under better management. + +Among various other reforms and beneficial projects to which the +attention of a more enlightened government must be directed, in order to +raise Sardinia to the rank she is entitled to hold by the extent of her +resources, and the intelligence of great numbers of her inhabitants, we +can only enumerate, without observation, the educational system +generally, including a reform of the Universities of Cagliari and +Sassari,—sanitary measures tending, at least, to alleviate the +insalubrity which is the scourge of the island,—improved police +arrangements throughout the interior,—an increased supply of the +circulating medium, the deficiency of which is represented as extreme +and injurious to trade, and “Agrarian Banks;”—an entire new system of +communal roads, connected with the great national highways, which roads, +it is said, would double the value of property wherever they passed,—the +protection and careful administration of the forests,—measures for +developing the great mineral wealth of the island,—and the encouragement +of the coral fisheries. + +Nor have we exhausted the list; but enough has been shown to satisfy the +reader who accepts the statements we have laid before him, from our own +observation and from the best information of the capabilities of +Sardinia and its present condition,—how much is required to place her +on a footing with other European states, and with what hope of eventual +success. A vast field is, indeed, open for cultivation by an enlightened +and patriotic administration. Great difficulties will have to be +encountered, arising mainly from the indolence, the supineness, the +prejudices, the ignorance, and the poverty of the Sarde population. The +progress must be gradual, but noble will be the reward earned by that +exercise of vigour, discretion, and perseverance, by which the obstacles +to improvement may be overcome. + +There is one highly gifted man, who has long filled a distinguished +place in the service of his sovereign and the eyes of the world, in +whose hands the task of regenerating Sardinia, herculean as it may +appear, would be not only a labour of love, but facile comparatively +with any others on which it may devolve. I speak of General the Count +Alberto di Marmora, known to all Europe by his Topographical Survey, and +his able work, the _Voyage en Sardaigne_, of which two additional +volumes have been recently published. But, perhaps, his devotion to the +best interests of the Sarde people, his labours in that cause, and the +esteem and affection with which he is universally regarded in the island +are less understood. Enjoying also the confidence of the king and his +ministers, General La Marmora is eminently fitted to carry out the +beneficial designs which he has long conceived and furthered; but his +advanced age precludes the hope of his seeing them accomplished. May his +mantle fall on no unworthy successor! + +One subject of special interest in connection with Sardinian progress +has been reserved for a more particular notice than we have been able to +afford most others, both on account of its importance, and its having +much engaged the attention of the master-mind most conversant with the +situation of affairs. At the outset of our rambles in Sardinia, it was +observed that the Sardes are averse to maritime occupations; the Iliese +of La Madelena, who are so employed to some extent, being a distinct +race. Sardinia has no mercantile marine. Signor Sala states that there +are only four or five vessels belonging to natives, and, of these, two +are the property of the same rich owner. Considering the advantages of +her position, and the products the island is capable of supplying for an +active commerce, he considers the want of a mercantile marine one of +Sardinia's greatest misfortunes, and treats with much good sense of the +means calculated to promote its establishment.[75] + +General La Marmora drew attention to the subject in a pamphlet published +at Cagliari in 1850, under the title of _Questioni marittimi spettanti +all'isola di Sardegna_; and resumed the subject in 1856, in another +work, which he was so obliging as to give me, when at Cagliari, in 1857. +It originated in the expected completion of the line of Electric +Telegraph between Algeria, Sardinia, Corsica, and the continent of +Europe; its connexion with which, and its bearings on commerce, I may +have to refer to on a future occasion. The General comments on the +extraordinary fact, that, in an island 800 miles in circumference, there +only exist four sea-ports, properly so called. These are Cagliari, on +the south coast, Terranova, on the east, Porto-Torres, on the north, and +Alghero on the west. All the other villages and towns on the coast stand +more or less distantly from it, and cannot be called maritime. He +considers this depopulation of the coast as the deplorable consequence +of the devastations of the Saracen corsairs, and the continual piracy +which was carried on to a late period, and only ceased on the conquest +of Algeria by the French. + +It would be foreign to our province to detail the projects which General +La Marmora suggests, or advocates, for giving expansion to the commerce +of Sardinia,—such as the establishment of light-houses on Cape +Spartivento, and other points; improvements in the harbour of Cagliari, +and a better supply of the place with water. He considers the now almost +deserted town and port of Terranova, at the head of the fine gulf _Degli +Aranci_, on the north-eastern coast, to be a point of great importance +from its position in face of the Italian ports, and as the proper +station for the postal steamboats communicating between Genoa and the +island of Sardinia. In reference to this, he mentions that the project +of a law for encouraging colonisation in the island, was presented by +the Minister to the Chamber of Deputies in February, 1856; the proposal +being to grant 60,000 hectares of the national domains to a company +formed for establishing agrarian colonies. The cabinet of Turin, then, +are alive to one of the great wants of Sardinia,—an increased and +industrious agricultural population. But General La Marmora desires that +a part of the colonists should be maritime, drawn from La Madalena, +Genoa, and other ports, and settled at the proposed new harbour of +Terranova. + +By these and other aids, the General is sanguine that Sardinia will, ere +long, take the place naturally belonging to it among maritime countries, +and he repeats as a motto to his recent pamphlet, a sentence from the +first edition of his _Voyage en Sardaigne_, published in 1826, to which, +he remarks, recent events have almost given the character of a +prediction in the course of speedy accomplishment:—_Qui sait si un jour, +par suite des progrès que fait depuis quelque temps l'Egypte moderne, le +commerce des Indes Orientales ne prendra pas la route de la Mer-Rouge et +de Suez? La Sardaigne, alors, ne pourrait-elle pas devenir la plus belle +et la plus commode échelle de la Méditerranée?_ + +The cabinet of Turin and the national legislature must be well disposed +to foster the commerce and agriculture, the natural resources, and +social interests of the Sardes. Should the Ministers be negligent or +ill-advised, the representatives of the people, or, in the last resort, +the Sarde constituencies, have their constitutional remedy. British +institutions are said to be models imitated in the young commonwealth. +They present similar features; and let it be recollected what influence +either the Irish or the Scotch members, acting in concert in our House +of Commons, can bring to bear on any question affecting the interests of +their respective countries. The Sardes return twenty-four deputies to +the popular chamber, and if they be good men and true, inaccessible to +intrigue, and find in their patriotism a bond of union, their united +votes cannot be disregarded by any Minister. + +How different is the case of Corsica, the sister island! In reviewing +her industrial position we quoted rather largely from a _Procès-Verbal_ +of the deliberations of the Council-General, also an elective body, +which canvasses, but not regulates, the internal administration of the +island. It arrives at certain conclusions, but without any power to give +them effect. “Le Conseil-Général émet le vœu,” “appelle l'attention,” +are the phrases wherewith, with bated breath, the representatives of the +people convey their resolutions to the foot of the throne. The courtly +Prefect communicates them to the Minister of the Interior, and he, the +organ of the Imperial will, rejects, confirms, or modifies the “vœu.” +The Sarde representatives meet the Ministers face to face in the +Parliament at Turin, demand, discuss, explain, remonstrate, carry their +point, or are content to yield to a majority of the Chamber. With a free +press, the public learns all; public opinion ratifies or condemns the +vote. It will prevail in the end. Herein lies the difference between a +despotic and a popular government. A bright day dawned on the future +destinies of Sardinia, when it exchanged the one for the other. + + + + +CHAP. XXXIV. + + _Alghero—Notice of.—The Cathedral of + Sassari.—University.—Museum.—A Student's private + Cabinet.—Excursion to a Nuraghe—Description of.—Remarks on the + Origin and Design of these Structures._ + +Sassari is about equidistant from Alghero and Porto-Torres. Of these two +ports Alghero is far the best, but all the commerce of Sassari passes +through Porto-Torres, by the Strada Reale. The ancient rivalry between +the two cities engendered a hatred which continues to the present day, +insomuch that the Sassarese have resisted all efforts to make a good +road from Alghero, to enable it to become their port of trade. These +feuds arose in the age when Alghero was the chief seat of the Arragonese +power in the island, enjoyed great exclusive privileges, and was peopled +by Catalonian settlers. It is still Spanish in the character of the +inhabitants, their customs, and buildings. Surrounded by a fertile and +well-cultivated country, abounding in orange and olive groves, +vineyards, and fields of corn and flax, Alghero is a city of some seven +thousand inhabitants, many of them in affluent circumstances. It is a +fortified place, with a richly ornamented cathedral, and thirteen other +churches. + +Sassari also boasts a spacious cathedral, with a very elaborate façade, +a work of the 17th century. It contains also twenty churches, including +those that are conventual. If the religious state of the community were +to be estimated by the number of those devoted to the service of the +church, the Sassarese ought to be models of piety; for Mr. Tyndale +calculates the number of priests and monks in 1840 as giving a total of +769 clerical persons, about one for every thirty-two individuals of the +community. Their numbers have been diminished by the suppression of some +of the convents, but, even at the time of our visit, his remark, that +one cannot walk fifty yards in the street without meeting an +ecclesiastic, was confirmed by our own observation. + +The object which the Sassarese are most proud to exhibit to strangers, +is the fountain of Rosello, outside the north-east or Macella gate. At +the angles are large figures of the four seasons, at the feet of which +the stream issues forth, as well as from eight lions' mouths in the +sides of the building. The whole is of white marble, and though open to +criticism as an architectural design, the utility of a fountain, which +has twelve mouths constantly pouring forth pure water, in such a +climate, cannot be overrated. + +The University of Sassari, founded by Philip IV. in 1634, is established +in the spacious college formerly belonging to the Jesuits. It numbers +about 200 students. The library contains a scanty collection of books, +mostly ecclesiastical works. The museum exhibits some few articles of +interest, relics of the Phœnician colonisation and Roman occupation of +the island, mixed up in the greatest confusion, as in a broker's shop, +with meagre specimens of mineralogy and conchology; and cannot for a +moment be compared with the museum of Cagliari, rich in valuable remains +of antiquity, and admirably arranged. It will be noticed in its proper +place. + +We were much more interested in being allowed to examine a small private +collection belonging to a young Sassarese, whose acquaintance it was our +good fortune to make, and of whose talents, intelligence, and courtesy I +retain a most pleasing impression. The pursuits of the young men of the +higher classes in Sassari, are described as entirely frivolous, and the +bent of the bourgeoisie as eminently sordid. It was, therefore, with an +agreeable surprise, that we found ourselves in a studio embellished with +the portraits of such characters as Dante, Ariosto, and Sir Isaac +Newton; and where mathematical instruments, scattered about, and a +cabinet containing some of the best French, English, German, and Italian +authors, gave a pleasing idea of the tastes of the owner. With imperfect +aid he had made himself sufficiently proficient in foreign languages to +be able to read them; and it appeared that his severer studies were +relieved by accomplishments displaying considerable talent, such as +painting, and taking impressions from the antique in electrotype. He was +good enough to offer me some of his casts, with a few coins from his +museum of antiquities; two engravings from which, illustrating the Punic +and Saracenic periods of the history of Sardinia, will appear in future +pages, together with one copied from a unique coin of the Roman age, +preserved in the Royal Museum at Cagliari. + +One seldom finds such talents and accomplishments accompanied by the +modesty with which our young student spoke of his pursuits. Nor was he a +mere recluse, though his health appeared feeble; for he entered with +zest into conversation on the various topics of European interest +suggested by a visit from foreigners, while he did not hesitate to +expose, with patriotic zeal, the follies and abuses which opposed the +march of civilisation in his native country. Such characters are rare. +We had unexpectedly stumbled on a delicate flower, nurtured on an +ungrateful soil, and destined to shed its sweetness in an atmosphere +where, I fear, it is little appreciated. I may be excused, then, for +devoting a page to the adventure, and allowed to inscribe on that page, +a name of which I have so agreeable a recollection—that of Carlo Rugiu. + +Our new friend was kind enough to be our conductor in a walk to a +Nuraghe, standing about three miles from Sassari, and in good +preservation. We had already seen many of these very ancient structures +scattered over all parts of the country; more or less ruinous, they are +said to number 3000 at the present day, and many others have been +destroyed. + + [Illustration: EXTERIOR OF A NURAGHE.] + +Whether seen on the plains or on the mountains, the Nuraghe are +generally built on the summits of hillocks, or on artificial mounds, +commanding the country. Some are partially inclosed at a slight distance +by a low wall of similar construction with the building. Their external +appearance is that of a truncated cone from thirty to sixty feet in +height, and from 100 to 300 in circumference at the base. The walls are +composed of rough masses of the stones peculiar to the locality, each +from two to six cubic feet, built in regular horizontal layers, in +somewhat of the Cyclopean style, and gradually diminishing in size to +the summit. Most commonly they betray no marks of the chisel, but in +many instances the stones appear to have been rudely worked by the +hammer, though not exactly squared. + +The interior is almost invariably divided into two domed chambers, one +above the other; the lowest averaging from fifteen to twenty feet in +diameter, and from twenty to twenty-five feet in height. Access to the +upper chamber is gained by a spiral ramp, or rude steps, between the +internal and external walls. These are continued to the summit of the +tower, which is generally supposed to have formed a platform; but +scarcely any of the Nuraghe now present a perfect apex. On the ground +floor, there are generally from two to four cells worked in the solid +masonry of the base of the cone. + +Independently of the interest attached to the object of our search, the +fertile plains surrounding Sassari formed a sufficient attraction for a +long walk. Plantations of olives, of vines, oranges, and other +fruit-trees, succeeded each other in rich profusion; the olive trees +being especially productive, and the oil, exported from Sassari in large +quantities, being of the first quality. The environs, far and wide, are +laid out in these plantations, and in gardens highly cultivated, +interspersed with villas and pleasure-grounds. Tobacco is largely +cultivated, and the vegetables are excellent. A cauliflower served up at +dinner was of enormous size, nor can I forget the baskets of delicious +figs which, at this late period of the year, were brought by the +market-women to the door of our hotel. + +The Nuraghe to which our steps were directed proved to be a very +picturesque object, rising out of a thicket of shrubs, with tufts +growing in the crevices of the tower, which on one side was dilapidated. +The other, composed of huge boulders, laid horizontally with much +precision, considering the rude materials, still preserved its conical +form, rising to the height of twenty or twenty-five feet. The entrance +was so low that we were obliged to stoop almost to our knees in passing +through it. A lintel, consisting of a single stone, some two tons' +weight, was supported by the protruding jambs. No light being admitted +to the chamber, but by a low passage through the double walls, it was +gloomy enough. + + [Illustration: ENTRANCE TO A NURAGHE.] + + [Illustration: INTERIOR OF A NURAGHE.] + +In this instance, the interior formed a single dome or cone about +twenty-five feet high, well-proportioned, and diminishing till a single +massive stone formed the apex. The chamber was fifteen feet in diameter, +and had four recesses or cells worked in the solid masonry, about five +feet high, three deep, and nearly the same in breadth. + +The small platform on the summit of the cone, to which we ascended by +the ramp in the interior of the wall and some rugged steps, commanded a +rich view of the plain of Sassari, appearing from the top one dense +thicket of olive and fruit trees spreading for miles round the city. Out +of these groves rise the towers and domes of Sassari, the enceinte of +its grey battlemented walls, and the lofty masses of its white houses. +The view over the plain to the west is bounded by the Mediterranean, +intersected by the bold outlines of the island of Asmara. After feasting +our eyes on perhaps the most charming _tableau_ the island affords, +decked with nature's choicest gifts, and exhibiting an industry unusual +among the modern Sardes, we sat down at the foot of the hillock, while +my friend was completing his sketches of the Nuraghe, and our thoughts +were naturally drawn to these relics of a primitive age. “What was their +origin—their history—what were the purposes for which they were +designed?” + +It needed only that we should lift our eyes to the rude but shapely cone +before us,—massive in its materials and fabric, and yet constructed with +some degree of mechanical skill,—to come to the conclusion that the +Nuraghe are works of a very early period, just when rude labour had +begun to be directed by some rules of geometrical art. But, in examining +the details, we find little or nothing to assist us in forming any clear +idea of the period at which they were erected, or the purpose for which +they were designed. There are not the slightest vestiges of ornament, +any rude sculpture, any inscriptions. Of an antiquity probably anterior +to all written records, history not only throws no certain light on +their origin, but, till modern times, was silent as to their existence. +Successive races, and powers, and dynasties have flourished in the +island, and passed away, scarcely any of them without leaving some +relics, some medals of history, some impress on the manners and +character of the people still to be traced. The mouldering cones which +arrest the traveller's attention, scattered, as we have observed, in +great numbers throughout the island, enduring in their simple and +massive structure, have thrown their shade over Phœnicians and Greeks, +Romans and Carthaginians, Saracens, Pisans, Genoese, and Spaniards, and +still survive the wreck of time and so many other early buildings,—the +remains of a people of whose existence they are the only record, and, +except monoliths, the oldest of, at least, European monuments. + +In the absence of any positive evidence regarding the origin and design +of the Sardinian Nuraghe[76], there has been abundance of conjecture and +speculation on the subject. On the present occasion, I had the advantage +of discussing it with our intelligent Sassarese student, I have also +heard the remarks of one of the most distinguished Sarde antiquarians, +and having since consulted the works of La Marmora and other writers, +whose extensive researches and personal investigations entitle their +opinions to much respect, I shall endeavour to lay the result, +unsatisfactory as it proves, before the reader, in the shortest compass +to which so wide an inquiry can be reduced. + +The world has been searched for styles of building corresponding with +that of the Sarde Nuraghe; without success. Neither in Etruscan, +Pelasgic, or any other European architecture are any such models to be +found, nor do Indian, Assyrian, or Egyptian remains exhibit any identity +with them. They have been supposed, among other theories, to have some +affinity with the Round Towers of Ireland; but after a careful +examination of some of those almost equally mysterious structures, and +considerable research among the authorities for their antiquity and +uses, I have failed to discover anything in common between them and the +Nuraghe. If my memory be correct, Mr. Petrie, the highest authority on +the subject of the Round Towers, though he had not seen the Nuraghe, +incidentally expresses the same opinion. The only existing buildings +exhibiting a cognate character with those of Sardinia, are certain +conical towers found in the Balearic islands, which were also colonised +by the Phœnicians. They are called _talayots_, a diminutive, it is said, +of _atalaya_, meaning the “Giants' Burrow;” and if the plate annexed to +Father Bresciani's work be a correct representation, they would appear +to be identical with the Nuraghe in the exterior, except that the ramp +leading to the summit is worked in the outward face of the wall. We +find, also, from La Marmora's description of the _talayots_ examined by +him, that the character of the cells is different, the style of masonry +more cyclopean, and that many of them are surrounded with circles of +stones and supposed altars, scarcely ever met with in Sardinia. The +resemblance, however, is striking, as connected with the facts of the +contiguity of Minorca, and the colonisation of both the islands by the +Phœnicians. + +Opinions as to the purposes for which the Nuraghe were erected are as +various as those regarding their origin. From their great number, +scattered over the country, they are supposed by some to have been the +habitations of the most ancient shepherds; and the words of Micah—“the +tower of the flocks,”[77] and other similar passages, are referred to as +supporting this view. But it is hardly necessary to point out that the +inconveniences of the structure, from its low entrance and dark +interior, to say nothing of the waste of labour in heaping up such vast +structures for shepherds' huts, will not admit of the idea being +entertained. With somewhat more reason, but still with little +probability, they have been represented as watch-towers, strongholds, +and places of refuge; a theory to which their position, their numbers, +and their structure are all opposed. Another hypothesis treats the +Nuraghe as monuments commemorating heroes or great national events, +whether in peace or war; forgetting, as Father Bresciani suggests, the +centuries that must have elapsed while the mountains, and hills, and +plains of Sardinia were being successively crowned with monuments of +this description. + +Discarding such conjectural theories, the best-informed travellers and +writers are agreed in considering the Nuraghe as being designed either +for religious edifices or tombs for the dead. La Marmora confesses his +inability to pronounce decidedly between the two opinions, but inclines +to the opinion that they may have been intended for both purposes. +Father Bresciani, the latest writer on Sardinian antiquities, after a +personal examination of the Nuraghe and much general research, though he +does not venture a decided opinion, is disposed to agree with La +Marmora. In confirmation of the idea that the most ancient monuments +were at once tombs and altars, he quotes a Spanish writer[78] on the +antiquities of Mexico, referring also to Lord Kingsborough's splendid +work. So general an assumption is hardly warranted either by historical +testimony or existing relics of antiquity. If such were the primitive +custom, it did not prevail among the Greeks and Romans, and it is in the +rites and practices of the Christian Church that we find its revival. + +However this may be, the theory not only of the twofold design or use of +the Nuraghe, but of either of them, is confessedly quite conjectural: it +rests upon a narrow basis of facts. Though a great number of the Nuraghe +have been carefully ransacked, in very few instances only have human +bones been discovered, but neither urns, arms, nor ornaments usually +inhumed with the dead; nor are many of them so constructed as to permit +the supposition that they were designed for sepulchral purposes. +Occasionally, also, some of the miniature idols, such as are preserved +in the museum at Cagliari, have been found buried in Nuraghe, or their +precincts. But this is not general; and there are neither altars nor any +other indications in the structure of the buildings to indicate their +appropriation to religious uses, except their pyramidal or conical form, +which they share in common with most buildings of the earliest age. So +far as these were designed for idolatrous uses—as many of them doubtless +were—the argument from analogy may apply to the Nuraghe, but it can be +carried no further. + +Whatever were the purposes of the Nuraghe, almost all writers on +Sardinia consider these ancient structures of Eastern origin. Father +Bresciani attributes them to Canaanitish or Phœnician colonies, which +migrated to the west in early times; and he takes great pains, but, I +consider, without much success, to establish their identity, or, at +least, their analogy, with the religious or sepulchral erections,—the +altars, and “high places,” and tombs,—of which notices are found in the +Old Testament. No doubt exists that extensive migrations, favoured by +the enterprise of the earliest maritime people of whom we have any +record, took place, perhaps both before and after the age of Moses, from +the shores of Syria to the islands and shores of the West of Europe. +There is reason to think that the island of Sardinia, if not the first +seat, was, from its peculiar situation, the very centre, of a +colonisation, embracing in its ramifications the coasts of Africa and +Spain, with Malta, Sicily, and the Balearic islands. It appears singular +that Corsica, the sister island to Sardinia, should not have shared in +this movement of settlers from the East; perhaps from its lying out of +the direct current, while, in its onward course, the wave flowing +through the Straits of Hercules bore forward on the ocean the “merchants +of many isles,” for commerce if not for settlement, as far as the +Cassiterides, our own Scilly Isles. + +Though there is little historical evidence of the Phœnician colonisation +of Sardinia, and even that of the early Greek settlements in the island +is obscure and conflicting, we have abundant traces of the former, more +imperishable than written records, still lingering in the manners and +customs of the modern Sardes, and in the great number of those +extraordinary antiquities known as the Sarde idols. The greater part of +these, as Mr. Tyndale undertakes to show, were symbols of Canaanitish +worship, the miniature representations of the gods adored by the Syrian +nations, especially of Moloch, Baal, Astarte or Astaroth, Adonis or +Tammuz, the very objects of that idolatry so frequently and emphatically +denounced in the Old Testament, to which we have already referred. Mr. +Tyndale, however, justly observes, that “so distinct and peculiar is the +character of these relics, that their counterparts are no more to be met +with out of Sardinia than the Nuraghe themselves.” From this +circumstance, in conjunction with the fact of the images being often +found in and near those buildings, he infers that they may have been, +directly or indirectly, connected with each other, in either a +religious, sepulchral, or united character. + +The inquiry would be incomplete unless it were extended to other Sarde +remains, of equal or greater antiquity, for the purpose of discovering +whether they have any affinity with, or can throw any light on, the +mysterious origin of the Nuraghe. We propose devoting another chapter to +this investigation. + + + + +CHAP. XXXV. + + _Sardinian Monoliths.—The Sepolture, or “Tombs of the + Giants.”—Traditions regarding Giant Races.—The Anakim, &c., of + Canaan.—Their supposed Migration to Sardinia.—Remarks on + Aboriginal Races.—Antiquity of the Nuraghe and Sepolture.—Their + Founders unknown._ + + +We can hardly be mistaken in supposing that, among the relics of +antiquity still existing in Sardinia, the monoliths, of somewhat similar +character with the Celtic remains at Carnac, Avebury, and Stonehenge, +and common also in other countries, belong to the earliest age. These +Sarde monoliths are found in several parts of the island, being, as the +name expresses, single stones, or obelisks, set upright in the ground. +In Sardinia they are called _Pietra-_ or _Perda-fitta_, and +_Perda-Lunga_. We generally find them rounded by the hammer, but +irregularly, in a conical form tapering to the top, but with a gradual +swell in the middle; and their height varies from six to eighteen feet. +They differ from the Celtic monuments, in being generally thus worked +and shaped; in not being often congregated on one spot beyond three in +number—a _Perda-Lunga_ with two lesser stones; and in there not being +any appearance of their ever having had, like the Trilithons of +Stonehenge, any impost horizontal stone. + +Father Bresciani finds the prototype of all these rude pillars +scattered throughout the world, in the Beth-El of Jacob and other +Bethylia, sepulchral or commemorative, mentioned in the Hebrew +Scriptures. By Mr. Tyndale, the Sarde _Perda-Lunga_ is considered a +relic of the religion common to all the idolatrous Syro-Arabian nations, +which, deifying the powers and laws of nature, considers the male sex to +be the type of its active, generative, and destructive powers, while +that passive power of nature, whose function is to conceive and bring +forth, is embodied under the female form. And this worship, he +conceives, was introduced into Sardinia, with the symbols just +described, by the Phœnician or Canaanitish immigrants. + + [Illustration: SEPOLTURA DE IS GIGANTES.] + +The _Sepolture de is Gigantes_, the tombs of the giants, as they are +called, form another class of Sarde antiquities of the earliest age. The +structures to which the popular traditions ascribe this name, may be +described as a series of large stones placed together without any +cement, inclosing a foss or hollow from fifteen to thirty-six feet long, +from three to six wide, and the same in depth, with immense flat stones +resting on them as a covering. Though the latter are not always found, +it is evident, by a comparison with the more perfect Sepolture, that +they have once existed, and have been destroyed or removed.[79] + +The foss runs invariably from north-west to south-east; and at the +latter point there is a large upright headstone, averaging from ten to +fifteen feet high, varying in its form, from the square, elliptical, and +conical, to that of three-fourths of an egg; and having in many +instances an aperture about eighteen inches square at its base. + + [Illustration: SEPOLTURA DE IS GIGANTES.] + +On each side of this stele, or headstone, commences a series of separate +stones, irregular in size and shape, but forming an arc, the chord of +which varies from twenty to twenty-six feet; so that the whole figure +somewhat resembles the bow and shank of a spur. + +“The shape of the foss and headstone,” observes Mr. Tyndale, “of these +remains, fairly admits of the probability that they were graves, as some +of the earliest forms of sepulchres on record are the upright stones +with superincumbent slabs, such as the Druidical cistvaens and some +tombs in Greece. Still, like the ‘Sarde Idols’ and the Nuraghe, the +_Sepolture_ are peculiar to the island, being entirely different in +point of size and character from any other sepulchral remains. Judging +from the many remains of those partially destroyed, their numbers must +have been considerable. The Sardes believe them to be veritable tombs of +giants; and that there may be legends of their existence in the island +is undeniable, as a similar belief is found in almost all countries.” +Mr. Tyndale, in speaking of the supposed connexion between the _Nuraghe_ +and the _Sepolture_, observes that, “if a Canaanitish race migrated +here, nothing is more probable than that the tradition and worship of +the giants would be also imported; and that it is even possible that +some of the actual gigantic races of the Rephaim, Anakim, and others +mentioned in Scripture, might have actually arrived in Sardinia.” Father +Bresciani goes further: he fixes the era of this migration, points out +the event which caused it[80], and traces its route by the Isthmus of +Suez, through Egypt, and along the coast of Africa, which they are also +said to have colonised; and whence he considers they could easily +navigate to Sardinia and other islands in that part of the +Mediterranean. + +This immigration, however, of the Canaanitish giants rests upon very +slender evidence; and it may be questioned whether the oldest Sardinian +monuments do not belong to an age far anterior to that of any Phœnician +or Canaanitish colonisation of the island whatever. That such there was, +undoubted proofs have already been gathered; but the statuettes of +Phœnician idols, forming part of those proofs, with the arts and skill +required for the maritime enterprise it required, betray the +civilisation of a period more advanced than that to which we should be +disposed to attribute such rude structures as the Nuraghe and the +Sepolture. In this uncertainty, it may be worth an inquiry, whether +these ancient monuments did not exist before the colonists landed on the +shores of Sardinia,—in short, whether they were not the works of an +aboriginal race. The question is raised by M. Tyndale: “We may reduce +the inquiry,” he says, “to the simple question, Were the Nuraghe built +by the autochthones of the island, of whom we have no knowledge, or by +the earliest colonists, of whom we have but little information?” On the +former alternative the author is silent; nor is the question even raised +by any other writer on Sardinian antiquities within our knowledge. + +Yet surely, independently of its bearing on the origin of the Nuraghe +and the early population of Sardinia, the subject of indigenous races is +interesting in a general point of view. And it is worthy of notice, that +the accounts handed down to us of the earliest colonists of the ancient +world, speak of an aboriginal population existing in the countries to +which they migrated, just as the European adventurers and +circumnavigators of the last three centuries found indigenous races on +the continents and islands they discovered, except on some few islands +of the Pacific Ocean, recently emerged from the state of coral reefs. +The parallel may be carried further. The ancient, as well as the modern, +colonists carried the arts of a superior civilisation in their train; +but the indigenous races of the New World were destined to gradual decay +and extinction, leaving some ancient monuments as the records of their +existence, just as the primitive children of the soil in the West of +Europe, whose relics we endeavour to decipher, disappeared and were +lost; so uniform is the order of events in the designs of Providence. + +Poetical legends, generally founded on, and blended with, traditionary +facts, help us to form some idea of the character and habits of the +aboriginal races; but history, and even tradition, seldom carry us +further back in the review of past ages than the arrival of colonists, +generally of Eastern origin, to form settlements on the shores and the +islands washed by the Mediterranean. Did they find these shores and +islands uninhabited? To say nothing of countries more remote and less +accessible, many considerations would induce us to imagine that these +fair regions were not all deserts; that, even at this early period, they +were already peopled. + +In Sardinia, where, as already observed, the manners, the superstitions, +and the traditions of the earliest ages, are more faithfully preserved +than in any other European country, we find, among the most ancient +existing structures, some which, to this day, are pointed out by the +natives as “the Tombs of the Giants.” And who were the “giants,” of whom +we read much, both in sacred and profane history? The very term is +significant. It is formed from two Greek words—γῆ and γένω, and +signifies earth-born, sons of the earth.[81] The word αὐτόχθνονες +(autochthones) has a cognate meaning; Liddell and Scott render it, “of +the land itself; Latin, _terrigenæ, aborigines, indigenæ_, of the +original race, _not settlers_.” The mythical account of the origin of +the “giants” concurs with this etymology. It paints them as the sons of +Cœlus and Terra—Heaven and Earth. In the poetry of Hesiod, they spring +from the earth imbued with the blood of the gods. Traces and traditions +of this aboriginal race are found in all parts of the world, and in +sacred as well as profane history. We are told that there were giants in +the days before the flood[82]; and Josephus considers them the offspring +of the union, mysteriously described by the sacred writer, of “the sons +of God with the daughters of men;” for, as might be supposed, there were +females also of the race of the earth-born. So the poets sang. Such was +Cybele, daughter of Heaven and Earth, pictured as crowned with a diadem +of towers, as the patroness of builders. We read of the giants, in the +Old Testament, under the names of Rephaim, Emim, Zamzummim, and Anakim. +In the time of Abraham, these tribes dwelt in the country beyond Jordan, +in about Astaroth-Karnaim[83], and it is now the received opinion of +biblical archæologists, that they were the most ancient, or aboriginal, +inhabitants of Palestine; prior to the Canaanites, by whom they were +gradually dispossessed of the region west of the Jordan, and driven +beyond that river. Some of the race, however, remained in Palestine +Proper so late as the invasion of the land by the Hebrews, and are +repeatedly mentioned as “the sons of Anak,” and “the remnant of the +Rephaim;”[84] and a few families existed as late as the time of +David.[85] + +In the most ancient legends we find the giant race located in all parts +of the then known world. In Thessaly, under the name of Titans, poetic +fiction records their deeds of prowess in piling mountain on mountain, +and hurling immense rocks in their battles with the gods. Writers of +credit have transmitted to us accounts of the discovery of their remains +on the coast of Africa, from Bona to Tangier, in Sicily, and in Crete. +The earliest navigators who touched on the shores and islands of the +Mediterranean, brought back romantic tales, receiving their colouring +from the terrors of the narrators, of the barbarity and the stature of +the races they found on those then inhospitable shores. They were +robbers, and even cannibals; enemies of the gods and men. Such tales are +not without their parallels in the annals of modern maritime discovery. + +Before the fall of Troy, Sicily was peopled by a giant or aboriginal +people, called Cyclopes; that insular race being said to be descended +from Neptune and Amphitrite, just as the giant Antæus, the founder of +Tangier on the African coast, was called the son of Neptune and Terra. +If we take Polyphemus, the chief of a tribe of the Cyclops, for a type +of this cognate race, what do we find in his story, divested of the +fiction with which it was clothed by tradition, transmuted into the +poetry of the Odyssey and the Æneid? The Grecian and Trojan heroes, +successively land on the eastern coast of Sicily, near the base of Mount +Ætna, whose throes and thunders lend horror to the scene. There dwelt +this Cyclop chief, in a cavern of the rocks. The race were Troglodytes, +as were the aboriginal Sardes, Baleares, Maltese, Libyans, &c. In +Sardinia, their caverns are still to be seen in an island of the +territory of Sulcis. Caves were probably the first habitations of +primitive man, before emerging from a condition hardly superior to that +of the savage beasts, his competitors for such rude shelter. +Irrespective of climate, in these we find his home, whether among the +Celts of the frozen regions of the North, or the Arabs of the stony +wastes bordering on the Erythrean Sea, in the Libyan deserts, or in the +sandstone rocks of Southern Africa. There one still sees the pygmy +Bushmen, perhaps the last existing Troglodyte race, the very reverse of +the Cyclops in stature, but, like them, their hand against every man's, +unchanged by ages in the midst of African tribes of considerable +civilisation, neither sowing nor pasturing, but living on roots, +berries, and grubs, like other aboriginal races, which sprang into +existence with the forests through which they roam, and the various +brutes which shared with them the possession of the soil: + + “Cum prorepserunt primis animalia terris, + Mutum et turpe pecus.” HOR. _Sat._ i. 3. + +But the traditions of Polypheme and his Cyclops represent them as +advanced beyond this first rude stage of society, though they still +adhered to their ancestral caves. They were robbers, no doubt; at least, +they plundered and made captive unfortunate mariners thrown on their +shores. Perhaps they feasted on their captives, as American Indians and +South-Sea islanders are reported to have done. This may be doubted; but +at least the cannibal feasts of the Sicilian aborigines were but _bonnes +bouches_ occasionally thrown in their way. They had better means of +subsistence. Polypheme was a shepherd, and so were all his clan. Picture +him, as described by Virgil[86], descending from the mountains, +probably at eventide, leaning on his staff, with his shepherd's pipe +hanging on his bosom, surrounded by his flocks, and leading them to the +shelter of some cavern on the shore; and we have a pleasant scene of +pastoral life. Such were all his tribe, a pretty numerous one, +comprising one hundred males, with their families, each having a flock +as large as their chiefs. They led a nomad life, “_errantes_” between +the mountain pastures and the plains on the coast[87]. + +Now, if we may be allowed to separate these facts, which seem genuine, +from the fictions with which they are blended, we find the aborigines of +Sicily, though barbarous, in a somewhat advanced stage of social life +beyond that when we are told they roamed in the woods and fed on acorns. +Such we may justly presume, divested of poetical fiction, was the +condition of the aborigines of the neighbouring island of Sardinia, the +largest in the Mediterranean except Sicily, when the first foreign +colonists landed on its coast. And such, after the lapse of more than +thirty centuries, are the Sarde shepherds of the present day, generally +lawless, sometimes robbers, making the caves of the rocks their shelter, +and their flocks and herds providing them with food and clothing. +Tenacious, above all other European races, of the traditions and customs +of their forefathers, when they point to structures of the highest +antiquity scattered on their native soil, and call them “_Sepolture de +is Gigantes_”—as we now have some idea what these giants were,—may we +not find reason to accept their tradition, and consider these monuments +as the tombs of the chiefs and first founders of their aboriginal race. + +Still, it may be objected that the ancient legends relating to giants +are too fabulous to admit of any sound theories being built on them; and +some have even gone so far as to reject all the received accounts of +families or tribes of men of gigantic stature, as worthy only of the +belief of credulous ages. It may indeed be difficult to imagine whole +districts and countries peopled with gigantic races so formidable that +we can hardly conceive any other people subsisting in contact with them. +But that individuals, and even families, of extraordinary stature and +strength existed in the earliest ages cannot be denied, except by those +who regard the narrative of Scripture as equally fabulous with the +fictions of the poets; although the statements are literal and exact, +occur in a variety of incidental notices, and are confirmed by +discoveries related by authors of good repute.[88] + +A solution of the difficulty may, perhaps, be found in the +consideration, that, as even now we find families and races exceeding in +stature and strength the average of mankind, there is still more reason +to believe in the existence of such phenomena in the youth of the +generations of man, when a simple mode of life, abundance of nutritious +food, and a salubrious atmosphere, gave to all organic beings huge and +sinewy forms. Such might be the special privilege of the Rephaim, and +other tribes of which we read. But while the rank and file, as we may +call them, of the nation, though tall and robust, might not much exceed +the average height of the human species, the chiefs and heroes who took +their posts in the van of battle may have attained the extraordinary +dimensions recorded of them; and, their numbers being magnified by +terror and tradition, the attributes of the class were extended to the +whole tribe. Thus the poets gave the name of Cyclops to all the +aboriginal inhabitants of Sicily, though the Cyclops, properly so +called, are represented by them as a single family, sons, as before +mentioned, of Neptune and Amphitrite. + +That the _Sepolture de is Gigantes_ may be considered the tombs of the +chiefs or heroes of the aboriginal inhabitants of Sardinia seems to be +generally allowed; and the opinion receives some confirmation from a +passage in Aristotle's “Physics,” where, treating of the immutability of +time, notwithstanding our perception or unconsciousness of what occurs, +he incidentally illustrates his argument by the expression:—“So with +those who are fabulously said to sleep with the heroes in Sardinia, when +they shall rise up.”[89] + +The best authorities being thus led to the conclusion that the Sarde +aborigines were a giant race, the question remains whether the Nuraghe +had the same origin as the Sepolture; and, passing by some trivial +objections to this hypothesis, we are disposed to adopt Mr. Tyndale's +conclusion, that—“the coincidence of two such peculiar monuments in the +same island, their non-existence elsewhere, and their being both +indicative of some abstract principle of grandeur and power, practically +carried out in their construction, are strong reasons for the +presumption that they may have had some mutual reference to each +other,—as burying places, temples, and altars, and consequently were +works of the same times and the same people.” + +Perhaps it may be objected, with some show of reason, that a people so +rude and so primitive as the aborigines, could not have possessed the +skill required for the construction of such buildings as the Nuraghe; so +that they must be assigned to a later age. But we are informed in +Genesis that, among some families of mankind, not only useful, but +ornamental, arts were taught before Noah's flood![90] and, without +instituting an inquiry how soon the inventive and mechanical faculties +of mankind were more or less developed in various countries, we may +venture to assume that, before the historical period, before navigation +had conveyed the higher arts of civilisation to distant shores, the +aboriginal races, generally, were not incapable of erecting the massive +structures attributed to them by universal tradition, and which, defying +the ravages of time, still remain the sole monuments of lost races, on +which the puzzled antiquary can hope to decipher the records of their +existence and condition. + +To rear the lofty perpendicular monolith, to set up the tall stele as +the headstone of a grave, to lift and poise the ponderous rocking-stone, +to raise and fix the massive impost of the trilithon, or the slab +covering a sepoltura, a cromlech, or a cistvaen; (for the remark applies +to Celtic as well as Mediterranean antiquities), to heap up, not Pelion +on Ossa, but untold loads of earth and stone to form the conical tumulus +over the chambers of the dead, to build “Cyclopean” walls, and +construct the cone of rude but solid masonry, with its cavernous +recesses,—all these are the works we should just expect from races of +mankind when emerging from primitive barbarism, in the youth of the +species, and possessed of enormous strength of limb.[91] Those who +reared these works are supposed to have been in possession of some +knowledge of the pulley, the lever, and the incline; but, after all, +giant strength must have been the main fulcrum for such operations. Had +there been ornament, sculpture, or inscriptions on these primeval +monuments, our thoughts might have been carried forward to a later age, +when colonisation from the East brought in its train the arts which +there first undoubtedly flourished. + +That the Sardinian antiquities of the earliest age are unique, that this +is the case in other parts of the world, every primitive people having, +with certain resemblances, a peculiar style in its ancient monuments, +that none such as these are found in the countries from whence the first +colonists migrated, nor are described in their records, are facts +strengthening the argument for their being of indigenous origin. That +the forms of these structures scattered over the world are generally +pyramidal, often rounded, and sometimes spiral, tells nothing to the +contrary. The cone, as Father Bresciani observes, was more graceful to +the eye, more easy of construction, more durable, and, perhaps, +connected with some mysterious ideas of Eternity, or the circling course +of the heavenly bodies. Such was the form of the first great building on +record, the Tower of Babel, as we have it represented; the type in many +respects of the Sarde Nuraghe. Nor is it an unreasonable conjecture that +the alien people, mysteriously alluded to in Genesis, as mixing with the +children of God, having seduced the most froward of the chosen race, +were the instigators and planners of the profane enterprise. “Go to ——,” +said a man to his neighbour, as the marginal translation renders the +passage,—“let us make bricks, let us build a tower whose top may reach +to heaven.”[92] + +“There were giants in those days,”—men not only of gigantic forms, but +imbued with grand ideas. The structures included among the number of +their monuments are, as just observed, “indicative of some abstract +principle of grandeur and power, practically carried out in their +construction.” In the strength of their might, the Titanic race bade +defiance to the deities of Olympus, with whom they are poetically +represented as combating; but that does not preclude our supposing that, +in common with all the generations of man, however barbarous, the giant +races had their religious instincts, their altars, their rites. +Reverence, also, for the memories of their departed heroes, of their +progenitors, was a common feeling, most powerful in the earliest times. +In these two principles we trace the ideas to which the mysterious +monuments of the ancient Sardes owe their origin, and thence we arrive +at a reasonable conclusion respecting their object and uses. + +Researches the most extended and the most profound, have failed to +penetrate the obscurity in which the mists of ages have enveloped the +origin of the primeval monuments of all nations, and of the people who +founded them. Something may have been contributed towards the solution +of the difficulties surrounding the subject, if we have been able to +connect existing monuments with a rude race of extraordinary strength, +the supposed giant-builders of those ancient structures. Such buildings +we discover in various parts of the world, varying in their details, but +similar as respects their simple but massive and durable forms. Gigantic +stature and strength of limb we consider to have been the essential +requisites, in the infancy of art, for transporting and raising the +ponderous materials; and these properties were characteristics of the +races of which, and of their Herculean labours, we find everywhere +corresponding traditions. + +In the absence of a satisfactory reply to the inquiry, whence, when, or +how the giant race reached Sardinia, we are willing to accept the +alternative, as regards the founders of the Nuraghe and its other +ancient monuments, that these structures were the work of the +autocthonoi, the aboriginal inhabitants. But we embrace the theory in a +different sense from that in which it is proposed; suggesting that the +so-called giants themselves may have been the autocthonoi, and not +immigrants; and the remark is generally applicable. The etymology of the +words used by the Greeks and Romans, to designate the aboriginal races, +supports the conjecture of their identity; for, as already shown[93], +the term “giant” (γίγας) is not descriptive of extraordinary strength, +but, equally with the phrases _autocthonoi_, _terrigenæ_, and +_aborigines_, signifies “the earth-born,” the natives of the soil. + +Further than this we cannot here pursue the inquiry. In a work of this +description, it would be idle to speculate on the means by which +aboriginal races, as well as a peculiar fauna and flora, were planted in +distant lands, whether islands or remote continents, on which they have +been found established by colonists and navigators, from the earliest to +the latest times. Ethnologists have laboured to solve the difficulties +surrounding the subject; with what success, those who have studied their +works must decide for themselves. + +The Sardinian Nuraghe are probably among the oldest structures in the +world, and may therefore be reasonably considered the works of an +aboriginal race; but their origin, and that of the founders, are equally +involved in impenetrable mystery. Their rude, but massive and shapely, +cones have survived the ruin of the sumptuous edifices of Babylon and +Nineveh, of Ecbatana and Susa, of Tyre and the Egyptian Thebes. Like the +pyramids of Egypt, they have witnessed, from their hoary tops, the +current of untold centuries rolling onwards, wave after wave, in its +turbid course. They have marked the rise and the fall of empires, the +vicissitudes of fortune, the illusory hopes, the vain fears, and the +insatiable desires of successive generations of men, whose brief span of +existence has been that of a moment compared with the centuries that +have looked down from their summits. But unlike the Pyramids, whose +mysteries are partially unveiled, they give no note by which their age +or their history may be discovered. Mute on their solitary mounds, they +give no answer to the inquiries of the traveller or the learned, when +questioned,—what people of Herculean strength and undaunted will reared +their massive walls, wrought the dark cells under the cover of their +domes, and raised the ponderous slab which crowns the cone? No image of +man, no form of beast, neither symbol nor inscription, are sculptured or +graven on the solid blocks, within or without, to tell their tale. Well, +then, may the thoughtful traveller, contemplating with silent wonder +these mysterious cones, soliloquise in some such sort as this:—“Surely +these structures must have been raised before men had learned the arts +of writing and engraving, for how many thousands of the Nuraghe were +built, in successive periods, without their founders having acquired the +faculty of inscribing on them the name of a god or a hero, for a +memorial to future generations.” + + + + +CHAP. XXXVI. + + _Oristano.—Orange-groves of Milis.—Cagliari.—Description of.—The + Cathedral and Churches.—Religious Laxity.—Ecclesiastical + Statistics.—Vegetable and Fruit Market.—Royal + Museum.—Antiquities.—Coins found in Sardinia.—Phœnician + Remains.—The Sarde Idols._ + + +The high road between Sassari and Cagliari, called the _Strada Reale_, +runs through the great level of the Campidano for a distance of 140 +miles, and as there is a daily communication between the two cities by +the well-appointed _diligences_ already mentioned, the journey, unlike +others in Sardinia, is performed with comfort and rapidity. But, +whatever he may gain by the exchange, the traveller will hardly bid +adieu to the mountains and forest-paths of the Gallura and Barbagia +without regret. + +About half way, stands Oristano, an old city, of some 6000 inhabitants, +with some of the Spanish character of Alghero. Though fallen from its +former importance, the place is still wealthy, and, in some degree, +commercial. It is, however, deserted in the summer and autumn, when the +atmosphere becomes so pestilential from the inhalations of the +neighbouring stagna and lagunes as to justify the proverb:— + + A Oristano che ghe vù, + In Oristano ghe resta! + +The most striking object in the place is the belfry of the cathedral, a +detached octangular tower, roofed with a pear-shaped dome, of coloured +tiles, and commanding from the summit a fine view of the plains from the +sea to the distant mountains. The orange groves of Milis, a village +lying a little out of the high road to Oristano, are worth a visit. The +trees are considered the finest in Europe. I have never seen orange +trees that will bear comparison with them in any part of the world, +except on some of the Dutch farms in the Cape colony, where they are +still more magnificent; vying in size with the European oaks, planted, +probably at the same time, by the German settlers from the Black Forest, +the disbanded soldiers of the States of Holland, to whom many of the +African Boers owe their origin. Such orange groves, when loaded with +blossoms and fruit, glowing in the shade of their dense masses of glossy +deep-green foliage, are perhaps the most charming of vegetable +productions. No idea of their richness and beauty can be formed from the +dwarf, round-topped trees, one sees in most orange districts. Here, as +in South Africa, they owe their luxuriance to abundant irrigation. Some +of the trees at Milis are from thirty-five to forty feet high, and there +are said to be 300,000 of them of full growth. The annual produce is +estimated at from fifty to sixty millions of fruit, and, being in great +repute for their quality, they are conveyed to Sassari and Cagliari, and +all parts of the island, the price varying from 1-1/2_d._ to 4-3/4_d._ +per dozen, according to circumstances. + +Cagliari, the capital of Sardinia, a city containing upwards of 35,000 +inhabitants, is seen to most advantage when approached from the sea, the +campagna in the vicinity being neither fertile nor picturesque. Standing +at the head of a noble bay or gulf, twenty-four miles in depth and +twelve across, with good anchorage everywhere, its advantageous position +pointed out Cagliari as a seat of commerce from the earliest times. The +Phœnicians, the Greeks, and Carthaginians were attracted by the fine +harbour, and the inducements offered by the neighbouring heights for the +construction of a fortified town. The Romans made it the chief seat of +their rule in the island. The port, called the Darsena, is capable of +containing more than all the shipping at present frequenting it, with +such a depth of water that, while I was at Cagliari, one of the largest +steamships in the royal Sardinian navy lay alongside the quay. + +In the view from the gulf, the eye first rests on the upper town, +surrounded with walls and towers, and crowning the summit of a hill +upwards of 400 feet above the level of the sea. At the base of the +heights lie the suburbs of the Marina, Stampace, and Villanova, the +former occupying the space between the Castello, or Casteddu, as the +whole circuit of the fortified town is called, and the port; and, with +the two other suburbs, on the east and west of the Marina, forming one +long continuous line of irregular buildings. In our _tableau_, the +Casteddu towers proudly over the lower town, which has grown up beneath +it since the Middle Ages. It still retains its original importance, +containing all the principal public buildings, and being the residence +of the government officials, and, in short, the aristocratic quarter. +The best houses in the Marina are occupied by the foreign consuls and +persons engaged in commerce, so that there is a marked distinction +between the upper and lower parts of the city. + +Besides a strong citadel, there are, in the circuit of the +fortifications three massive towers, called the Elephant, the Lion, and +the Eagle, built by the Pisans; and the Castello is entered by four +arched and embattled gateways. One of these was in the act of being +demolished during my recent visit to Cagliari, in order to afford freer +communication between the upper town and the Marina. Its removal seemed +emblematic of an improving state of society, tending to level the +barriers of caste, and engage the rising generation of the privileged +orders in pursuits calculated as much for their own benefit as the +development of the resources with which Sardinia abounds. + +Easy access to the Casteddu is gained by a circuitous avenue cut on the +sloping side of the hill and under the escarped heights. Being planted +with trees, it forms a pleasant walk, commanding extensive views of the +Campidano, the distant mountains, and the Gulf of Cagliari. The direct +ascent from the Marina is steep and toilsome, it being gained by a +series of narrow avenues and flights of steps, landing in streets +running parallel with that side of the Castello. These also are narrow +as well as lofty, like those of most fortified places in the south of +Europe. Here we find the best shops; and the thoroughfares have a busy +appearance, except in the heat of the day, when most of the inhabitants +indulge in the _siesta_. + +The cathedral, standing in the heart of the Castello, was built by the +Pisans with part of the remains of a basilica founded by Constantine. It +is on a grand scale, having three naves, and a presbytery ascended by +several ranges of steps. The church is embellished with fine marbles, +and the ornaments being rich, with some good pictures and grand +monuments, the effect, on the whole, is striking. A crypt hewn out of +the solid rock, under the presbytery, is regarded with great reverence +by the Sardes, as containing the supposed remains of two hundred martyrs +removed there from the church of St. Saturninus, in 1617. + +Among the fifty-two churches in the Castello and the suburbs, I will +only mention that of St. Augustine, attached to which is the oratory +built by himself during a short visit to the island. A story is told of +one of the beams for the roof proving too short; upon which the saint, +quoting to the workmen the text declaring that to those who have faith +all things are possible, ordered them to pull at one end while he took +the other, when, scarcely touching it, the beam stretched to the +required length. St. Augustine's remains were transported here in 505, +from Hippo-Regius, where he died, by the Catholic bishops exiled from +Africa by Thrasamond, king of the Vandals.[94] The Chronicles inform us +that these bishops, two hundred and twenty in number, were sustained by +the benevolence of Pope Symmachus, a native of Sardinia, who sent them +every year money and clothes. St. Augustine's relics remained at +Cagliari till 722, when Luitprand, king of the Lombards, in consequence +of the danger to which they were constantly exposed by the invasions of +the Saracens, obtained them from the Cagliarese, and carrying them to +Pavia deposited them in the duomo of that city, where they rested, till +in 1842, these were restored to Hippo by the French.[95] + +The church of the Jesuits, at Cagliari, is described as distinguished +among the others for the sumptuousness of its style, and its decorations +of coloured marbles and columns. It was closed, with the adjoining +college, at the time of my visit. The Jesuits formerly possessed large +estates, and had colleges in several of the principal towns of the +island. The whole were suppressed long ago; but in 1823, the late king, +Carlo Felice, partially restored and re-endowed the order, some of the +monks being re-established in the college of Cagliari. Of late years, +there seems to have been a considerable reaction in the temper of the +Sardes as regards religion, at least, in the towns. No people were more +bigoted, more priest-ridden, more credulous of the absurdest +superstitions. But in a conversation I recently had on the subject with +a very intelligent and well-informed friend in the island, he assured me +that the utmost laxity now prevails in the religious sentiments of the +people. They have lost all respect for the clergy, calling them +_bottégaie_, shopkeepers, as mindful only of the gains of their trade; +and the churches _bottége_, shops. There is no vitality in the religion +of the people, the services are a mere mummery, and the system is held +together principally by the attractions of the popular _festas_, such as +those described in a former chapter as scenes of bacchanalian revelry +tricked out in the paraphernalia of religion. As for the Jesuits, the +most obnoxious of the ecclesiastics, my friend stated, that the populace +of Cagliari “burnt them out,” intending, I apprehend, to convey that +they were violently expelled. + +In earlier visits to the Continent, and reflecting on the subject at +home, the question had often occurred whether, with advancing +intelligence, and growing aspirations for civil and religious liberty, +the people of Catholic countries might not be drawn, in the course of +events, to a movement similar to that of our own Reformation of the +Church in the 16th century; the ruling powers, as then, taking the +lead, and emancipating their States from the papal yoke. Thus, while +abuses and gross doctrinal errors were reformed, the exterior frame of +the establishment, its hierarchy, ceremonial, privileges and property +would remain intact; the whole system being so arranged as to be brought +into harmony with the action of government, and to meet the demands of +an enlightened age. Why should there not be more reformed national and +independent churches? + +In this view, when conversing with foreigners of intelligence, I have +often pointed out the distinction between the Anglican Church and the +“Evangelical” and other Protestant communities abroad. Such a reform +would seem to be well suited to answer the wants of the kingdom of +Sardinia in the present state of her relations with the Court of Rome. +It would consolidate the fabric of the constitutional government; and we +may conceive that the cabinet of Turin, and perhaps the king, are +enlightened enough to be sensible of its advantages. + +But it may well be doubted whether the masses of the population, in +either that or any other Catholic country, are ripe for such a +revolution. In this age of reason, the dogmas which formed the war-cries +of Luther and Calvin have lost their influence on the minds of men, and, +except in some sections of the various religious communities, a general +apathy on doctrinal subjects has succeeded the excitement with which the +Reformation was ushered in. The tendency of the present age is in the +direction of more sweeping reforms, and when the time comes, as no +thoughtful man can doubt it will with growing intelligence, for the +people of Europe to cast off the shackles of superstition and bigotry, +it may be feared that things of more serious account than ecclesiastical +systems and institutions may be swept away by the overwhelming tide so +long pent up. + +Meanwhile, there appears little probability of any great change. The +territorial distinctions between Catholic and Protestant States remain +much the same as when they were shaped out in the time of the +Reformation, and the wars succeeding it. Each party holds its own; and +there is little probability of a national secession from the Church of +Rome, even in the Sardinian dominions, where many circumstances concur +to point out its expediency, and even its possibility. Among others, it +will not be forgotten, that the standard of Protestantism was raised in +the valleys of Savoy, ages before it floated triumphantly in the north +of Europe. + +In 1841 there were 91 monasteries in Sardinia, containing 1093 regular +monks, besides lay brothers, &c., and 16 convents with 260 nuns; the +whole number of persons attached to these institutions being calculated +at 8000. There are about the same number of secular clergy, including +the bishops, dignitaries, and cathedral chapters, with the parochial +clergy, the island being divided into 393 parishes. The population of +Sardinia, by the last returns I was able to procure[96], was 541,907 in +1850; so that one-ninth were ecclesiastics of one description or +another. It should be stated, however, that most, if not all, the +monasteries and convents have been lately suppressed, and the religious +pensioned off, so that the system is dying out. + +The revenues of the bishops' sees, and the cathedral and parochial +clergy, were calculated in 1841 at about 66,000_l._, arising from church +lands, besides the tithes, estimated at 1,500,000 lire nove, or +60,000_l._, supposed to be a low estimate, the tithes being worth one +million of lire more. These revenues are exclusive of voluntary +contributions, alms, offerings, and collections. The church lands +contributed upwards of 3000_l._ annually as state subsidies, for the +national debt, the maintaining roads and bridges, and the conveyance of +the post. Mr. Tyndale estimates “the revenue of the see of Cagliari at +from 60,000 to 80,000 scudi,—from 11,520_l._ to 15,360_l._ per annum; +while that of the priests is about 1000 scudi, or 192_l._” This gives +some idea of the incomes of the Sardinian clergy. I imagine that the +government has not interfered with any part of the ecclesiastical +revenues, except those attached to the monasteries. + +The fruit and vegetable markets of large foreign towns must always be +attractive to a traveller, especially in the South and East, where the +fruit, in great varieties, is so abundant, and he meets with vegetables +unknown in the gardens and cookery of his own country. Not only so, but +the dresses, and even the gestures and manners, of the country people, +to say nothing of the dealings of the buyers, form a never-failing +source of interest and amusement; while an additional zest is lent in a +warm climate, by the freshness of the early hour at which the visit must +be paid to be really enjoyed. The market at Cagliari is held in the +suburb of Stampace, and approached by one of those avenues shaded with +exotic trees, which make such agreeable promenades in the neighbourhood +of the city. The principal supply comes from Pula, Arabus, and other +villages at considerable distances from Cagliari; the soil in the +vicinity being too arid to be productive. The supply appeared abundant, +and of excellent quality. Among the fruits,—it was in the early part of +September,—I noted grapes, figs, pears, oranges, lemons, citrons, +peaches, melons, and prickly pears. Among the vegetables, the heaps of +tomatas, chilis, and other condiments were surprising, and there were +gigantic “_torzi_,” a kind of turnip-cabbage, and other varieties, whose +names have escaped my memory. + +My visit to the Royal Museum was also paid at an early hour, through the +kindness of Signor Cara, the Curator, who was so obliging as to show me +also his cabinet of antiques at his private residence,—rich in cameos, +intaglios, and scarabei of rare beauty. The Royal Museum occupies a +suite of small apartments in the University. The collection owes great +part of its objects of interest, and their good order and arrangement, +to the indefatigable zeal and disinterested devotion of Signor Cara, +whose appointments, and the allowance for purchasing objects, are not +unworthy of a liberal government. + +The collection of Roman antiquities occupying the entrance-wall is very +meagre, considering the many stations established in the island during +the republic and empire. Besides two colossal consular statues, having +an air of dignity, and with the toga well chiselled, there was little to +observe but some Roman milestones, sarcophagi, and fragments of various +kinds. + + [Illustration: SARDO-ROMAN COIN.] + +The coins of the Roman period are numerous, but most of them of little +value. One here figured is, however, unique; being, I imagine, the only +coin known to have been struck in the island. Atius Balbus, whose name +and bust appear on the face[97], was grandfather of the Emperor +Augustus, and prefect of Sardinia about sixty years before Christ. The +reverse represents a head wearing a singular cap, crowned by an ostrich +plume; with a sceptre, and the words “Sardus Pater,” who is supposed to +be the founder of Nora, the first town built in Sardinia, and of Libyan +and Phœnician origin.[98] + + [Illustration: CARTHAGINIAN COIN.] + +The cabinet also contains about 100 coins of the Carthaginian period. +Many such are found in the island, but, as may be supposed, not in +numbers equal to those which attest the long duration of the Roman +power. While Captain Smyth was engaged in his survey of the coast, a +farmer in the island of St. Pietro, successively a Greek, Carthaginian, +and Roman station, passed his ploughshare over an amphora of +Carthaginian brass coins, of which Captain Smyth purchased about 250. +“They were,” he states, “with two exceptions, of the usual type: +obverse, the head of Ceres; and reverse, a horse or palm-tree, or both.” +Some presented to me by Carlo Rugiu, one of which is here figured, have +a horse's head on one face, and the palm-tree with fruit, probably +dates, on the other. + +There are specimens in the British Museum, but not so good as those +given me by Signor Rugiu. The coins in the possession of Captain Smyth +appear to have represented the horse in full detail, as he mentions the +peculiarity of their having a Punic character between the horse's legs, +differing in every one. It need hardly be observed how appropriate, on +an African coin, were such devices as the date-palm of the desert, and +the horse, emblematic of its fiery cavalry. + + [Illustration: SARACEN COIN.] + +Some Saracenic coins are also found in the island, with Arabic +characters both on the obverse and reverse. The one here represented was +also given me by Carlo Rugiu, with some Roman coins, both silver and +brass. We do not find that the Saracens ever effected any permanent +settlement in Sardinia; which accounts for the comparatively small +number of these coins discovered. The Saracen pirates who infested the +coast from the time that St. Augustine's relics were rescued, in 722, to +so late a period as 1815, were more likely to pillage the money of the +inhabitants than to leave any of their own behind them.[99] + +The Terracotta collection in the Royal Museum exhibits about one +thousand specimens of vases, &c. of Sardo-Phœnician, Carthaginian, +Egyptian, and Roman fabric, similar to those preserved in the British +Museum. In the natural-history department, the ornithological class is +most complete, containing upwards of a thousand specimens of native and +foreign birds, collected and prepared by Signor Cara, who has paid much +attention to this branch of the science. Among the native objects of +interest was the flamingo, frequenting, with other aquatic birds, in +vast flocks, the lagunes in the neighbourhood of Cagliari, whither they +resort during the autumn and winter, from the coast of Africa. The +largest of these lakes, called the Scaffa, is six or seven miles long by +three or four broad. Vast quantities of salt are procured from the +salterns in the same neighbourhood and other parts of Sardinia, and it +forms an important article of export, and of revenue. In conchology and +mineralogy, the cabinet is rich both in foreign and native specimens; +the minerals having been in great part collected by La Marmora, and +arranged by him in 1835. + +The Phœnician remains are, in some respects, the most interesting part +of the collection. Among them we find a block of sandstone, with a +Phœnician inscription, discovered in 1774 at Pula, the ancient Nora, now +a pleasant village embowered in orange groves and orchards, and crowned +with palms, on the coast of the Gulf, about sixteen miles from Cagliari. +Nora, it may be remembered, is stated by Greek writers to have been the +first town founded by colonists in the island of Sardinia; and though +the inscription on the stone has not been satisfactorily deciphered, it +seems to be agreed that it records the arrival of “Sardus,” called +“Pater,” at “Nora,” from “Tarshish,” in Libya. + +But the Sarde idols, already mentioned, form the unique feature in this +collection. La Marmora enumerates 180 of these bronzes, the greater part +of which are preserved in the museum at Cagliari, consisting principally +of small images, varying from four to seventeen inches high, of +irregular and often grotesque forms, and betraying a rude state of +art.[100] They are considered miniatures of the large and original idols +adored by the Canaanites and Syro-Phœnicians; and from their diminutive +size may have been household gods. Mr. Tyndale conjectures that the +“Teraphim” of Scripture were of the same class. There appears, however, +no doubt that these bronzes, as well as the objects in Terracotta +already mentioned, are of native manufacture. Thus, while the images +appear to be the symbols of a religion peculiar to the inhabitants of +Sardinia at a very early period, they bear a certain affinity to similar +objects of worship in other countries, especially in Syria and Egypt; so +that in Signor Cara's nomenclature these remains are denominated +Sardo-Phœnician and Sardo-Egyptian. It is remarkable, however, that no +corresponding relics have been found in those countries. + +There is a small collection of Sardinian antiquities in the British +Museum, recently supplied by Signor Cara; but it does not contain, as +might have been wished, any specimens of these singular images. They are +accurately figured and described by La Marmora, and Mr. Tyndale has +fully investigated their history and relations in his very valuable +work. It would be out of place further to pursue the subject here, +especially as we have already devoted a chapter to traces among the +Sardes of the rites of Moloch and Adonis, in which two of these images +are described. The subject is interesting both as connected with the +Phœnician migrations, and as bringing to light symbols of that +Canaanitish idolatry so frequently and emphatically denounced in the +Sacred Writings. + +Returning to modern times, I do not find that I have anything of +importance to add to my notices of the present state of Cagliari, except +the introduction of the Electric Telegraph connecting it with the +continents of Europe and Africa. Prom its having been the medium of +communication between England and India during the recent crisis, +Cagliari has acquired a notoriety to which it had previously few +pretensions. Some account of the establishment of this Telegraph will be +given in our concluding chapters. + + + + +CHAP. XXXVII. + + _Porto-Torres.—Another Italian Refugee.—Embark for Genoa.—West + Coast of Corsica.—Turin.—The Sardinian Electric Telegraph.—The + Wires laid to Cagliari._ + + +The preceding notices of Cagliari were gathered during a visit to +Sardinia in the autumn of 1867; the “Rambles” in this island, detailed +in preceding chapters, having been rather abruptly terminated, under +circumstances already adverted to, without our being able to reach the +capital. On that occasion we embarked for the continent at Porto-Torres, +the origin and decay of which place is before incidentally mentioned. +The neighbourhood abounds in remains of Roman antiquities; and at a +short distance is the cathedral of St. Gavino, one of the oldest +structures in Sardinia, having been founded in the eleventh century. The +roof is covered with lead, and supported by antique columns dug up in +the adjacent ruins. There also were found two marble sarcophagi, +preserved in the church, on which figures of Apollo surrounded by the +Muses are represented in high relief. + +Having to embark at an early hour, we were obliged to pass a night at +Porto-Torres, notwithstanding its notoriety for a most pestiferous +atmosphere, occasioned, as usual, by the exhalations from the marshy +lowlands adjoining the coast. The impression was confirmed by the +miserable aspect of the place, one long wide vacant street, in which, as +we drove down it, the effects of the intemperie were stamped on the +sickly faces of the few stragglers we met. We found, however, a roomy +and decent hotel, and, after rambling about the neighbourhood, sat down +to our usual evening tasks of writing and drawing. We were in light +costume, and had thrown open the casements, for though the apartment was +both lofty and spacious, the air felt insufferably close and stifling. +Shortly afterwards, on the waiter coming in to lay the supper table, he +stood aghast at our exposure to the night air, and precipitately dosed +the casements, exclaiming, “Signore, it would have been death for you to +have slept here in August or September; and, even now, the risk you are +running is not slight.” + +This man was another of the Italian refugees, a Lombard; but of a very +superior cast of character and intelligence to our _maître de cuisine_ +at Sassari. These qualities first opened out on his begging permission +to examine my friend's drawings and some ancient coins which lay on the +table; on both which he made remarks, showing that he was a person of +education and taste. He had been an _avocat_ at Milan, and, compromised +by the insurrection, “You see,” said he, “what I have been driven to,” +throwing a napkin, over his shoulder with somewhat of a theatrical air. +“But a good time is coming; meanwhile, not having much to do here, I +employ my time as well as I can. You shall see my little library;”—and +he brought in some volumes, mostly classical, the Odyssey, Euripides, +Sophocles, Æschylus, and Cornelius Nepos. After awhile he pulled out of +his bosom, with some mystery, for he was still professedly a catholic, a +small copy of Diodati's Italian version of the New Testament. “This,” he +said, with emphasis, “is my greatest consolation; I retire into the +fields, and there I read it.” It was impossible not to commiserate the +fate of Ignazio Mugio, the Lombard refugee. A very different character +was old Pietro, the steam-boat agent. Groping our way with some +difficulty up a gloomy staircase, in the dusk of the evening, we found +him, spectacles on nose, poring over a gazette by a feeble oil lamp. The +old man was so eager for news that it was difficult to fix him to the +object of our inquiries; and then he expatiated on the attractions of +the neighbourhood, and the “chasse magnifique de grèves,” as he called +thrush-shooting, in the country round, if we came to Porto-Torres in the +month of December. We laughed at the idea of such sport; but I think it +is said that the thrushes, fattening on the olive berries, are very +delicious. + +A considerable commerce, considerable for a Sardinian port, gives some +life to this desolate place; facilitated by Porto-Torres being the +northern terminus of the great national road running through Sassari, +only nine miles distant. The principal exports are oil and wine. The +little haven is defended by a strong tower, erected in 1549. We found +moored in the port several Greek brigs, polaccas, and feluccas, with +their long yards and pointed lateen sails; and the fine steam-boat +which was to carry us to Genoa. + + [Illustration: PORTO-TORRES.] + +The mountainous and nearly desert island of Asinara forms a fine object +in running out of the gulf to which it gives its name, forming the +north-western point; and the high lands of Corsica soon came once more +in view. Our course lay along its western coast, the weather being +favourable; but with a foul wind it is considered unsafe, and vessels +run through the Straits of Bonifacio and coast the eastern side of the +island. In the afternoon we were off the entrance of the Gulf of +Ajaccio, and gazed from seaward on the Isles Sanguinaires, with the +tower of the lighthouse, behind which the sun set on the pleasant +evening when we took our view from the Chapel of the Greeks. Now, +towards sunset, we were rapidly gliding along the shore of Isola Rossa, +and the slanting rays glowing directly on the porphyritic cliffs gave a +rich but mellow intensity to the ruddy hue whence they derive their +name. Some of the boats stop at the town, a new erection by Pascal +Paoli, and the seat of an increasing trade. Leaving it behind, we ran +along the coast of Corsica with a fair wind, exultingly bounding +homewards as, the breeze freshening, our boat sprung from wave to wave, +dashing the spray from her bows. Farewell to Corsica! Her grey peaks and +shaggy hill-sides are fast fading from our sight, in the growing +obscurity. We pass Calvi, famous in Mediæval and Nelsonian annals, San +Fiorenzo, on which we had looked down in our rambles on the +chestnut-clad ridges of the Nebbio; and the mountain masses of the +Capo-Corso, now loom like dark clouds on the eastern horizon. All beyond +is a blank. Again we cross the Tuscan Sea in the depth of the night. We +are on deck when rosy morning opens to our view the glories of the Bay +of Genoa. At six we are moored in the harbour, and have to wait for the +visit of the officer of health. At last we land, breakfast, and take the +rail to Turin. + +At Turin we passed some hours very pleasantly at the British Minister's. +We are indebted to Sir James Hudson for facilitating our excursion in +Sardinia with more than official zeal and interest in its success. He +knows the island well, having braved the inconveniences of rough +travelling in its wildest districts. At his hotel we chanced to meet Mr. +I. W. Brett, the promoter of a line of electric telegraph intended to +connect the islands of Corsica and Sardinia with the European and +African continents. A company had been formed to carry out this project, +consisting principally of Italian shareholders, part of whose outlay was +to be recouped, on the completion of the undertaking, by the Governments +interested in its success—the French in regard to Corsica and Algeria, +and the Piedmontese as far as concerns Sardinia. + +Starting from a point in the Gulf of Spezzia, the wires were to be +carried by a submarine cable to the northern extremity of Capo-Corso; +where landing they would be conveyed, through the island, partly by +submarine channels, with a branch to Ajaccio, to its southern point near +Bonifacio. Thence, submerged in a cable crossing the Straits, they would +again touch the land at Capo Falcone, mentioned in these rambles as the +nearest point in Sardinia; the distance being only about ten nautical +miles. The wires were then to be conducted on posts, through the island +of Sardinia, in a line, varying but slightly from our route, by Tempio +and Sassari to Cagliari. From Cape Spartivento, or some point on the +southern shore of Sardinia, a submarine cable was to be laid, the most +arduous part of the whole undertaking, to the African coast; landing +somewhere near Bona, a town on the western frontier of the French +possessions in Algeria. + +Up to the point of the landing in Sardinia all was evidently plain +sailing; but when we met Mr. Brett at Turin, on our return from +Sardinia, in November, 1853, he was under some anxiety about the land +line through the island; the mountainous character of the northern +province of Gallura presenting obstacles to the operation of carrying +the wires through it, and the lawless character of the inhabitants +threatening their safety. On both these points we were able to reassure +him; we had seen and heard enough of the brave mountaineers to feel +convinced that there was no cause for apprehension of outrages connected +with the undertaking. And my fellow-traveller, who belonged to the +scientific branch of the army, had not passed through the country +without making such observations as enabled him to satisfy Mr. Brett's +inquiries respecting the line to be selected and its natural facilities. + +In the end, the wires were successfully stretched throughout the island +from Capo Falcone to Cagliari, after surmounting, however, serious +obstacles, though not of the sort previously apprehended. For the +success of this operation the company are greatly indebted to the +exertions of Mr. William S. Craig, H.B.M.'s Consul-General in Sardinia. +Having neither any personal interest in the concern, nor official +connection with a Company entirely foreign in its object and supporters, +he devoted his time gratuitously to the furtherance of this branch of +its operations, actuated only by a desire to promote an important public +undertaking. The whole practical management of the work (I do not speak +of engineering, little of which could be required) devolved on Mr. +Craig; and with much self-sacrifice, he threw into it all that zeal and +intelligence which, with universal goodwill, have acquired for him the +high estimation in which he is generally held. + +I have before had occasion to mention the respect entertained for him by +the mountaineers of Gallura, resulting from a former connection +beneficial to parts of that district; and I feel convinced that his name +and sanction better obviated any prejudices, and offered a broader +shield for the protection of the wires from injury, than all the power +of the Piedmontese officials, backed by squadrons of carabineers, could +have done. Not only so, but Mr. Craig had less difficulty in making +arrangements with the proprietors of the lands in the northern province +than in the more civilised districts of the south, where, in some +instances, the privileges required were reluctantly conceded as a mark +of personal respect. + +It was on descending to the plains that the worst difficulties were +encountered. Mr. Warre Tyndale states that during the construction of +the great central road from Cagliari to Porto-Torres, which it took +seven years to complete, more than half the engineers employed in the +work died of the intemperie, or were obliged to retire from the effects +of that fatal malady. This scourge swept off with no less virulence the +workmen employed on the line of telegraph, and as the season advanced, +cartloads after cartloads were carried to the hospitals, so that the +works were stopped. Mr. Craig had to provide for all emergencies, the +whole expenditure was managed by him, and this calamity added to his +cares and responsibilities. But he persevered, and brought the +operations to a successful end. Such valuable services merited a more +liberal treatment than they received at the hands of those who +gratuitously secured them. A body of English directors and shareholders +would not have failed to mark their sense of the obligation conferred by +some honorary acknowledgment. I have not heard of any such act of +generosity on the part of the Sardo-French Company. It was a foreigner +who remarked to me the _petitesses_ which pervaded the dealings of his +countrymen. I imagine that the phrase would be found particularly +applicable to the dealings of this company, if all its history were +known. + +But we are anticipating occurrences. On our return from Sardinia, the +operations of the Sardo-French Telegraph Company connected with the +island were yet in embryo. The travellers who discussed the +probabilities of success at Turin little thought that one of them would +two years afterwards, towards the close of the Crimean war, be the Chief +of the Staff employed in the organisation and superintendence of the +military telegraph service in the East, having to inspect the laying +down many hundred miles of submarine cable and wires in the Black Sea; +or that it would be the fortune of the other to witness the final +accomplishment of the long-delayed and frustrated hopes of the +Sardo-French Company, by being present at the laying down of the +submarine Mediterranean cable between Cagliari and Bona on the coast of +Algeria. But so it turned out; and the completion of this undertaking +being an event in Sardinian history, considered by no less an authority +than General Della Marmora to have an important bearing on the +commercial prospects of the island,—and the operation of successfully +submerging telegraph cables in very deep water, in oceans or seas, being +both new and possessing considerable interest,—a short account by an +eyewitness of the occurrences attending the laying down the African +cable may prove both amusing and instructive. It will form an +appropriate episode to the Sardinian Rambles, and in that view an +additional chapter will be devoted to it. + +For the rest, it only remains briefly to close the “Rambles” of 1853. +Our visit at Turin reopened Sardinian interests; but after that, the +best thing to be done was to hasten homewards before the inclemency of +the season should retard our progress. Still, the snow fell heavily as +we walked over the summit of the pass of the Mont-Cenis, preceding the +diligence in which we had travelled all night. The railway had not then +been extended from Turin to Suza on one side of the Alps, nor, on the +other, beyond Châlons sur Saône, between Lyons and Paris; so that, +travelling by diligence, we were three nights and two days on the road +to Paris. Both the French and Italian lines of railway have been much +advanced since the period of our journey. To complete the line, it +remains only that the gigantic undertaking of tunnelling the chain of +the Alps be successfully executed. Allowing ourselves the refreshment of +spending a day in Paris, we reached London in the evening of the 17th of +November. + + + + +CHAP. XXXVIII. + + _Sardinian Electric Telegraph.—The Land Line completed.—Failures + in Attempts to lay a Submarine Cable to Algeria.—The Work + resumed.—A Trip to Bona on the African Coast.—The Cable + laid.—Cagliari an Important Telegraph Station.—Its + Commerce.—The return Voyage.—CONCLUSION._ + + +After completing the land line of telegraph, as already mentioned, the +Sardinian Company[101] failed in three attempts at laying a submarine +cable to connect the wires from Cagliari with the coast of Algeria. We +will not here enter into an inquiry as to the causes of these disasters, +instructive as it might be if we had space, and this were a fitting +opportunity. Suffice it to say that the first experiment failed soon +after leaving Cape Spartivento; on the second, the line was laid for +about two-thirds of the course, but with such a profuse expenditure of +the submarine cable that it was run out, and the enterprise abruptly +terminated. A third attempt to renew the operation proved equally +unsuccessful. + +The project received a severe check from these repeated failures. The +company had established their line, by sea and land, as far as Cagliari. +So far, well: the communications of the respective Governments with +their islands of Corsica and Sardinia were complete. Incidentally, also, +England derived some advantage from the stations at Cagliari during the +most anxious period of the crisis in Indian affairs. It was one step in +advance towards telegraphic communications with India, though a short +one. But the main object of the French Government in promoting the +enterprise was to link its connection with Algeria by the electric +wires; and till that was accomplished, the Company had no claim to be +reimbursed for that portion of their expenditure guaranteed in the event +of success. + +One may imagine the dismay of the shareholders, mostly Italians, in this +state of affairs. Their capital must have been greatly, if not +altogether, exhausted by the expenditure on previous works and the +abortive attempts at laying the African cable. It was now only, in all +probability, that they became seriously alive to the difficulties of the +undertaking, and the immense risks that must be incurred in laying +submarine cables in great depths of water. For it was now known that the +depth of the Mediterranean in many parts crossed by the track of +submarine cables, is no less than that through which the Transatlantic +cable has to be laid. + +The prosecution of the scheme was suspended; but meanwhile time was +running on, and the period fixed for completing the line had nearly +expired. In this event, the government guarantee being forfeited, the +concern would become a ruinous affair, as the telegraph traffic of two +small islands could not be remunerative for the capital expended in +connecting them with the continent. A short extension of the term for +completing the undertaking had been obtained; but that was nearly run +out before matters were put in a better train. + +In this emergency, Mr. Brett, the _gérant_ of the foreign company, who +had contracted for and personally superintended the previous attempts to +lay the African cable, entered into negotiations for its being +undertaken by Messrs. Newall and Co. They had an established reputation, +not only as having long been manufacturers of submarine electric cables, +the quality of which had been tested by continuous service, but as +having, under contracts with the English Government, laid down between +five and six hundred miles of cable in the Black Sea during the Crimean +war, without a single mishap. They were, therefore, not mere theorists; +having acquired by long experience a practical knowledge of submarine +telegraphy which had not fallen to the lot of any others who had turned +their attention to that branch of the science. + +The overtures made on the part of the Sardo-French Company having been +favourably received in the course, I believe, of the summer of 1857, +Messrs. Newall and Co., nothing daunted by the previous failures, though +doubtless fully aware of the difficulties they had to encounter, agreed +to lay the African cable for a given sum, taking all risks on +themselves. When it is understood that, about the same time, they also +contracted with the “Mediterranean Extension Company,” on like terms as +to responsibility, to lay down submarine cables between Cagliari and +Malta, and from Malta to Corfu, extending over 795 nautical miles, and +making, with the African cable, a total of 920 miles, some idea may be +formed of the magnitude of the operations undertaken by a single firm. +The mileage is more than one third of the distance embraced in the +scheme of the great Transatlantic Company; and, as we find that the +Mediterranean has its deep hollows as well as the Atlantic, the +difficulties were proportionate. + +Having entered into these engagements, Messrs. Newall and Co., after +completing their contract for one half, 1250 miles, of the Transatlantic +cable, lost no time in proceeding with the manufacture of the +Mediterranean cables at their works in Birkenhead. Towards the end of +August, the African cable, with some portion of the Malta cable, was +shipped in the Mersey aboard their steamship Elba, the vessel before +employed in laying down the cable between Varna and Constantinople. It +should be mentioned that the African cable contained four wires, so that +it was more ponderous and less flexible than the Atlantic cable, which +has only one. + +About this time, the writer happened to hear what was going on. Being +then engaged in preparing these Sardinian “Rambles” for the press, he +was desirous to make another trip to the island before their +publication; and, besides the connection of the Cagliari line of +telegraphs with the objects of his work, other circumstances had made +him generally interested in the subject of submarine telegraphy. He +therefore requested Mr. R.S. Newall's permission for his joining the +expedition, which was kindly granted. + +With this preliminary statement, we proceed at once to the scene of +action. At the last moment it had been decided, for reasons with which I +am unacquainted, but, I believe, on the suggestion of the foreign +Governments interested in the project, to start from the African coast, +instead of from Cagliari; Cape de Garde, a few miles eastward of Bona, a +town on the Tunisian frontier of the French possessions in Algeria, +being selected as the point at or near which the submarine cable was to +be submerged. The Elba, with the cable on board, anchored off Bona on +Saturday, the 5th of September. Three war-steamships, appointed by the +foreign Governments to attend and assist in the operations, had arrived +some days before, and lay at anchor in the haven of Cazerain. The little +squadron consisted of the Brandon, a large frigate under the French +flag, with the Monzambano and the Ichnusa, both belonging to the royal +Sardinian navy; and on board were the Commissioners appointed by the +respective Governments to watch the operations. + +It blew hard after the Elba's arrival, and the ships being detained in +harbour, waiting for a favourable wind, opportunities offered of landing +at Bona, and making some excursions into the surrounding country. The +old Arab town rises from the sea in the form of an amphitheatre, and you +see its high embattled walls running up the hill-side and embracing in +its enceinte the citadel, or Casbah, crowning the heights; the whole +backed by the towering summits and shaggy slopes of the chain of Mount +Edough. Within is a labyrinth of narrow streets; that leading direct +from the port crossing a steep ridge to the Place d'Armes, a square with +a fountain in the centre, overhung with palms and other exotics, and +where French architecture is singularly mixed with the Moorish style. On +one side stands a mosque, with its tall minaret; on the other, range +cafés and restaurants, and magazins de mode, with their lofty fronts, +arcades, and balconies. We linger for a moment on the spectacle offered +by the various populations which crowd the square from morn to eve, and +most after nightfall; a motley crowd of Arabs, Moors, Zouaves, +Chasseurs, Jews, and Maltese. In the picturesque contrast of costume it +presents, the gayest French uniforms possess no attractions compared +with the white and flowing bournous, with even the sheepskin mantle of +the poor Arab of the desert, the bright braided caftan of the Moor, the +turban, and the fez. But the limits assigned to this work being already +exceeded, I may not allow myself to dwell on the numberless objects +which attract the attention of a curious traveller, in scenes where the +modes and forms of Oriental life are singularly blended with those that +bear the freshest European stamp. + +Nor is this the place for more than noting an excursion to the +picturesque ruins of Hippona, the old Roman city, the Hippo-Regius, +where the great St. Augustine laboured in the African episcopate, and +ended his days during the sufferings of Genseric's siege. They stand on +a hillock facing the sea, now covered with thickets of wild olive trees +and fragments of the buildings. What a plain is that you see from the +summit, stretching away in all directions, a vast expanse of grassy +meadows on the banks of the river Seybouse; parched indeed now by the +torrid heat of an African summer, but of rich verdure after the rains! +What prodigious ricks of hay we observe at the French cavalry barracks, +as we ride along! What growth of vegetables in the irrigated gardens of +the industrious, but turbulent, Maltese! Surely, but for the French +inaptitude to colonisation, this part of Algeria, at least, might be +turned to good account. + +Changing the scene for a moment from the sultry plains, we may just note +another excursion, which led to the summit of the pass crossing the +chain of Mount Edough. At the top we look westward over a sea of +mountains, towards and beyond Constantine, the strongholds of the +indomitable Kabyles. Turning homewards, we slowly descend the winding +road, among slopes covered with a coarser _maquis_—still more fitted to +endure the drought—than the evergreen thickets of Corsica and Sardinia; +the dwarf palm, _chamærops humilis_, most prevailing. Bona, with its +walls and terraces and the Casbah and the minarets, rising above a grove +of orchards and gardens, now makes a pleasing picture. Beyond, in the +still water of the haven, our little fleet lies at anchor, with the +French guardship; outside, the blue Mediterranean is now very gently +rippled by the evening breeze. + +We are recalled to the ships, and hasten on board, for the wind having +changed, with a promise of fair weather, it is decided to commence +operations. The point selected for landing the shore-end of the cable +was a sandy cove, a little to the eastward of Cape de Garde, or as it is +otherwise called Cap Rouge, a literal translation of _Ras-el-Hamrah_, +the name given it by the natives. There is an easy ascent from the cove +to Fort Génois, about half a mile distant. The fort, a white square +building at the edge of the cliffs, said to have been built by the +Genoese to protect their coral fisheries on this coast, was convenient +for establishing a temporary telegraph station, wires being run up to it +from the end of the submarine cable. + +It was a lovely morning, the sun bright in a cloudless sky and the blue +Mediterranean calm as a lake, when the little squadron having got up +steam, ran along the shore, and successively anchored in the cove. There +floated, in happy union, the flags of the three allied Powers recently +engaged in very different operations: and the ships, with their boats +passing and repassing, formed a lively scene contrasted with that desert +shore, on the rocks of which a solitary Arab stood watching proceedings +so strange to him. + +The Elba's stern having been brought round to the land, the ship was +moored within cable's length of the sandy beach; but the operation of +landing the submarine cable was delayed in consequence of the neglect of +the Sardinian company's agents, whose duty it was to have the land-line +of telegraph wires ready to communicate with Port Génois. This occupied +the whole day, and I took advantage of it, landing in one of the first +boats, to make a long ramble, visiting, in the course of it, Fort +Génois, an encampment of Arabs at some distance in the interior, and +climbing to the lighthouse on Cape de Garde, commanding, as may be +imagined, magnificent views. It was a toilsome march, over rocks and +sands, and through prickly thickets, in the full blaze of an African sun +at noontide; but the excursion was full of interest, and not without its +trifling adventures. + +The shore works were not completed till sunset, when, all the boats +being recalled to the ships, they got under weigh, the Monzambano towing +the Elba, with the Ichnusa ahead, and the Brandon on her larboard bow. +The engineers began paying out the cable at eight o'clock, proceeding at +first slowly, as the night was dark, and being desirous to try +cautiously the working of the machinery. As the water deepened, the +cable ran out fast, and the speed was increased, so that by midnight we +had run about seventeen miles, with a loss in slack, it was reckoned up +to that time, of under twenty per cent, of cable, compared with the +distance run. + +Few, I imagine, aboard the Elba got much sleep that night. The very idea +of sleep was precluded by the incessant roar of the cable, rushing, like +a mighty cataract, through the iron channels confining its course over +the deck, while the measured strokes of the steam-engine beat time to +the roar. Having laid down for two hours, I gave up my cabin to one of +our numerous guests; for the French and Italian commissioners being now +on board the Elba, besides Mr. Werner Siemens and his staff of German +telegraphists, her accommodations were fully tried; and as for +languages, she was a floating Babel. Coming on deck at twelve o'clock, +the lighthouse on Cape de Garde was still visible. The attendant ships +carried bright lanterns at their mastheads, sometimes throwing up signal +rockets; and so the convoy swept steadily on through the darkness, the +Elba still following in the wake of the Monzambano. Mr. Newall and Mr. +C. Liddell, who directed the whole operations, never quitted their post +at the break. The telegraphists, from their station amidship, tested the +insulation from time to time, speaking to the station at Port Génois. +Looking down into the mainhold, which was well lighted up, you saw the +men cutting the lashings to release the cable, as, gradually unfolding +its serpentine coils from the cone in the centre, it was dragged rapidly +upwards by the strain of its vast weight, and rushed through the rings +to the vessel's stern. There the speed was moderated, before it plunged +from the taffrail into the depths beneath, by the slow revolutions of a +large wheel, round which the cable took several turns. + +As day broke and the sun rose magnificently over the Mediterranean, +Galita Island came in sight, distant from thirty to forty miles to the +eastward; the high lands of Africa being still visible. With the sea +perfectly calm, all augured well for the success of the enterprise, +except that serious apprehensions were entertained lest the cable, +paying out so fast in the great depth of water we were now +crossing,—1500 fathoms,—might not hold out to reach the land. Thus we +ran on all the morning, the vessel's speed being increased to between +five and six knots per hour, and the strain on the cable to five tons +per mile; the depth ranging from 1500 to 1700 fathoms. + +Towards the afternoon the land of Sardinia was in sight between fifty +and sixty miles ahead, our course being steered towards Cape Teulada, +the extreme southern point of the island. By sunset we had reached +within twelve miles of the shore, and angles having been carefully taken +to fix our exact position, we anchored in eighty fathoms water. Soon +afterwards the attendant ships closed in, and anchored near us for the +night. The little squadron, well lighted, formed a cheerful group, the +sea was smooth as a mill-pond, and the mountains of Sardinia, after +reflecting the last rays of the setting sun, loomed heavily in the +growing twilight. All hands on board the Elba were glad of rest after +thirty-six hours of incessant toil. + +In the morning, as we had run out the whole of our cable proper, a piece +of the Malta cable was spliced on, with some smaller coils also on +board. Meanwhile, the Ichnusa had gone ahead at daybreak to take +soundings, and when all was ready we began paying out the cable, being +then, as already stated, about twelve miles from the land. All went on +smoothly, and there was scarcely any loss of cable by slack. The eye +turned naturally, again and again, from anxiously counting the +lessening coils in the hold to measure our decreasing distance from the +shore, as its hold features and indentations became hourly more +distinct. Cape Teulada stood right ahead, a bold headland, with peaked +summits 900 feet high. It forms the eastern point of the Gulf of Palmas, +and has a long face of precipitous cliffs towards the sea. To the west +of this deep inlet appeared the rocky islands of San Antioco and San +Pietro, with cliffs of volcanic formation; and the Toro rock stood out a +bold insulated object, 500 or 600 feet high, marking the entrance of the +Gulf of Palmas, a spacious bay offering excellent anchorage. + +We had run ten miles towards a beach under the cliffs, a little to the +eastward of Cape Teulada, when the small cable, now in course of being +paid out, suddenly parted. The mishap occurred about a mile and a half +from the shore, in forty fathoms water, with a sandy bottom. It was +provoking enough to have our expectations baulked, when holding on for +another half hour we should have succeeded in bringing the cable to +land; but, for our comfort, the main difficulties of the enterprise were +overcome. The African cable had been securely laid in the greatest +depths of the Mediterranean, and the shore-end of the line could be +easily recovered in the shallow water. The only question was, whether it +should be immediately effected; but for this the weather had become very +unfavourable. The wind had been blowing strong from the south-east all +the morning; and a gust of it caught the Elba's stern, and canted it +suddenly round, when the small cable snapped like a packthread. Rather a +heavy sea was now running, and, on the whole, it was thought advisable +to defer the concluding operations until an entirely new end to the +cable could be procured from England. + +For this purpose, and at the same time to bring out the Malta cable, the +Elba was despatched homeward a few hours after the accident happened. +Fresh angles having been carefully secured, nothing remained but to take +leave of our friends before the squadron parted,—the Brandon for the +Levant, and the Sardinian frigates for ports in the island. While all +belonging to the Elba considered that the submersion of a cable between +Algeria and the coast of Sardinia was virtually a _fait accompli_, it +was almost painful to witness the dismay of the Italians, at the mishap +which had occurred to cloud their anticipations. It was evident that +they entirely distrusted all assurances of the contractors' ability to +recover the end of the cable, and perfect the line. Their fears were +groundless; within a few weeks the new coil was brought from England, +and the end of the submerged cable having been grappled at the first +haul, the work was completed without any difficulty. Messrs. Newall and +Liddell immediately proceeded to lay down the Cagliari and Malta, and +the Malta and Corfu cable, 375 and 420 miles respectively; both which +they effected with entire success in the months of November and December +following, with a very small average waste of cable over the distance, +and in depths equally great with those in which the African line was +laid. + +My own object now being to reach Cagliari, the commander of the +Monzambano was kind enough to give me a passage in his fine frigate. I +got on board just as the officers and their guests were sitting down to +dinner under an awning on the deck. Among them was the old General Della +Marmora, whose love of science and devotion to the interests of +Sardinia had induced him, though suffering from bad health, to make the +voyage for the purpose of witnessing the important experiment. I found +that he did not share in the apprehensions of the Italian shareholders +on board as to the loss of the cable. The General had long cherished the +idea that the ports of Sardinia, and especially Cagliari, are destined +to partake largely of the commercial advantages resulting from a variety +of recent events. In a little work, already referred to, which he was +kind enough to give me[102], he points out the fine position of +Cagliari, its spacious gulf, with good anchorage, open to the south, and +in the highway of all ships navigating the Mediterranean between the +Straits of Gibraltar, the Levant, and the Black Sea. A glance at the +map, he truly observes, will show no other port, either on the coast of +northern Africa, in Sicily, or the south of Italy, which can be its +rival. Malta alone competes with it both in position and as a harbour; +but he justly asks,—“Can a barren rock like Malta be compared, in a +commercial point of view, with an island of such extent, and possessing +so many natural resources, as Sardinia?” + +The General also points out the advantages offered by the electric +telegraph station at Cagliari to masters of ships bound to the +Mediterranean, the Levant, and the Black Sea, from the ports of Northern +Europe, or, _vice versâ_, to those coming from the eastward, to induce +them to touch at Cagliari. After, perhaps, long and wearisome voyages, +they will find, he observes, in their very track, in the heart of the +Mediterranean, the means of correspondence, in a few hours, with their +families and their owners, receiving news and instructions from home. +These facilities he considers of inestimable value; and it strikes us +that the area included in the General's observations will be much +extended when the electric wires are carried across the Atlantic, and +that American ships are more likely to avail themselves of the +advantages offered than those of any other nation. + +Without sharing the sanguine anticipations of the excellent General La +Marmora as to the speedy regeneration of Sardinia, and the development +of her natural resources, undoubtedly great as they are, the remark may +be allowed, that it would be a singular and happy event if this island, +which appears to have been one of the first, if not the first, station +of the earliest maritime people, in their advance towards Western +Europe, should, now that the tide of civilisation, so long flowing from +the East, has evidently taken a reflex course, become again that centre +of commercial intercourse for which its geographical position so well +fits it. + +Towards evening, the Monzambano was running along the iron-bound coast +terminating with Cape Spartivento, the western headland of the Gulf of +Cagliari. I know not whether it was from the position of the ruins, or +the hazy state of the atmosphere, night coming on, that I failed to make +out some Cyclopean vestiges mentioned by Captain Smyth—Mr. Tyndale says +they are a large Nuraghe—as standing on one of the most remarkable +summits, at an elevation of upwards of 1000 feet, and called by the +peasants, “The Giants' Tower.” “This structure,” observes Captain Smyth, +“situated amongst bare cliffs, wild ravines, and desolate grounds, +appeared a ruin of art amidst a ruin of nature, and imparted to the +scene inexpressible grandeur.” During our passage we had a stormy sky +and a strong head-wind, the sun setting gorgeously among masses of +purple and orange clouds. There was nothing to relieve the barren aspect +of this desert coast but the grey watch-towers from point to point, +similar to those we saw on the coasts of Corsica; and, having paced for +an hour the frigate's long flush deck, I was glad to turn-in early, and +enjoy the comforts of a state cabin after the fatigues and watches of +the two preceding days and nights. + +The contrary wind retarded our progress, and it was not till after +daylight that, approaching the harbour of Cagliari, I enjoyed the fine +view, described in a former chapter, of the city, stretching a long line +of suburbs at the base of the heights crowned by the Casteddu, with its +towers and domes. The frigate entering the port was moored alongside the +government wharf; from which may be inferred the depth of water, and the +class of vessels the port is capable of receiving. It now contained only +about twenty ships, one only of which, a brig, was under the English +flag. The rest were of small burthen, and mostly Genoese and French. +General La Marmora states, in the Memoir before quoted, that “since the +crosses of Savoy and of Genoa have been united in the same flag,” the +Genoese have turned much attention to the trade of Sardinia; and that a +company was forming for the improvement of the port of Cagliari, in +order to draw to it some part of the corn trade of the Black Sea. Thus +the ancient granary of Rome might become the emporium of the trade in +corn for Italy and Southern France, and even for Africa; the General +observing, with what reason there may be some doubt, that, while only +two voyages can be made between the ports of those countries and the +Black Sea, three, or even four such, could be accomplished from +Cagliari. + +It is to be regretted that I did not obtain the latest statistics of the +commerce of Sardinia, and the port of Cagliari in particular, from our +very intelligent Consul, Mr. Craig; recollecting only his having +mentioned that coal is the principal import from England;—France and +Genoa, I conclude, supplying manufactured articles and colonial produce. +Salt, he said, was the chief export, great part of it being shipped to +Newfoundland and Labrador. + +I cannot mention Mr. Craig, for the last time in these pages, without an +acknowledgment of the many kind offices for which I am indebted to him +during the present and preceding visits to Sardinia, nor can I easily +forget the pleasure enjoyed in his amiable family circle. Hours so spent +in a foreign country have a double charm; for in such agreeable society +the traveller breathes the atmosphere, and is restored to the habits, of +his cherished home. I have no reason to think that Mr. Craig's long and +valuable services are not duly appreciated by his Government; but it +might be wished that, in any re-arrangement of the consular service, +they be taken into consideration. It is a sort of honourable exile for a +man to spend sixteen years of his life on a foreign service, with a +family growing up, who enjoy very rare opportunities of conversing with +any of their own countrymen, and still less of their countrywomen, in +their mother tongue. I take some liberty in venturing to offer these +wholly unauthorized remarks on a subject of some delicacy; and only wish +I could flatter myself they have any chance of reaching influential +quarters, and not being forgotten. Mr. Craig's position, respected and +esteemed as he long has been, is eligible in many respects; but it might +perhaps be improved. + +At the Consul-General's I again met some of the officers of the Ichnusa, +to whom, as well as to Boyl commanding the Monzambano, I wish to offer +my acknowledgments for many civilities. Lieutenant Baudini, of the +Ichnusa and other Sardinian officers who understand English, may chance +to peruse this page, and will interpret my sentiments to their brother +officers. Commandant Boyl was kind enough to give me a passage to Genoa, +being under orders for that port. We had a pleasant run, the style of +living on board the Monzambano being excellent, the society agreeable, +and enjoying magnificent weather. I have before observed that the +officers of the Sardinian navy are intelligent and gentlemanly, and +appear to be well up to their profession. The crews are smart, and every +thing aboard the ship was in the highest order and conducted with +perfect discipline. + +Steaming close in-shore along the eastern coast of Sardinia, remarkable +principally for its bold and sterile character, there was a striking +contrast in the appearance of the same coast of Corsica, which came in +sight after crossing the mouth of the Straits of Bonifacio. This was +comparatively verdant, not only as regards the fertile plains of the +_littorale_, described in an early chapter, but, even where the mountain +ranges approached the Mediterranean south of these extensive plains, the +sterile aspect of their towering summits and precipitous cliffs was +often relieved by immense forests encircling their bases, while every +hillside and slope to the valleys appeared densely clothed with the +evergreen _macchia_, for which Corsica is so remarkable. + +Part of this coast was already well known to the homeward bound +traveller: again he caught sight of the bold outlines of Elba and Monte +Cristo, rising out of the Tuscan sea; again, as on the first evening of +these rambles, the white terraces of Bastia reflected the rays of the +setting sun. Soon afterwards the mountain ranges of Capo-Corso were +veiled in darkness, and, as we ran along the shore nothing was visible +but the twinkling lights of the fishermen's huts in the little +_marinas_, to bring to mind those features which had so fascinated us on +our first approach to the island. + +Again, farewell to Corsica! Farewell to the twin islands which, like +emeralds set in an enamelled vase, deck the centre of the great +Mediterranean bason, embraced by the coasts of Italy, France, and +Spain,—radiant points midway to Africa, in the great highway to the +East, and partaking the varied character of all these climes. It had +been my fortune not only to ramble through these islands from north to +south, but, in different voyages, to sail round the entire coasts of +both, except some part of the west of Sardinia. I can only wish that +these pages more adequately represented the impressions made under the +opportunities thus enjoyed. + +It was again my fortune to approach the lovely bay of Genoa with the +earliest morning light; and, taking leave of my good friends on board +the Monzambano, I landed before breakfast. To vary the route homeward, +instead of crossing the Mont-Cenis, as had been done in frost and snow +at a late season of the year in the former tour, I enjoyed the enviable +contrast of journeying along the _Riviera di Ponente_ from Genoa to +Nice,—that exquisite strip of country between the Apennines and the +Mediterranean, studded with orchards, orange groves, vineyards, and +gardens; with towns, towers, churches, and convents, nestled in the +groves, washed by the sea, or perched high on rocky pinnacles; and all +this encircling the lovely Bay of Genoa, the road being carried _en +corniche_ along its winding shores and round its jutting points. Of this +exquisite scenery no description of mine could convey any adequate idea +to those who have not seen it, and those who have will need little +memento to bring its varied features to their recollection. + +Farewell, a long farewell to, perhaps, the loveliest strip of country in +the bright South! The Neapolitan proverb may be applied with equal +justice to the Ligurian, as to the fair Campanian, coast,—_vedere e pói +morire_,—a fitting motto wherewith to conclude the tale of an old man's +wanderings. + +Pursuing the journey from Nice to Marseilles, in heat and in dust, the +express train, by Lyons and Paris, conveyed the Rambler to Calais in +about thirty hours, and six more landed him in London. + + + THE END + + + LONDON: + PRINTED BY SPOTTISWOODE AND CO. + NEW-STREET SQUARE. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[1] _Dei Costumi dell'Isola di Sardegna, comparate cogli antichissimi +Popoli Orientali, par Antonio Bresciani. D.C.D.G. Napoli, 1850._ + +[2] Πολλῶν δ' ἀνθροπῶν ἲδεν ἂσεα—καὶ νὰον ἐγνῶ. Od. i. 3. + +[3] _Lamartine_. See THE ISLAND EMPIRE, dedicated to Lord Holland. +Bosworth, 1855. + +[4] In the same way, Ordericus Vitalis represents William the Conqueror +to have said in his last moments, when reviewing his life, that he +fought against Harold (meaning what English historians call the Battle +of Hastings—a name never given to that battle by the Normans) _in +Epitumo_ (query _Epithymo?_), a word only found in the work of +Ordericus; referring, probably, as his editor remarks, “to the +odoriferous plants found on heaths.”—_Forester's Ordericus Vitalis_, +Bohn's Edition, vol. ii. p. 412. + +[5] _Benson's Corsica_, p. 81. + +[6] The following biographical sketch is compiled from the works of +Boswell and Benson, and the compendious _Histoire de la Corse_, by M. +Camille Friess. + +[7] This appears from the Report of a Committee on the Public Safety +made to the Council General of the Department of Corsica in 1851. It +says: “La société et l'innocence doivent trouver dans la loi une égale +protection; mais l'avantage ne doit pas rester au crime. + +“Les acquittements multipliés, et souvent scandaleux, n'ont que trop +démontré que notre législation actuelle renferme trop de chances pour +l'impunité, et ne présente pas toutes les garanties que la société est +en droit de reclamer pour la répression des crimes. + +“Elle a pensé qu'en ce qui touche les proportions de la majorité, +_l'institution du jury devrait être modifiée_.” + +The proposition was rejected, on the principle which operated when the +difficulty of obtaining convictions in Ireland raised a similar +question; namely, that such an exceptional measure was inexpedient. + +“En ce qui touche l'organisation du jury, le Conseil a pensé que cette +proposition ne pouvait être faite que dans un intérêt général pour la +France, et qu'en lui donnant un caractère spécial pour la Corse, elle +resemblerait trop à une mesure d'exception que le Conseil repousse.” + +[8] “With all the outrages,” continues Mr. Benson, “of which Galluchio +and his followers are guilty, he is by no means void of moral feeling, +and is quite a polished character when he enters private society, as I +learnt from a French gentleman who had met him at breakfast at the house +of a mutual acquaintance. My friend, when he found himself in such +company, naturally betrayed a little alarm, but Galluchio reassured him, +saying, ‘You and yours have nothing to fear at my hands.’ + +“I am really afraid to extract from my notes many of the wild adventures +of this Corsican Rob Roy. Not long since, a shepherd, personating him, +violated a female peasant. The chieftain soon obtained information of +the gross outrage that had been committed on his character; and finding +the shepherd, took him before the mayor of Bagniola, and this at a time +when Galluchio had six sentences of death hanging over him. At the +chieftain's instigation, the shepherd was compelled to espouse the poor +girl. Galluchio, after the marriage had been solemnised, said to the +shepherd, ‘Remember that you make a good husband. I shall keep a +watchful eye over your conduct; and should I hear that your wife +receives any maltreatment from you, yourself and your family shall pay +with their lives for your misconduct.’ The man little attended to +Galluchio's warning. The chieftain adhered to his threat, and the +shepherd, with his father and several other members of the same family, +fell victims.”—_Benson's Sketches in Corsica_, pp. 23-25. + +[9] _Corsica, by F. Gregorovius._ Chap. x. p. 149. of the translation +published by Longman & Co. + +[10] _Novelle Storiche Corse, di F.O. Renucci._ Bastia, 1838. + +[11] _Novella VIII. L'Amore e la Religion._ Renucci, p. 43. + +[12] Marmocchi. _Géographie Politique de l'Ile de Corse_, p. 117. + +[13] In this sanguinary battle, fought in 1768, the Corsicans, under +Pasquale and Clemente Paoli, Murati, and their other chiefs, thrice +repulsed the French army of 15,000 men under Chauvelin, and forced them +to retreat in disorder to Bastia. The garrison of Borgo, a force of 700 +men, laid down their arms, and surrendered to the Corsicans. + +[14] _Géographie Physique_, p. 57. + +[15] _Norway in 1848-1849_, pp. 188, 189. (8vo. Ed., Longman & Co.) +Professor Forbes arrives at nearly the same result from the observations +of Von Buch and others. _Norway and its Glaciers_, pp. 207, &c. + +[16] Professor Forbes (_Travels in the Alps_) states the average height +of the snow-line at 8500 feet. + +[17] See an Essay by Professor Forbes on Isothermal Lines and +Climatology, in _Johnstone's Physical Atlas_, p. 17. + +[18] “Un Arrêt du Conseil du 22 Juin, 1771, avait défendu de planter des +châtaigniers dans aucun terrain de l'île susceptible d'être ensemencé de +blés ou autres grains, ou d'être converti en prairies naturelles ou +artificielles, ou plantés de vignes, d'oliviers, ou de mûriers. Deux ans +après cet arrêt fut revoqué par un autre, où l'on reconnaissait que les +châtaigniers étaient pour les habitants de certains cantons un moyen +d'existence nécessaire dans les temps de disette, et dans tous les temps +un objet de commerce avantageux. Ce dernier arrêt fut rendu sur le +rapport du célèbre économiste Turgot.”—_Robiquet_, quoted by +_Marmocchi_, p. 225. + +[19] _Clarke and McArthur's Life of Nelson_, vol. i. pp. 156, &c. + +[20] Benson's _Sketches of Corsica_, p. 97. + +[21] Lyell's _Elements_, vol. ii. c. xxxi. + +[22] _Recherches sur les Ossements fossiles_, t. iv. p. 198. + +[23] Vol. ii. c. xxxi. + +[24] Chap. XIII. + +[25] See Chap. XI. + +[26] The article of the Constitutional Act, vesting the sovereignty of +Corsica in the king of Great Britain, runs as follows:— + +“Il Monarca, e Rè della Corsica, è sua Maestà Giorgio III., Rè della +Gran-Bretagna, e li de lui Successori, secondo l'ordine della +successione al trono della Gran-Bretagna.” + +The oath sworn by the king on accepting the crown and constitution of +Corsica was to the following effect:— + +“Io sotto scritto Cavaliere Baronetto, &c., &c., Plenipotenziario di S. +Maestà Britannica, essendo specialmente autorizzato a quest'effetto, +accetto in nome di sua Maestà GIORGIO III., RÈ DELLA GRAN-BRETAGNA, la +corona e la sovranità della Corsica secondo la Costituzione, &c., questo +giorno dicianove Giugno (1704). E giuro in nome di SUA MAESTÀ di +mantenere la libertà del popolo Corso, secondo la Costituzione e la +Legge. + + “(Sottoscritto) ELLIOT.” + +The oath of the president and deputies:— + +“Io giuro per me, ed in nome del popolo Corso che rappresento, di +riconoscere per mio Sovrano e Rè sua Maestà GIORGIO III., RÈ DELLA +GRAN-BRETAGNA, di prestargli fede ed omaggio, secondo la Costituzione,” +&c. + + Compared with the original, + + PASQUALE DI PAOLI, _Presidente_. + CARLO ANDREA POZZO-DI-BORGO,} _Segretarj._ + GIO. ANDREA MUSELLI, } + +The oath of allegiance was to be taken by all Corsicans in their +respective communities.—_Benson's Sketches in Corsica_, pp. 193-195. + +[27] See before, p. 159. + +[28] _Hist. Plant._ lib. 1, cap. 8. + +[29] See _Norway in 1848—1849_, 8vo., Longman & Co., pp. 36, 37. + +[30] Lambert's _Genus Pinus_, vol. i. p. 18. + +[31] Walpole's _Turkey_, p. 236. + +[32] Lambert's _Genus Pinus_, vol. ii. p. 28. + +[33] “FORÊT D'ASCO EN CORSE. + +“La Forêt d'Asco est située dans l'arrondissement de Corte. Elle est +traversée par une rivière au moyen de laquelle on pourrait l'exploiter +avec de grands avantages. Cette forêt, une des plus considérables, +considérée comme forêt particulière, pourrait fournir deux cents +cinquante mille mètres cubes de bois. Elle renferme des arbres de toute +dimension. Il y en est qu'on pouvait faire servir pour la marine comme +matière de bâtiments. Par sa nature grasse ou résineuse, le bois est +employé avec succès pour les chemins de fer, et présente tous les +conditions de solidité et de durée. La plus grande partie de la forêt +renferme les Pins Larix; il y a aussi une grande quantité de Pins +Maritimes. La dimension des arbres maritimes est de 12 à 20 mètres de +hauteur; et celle des Pins Larix de 16 à 40 mètres de hauteur, sur une +circonférence moyenne de trois mètres.” + +At the suggestion of one of our foreign ministers, who drew the +attention of Government to the possibility of obtaining supplies of +timber for naval purposes from the forests of Corsica in private hands, +the author, on his return to England, had some communications with +official persons respecting the forests of Signor F——; but the matter +dropped. Should it be thought a subject worth inquiry, with a view to +commercial enterprise, the author will be happy to put any person +applying to him, through his Publishers, in the way of procuring further +information. + +[34] There was no appeal to any personal attachment of the Corsicans to +the Bonaparte family, as sprung from among themselves, or to their +gratitude for benefits conferred on them, in the address with which, in +1851, the _Préfet_ urged the Council-General to take part in the general +movement in France for the abrogation of the article in the Constitution +which precluded the advance of Louis Napoleon to supreme power. +“_Marchons_,” he said, “_avec la grande majorité de la France vers ce +grand jour qui doit rendre le calme aux esprits, la confiance aux +intérêts, et la liberté d'action à l'autorité!_” + +The resolution, passed by a large majority after a warm debate, was thus +prefaced:—“_Considérant qu'il importe de donner à la France des +institutions que ses besoins reclament, et que ses intérêts moraux et +matêriels exigent: Considérant que le commerce et l'industrie, ces +sources indispensables de l'existence de toute société ne se relèveront +de leur affaissement, et ne reprenderont un nouvel essor, qu'autant que +la constitution leur promettra un avenir plus assuré: Considérant, en +outre, que la souveraineté nationale trouve dans l'article 45 de la +Constitution un obstacle légal à la libre manifestation de sa volonté et +de sa reconnaissance envers le Président actuel de la Republique, qui a +rendu l'ordre et la sécurité au pays par la sagesse et la fermeté de son +gouvernement: renouvelle, à la majorité de quarante-deux voix contre +quatre, le vœu que la Constitution de 1848 soit revisée, et l'article 45 +abrogée._” + +[35] This family is one of the most ancient in Corsica. Count Pozzo di +Borgo, the celebrated diplomatist, was born at Alata, a village near +Ajaccio. He commenced his public career under the administration of +Pascal Paoli, signed the Anglo-Corsican Constitutional Act as Secretary +of State (see before, p. 173.), and was afterwards President of the +Corsican Parliament. His subsequent career is matter of history. + +[36] I find the name spelt indiscriminately Bonaparte and Buonaparte. +Napoleon, when young, wrote it both ways. It is spelt Bonaparte in the +entry of his baptism in the Register of Ajaccio, which was solemnised +(by-the-bye) two years after his birth, the dates being 15 Aug. 1709; 21 +July, 1771. His father signed the entry as “Carlo Buonaparte.” + +[37] _An Account of Corsica and Journal of a Tour_, by James Boswell, p. +297. + +[38] Boswell figured in this costume at the Jubilee Shakespeare Festival +held at Stratford-on-Avon under Garrick's auspices. + +[39] _An Account of Corsica and Journal of a Tour_, by James Boswell, p. +302. + +[40] See before, p. 15. and 46. + +[41] Ridiculously trifling as the origin of this bloody quarrel may +appear, the story is very probably founded on fact. Renucci relates +another scarcely less absurd. Feuds, similar to those mentioned in the +play, had long existed between the Vinconti and Grimaldi families, +inhabitants of the village of Monte d'Olmo, in the _pieve_ of Ampugnano. +Like good Catholics, however, they met sometimes at mass. The church was +sacred and neutral ground; there, at least, the _trêve de Dieu_ might be +supposed to be in force. Thither, on some solemn feast, the villagers, +indiscriminately, bent their steps. Some had already entered the church, +and were engaged in their devotions, many loitered about the door, and +the _piazza_ was crowded. Talking about one thing and another, the +conversation naturally turned to the ceremonies of the day, and a +dispute arose whether the officiating clergy ought to wear the black +hoods of the Confraternity in the processions which formed part of the +service. + +Orso Paolo, one of the Vincenti family, gave it as his opinion that they +should wear their surplices, alleging that to be the ancient and fitting +custom. + +“No!” cried Ruggero Grimaldi, “they ought to wear the black hoods;” +giving reasons equally authoritative for his view of the question. + +The strife waxed warm. The villagers took one side or the other; +“hoods,” and “surplices,” became the party cries. From words they came +to blows, and Orso Paolo, the only man of the Vincenti family present, +being sore pressed in the struggle, rashly drew out a pistol, and +mortally wounded Ruggero Grimaldi's eldest son. + +So the story begins, and as it is one of the few in Renucci's +“_Novelle_” that are worth translating, we will give the sequel. + +The rage and fury of Grimaldi and his party were now worked up to the +highest pitch. The mass was interrupted, the church deserted, and the +whole village a scene of uproar. Orso Paolo fled as soon as he had fired +the fatal shot, pursued by his enemies, who overtook and surrounded him. +His fate had been sealed on the spot, but that, quick as lightning, he +burst through the throng and darted into a house of which the door stood +open. It was the house of Grimaldi, his deadly foe, but there was no +other chance of escaping instant death. To close and bar the door, and +stand on his defence, was the work of a moment. Corsican houses are +strongholds; Orso Paolo was in possession of the enemy's fortress. He +threatens death to the first assailant, and the boldest recoil. What was +to be done? It was proposed to set fire to the house, but Ruggero's +youngest son, a child of seven or eight years old, had been left asleep +in the house when the family went to church. He would perish in the +flames. At that thought Grimaldi became irresolute. Just at this moment +the eldest son is brought from the church, bleeding to death from his +mortal wound, amidst lamentations and women's shrieks. At that spectacle +Ruggero can no longer contain himself. Frantic with grief, he runs to +set fire to his own house. The voice of nature pleading for his +remaining child is stifled by passion and resentment. The tears and +expostulations of the wretched mother are of no avail; they have no +influence over the mind of the infuriated father. + +“What are you doing, cruel Ruggero?” she cried, in the midst of sobs and +groans; “Is it for you to fill up our cup of misery? Will you destroy +the dearest and sweetest of our hopes? One son is gasping his last +breath before our eyes, the other, still in infancy, will perish from +the transports of your rage. Who, then, will be the support of our +miserable old age? Who will defend us from the insults of the powerful?” + +“So that Orso Paolo perish, let the world be at an end!” exclaimed +Ruggero. Such is the terrible force of the passions in the human breast. + +Ruggero's house is burning, the fire crackles, the flames burst forth, +the sparkles fill the air. Vincenti, involved in smoke and flame, rushes +from place to place, seeking a retreat to prolong his life for a few +moments. All at once he is startled by the wailing cries of a child. He +directs his steps towards it, and discovers, with amazement, the son of +his cruel enemy. Struck with indignation at the father's barbarity, he +suddenly raises his hand to take vengeance on the child of his +relentless adversary. The boy utters a plaintive cry, and stretches its +little hands towards him, trembling and frightened. + +“Take courage, my boy, take courage!” said Vincenti, snatching him to +his bosom; “you see a man who is not deaf to the voice of pity. If +Heaven will not protect your innocency, at least you shall die in the +arms of a second father.” + +Meanwhile, the fire spreads through every part of the building; nothing +can resist the fury of the devouring flames. Fanned by the wind, they +surge in waves, ever greedy of new food. The roof quivers, the floors +crack, the whole falls with a terrible crash. What chance was there for +Vincenti's escape with life? He had abandoned all hopes. + +Ruggero, satiated with vengeance, retires to the house of a relation, to +which his wounded son had been removed. The spectacle of his sufferings, +his imminent danger, and the sobs and lamentations of his inconsolable +wife, awaken in his soul the affections of a father. A faint ray of +reason penetrates his mind, and he perceives all the horrors of his +proceeding. Trouble, remorse, repentance, succeed; his heart is wrung +with anguish, and he attempts his own life. Friends interfere to +restrain him. + +At the news of the atrocity committed by the Grimaldi, in firing the +house and leaving their enemy to perish in the ruins, the kinsmen of +Orso Paolo assemble and rush to Monte d'Olmo, threatening vengeance on +the perpetrators. The Grimaldi rally round Ruggero to shield him from +his exasperated enemies. Just then, shouts are raised in the piazza, +mingled with the name of Vincenti, and at intervals with gentler sounds +which speak to the heart of the wife of Ruggero. + +She flies to the window, and exclaiming, “Oh heaven! Orso Paolo! My son! +My son! My son!” falls speechless and fainting on the floor. The +spectacle which produced this vivid emotion was that of the noble +Vincenti, who, scorched, and covered with ashes, and pressing the child +firmly to his breast, was hastening on amid the acclamations and +_evvivas_ of the populace. He had taken refuge under an arch of the +staircase, clasping the child firmly in his arms. + +Ruggero's wife, recovering from her swoon, runs and throws herself into +the arms of Vincenti, calling him the preserver and father of her +beloved son. Ruggero, full of admiration and gratitude, salutes +Vincenti, with a modest humility, invoking his pardon, and begging his +friendship. Vincenti embraces him, pardons him, and swears eternal +friendship for him. The wounded youth unexpectedly recovers, the two +factions become friends, and the generous Vincenti, loaded with praises +and benedictions, had the happiness to extinguish an inveterate feud +between the two families, and thus restore peace to the community of +Castel d'Acqua. + +[42] _Clarke and McArthur's Life of Nelson_, vol. ii. p. 336. + +[43] The “Ichneusa,” so called from the ancient name of the island. On a +subsequent visit to Sardinia I had the pleasure of making an agreeable +acquaintance with the officers of the “Ichneusa,” the ship being one of +a little squadron then employed in the service of assisting in the +laying down the submarine telegraph cable between Cape Teulada and the +coast of Algeria, of which I hope to be able to give some account in the +sequel. The engineer of the “Ichneusa” was an Englishman, who was often +ashore at our hotel while his ship lay in the harbour of La Madelena; an +intelligent man, as I have always found the many of his class employed +in the royal steam navy of the Sardinian government. I cannot believe +that the engineers of the steam-ship “Cagliari” had any complicity with +the Genoese conspirators. They worked the ship, no doubt, in compliance +with orders enforced by the Italian desperadoes in possession of her +with stilettoes at their throats; and it is to be regretted that +peremptory measures were not taken by our Government for their release. +We can only conclude that the unfortunate engineers were sacrificed to +political expediency. + +[44] _Sketch of the Present State of the Island of Sardinia_, pp. +187-191 (1827). It is but fair to remark, that Captain (now Admiral) +Smyth does not describe any excesses in the festivities he witnessed. We +have reason, however, to believe that they have sadly deteriorated, as +well as the religious instincts of the Sardes, in the thirty years since +they came under Captain Smyth's observation. + +[45] The “barancelli” will be noticed hereafter. + +[46] Mr. Warre Tyndale's _Island of Sardinia_, vol. i. p. 313, &c. + +[47] Cf. Isaiah, i. 8.: “A lodge in a vineyard, and a cottage in a +garden of cucumbers.” + +[48] Gen. xxiv. 11, 15. + +[49] I Sam. ix. 11. + +[50] Odyss. lib. x. + +[51] Asphodels were planted by the ancients near burying-places, in +order to supply the manes of the dead with nourishment. + + “By those happy souls that dwell + In yellow meads of Asphodel.”—_Pope._ + +The plant _lilio asphodelus_ belongs to the liliaceous tribe. It +flourishes also in Italy, Sicily, Crete, and Africa, some varieties +bearing white flowers. + +[52] αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πόσιος καὶ ἐδητύος, &c. HOMER, _passim_. + +[53] See the sketch in the next page. + +[54] “That certain local causes have through all ages tainted the +atmosphere of Sardinia, may be gathered from the remarks and sarcasms of +a host of early authors. Martial, in mentioning the hour of death, +celebrates salubrious Tibur at the expense of this pestilent isle: + + ‘Nullo fata loco possis excludere: cum mors + Venerit, in medio Tibure Sardinia est.’ + +“Cicero, who hated Tigellius, the flattering musical buffoon so well +described by Horace, thus lashes his country in a letter to Fabius +Gallus: ‘Id ego in lucris pono non ferre hominem pestilentiorem putriâ +suâ.’ Again, writing to his brother: ‘Remember,’ says he, ‘though in +perfect health, you are in Sardinia.’ And Pausanias, Cornelius Nepos, +Strabo, Tacitus, Silius Italicus, and Claudian, severally bear testimony +to the current opinion. In later times the terse Dante sings: + + ‘Qual dolor fora, se degli spedali + Di Valdichiana tra 'l luglio e 'l settembre + E di maremma, e di Sardinia i mali + Fossero in una fossa tutte insembre,’” &c. + + _Smyth's Sardinia_, p. 81. + +[55] See before, pp. 150, 260. + +[56] The trade in snow is farmed by the Aritzese, it being, like that in +salt and tobacco, a royal monopoly, leased for terms of years at a +considerable rent. Upwards of 9000 cantars (about 375 tons) are brought +down every year from the mountains of Fundada Cungiata and Genargentu, +and carried on horseback to all parts of the island. The labour, +fatigue, and difficulty attending the conveyance of the snow from those +great altitudes are severe; as in the paths where there is no footing +for a horse, the men are obliged to carry the burden on their shoulders; +and the quantity they can bear is a matter of boast and rivalry among +them. + +It has been observed in a former chapter that none of the Sardinian +mountains rise to what would be the level of perpetual frost. The snow +trade must therefore be supplied from deep hollows in the mountains, +serving as natural ice-houses, in which it is lodged during the summer. + +We have an account of a forest in Scotland held of the Crown by the +tenure of the delivery of a snow-ball on any day of the year on which it +may be demanded; and it is said that there is no danger of forfeiture +for default of the quit-rent, the chasms of Benewish holding snow, in +the form of a glacier, throughout the year.—_Pennant's Tour in +Scotland_, i. 185. + +[57] “There is among the Sardes a degree of adopted relationship called +‘compare’ (_comparatico_), a stronger engagement than is known under the +common acceptation of the term in other countries.”—_Smyth's Sardinia_, +p. 193. + +[58] “The lionedda is a rustic musical instrument formed of reeds, +similar to the Tyrrhenian and Lydian pipes we find depicted on the +ancient Etruscan vases. It consists of three or four reeds of +proportionate lengths to create two octaves, a _terce_ and a _quint_, +with a small mouthpiece at the end of each. Like a Roman tibicen, the +performer takes them into his mouth, and inflates the whole at once with +such an acquired skill that most of them can keep on for a couple of +hours without a moment's intermission, appearing to breathe and play +simultaneously. He, however, who can sound five reeds is esteemed the +Coryphæus.”—_Ib._ p. 192. + +[59] Ezekiel, viii. 14. + +[60] Isaiah, i. 29. + +[61] Isaiah, lxvi. 15-17. _Mundos se putabant in hortis post +januam._—Vulgate. + +[62] Ezekiel, viii. 14. + +[63] Leviticus, xx. 2. + +[64] Jeremiah, xix. 4, 5. + +[65] “They sacrificed their sons and their daughters to devils, and shed +innocent blood, even the blood of their sons and their daughters, whom +they sacrificed unto the idols of Canaan.”—_Psalm_ cvi. 26, 27. + +“Shall I give my first-born for my transgression, the fruit of my body +for the sin of my soul?”—_Micah_, vi. 7. + +[66] 2 Kings, xvi. 3. + +[67] Jeremiah, xxxii. 35. + +[68] Vol. ii. p. 264. + +[69] See before, p. 191.—The pine does not flourish in Sardinia. Deal +planks for house-building are imported from Corsica. + +[70] _Annual Statement of Trade and Navigation presented to Parliament_. + +[71] The vehicular statistics of Sardinia, ten years before, as summed +up by Mr. Warre Tyndale, show three vehicles for hire at Porto Torres, +seven at Sassari, four at Macomer, and about twenty at Cagliari. These +and about ten private carriages made the total in this island: +sufficient, he adds, for the unlocomotive propensities of the +inhabitants and their almost roadless country. Things were not much +improved at the period of our visit. + +[72] _Memorie Politico-Economiche intorno alla Sardegna nel 1852, di +Vincenzo Sala, da Venezia. Seconda Edizione, riveduta dall'Autore._ + +[73] We do not include, in the enumeration of free states, the Swiss +confederacy, nor flourishing Holland. Both date their liberties to much +earlier times. + +[74] _Norway in 1848 and 1849._ Longman and Co. + +[75] La sua positura nel Mediterraneo la rende intermediara fra l'Africa +e l'Europa; fra il porto di Marsiglia da una parte, quelli di Genova e +Livorno dall'altra, e per conseguenza potrebbe proccaciarsi un conspicuo +reddito dal cabottagio. Se si considera che la francia scarreggia di +marina mercantile, relativemente alla sua potenza ed a suoi besogni, non +sembrerà per certo un sogno l'asserire che la Sardegna si troverebbe a +miglior portata di concorrere a soddisfare le sue bisogne di transporte, +principalmente per le coste d'Africa, dove la colonia francese va +prendendo sempre maggiore sviluppo, e prenunzia un avvenire fecondo. Si +la città di Cagliari e le altre terre littorale possedessero una marina +mercantile, quante fonti di richezza non troverebbe la Sardegna lungo le +coste d'Italia, di Francia, di Spagna e d'Africa! Non si credono queste +visioni o travidementi d'immaginazione; che anzi non temiamo d'affirmare +ch'essa potrebbe divenire, un giorno, _la piccola Inghilterra del +Mediterraneo.—Memorie Politico-Economiche_, p. 134. + +[76] A passage in Aristotle's work “De Mirabilibus,” (chap. 104.) has +been supposed to refer to the Nuraghe. The words are these:—“It is said +that in the island of Sardinia are edifices of the ancients, erected +after the Greek manner, and many other beautiful buildings and _tholi_ +(domes or cupolas) finished in excellent proportions.” Again, Diodorus +Siculus informs us (l. iv. c. 29, 30) that “after Iolaus had settled his +colony in Sardinia, he sent for Dædalus out of Sicily and employed him +in building many and great works which remain to this day.” And in +another place (l. v. c. 51) he reckons among these works “temples of the +gods,” of which, he repeats, “the remains exist even in these times.” +These passages, however, afford but slight grounds for considering that +the Nuraghe were built by the Greeks, or even were temples of the gods. +The term Θολούς, used by Aristotle, may indeed describe a round building +roofed with a dome, but the Nuraghe cannot be considered as +corresponding to the Grecian idea of buildings that are +“beautiful”—“finished in excellent proportions”—or fitting temples for +the gods. Pausanias denies that Dædalus was sent for out of Sicily by +Iolaus, and makes it an anachronism. See _Tyndale's Sardinia_, vol. i. +p. 116. + +[77] Micah, iv. 8; and see 2 Kings, x. 12, xvii. 9, xviii. 8; and 2 +Chron. xxvi. 10, &c. + +[78] “_Apenas se diferenciaba el_ ARA de la TUMBA. + +“_La graderia_ (del monumento sepolcrale) _se hallaba practicada en el +costade occidental per donde se subia para_ ORAR, _o para_ +SACRIFICAR.”—Dupaix, vol. v. p. 243. 261. + +[79] We borrow this description from Mr. Tyndale's work, as well as the +illustrations, not finding a sketch of a Sepoltura in our own portfolio. + +[80] The learned Jesuit disconnects this migration from the expulsion of +the Canaanitish tribes by the Israelites under Joshua, considering it to +have occurred from one to two centuries before, when the giant tribes +east of Jordan were subdued by the Moabites and Amorites, who succeeded +to their possessions. Moses relates that “the Emims dwelt therein [that +is, in Moab,] in times past, a people great, and many, and tall, as the +Anakims; which also were accounted giants, as the Anakims; but the +Moabites call them Emims.” Of Ammon, Moses says:—“That also was +accounted a land of giants: giants dwelt therein in old time; and the +Ammonites call them Zamzummims; a people great, and many, and tall, as +the Anakims; but the Lord destroyed them before them; and they succeeded +them, and dwelt in their stead even unto this day.”—_Deut._ ii. 10, 11, +20, 21. + +[81] + + Οὓς καλέουσι Γίγαντας ἐπώνυμον ἐν μακάροισι + Οὕνεκα γῆς ἐγενόντο καὶ αἵματος οὐρανίοιο ORPHEUS. + +[82] Gen. vi. 1-4. + +[83] These giant tribes were defeated by Chedorlaomer and the kings +allied with him, in the same expedition in which the kings of Sodom and +Gomorrah were put to the sword, and Lot, who dwelt in Sodom, was carried +off, but afterwards rescued by Abraham. Numbers, xiv. 5. &c. + +[84] Numb. xiii. 33.; Deut. iii. 11., ix. 2.; Josh. xv. 14. + +[85] 1 Sam. xvii. 4; 2 Sam. xxi. 16-22. + +[86] + + . . . . . “Summo cum monte videmus + Ipsum, inter pecudes vastâ se mole moventem, + _Pastorem_ Polyphemum, et littora nota petentem. + + . . . . . . + + Trunca manum pinus regit, et vestigia firmat. + Lanigeræ comitantur oves; . . . . + . . . . de collo fistula pendet.” _Æn._ iii. 653, &c. + +[87] Polypheme's clan are thus described;— + + “Nam, qualis quantusque cavo Polyphemus in antro + Lanigeras claudit pecudes, atque ubera pressat, + Centum alii curva hæc habitant ad littora vulgo + Infandi Cyclopes, et altis montibus errant.” _Æn._ iii. 641. + +[88] Father Bresciani has collected all the authorities for the +existence of giant races, with great diligence, in the course of his +remarks on the Sarde Sepolture. Vol. i. p. 89, &c. + +[89] De Physicis, iv. 3. + +[90] Gen. iv. 21, 22. + +[91] A general idea seems to have prevailed in early times of the +prodigious muscular strength possessed by the men of an age still +earlier. Thus Turnus, the warlike chief of the Rutuli, is represented in +the Æneid as lifting and hurling at the Trojan an immense boundary stone +which would defy the united efforts of _twelve such men as the earth +produced in those days_ to lift on their shoulders. + + “Saxum antiquum, ingens, campo quod forte jacebat, + Limes agro positus, litem ut discerneret arvis. + Vix illud lecti bis sex cervice subirent, + Qualia nunc hominum producit corpora tellus.” _Æn._ xii. 897. + +[92] Gen. xi. 4. + +[93] See before, p. 394. + +[94] _Ordericus Vitalis_, vol. i. p. 113. (Bohn's Antiq. Library.) + +[95] Ib. vol. i. pp. 130, 338; ii. 149. + +[96] _Circonscrizione amministrativa delle provincie di Terra Ferma e +della Sardegna_.—Torino, Stamperia Reale, 1850. + +[97] Atia, the daughter of M. Atius Balbus, by Julia, sister of Julius +Cæsar, was the mother of Octavius Augustus.—_Suetonius._ + +[98] Cohen, in his _Déscription des Médailles Consulaires_ recently +published (Paris, 1857), notices a bronze medal of the same type, of +which he says:—“Cette médaille était frappée par les habitans de la +Sardaigne, sous le règne d'Auguste, et pour gagner ses bonnes grâces ils +y placèrent le portrait de son aïeul en même tems que celui du fondateur +de leur patrie.” The cabinet of the British Museum contains a specimen +of this bronze medal, “de fabrique très-barbare,” to use Cohen's +description. He does not appear to be aware of the existence of the +silver coin, which is of a far better style. + +[99] Captain Smyth states that in 1798 upwards of 2000 Moors suddenly +disembarked on the beach of Malfatano from six Tunisian vessels; when +the town was surrounded and taken. Brutality and pillage in all their +hideous forms visited every house; and 850 men, women, and children were +driven into slavery. The unhappy captives remained at Tunis; and, from +the embarrassments of the Sardinian Government, were not ransomed until +the year 1805. In 1815 the Tunisians, recollecting the rich booty they +had before obtained, reappeared off the port, but finding the garrison +well prepared to give them a warm reception, they sheered off.—_Sketch +of Sardinia_, p. 300. + +[100] Among the other emblems of divinity we find the heads of dogs, +cats, apes, and birds, and also rude figures of the boats of Isis, +establishing a connection between the Egyptian and Phœnician +mythologies. Some exhibit astronomical and astrological symbols. Other +images appear to be carrying cakes, a part of the offering made to +Astarte, to which Jeremiah alludes:—“The women knead their dough, to +make cakes to the queen of heaven.”—Chap. vii. 18. + +[101] The concern is incorporated under the name of “The Mediterranean +Telegraph Company,” but the terms “Sardinian” or “Sardo-French” Company +are adopted, as more distinctly indicating the nature of its origin and +designs. + +[102] _L'Istmo di Suez, e la Stazione Telegrafico-Electrica di Cagliari; +Ragiamento del T. G. Alberto Della Marmora. Torino, 1856._ + + + + + + RECENT VOYAGES AND TRAVELS. + + + Dr. BARTH'S TRAVELS and DISCOVERIES in NORTH and CENTRAL AFRICA. + Vols. I. to III, Illustrations, 63s.—Vols. IV. and V., + completing the work, are nearly ready. + + IMPRESSIONS of WESTERN AFRICA, By T.J. HUTCHINSON, H.M. Consul + for the Bight of Biafra. Post 8vo. Price 8s. 6d. + + ALGIERS in 1857; its ACCESSIBILITY, CLIMATE, and RESOURCES. By + the Rev. E.W.L. DAVIES, M.A. Oxon., Rural Dean of Solby. + Post 8vo. with Illustrations. Price 6s. + + Captain BURTON'S FIRST FOOTSTEPS in EAST AFRICA, or EXPLORATION + of HARAR. 8vo. with Illustrations. 18s. + + Captain BURTON'S PILGRIMAGE to MEDINA and MECCA. 2 vols. crown + 8vo. with Illustrations, 24s. + + MITLA; or, INCIDENTS and ADVENTURES of TRAVEL in MEXICO, + GUATEMALA, and SALVADOR, By G.F. VON TEMPSKY. 8vo. with + Illustrations. Price 18s. + + Dr. SCHERZER'S TRAVELS in NICARAGUA, HONDURAS, and SAN SALVADOR. + 2 vols. post 8vo. with Map. 18s. + + Mr. W.P. SNOW'S MISSIONARY CRUISE off TIERRA DEL FUEGO, + PATAGONIA, &c. 2 vols. post 8vo. with Illustrations. 24s. + + Captain M'DOUGALL'S VOYAGE of HER MAJESTY'S DISCOVERY SHIP + _RESOLUTE_ to the ARCTIC REGIONS in Search of Sir J. + Franklin and the Missing Crews. 8vo. with Illustrations. 21s. + + Captain OSBORN'S NARRATIVE of Sir R. M'CLURE'S DISCOVERY of the + NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 8vo. with Illustrations. 15s. + + Captain OSBORN'S QUEDAH, or STRAY LEAVES from a JOURNAL in + MALAYAN WATERS. Post 8vo. with Illustrations. 10s. 6d. + + The CHINESE EMPIRE. By the ABBÉ HUC. 2 vols. 8vo. Price 24s. + + The ABBÉ HUC'S WORK on CHRISTIANITY in CHINA, TARTARY, and + THIBET. 2 vols. 8vo. 21s.—Vol. III. is also now ready, price + 10s. 6d. + + Mr. HINCHLIFF'S SUMMER MONTHS among the ALPS, and ASCENT of MONTE + ROSA. Post 8vo. with Views and Maps. 10s. 6d. + + A MONTH in the FORESTS of FRANCE. By the Hon. Grantley F. + BERKELEY. Post 8vo. 10s. 6d. + + QUATREFAGES' RAMBLES of a NATURALIST on the COASTS of FRANCE, + SPAIN, and SICILY. Translated by E.C. OTTÉ. 2 vols. post + 8vo. 16s. + + Mr. C.R. WELD'S VACATION TOUR in the UNITED STATES and CANADA. + Post 8vo. 10s. 6d. + + Mr. C.R. WELD'S VACATIONS in IRELAND. Post 8vo. Price 10s. 6d. + + +London: LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster Row. + + + + MAUNDER'S + POPULAR TREASURIES. + + * * New and thoroughly revised Editions; each _Treasury_ complete + * in One compact Volume, fcp. 8vo. of about 900 pages, comprising + about 1,800 columns of small but very legible type. + + + =Science and Literature.= + + MAUNDER'S SCIENTIFIC AND LITERARY TREASURY: A new and popular + Encyclopædia of Science and the Belles-Lettres: Including every + Subject connected with Literature and Art. Price 10s. + + + =Biography.= + + MAUNDER'S BIOGRAPHICAL TREASURY: Consisting of Memoirs, Sketches, + and brief Notices of above 12,000 Eminent Persons of All Ages + and Nations. Price 10s. + + + =General Knowledge.= + + MAUNDER'S TREASURY OF KNOWLEDGE, and LIBRARY of REFERENCE: A + copious popular Compendium of Universal Knowledge: Including + Grammar, Dictionary, Gazetteer, Mythology, Chronology, Peerage, + &c. Price 10s. + + + =Natural History.= + + MAUNDER'S TREASURY OF NATURAL HISTORY: A popular Dictionary of + Animated Nature; Enlivened with Anecdotes of the Instinct, &c., + of Animals; with 900 Woodcuts. Price 10s. + + + =History.= + + MAUNDER'S HISTORICAL TREASURY; Comprising copious general + introductory Outlines of Universal History, and separate + Histories of every principal Nation. Price 10s. + + + =Geography.= + + MAUNDER'S TREASURY OF GEOGRAPHY, Physical, Historical, + Descriptive, and Political. (Completed by WILLIAM HUGHES, + F.R.G.S.) With Maps and Steel Plate. Price 10s. + + +The SIX TREASURIES complete, price £3, cloth. + +Each {price 12s. 6d. neatly whole bound in calf, } may be had +_Treasury_ {price 12s. bound in roan, with gilt edges, _or_} separately, + {price 10s. bound in cloth lettered, } (as above). + + +London: LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster Row. + + + + +TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE: + +Minor typographical errors have been corrected without note. +Non-standard spelling, particularly in Italian names, has been +retained where consistent throughout the book. + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Rambles in the Islands of Corsica and +Sardinia, by Thomas Forester + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK RAMBLES *** + +***** This file should be named 28510-0.txt or 28510-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/2/8/5/1/28510/ + +Produced by Carlo Traverso, Barbara Magni and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://dp.rastko.net (This +file was produced from images generously made available +by the Bibliothèque nationale de France (BnF/Gallica) at +http://gallica.bnf.fr) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. |
